DALLAS DS3182

DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Single/Dual/Triple/Quad
ATM/Packet PHYs with Built-In LIU
www.maxim-ic.com
The DS3181, DS3182, DS3183, and DS3184
(DS318x)
integrate ATM
cell/HDLC
packet
processor(s) with a DS3/E3 framer(s) and LIU(s) to
map/demap ATM cells or packets into as many as
four DS3/E3 physical copper lines with DS3-framed,
E3-framed, or clear-channel data streams on per-port
basis.
DS3/E3/STS-1
PORTS
APPLICATIONS
Access Concentrators
SONET/SDH ADM
SONET/SDH Muxes
PBXs
Digital Cross Connect
Test Equipment
Routers and Switches
Integrated Access
Device (IAD)
Multiservice Access
Platform (MSAP)
DS3181
DS3181N
DS3182
DS3182N
DS3183
DS3183N
DS3184
DS3184N
POS-PHY
OR
UTOPIA
DS318x
Multiservice Protocol
Platform (MSPP)
ATM and Frame Relay
Equipment
FEATURES
Single (DS3181), Dual (DS3182), Triple
(DS3183), or Quad (DS3184) with Integrated LIU
ATM/Packet PHYs for DS3, E3, and ClearChannel 52Mbps (CC52)
PDH Multiplexer/
Demultiplexer
ORDERING INFORMATION
PART
CELL/
DS3/E3
PACKET
FRAMER/
FORMATTER PROCESSOR
SYSTEM
INTERFACE
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
DS3/E3/STS-1 LIU
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
TEMP RANGE
0°C to +70°C
-40°C to +85°C
0°C to +70°C
-40°C to +85°C
0°C to +70°C
-40°C to +85°C
0°C to +70°C
-40°C to +85°C
Pin Compatible for Ease of Port Density
Migration in the Same PC Board Platform
PIN-PACKAGE
Each Port Independently Configurable
400 TE-PBGA (27mm x
27mm, 1.27mm pitch)
400 TE-PBGA (27mm x
27mm, 1.27mm pitch)
400 TE-PBGA (27mm x
27mm, 1.27mm pitch)
400 TE-PBGA (27mm x
27mm, 1.27mm pitch)
400 TE-PBGA (27mm x
27mm, 1.27mm pitch)
400 TE-PBGA (27mm x
27mm, 1.27mm pitch)
400 TE-PBGA (27mm x
27mm, 1.27mm pitch)
400 TE-PBGA (27mm x
27mm, 1.27mm pitch)
Perform Receive Clock/Data Recovery and
Transmit Waveshaping
Jitter Attenuator can be Placed Either in the
Receive or Transmit Paths
Interfaces to 75Ω Coaxial Cable at Lengths Up to
380 Meters or 1246 Feet (DS3) or 440 Meters or
1443 Feet (E3)
Uses 1:2 Transformers on Both Tx and Rx
Universal PHYs Map ATM Cells and/or HDLC
Packets into DS3 or E3 Data Streams
UTOPIA L2/L3 or POS-PHY™ L2/L3 or SPI-3
Interface with 8-, 16-, or 32-Bit Bus Width
66MHz UTOPIA L3 and POS-PHY L3 Clock
Note: Add the “+” suffix for the lead-free package option.
52MHz UTOPIA L2 and POS-PHY L2 Clock
POS-PHY and POS-PHY Level 3 are trademarks of PMC-Sierra, Inc.
Ports Independently Configurable for Cell or
Packet Traffic in POS-PHY Bus Modes
Direct, PLCP, DSS, and Clear-Channel Cell
Mapping
Note: Some revisions of this device may incorporate deviations from published specifications known as errata. Multiple revisions of any device
may be simultaneously available through various sales channels. For information about device errata, click here: www.maxim-ic.com/errata.
1
REV: 102406
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
FEATURES (continued)
Direct and Clear-Channel Packet Mapping
Loopbacks Include Line, Diagnostic, Framer,
Payload, Analog, and System Interface with
Capabilities to Insert AIS in the Directions Away
from Loopback Directions
On-Chip DS3 (M23 or C-Bit) and E3 (G.751 or
G.832) Framer(s)
Ports Independently Configurable for DS3, E3
(Full or Subrate) or Arbitrary Framing Protocols
Up to 52Mbps
Ports can be Disabled to Reduce Power
Integrated Clock Rate Adapter to Generate the
Remaining Internally Required 44.736MHz
(DS3), 34.368MHz (E3), and 52MHz (Arbitrary
Framing at Up to 52Mbps) from a Single Clock
Reference Source at One of Those Three
Frequencies
Programmable (Externally Controlled or
Internally Finite State Machine Controlled)
Subrate DS3/E3
Full-Featured DS3/E3/PLCP Alarm Generation
and Detection
Pin Compatible with the DS3171/2/3/4 Family
and the DS3161/2/3/4 Family
Built-In HDLC Controllers with 256-Byte FIFOs
for Insertion/Extraction of DS3 PMDL, G.751 Sn
Bit, and G.832 NR/GC Bytes and PLCP NR/GC
Bytes
8/16-Bit Generic Microprocessor Interface
Low-Power (2.7W typ) 3.3V Operation (5VTolerant I/O)
On-Chip BERTs for PRBS and Repetitive Pattern
Generation, Detection, and Analysis
Small, High-Density, Thermally Enhanced, BGA
Packaging (TE-PBGA) with 1.27mm Pin Pitch
Large Performance-Monitoring Counters for
Accumulation Intervals of at Least 1 Second
Industrial Temperature Operation:
-40°C to +85°C
Flexible Overhead Insertion/Extraction Ports for
DS3, E3, and PLCP Framers
IEEE1149.1 JTAG Test Port
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
The DS3181 (single), DS3182 (dual), DS3183 (triple), and DS3184 (quad) PHYs perform all the functions
necessary for mapping/demapping ATM cells and/or packets into as many as four DS3 (44.736Mbps) framed, E3
(34.368Mbps) framed, or 52Mbps clear-channel data streams on DS3, E3, or STS-1 physical copper lines. Each
line interface unit (LIU) has independent receive and transmit paths. The receiver LIU block performs clock and
data recovery from a B3ZS- or HDB3-coded AMI signal and monitors for loss of the incoming signal or can be
bypassed for direct clock and data inputs. The receiver LIU block optionally performs B3ZS/HDB3 decoding. The
transmitter LIU drives standard pulse-shape waveforms onto 75Ω coaxial cable or can be bypassed for direct clock
and data outputs. The jitter attenuator can be placed in either transmit or receive data path when the LIU is
enabled. Dedicated cell processor and packet processor blocks prepare outgoing cells or packets for transmission
and check incoming cells or packets upon arrival. Built-in DS3/E3 framers transmit and receive cell/packet data in
properly formatted M23 DS3, C-bit DS3, G.751 E3, or G.832 E3 data streams. PLCP framers provide legacy ATM
transmission-convergence support. DSS scrambling is performed for clear-channel ATM cell support. With
integrated hardware support for both cells and packets, the DS318x DS3/E3 ATM/Packet PHYs provide system onchip solutions (from DS3/E3/STS-1 physical copper lines to ATM/Packet UTOPIA/POS-PHY Level 2/3 system
switch) for universal high-density line cards in the unchannelized DS3/E3/clear-channel DS3 ATM/Packet
applications. Unused functions can be powered down to reduce device power. The DS318x ATM/Packet PHYs with
embedded LIU conform to the telecommunications standards listed in Section 4.
2
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
14
2
APPLICATIONS
15
3
FEATURE DETAILS
17
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
GLOBAL FEATURES .......................................................................................................................17
RECEIVE DS3/E3/STS-1 LIU FEATURES .......................................................................................17
RECEIVE DS3/E3 FRAMER FEATURES ...........................................................................................17
RECEIVE PLCP FRAMER FEATURES ..............................................................................................18
RECEIVE CELL PROCESSOR FEATURES .........................................................................................18
RECEIVE PACKET PROCESSOR FEATURES .....................................................................................18
RECEIVE FIFO FEATURES .............................................................................................................19
RECEIVE SYSTEM INTERFACE FEATURES .......................................................................................19
TRANSMIT SYSTEM INTERFACE FEATURES .....................................................................................19
TRANSMIT FIFO FEATURES ...........................................................................................................19
TRANSMIT CELL PROCESSOR FEATURES .......................................................................................19
TRANSMIT PACKET PROCESSOR FEATURES ...................................................................................19
TRANSMIT PLCP FORMATTER FEATURES ......................................................................................20
TRANSMIT DS3/E3 FORMATTER FEATURES ...................................................................................20
TRANSMIT DS3/E3/STS-1 LIU FEATURES .....................................................................................20
JITTER ATTENUATOR FEATURES ....................................................................................................20
CLOCK RATE ADAPTER FEATURES.................................................................................................20
HDLC OVERHEAD CONTROLLER FEATURES ..................................................................................20
FEAC CONTROLLER FEATURES ....................................................................................................21
TRAIL TRACE BUFFER FEATURES...................................................................................................21
BIT ERROR RATE TESTER (BERT) FEATURES ................................................................................21
LOOPBACK FEATURES ...................................................................................................................21
MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE FEATURES .....................................................................................21
SUBRATE FEATURES (FRACTIONAL DS3/E3)..................................................................................21
TEST FEATURES............................................................................................................................22
4
STANDARDS COMPLIANCE
23
5
ACRONYMS AND GLOSSARY
25
6
MAJOR OPERATIONAL MODES
26
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
7
MAJOR LINE INTERFACE OPERATING MODES
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
8
DS3/E3 ATM/PACKET MODE ........................................................................................................26
DS3/E3 ATM/PACKET—OHM MODE ............................................................................................27
DS3/E3 INTERNAL FRACTIONAL (SUBRATE) ATM/PACKET MODE ...................................................28
DS3/E3 EXTERNAL FRACTIONAL (SUBRATE) ATM/PACKET MODE ..................................................29
DS3/E3 FLEXIBLE EXTERNAL FRACTIONAL (SUBRATE) MODE CONFIGURATION MODE ....................30
DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM MODE ................................................................................................31
DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM—OHM MODE ....................................................................................32
CLEAR-CHANNEL ATM/PACKET MODE...........................................................................................34
CLEAR-CHANNEL ATM/PACKET—OHM MODE ..............................................................................35
CLEAR-CHANNEL OCTET ALIGNED ATM/PACKET—OHM MODE .....................................................36
37
DS3HDB3/B3ZS/AMI LIU MODE .................................................................................................37
HDB3/B3ZS/AMI NON-LIU LINE INTERFACE MODE .......................................................................39
UNI LINE INTERFACE MODE ..........................................................................................................40
UNI LINE INTERFACE—OHM MODE ..............................................................................................41
PIN DESCRIPTIONS
42
3
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
8.1
8.2
8.3
SHORT PIN DESCRIPTIONS ............................................................................................................42
DETAILED PIN DESCRIPTIONS ........................................................................................................48
PIN FUNCTIONAL TIMING................................................................................................................66
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
8.3.4
8.3.5
8.3.6
8.3.7
9
Line IO.................................................................................................................................................. 66
DS3/E3 Framing and PLCP Overhead Functional Timing................................................................... 69
Internal (IFRAC) and External (XFRAC) Fractional DS3/E3 Overhead Functional Timing ................. 72
Flexible Fractional (FFRAC) DS3/E3 Overhead Interface Functinal Timing ....................................... 73
UTOPIA/POS-PHY/SPI-3 System Interface Functional Timing........................................................... 75
Microprocessor Interface Functional Timing ........................................................................................ 87
JTAG Functional Timing....................................................................................................................... 91
INITIALIZATION AND CONFIGURATION
9.1
92
MONITORING AND DEBUGGING ......................................................................................................94
9.1.1
9.1.2
9.1.3
Cell/Packet FIFO.................................................................................................................................. 94
Cell Processor...................................................................................................................................... 94
Packet Processor ................................................................................................................................. 95
10 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
96
10.1 PROCESSOR BUS INTERFACE ........................................................................................................96
10.1.1
10.1.2
10.1.3
10.1.4
10.1.5
10.1.6
10.1.7
10.1.8
8/16-Bit Bus Widths.............................................................................................................................. 96
Ready Signal (RDY) ............................................................................................................................. 96
Byte Swap Modes ................................................................................................................................ 96
Read-Write/Data Strobe Modes........................................................................................................... 96
Clear on Read/Clear on Write Modes .................................................................................................. 96
Global Write Method ............................................................................................................................ 97
Interrupt and Pin Modes....................................................................................................................... 97
Interrupt Structure ................................................................................................................................ 97
10.2 CLOCKS ........................................................................................................................................99
10.2.1
10.2.2
10.2.3
10.2.4
10.2.5
Line Clock Modes................................................................................................................................. 99
Sources of Clock Output Pin Signals ................................................................................................. 100
Line IO Pin Timing Source Selection ................................................................................................. 103
Clock Structures On Signal IO Pins ................................................................................................... 105
Gapped Clocks................................................................................................................................... 106
10.3 RESET AND POWER-DOWN ..........................................................................................................107
10.4 GLOBAL RESOURCES ..................................................................................................................109
10.4.1
10.4.2
10.4.3
10.4.4
10.4.5
10.4.6
Clock Rate Adapter (CLAD)............................................................................................................... 109
8 kHz Reference Generation ............................................................................................................. 111
One-Second Reference Generation .................................................................................................. 113
General-Purpose IO Pins ................................................................................................................... 113
Performance Monitor Counter Update Details ................................................................................... 114
Transmit Manual Error Insertion ........................................................................................................ 115
10.5 PER-PORT RESOURCES ..............................................................................................................116
10.5.1 Loopbacks.......................................................................................................................................... 116
10.5.2 Loss Of Signal Propagation ............................................................................................................... 118
10.5.3 AIS Logic............................................................................................................................................ 118
10.5.4 Loop Timing Mode ............................................................................................................................. 121
10.5.5 HDLC Overhead Controller ................................................................................................................ 121
10.5.6 Trail Trace .......................................................................................................................................... 121
10.5.7 BERT.................................................................................................................................................. 121
10.5.8 Fractional Payload Controller............................................................................................................. 122
10.5.9 PLCP/Fractional port pins .................................................................................................................. 122
10.5.10 Framing Modes .................................................................................................................................. 127
10.5.11 Mapping Modes.................................................................................................................................. 128
10.5.12 Line Interface Modes.......................................................................................................................... 132
10.6 UTOPIA/POS-PHY/SPI-3 SYSTEM INTERFACE ...........................................................................134
10.6.1 General Description ........................................................................................................................... 134
10.6.2 Features ............................................................................................................................................. 134
10.6.6 System Interface Bus Controller ........................................................................................................ 135
4
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.7 ATM CELL/HDLC PACKET PROCESSING .....................................................................................139
10.7.1
10.7.2
10.7.3
10.7.4
10.7.5
10.7.6
10.7.7
10.7.8
General Description ........................................................................................................................... 139
Features ............................................................................................................................................. 139
Transmit Cell/Packet Processor......................................................................................................... 140
Receive Cell/Packet Processor.......................................................................................................... 141
Cell Processor.................................................................................................................................... 141
Packet Processor ............................................................................................................................... 146
FIFO ................................................................................................................................................... 148
System Loopback............................................................................................................................... 149
10.8 DS3/E3 PLCP FRAMER ..............................................................................................................150
10.8.1
10.8.2
10.8.3
10.8.4
10.8.5
10.8.6
10.8.7
10.8.8
General Description ........................................................................................................................... 150
Features ............................................................................................................................................. 150
Transmit PLCP Frame Processor ...................................................................................................... 151
Receive PLCP Frame Processor ....................................................................................................... 151
Transmit DS3 PLCP Frame Processor .............................................................................................. 151
Receive DS3 PLCP Frame Processor ............................................................................................... 154
Transmit E3 PLCP Frame Processor................................................................................................. 155
Receive E3 PLCP Frame Processor.................................................................................................. 158
10.9 FRACTIONAL PAYLOAD CONTROLLER ...........................................................................................160
10.9.1
10.9.2
10.9.3
10.9.4
10.9.5
10.9.6
General Description ........................................................................................................................... 160
Features ............................................................................................................................................. 160
Transmit Fractional Interface ............................................................................................................. 161
Transmit Fractional Controller............................................................................................................ 161
Receive Fractional Interface .............................................................................................................. 161
Receive Fractional Controller............................................................................................................. 161
10.10 DS3/E3 FRAMER/FORMATTER ....................................................................................................163
10.10.1 General Description ........................................................................................................................... 163
10.10.2 Features ............................................................................................................................................. 163
10.10.3 Transmit Formatter............................................................................................................................. 164
10.10.4 Receive Framer.................................................................................................................................. 164
10.10.5 C-bit DS3 Framer/Formatter .............................................................................................................. 168
10.10.6 M23 DS3 Framer/Formatter ............................................................................................................... 171
10.10.7 G.751 E3 Framer/Formatter............................................................................................................... 174
10.10.8 G.832 E3 Framer/Formatter............................................................................................................... 176
10.10.9 Clear-Channel Frame Processor ....................................................................................................... 181
10.11 HDLC OVERHEAD CONTROLLER .................................................................................................181
10.11.1 General Description ........................................................................................................................... 181
10.11.2 Features ............................................................................................................................................. 182
10.11.3 Transmit FIFO .................................................................................................................................... 182
10.11.4 Transmit HDLC Overhead Processor ................................................................................................ 182
10.11.5 Receive HDLC Overhead Processor ................................................................................................. 183
10.11.6 Receive FIFO ..................................................................................................................................... 184
10.12 TRAIL TRACE CONTROLLER .........................................................................................................184
10.12.1 General Description ........................................................................................................................... 184
10.12.2 Features ............................................................................................................................................. 185
10.12.3 Functional Description........................................................................................................................ 185
10.12.4 Transmit Data Storage ....................................................................................................................... 186
10.12.5 Transmit Trace ID Processor ............................................................................................................. 186
10.12.6 Transmit Trail Trace Processing ........................................................................................................ 186
10.12.7 Receive Trace ID Processor .............................................................................................................. 186
10.12.8 Receive Trail Trace Processing ......................................................................................................... 186
10.12.9 Receive Data Storage ........................................................................................................................ 187
10.13 FEAC CONTROLLER ...................................................................................................................188
10.13.1 General Description ........................................................................................................................... 188
10.13.2 Features ............................................................................................................................................. 188
10.13.3 Functional Description........................................................................................................................ 188
10.14 LINE ENCODER/DECODER ...........................................................................................................190
10.14.1 General Description ........................................................................................................................... 190
5
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.14.2 Features ............................................................................................................................................. 190
10.14.3 B3ZS/HDB3 Encoder ......................................................................................................................... 190
10.14.4 Transmit Line Interface ...................................................................................................................... 191
10.14.5 Receive Line Interface ....................................................................................................................... 191
10.14.6 B3ZS/HDB3 Decoder ......................................................................................................................... 191
10.15 BERT.........................................................................................................................................193
10.15.1 General Description ........................................................................................................................... 193
10.15.2 Features ............................................................................................................................................. 193
10.15.3 Configuration and Monitoring............................................................................................................. 193
10.15.4 Receive Pattern Detection ................................................................................................................. 194
10.15.5 Transmit Pattern Generation.............................................................................................................. 196
10.16 LINE INTERFACE UNIT (LIU).........................................................................................................197
10.16.1 General Description ........................................................................................................................... 197
10.16.2 Features ............................................................................................................................................. 197
10.16.3 Detailed Description ........................................................................................................................... 198
10.16.4 Transmitter ......................................................................................................................................... 198
10.16.5 Receiver ............................................................................................................................................. 199
11 OVERALL REGISTER MAP
202
12 REGISTER MAPS AND DESCRIPTIONS
204
12.1 REGISTERS BIT MAPS .................................................................................................................204
12.1.1
12.1.2
12.1.3
12.1.4
12.1.5
12.1.6
12.1.7
12.1.8
12.1.9
Global Register Bit Map ..................................................................................................................... 204
HDLC Register Bit Map...................................................................................................................... 207
T3 Register Bit Map ........................................................................................................................... 209
E3 G.751 Register Bit Map ................................................................................................................ 210
E3 G.832 Register Bit Map ................................................................................................................ 211
Clear-Channel Register Bit Map ........................................................................................................ 212
Fractional Register Bit Map................................................................................................................ 212
Transmit Cell Processor Bit Map ....................................................................................................... 215
Transmit Packet Processor Bit Map................................................................................................... 216
12.2 GLOBAL REGISTERS ....................................................................................................................219
12.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions.................................................................................................................... 219
12.3 UTOPIA/POS-PHY SYSTEM INTERFACE .....................................................................................227
12.3.1 Transmit System Interface ................................................................................................................. 227
12.3.2 Receive System Interface Register Map............................................................................................ 229
12.4 PER-PORT COMMON ...................................................................................................................231
12.4.1 Per-Port Common Register Map........................................................................................................ 231
12.4.2 Per-Port Common Register Bit Descriptions...................................................................................... 231
12.5 BERT.........................................................................................................................................242
12.5.1 BERT Register Map ........................................................................................................................... 242
12.5.2 BERT Register Bit Descriptions ......................................................................................................... 242
12.6 B3ZS/HDB3 LINE ENCODER/DECODER .......................................................................................251
12.6.1 Transmit Side Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map ......................................................................... 251
12.6.2 Receive Side Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map .......................................................................... 252
12.7 HDLC.........................................................................................................................................256
12.7.1 HDLC Transmit Side Register Map.................................................................................................... 256
12.7.2 HDLC Receive Side Register Map..................................................................................................... 260
12.8 FEAC CONTROLLER ...................................................................................................................264
12.8.1 FEAC Transmit Side Register Map.................................................................................................... 264
12.8.2 FEAC Receive Side Register Map..................................................................................................... 267
12.9 TRAIL TRACE ..............................................................................................................................270
12.9.1 Trail Trace Transmit Side................................................................................................................... 270
12.9.2 Trail Trace Receive Side Register Map ............................................................................................. 272
12.10 DS3/E3 FRAMER ........................................................................................................................276
12.10.1 Transmit DS3 ..................................................................................................................................... 276
12.10.2 Receive DS3 Register Map................................................................................................................ 279
12.10.3 Transmit G.751 E3 ............................................................................................................................. 289
6
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.10.4 Receive G.751 E3 Register Map ....................................................................................................... 291
12.10.5 Transmit G.832 E3 Register Map ...................................................................................................... 297
12.10.6 Receive G.832 E3 Register Map ....................................................................................................... 300
12.10.7 Transmit Clear Channel ..................................................................................................................... 309
12.10.8 Receive Clear Channel ...................................................................................................................... 310
12.11 FRACTIONAL DS3/E3 ..................................................................................................................312
12.11.1 Fractional Transmit Side Register Map.............................................................................................. 312
12.11.2 Fractional Receive Side Register Map............................................................................................... 314
12.12 DS3/E3 PLCP............................................................................................................................316
12.12.1 Transmit Side PLCP........................................................................................................................... 316
12.12.2 Receive Side PLCP Register Map ..................................................................................................... 320
12.13 FIFO REGISTERS ........................................................................................................................331
12.13.1 Transmit FIFO Register Map ............................................................................................................. 331
12.13.2 Receive FIFO Register Map .............................................................................................................. 335
12.14 CELL/PACKET PROCESSOR .........................................................................................................338
12.14.1 Transmit Cell Processor Register Map .............................................................................................. 338
12.14.2 Receive Cell Processor...................................................................................................................... 345
12.14.3 Transmit Packet Processor Register Map ......................................................................................... 357
12.14.4 Receive Packet Processor Register Map .......................................................................................... 362
13 JTAG INFORMATION
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
13.5
13.6
372
JTAG DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................372
JTAG TAP CONTROLLER STATE MACHINE DESCRIPTION.............................................................373
JTAG INSTRUCTION REGISTER AND INSTRUCTIONS......................................................................375
JTAG ID CODES .........................................................................................................................376
JTAG FUNCTIONAL TIMING..........................................................................................................376
IO PINS ......................................................................................................................................376
14 PIN ASSIGNMENT
377
15 PACKAGE INFORMATION
380
15.1 400-LEAD TE-PBGA (27MM X 27MM, 1.27MM PITCH) (56-G6003-003) .......................................380
16 PACKAGE THERMAL INFORMATION
381
17 DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
382
18 AC TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
384
18.1
18.2
18.3
18.4
18.5
18.6
18.7
18.8
FRACTIONAL PORT CHARACTERISTICS .........................................................................................386
LINE INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS .......................................................................................386
MISCELLANEOUS PIN AC CHARACTERISTICS ................................................................................387
OVERHEAD PORT AC CHARACTERISTICS .....................................................................................387
SYSTEM INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................388
MICRO INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS ...................................................................................390
CLAD JITTER CHARACTERISTICS ................................................................................................393
LIU INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS ........................................................................................393
18.8.1 Waveform Templates ......................................................................................................................... 393
18.8.2 LIU Input/Output Characteristics........................................................................................................ 397
18.9 JTAG INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS ....................................................................................399
19 REVISION HISTORY
400
7
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1-1. LIU External Connections for a DS3/E3/STS-1 Port of a DS318x Device.............................................. 14
Figure 1-2. DS318x Functional Block Diagram ......................................................................................................... 14
Figure 2-1. Four-Port Unchannelized ATM over DS3/E3/CC52 Line Card ............................................................... 15
Figure 2-2. Four-Port Unchannelized HDLC over DS3/E3/CC52 Line Card ............................................................. 16
Figure 6-1. DS3/E3 ATM/Packet Mode ..................................................................................................................... 26
Figure 6-2. DS3/E3 ATM/Packet—OHM Mode ......................................................................................................... 27
Figure 6-3. DS3/E3 Internal Fractional ATM/Packet Mode ....................................................................................... 28
Figure 6-4. DS3/E3 External Fractional ATM/Packet Mode ...................................................................................... 29
Figure 6-5. DS3/E3 Flexible External Fractional Mode ............................................................................................. 30
Figure 6-6. DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM Mode ............................................................................................................ 31
Figure 6-7. DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM—OHM Mode ................................................................................................ 33
Figure 6-8. Clear-Channel ATM/Packet Modes......................................................................................................... 34
Figure 6-9. Clear-Channel ATM/Packet—OHM Mode .............................................................................................. 35
Figure 6-10. Clear-Channel Octet Aligned ATM/Packet—OHM Mode...................................................................... 36
Figure 7-1. HDB3/B3ZS/AMI LIU Mode..................................................................................................................... 38
Figure 7-2. HDB3/B3ZS/AMI Non-LIU Line Interface Mode...................................................................................... 39
Figure 7-3. UNI Line Interface Mode ......................................................................................................................... 40
Figure 7-4. UNI Line Interface—OHM Mode ............................................................................................................. 41
Figure 8-1. TX Line IO B3ZS Functional Timing Diagram ......................................................................................... 66
Figure 8-2. TX Line IO HDB3 Functional Timing Diagram ........................................................................................ 67
Figure 8-3. RX Line IO B3ZS Functional Timing Diagram......................................................................................... 67
Figure 8-4. RX Line IO HDB3 Functional Timing Diagram ........................................................................................ 68
Figure 8-5. TX Line IO UNI OHM Functional Timing Diagram .................................................................................. 68
Figure 8-6. TX Line IO UNI Octet Aligned OHM Functional Timing Diagram............................................................ 68
Figure 8-7. RX Line IO OHM UNI Functional Timing Diagram.................................................................................. 69
Figure 8-8. RX Line IO UNI Octet Aligned OHM Functional Timing Diagram ........................................................... 69
Figure 8-9. DS3 Framing Receive Overhead Port Timing......................................................................................... 69
Figure 8-10. E3 G.751 Framing Receive Overhead Port Timing .............................................................................. 70
Figure 8-11. E3 G.832 Framing Receive Overhead Port Timing .............................................................................. 70
Figure 8-12. DS3 Framing Transmit Overhead Port Timing...................................................................................... 70
Figure 8-13. E3 G.751 Framing Transmit Overhead Port Timing ............................................................................. 70
Figure 8-14. E3 G.832 Framing Transmit Overhead Port Timing ............................................................................. 71
Figure 8-15. DS3 PLCP Receive Overhead Port Timing........................................................................................... 71
Figure 8-16. E3 G.751 PLCP Receive Overhead Port Timing .................................................................................. 71
Figure 8-17. DS3 PLCP Transmit Overhead Port Timing.......................................................................................... 71
Figure 8-18. E3 G.751 PLCP Transmit Overhead Port Timing ................................................................................. 72
Figure 8-19. External (XFRAC) Transmit Fractional Timing...................................................................................... 72
Figure 8-20. External (XFRAC) Receive Fractional Timing....................................................................................... 72
Figure 8-21. Internal (IFRAC) Transmit Fractional Timing ........................................................................................ 73
Figure 8-22. Internal (IFRAC) Receive Fractional Timing ......................................................................................... 73
Figure 8-23. Transmit Flexible Fractional (FFRAC) Timing....................................................................................... 74
Figure 8-24. Receive Flexible Fractional (FFRAC) Timing........................................................................................ 74
Figure 8-25. UTOPIA Level 2 Transmit Cell Transfer Direct Mode ........................................................................... 75
Figure 8-26. UTOPIA Level 2 Receive Cell Transfer Direct Mode ............................................................................ 76
Figure 8-27. UTOPIA Level 2 Transmit Multiple Cell Transfer Polled Mode ............................................................. 77
Figure 8-28. UTOPIA Level 2 Receive Multiple Cell Transfer Polled Mode .............................................................. 77
Figure 8-29. UTOPIA Level 2 Receive Unexpected Multiple Cell Transfer............................................................... 78
Figure 8-30. UTOPIA Level 3 Transmit Multiple Cell Transfer Direct Mode.............................................................. 78
Figure 8-31. UTOPIA Level 3 Transmit Multiple Cell Transfer Polled Mode ............................................................. 79
Figure 8-32. UTOPIA Level 3 Receive Multiple Cell Transfer Direct Mode............................................................... 80
Figure 8-33. UTOPIA Level 3 Receive Multiple Cell Transfer Polled Mode .............................................................. 80
Figure 8-34. Transmit Multiple Packet Transfer to Different PHY ports (direct status mode) ................................... 81
Figure 8-35. POS-PHY Level 2 Receive Multiple Packet Transfer from Different
PHY Ports/Devices(direct status mode)............................................................................................................ 82
Figure 8-36. POS-PHY Level 2 Transmit Multiple Packet Transfer to Different PHY Ports (polled status mode) .... 83
Figure 8-37. POS-PHY Level 2 Receive Multiple Packet Transfer (polled status mode).......................................... 84
Figure 8-38. POS-PHY Level 3 Transmit Multiple Packet Transfer In-Band Addressing.......................................... 85
8
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-39. POS-PHY Level 3 Receive Multiple Packet Transfer In-Band Addressing........................................... 86
Figure 8-40. 16-Bit Mode Write.................................................................................................................................. 87
Figure 8-41. 16-Bit Mode Read ................................................................................................................................. 87
Figure 8-42. 8-Bit Mode Write.................................................................................................................................... 88
Figure 8-43. 8-Bit Mode Read ................................................................................................................................... 88
Figure 8-44. 16-Bit Mode without Byte Swap ............................................................................................................ 89
Figure 8-45. 16-Bit Mode with Byte Swap ................................................................................................................. 89
Figure 8-46. Clear Status Latched Register on Read................................................................................................ 90
Figure 8-47. Clear Status Latched Register on Write................................................................................................ 90
Figure 8-48. RDY Signal Functional Timing Writes ................................................................................................... 90
Figure 8-49. RDY Signal Functional Timing Read..................................................................................................... 91
Figure 10-1. Interrupt Structure ................................................................................................................................. 98
Figure 10-2. Internal TX Clock................................................................................................................................. 101
Figure 10-3. Internal RX Clock ................................................................................................................................ 102
Figure 10-4. Example IO Pin Clock Muxing............................................................................................................. 106
Figure 10-5. Reset Sources..................................................................................................................................... 107
Figure 10-6. CLAD Block ......................................................................................................................................... 110
Figure 10-7. 8KREF Logic ....................................................................................................................................... 112
Figure 10-8. Performance Monitor Update Logic .................................................................................................... 115
Figure 10-9. Transmit Error Insert Logic.................................................................................................................. 116
Figure 10-10. Loopback Modes ............................................................................................................................... 117
Figure 10-11. ALB Mux............................................................................................................................................ 117
Figure 10-12. AIS Signal Flow ................................................................................................................................. 120
Figure 10-13. DS3 C-Bit or DS3 M23 (with C-Bit Generation) Frame..................................................................... 128
Figure 10-14. DS3 PLCP Frame.............................................................................................................................. 129
Figure 10-15. DS3 M23 (with C-Bits Used as Payload) Frame............................................................................... 130
Figure 10-16. E3 G.751 Frame................................................................................................................................ 130
Figure 10-17. E3 PLCP Frame ................................................................................................................................ 131
Figure 10-18. Example E3 G.751 Internal Fractional Frame................................................................................... 131
Figure 10-19. E3 G.832 Frame................................................................................................................................ 132
Figure 10-20. System Interface Functional Diagram ............................................................................................... 134
Figure 10-21. Normal Packet Format in 32-Bit Mode .............................................................................................. 135
Figure 10-22. Normal Packet Format in 16-Bit Mode .............................................................................................. 135
Figure 10-23. Byte Reordered Packet Format in 32-Bit Mode ................................................................................ 135
Figure 10-24. Byte Reordered Packet Format in 16-Bit Mode ................................................................................ 136
Figure 10-25. ATM Cell/HDLC Packet Functional Diagram .................................................................................... 139
Figure 10-26. Receive DSS Scrambler Synchronization State Diagram................................................................. 143
Figure 10-27. Cell Delineation State Diagram ......................................................................................................... 144
Figure 10-28. HEC Error Monitoring State Diagram................................................................................................ 145
Figure 10-29. Cell Format for 53-Byte Cell With 32-Bit Data Bus ........................................................................... 145
Figure 10-30. Cell Format for 52-Byte Cell With 32-Bit Data Bus ........................................................................... 146
Figure 10-31. PLCP Framer Functional Diagram .................................................................................................... 150
Figure 10-32. DS3 PLCP Frame Format ................................................................................................................. 152
Figure 10-33. DS3 PLCP G1 Byte Format .............................................................................................................. 152
Figure 10-34. E3 PLCP Frame Format.................................................................................................................... 156
Figure 10-35. E3 PLCP G1 Byte Format ................................................................................................................. 156
Figure 10-36. Fractional Payload Controller Detailed Block Diagram ..................................................................... 160
Figure 10-37. Data Group Format ........................................................................................................................... 162
Figure 10-38. Frame Format.................................................................................................................................... 162
Figure 10-39. Framer Detailed Block Diagram ........................................................................................................ 163
Figure 10-40. DS3 Frame Format............................................................................................................................ 165
Figure 10-41. DS3 Sub-Frame Framer State Diagram............................................................................................ 166
Figure 10-42. DS3 Multiframe Framer State Diagram............................................................................................. 167
Figure 10-43. G.751 E3 Frame Format ................................................................................................................... 174
Figure 10-44. G.832 E3 Frame Format ................................................................................................................... 176
Figure 10-45. MA Byte Format ................................................................................................................................ 177
Figure 10-46. HDLC Controller Block Diagram ....................................................................................................... 182
Figure 10-47. Trail Trace Controller Block Diagram ................................................................................................ 185
Figure 10-48. Trail Trace Byte (DT = Trail Trace Data)........................................................................................... 187
9
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-49. FEAC Controller Block Diagram........................................................................................................ 188
Figure 10-50. FEAC Codeword Format................................................................................................................... 189
Figure 10-51. Line Encoder/Decoder Block Diagram .............................................................................................. 190
Figure 10-52. B3ZS Signatures ............................................................................................................................... 192
Figure 10-53. HDB3 Signatures............................................................................................................................... 192
Figure 10-54. BERT Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ 193
Figure 10-55. PRBS Synchronization State Diagram.............................................................................................. 195
Figure 10-56. Repetitive Pattern Synchronization State Diagram........................................................................... 196
Figure 10-57. LIU Functional Diagram..................................................................................................................... 197
Figure 10-58. DS3/E3/STS-1 LIU Block Diagram.................................................................................................... 198
Figure 10-59. Receiver Jitter Tolerance .................................................................................................................. 201
Figure 13-1. JTAG Block Diagram........................................................................................................................... 372
Figure 13-2. JTAG TAP Controller State Machine .................................................................................................. 373
Figure 13-3. JTAG Functional Timing...................................................................................................................... 376
Figure 14-1. DS3184 Pin Assignments—400-Lead TE-PBGA................................................................................ 377
Figure 14-2. DS3183 Pin Assignments—400-Lead TE-PBGA................................................................................ 378
Figure 14-3. DS3182 Pin Assignments—400-Lead TE-PBGA................................................................................ 378
Figure 14-4. DS3181 Pin Assignments—400-Lead TE-PBGA................................................................................ 379
Figure 18-1. Clock Period and Duty Cycle Definitions............................................................................................. 384
Figure 18-2. Rise Time, Fall Time, and Jitter Definitions......................................................................................... 384
Figure 18-3. Hold, Setup, and Delay Definitions (Rising Clock Edge) .................................................................... 384
Figure 18-4. Hold, Setup, and Delay Definitions (Falling Clock Edge).................................................................... 385
Figure 18-5. To/From High-Z Delay Definitions (Rising Clock Edge)...................................................................... 385
Figure 18-6. To/From High-Z Delay Definitions (Falling Clock Edge) ..................................................................... 385
Figure 18-7. Micro Interface Nonmultiplexed Read/Write Cycle ............................................................................. 391
Figure 18-8. Micro Interface Multiplexed Read Cycle.............................................................................................. 392
Figure 18-9. E3 Waveform Template....................................................................................................................... 395
Figure 18-10. STS-1 Pulse Mask Template ............................................................................................................ 396
Figure 18-11. DS3 Pulse Mask Template................................................................................................................ 397
10
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
LIST OF TABLES
Table 4-1. Standards Compliance ............................................................................................................................. 23
Table 6-1. DS3/E3 ATM/Packet Mode Configuration Registers................................................................................ 26
Table 6-2. DS3/E3 ATM/Packet—OHM Mode Configuration Registers.................................................................... 27
Table 6-3. DS3/E3 Internal Fractional (IFRAC) ATM/Packet Mode Configuration Registers ................................... 28
Table 6-4. DS3/E3 External Fractional (XFRAC) ATM/Packet Mode Configuration Registers................................. 29
Table 6-5. DS3/E3 Flexible External Fractional (Subrate) Mode Configuration Registers........................................ 30
Table 6-6. DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM Mode Configuration Registers ...................................................................... 31
Table 6-7. DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM—OHM Mode Configuration Registers .......................................................... 32
Table 6-8. Clear-Channel ATM/Packet Mode Configuration Modes ......................................................................... 34
Table 6-9. Clear-Channel ATM/Packet—OHM Mode Configuration Registers......................................................... 35
Table 6-10. Clear-Channel Octet Aligned ATM/Packet—OHM Mode Configuration Registers................................ 36
Table 7-1. HDB3/B3ZS/AMI LIU Mode Configuration Registers ............................................................................... 37
Table 7-2. HDB3/B3ZS/AMI Non-LIU Mode Configuration Registers ....................................................................... 39
Table 7-3. UNI Line Interface Mode Configuration Registers.................................................................................... 40
Table 7-4. UNI Line Interface—OHM Mode Configuration Registers........................................................................ 41
Table 8-1. DS3184 Short Pin Descriptions................................................................................................................ 42
Table 8-2. Detailed Pin Descriptions ......................................................................................................................... 48
Table 9-1. Configuration of Global Register Settings ................................................................................................ 93
Table 9-2. Configuration of Port Register Settings .................................................................................................... 93
Table 10-1. LIU Enable Table.................................................................................................................................. 100
Table 10-2. All Possible Clock Sources Based on Mode and Loopback................................................................. 100
Table 10-3. Source Selection of TLCLK Clock Signal ............................................................................................. 101
Table 10-4. Source Selection of TCLKOn (internal TX clock) ................................................................................. 102
Table 10-5. Source Selection of RCLKO Clock Signal (internal RX clock) ............................................................. 102
Table 10-6. Transmit Line Interface Signal Pin Valid Timing Source Select ........................................................... 103
Table 10-7. Transmit Framer Pin Signal Timing Source Select .............................................................................. 104
Table 10-8. Receive Line Interface Pin Signal Timing Source Select ..................................................................... 104
Table 10-9. Receive Framer Pin Signal Timing Source Select ............................................................................... 105
Table 10-10. Reset and Power-Down Sources ....................................................................................................... 108
Table 10-11. CLAD IO Pin Decode.......................................................................................................................... 111
Table 10-12. Global 8 kHz Reference Source Table............................................................................................... 112
Table 10-13. Port 8 kHz Reference Source Table................................................................................................... 112
Table 10-14. GPIO Global Signals .......................................................................................................................... 113
Table 10-15. GPIO Pin Global Mode Select Bits..................................................................................................... 113
Table 10-16. GPIO Port Alarm Monitor Select ........................................................................................................ 114
Table 10-17. Loopback Mode Selections ................................................................................................................ 116
Table 10-18. Line AIS Enable Modes ...................................................................................................................... 120
Table 10-19. Payload (Downstream) AIS Enable Modes ........................................................................................ 121
Table 10-20. TSOFIn/TOHMIn Input Pin Functions ................................................................................................ 122
Table 10-21. TSERn/TPOHn/TFOHn Input Pin Functions ...................................................................................... 122
Table 10-22. TPDENIn/TPOHENn/TFOHENIn Input Pin Functions ....................................................................... 123
Table 10-23. TSOFOn/TDENn/TPOHSOFn/TFOHENOn Output Pin Functions .................................................... 123
Table 10-24. TCLKOn/TGCLKn/TPOHCLKn Output Pin Functions........................................................................ 124
Table 10-25. TPDATn Input Pin Functions.............................................................................................................. 124
Table 10-26. TPDENOn Output Pin Functions........................................................................................................ 124
Table 10-27. RSERn/RPOHn Output Pin Functions ............................................................................................... 125
Table 10-28. RPDENIn/RFOHENIn Input Pin Functions......................................................................................... 125
Table 10-29. RPDATn Input Pin Functions ............................................................................................................. 125
Table 10-30. RSOFOn/RDENn/RPOHSOFn/RFOHENOn Output Pin Functions................................................... 126
Table 10-31. RCLKOn/RGCLKn/RPOHCLKn Output Pin Functions ...................................................................... 126
Table 10-32. Framing Mode Select Bits FM[5:0] ..................................................................................................... 127
Table 10-33. Line Mode Select Bits LM[2:0]............................................................................................................ 133
Table 10-34. C-Bit DS3 Frame Overhead Bit Definitions ........................................................................................ 169
Table 10-35. M23 DS3 Frame Overhead Bit Definitions ......................................................................................... 171
Table 10-36. G.832 E3 Frame Overhead Bit Definitions ......................................................................................... 177
Table 10-37. Payload Label Match Status............................................................................................................... 180
Table 10-38. Pseudorandom Pattern Generation.................................................................................................... 194
11
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-39. Repetitive Pattern Generation ............................................................................................................ 194
Table 10-40. Transformer Characteristics ............................................................................................................... 199
Table 10-41. Recommended Transformers............................................................................................................. 200
Table 11-1. Global and Test Register Address Map ............................................................................................... 203
Table 11-2. Per-Port Register Address Map ........................................................................................................... 203
Table 12-1. Global Register Bit Map........................................................................................................................ 204
Table 12-2. System Interface Bit Map ..................................................................................................................... 205
Table 12-3. Port Register Bit Map ........................................................................................................................... 205
Table 12-4. BERT Register Bit Map ........................................................................................................................ 206
Table 12-5. LINE Register Bit Map .......................................................................................................................... 206
Table 12-6. HDLC Register Bit Map ........................................................................................................................ 207
Table 12-7. FEAC Register Bit Map ........................................................................................................................ 208
Table 12-8. Trail Trace Register Bit Map................................................................................................................. 208
Table 12-9. T3 Register Bit Map.............................................................................................................................. 209
Table 12-10. E3 G.751 Register Bit Map................................................................................................................. 210
Table 12-11. E3 G.832 Register Bit Map................................................................................................................. 211
Table 12-12. Clear-Channel Register Bit Map......................................................................................................... 212
Table 12-13. Fractional Register Bit Map ................................................................................................................ 212
Table 12-14. PLCP Register Bit Map....................................................................................................................... 213
Table 12-15. FIFO Register Bit Map........................................................................................................................ 214
Table 12-16. Transmit Cell Processor Register Bit Map ......................................................................................... 215
Table 12-17. Transmit Packet Processor Register Bit Map .................................................................................... 216
Table 12-18. Receive Cell Processor Register Bit Map .......................................................................................... 216
Table 12-19. Receive Packet Processor Register Bit Map ..................................................................................... 217
Table 12-20. Global Register Map........................................................................................................................... 219
Table 12-21. Transmit System Interface Register Map ........................................................................................... 227
Table 12-22. Receive System Interface Register Map ............................................................................................ 229
Table 12-23. Per-Port Common Register Map ........................................................................................................ 231
Table 12-24. BERT Register Map............................................................................................................................ 242
Table 12-25. Transmit Side B3ZS/HDB3 Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map ..................................................... 251
Table 12-26. Receive Side B3ZS/HDB3 Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map ...................................................... 252
Table 12-27. Transmit Side HDLC Register Map .................................................................................................... 256
Table 12-28. Receive Side HDLC Register Map ..................................................................................................... 260
Table 12-29. FEAC Transmit Side Register Map .................................................................................................... 264
Table 12-30. FEAC Receive Side Register Map ..................................................................................................... 267
Table 12-31. Transmit Side Trail Trace Register Map............................................................................................. 270
Table 12-32. Trail Trace Receive Side Register Map.............................................................................................. 272
Table 12-33. Transmit DS3 Framer Register Map .................................................................................................. 276
Table 12-34. Receive DS3 Framer Register Map ................................................................................................... 279
Table 12-35. Transmit G.751 E3 Framer Register Map .......................................................................................... 289
Table 12-36. Receive G.751 E3 Framer Register Map ........................................................................................... 291
Table 12-37. Transmit G.832 E3 Framer Register Map .......................................................................................... 297
Table 12-38. Receive G.832 E3 Framer Register Map ........................................................................................... 300
Table 12-39. Transmit Clear-Channel Register Map............................................................................................... 309
Table 12-40. Receive Clear-Channel Register Map................................................................................................ 310
Table 12-41. Fractional Transmit Side Register Map .............................................................................................. 312
Table 12-42. Receive Side Register Map................................................................................................................ 314
Table 12-43. Transmit Side PLCP Register Map .................................................................................................... 316
Table 12-44. Receive Side PLCP Register Map ..................................................................................................... 320
Table 12-45. Transmit FIFO Register Map.............................................................................................................. 331
Table 12-46. Receive FIFO Register Map............................................................................................................... 335
Table 12-47. Transmit Cell Processor Register Map............................................................................................... 338
Table 12-48. HEC Error Mask ................................................................................................................................. 341
Table 12-49. Receive Cell Processor Register Map................................................................................................ 345
Table 12-50. Transmit Packet Processor Register Map.......................................................................................... 357
Table 12-51. Receive Packet Processor Register Map........................................................................................... 362
Table 13-1. JTAG Instruction Codes ....................................................................................................................... 375
Table 13-2. JTAG ID Codes .................................................................................................................................... 376
Table 14-1. Pin Assignment Breakdown ................................................................................................................. 377
12
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 17-1. Recommended DC Operating Conditions ............................................................................................ 382
Table 17-2. DC Electrical Characteristics................................................................................................................ 382
Table 17-3. Output Pin Drive ................................................................................................................................... 383
Table 18-1. Fractional Port Timing .......................................................................................................................... 386
Table 18-2. Line Interface Timing ............................................................................................................................ 386
Table 18-3. Miscellaneous Pin Timing..................................................................................................................... 387
Table 18-4. Overhead Port Timing .......................................................................................................................... 387
Table 18-5. System Interface L2 Timing.................................................................................................................. 388
Table 18-6. System Interface L3 Timing.................................................................................................................. 389
Table 18-7. Micro Interface Timing .......................................................................................................................... 390
Table 18-8. DS3 Waveform Template ..................................................................................................................... 393
Table 18-9. DS3 Waveform Test Parameters and Limits ........................................................................................ 393
Table 18-10. STS-1 Waveform Template ................................................................................................................ 394
Table 18-11. STS-1 Waveform Test Parameters and Limits................................................................................... 394
Table 18-12. E3 Waveform Test Parameters and Limits......................................................................................... 395
Table 18-13. Receiver Input Characteristics—DS3 and STS-1 Modes................................................................... 397
Table 18-14. Receiver Input Characteristics—E3 Mode ......................................................................................... 398
Table 18-15. Transmitter Output Characteristics—DS3 and STS-1 Modes............................................................ 398
Table 18-16. Transmitter Output Characteristics—E3 Mode .................................................................................. 398
Table 18-17. JTAG Interface Timing........................................................................................................................ 399
13
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
1
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
Figure 1-1 shows the external components required at each LIU interface for proper operation. Figure 1-2 shows
the functional block diagram of one channel ATM/Packet PHY.
Figure 1-1. LIU External Connections for a DS3/E3/STS-1 Port of a DS318x Device
Each T3/E3 LIU
f
TXP
VDD
Transmit
330Ω
(1%)
VDD
TXN
VDD
RXP
VSS
1:2ct
0.01uF
0.1uF
1uF
0.01uF
0.1uF
1uF
0.01uF
0.1uF
1uF
3.3V
Power
Plane
Receive
330Ω
(1%)
Ground
Plane
VSS
RXN
VSS
1:2ct
TPOHENn/TFOHENIn/
TPDENIn
TPOHSOFn/TSOFOn/
TDENn\TFOHENOn
TPOHCLKN/
TCLKOn/TGCLKn
TPDENOn
TPDATn
TPOHn/TFOHn/TSERn
TCLKIn
TOHENn
TOHn
TOHCLKn
TOHSOFn
TOHMIn/TSOFIn
Figure 1-2. DS318x Functional Block Diagram
TAIS
TPOSn/
TDATn
TUA1
RX FRAC/
PLCP
UA1
GEN
14
System
Interface
SLB
RDY
MODE
WIDTH
INT
GPIO[8:1]
ALE
CS
RD/DS
WR/ R/W
Microprocessor
Interface
RST
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
TSCLK
TADR[4:0]
TDATA[31:0]
TPRTY
TEN
TDXA[4:2]
TDXA[1]/TPXA
TSOX
TSPA
TEOP
TSX
TMOD[1:0]
TERR
RSCLK
RADR[4:0]
RDATA[31:0]
RPRTY
REN
RDXA[1]/RPXA
/RSX
RDXA[4:2]
RSOX
REOP
RVAL
RMOD[1:0]
RERR
Rx
FIFO
Rx Cell
Processor
A[10:1]
A[0]/BSWAP
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
D[15:0]
DS318x
RX BERT
Rx Packet
Processor
RFOHENIn/RPDENIn
RPDATn
CLKC
CLKB
CLKA
Clock Rate
Adapter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
TX BERT
HDLC
RPOHn/RSERn
RPOHSOFn/RSOFOn/
RDENn/ RFOHENOn
RPOHCLKn/
RCLKOn/RGCLKn
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
RXPn
RXNn
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
PLB
LLB
ALB
RLCLKn
RPOSn/
RDATn
RNEGn/
RLCVn/
ROHMIn
TX FRAC/
PLCP
ROHn
ROHCLKn
ROHSOFn
TXNn
JTRST
JTCLK
JTMS
JTDI
JTDO
TXPn
Tx Cell
Processor
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
DLB
TNEGn/
TOHMOn/
TLCLKn
n = port # (1-4)
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
2
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
APPLICATIONS
Access Concentrators
Multiservice Access Platforms
ATM and Frame Relay Equipment
Routers and Switches
SONET/SDH ADM
SONET/SDH Muxes
PBXs
Digital Cross Connect
PDH Multiplexer/Demultiplexer
Test Equipment
Integrated Access Device (IAD)
Figure 2-1 and Figure 2-2 show applications for the DS3184 as four-port unchannelized ATM and packet DS3/E3
line cards, respectively.
Figure 2-1. Four-Port Unchannelized ATM over DS3/E3/CC52 Line Card
Typical ATM Line Card
x
DS3/E3
Line
DS315x #1
DS3154
4- Chan
DS3/E
DS3/E3
LIU
Utopia
POSPHY
DS316x #1
DS3164
4- Chan
DS3/E
DS3/E3
ATM
PH
PHY
2/3
AT
ATM
Switch
Card
(S/W+
Igr/Egr Mgt)
DS318x
x
DS3/E3
Line
DS315x #3
DS3154
4- Chan
DS3/E
DS3/E3
LIU
DS316x #3
DS3164
4- Chan
DS3/E
DS3/E3
ATM
PH
PHY
X = 1, 2, 3, 4
Typical ATM Line Card
15
Utopia
POS PHY
2/3
OC- n
OC-12
AT
ATM
SAR
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 2-2. Four-Port Unchannelized HDLC over DS3/E3/CC52 Line Card
Typical Packet Line Card
x
DS3/E3
Line
DS315x #1
DS3154
4- Chan
DS3/E
DS3/E3
LIU
Utopia
POSPHY
DS316x #1
DS3164
4- Chan
DS3/E
DS3/E3
ATM
PKT
PH
PHY
2/3
AT
IP/PKT
Switch
Card
(S/W+
Igr/Egr Mgt)
DS318x
x
DS3/E3
Line
DS315x #3
DS3154
4- Chan
DS3/E
DS3/E3
LIU
DS316x #3
DS3164
4- Chan
DS3/E
DS3/E3
ATM
PH
PHY
X = 1, 2, 3, 4
Typical Packet Line Card
16
Utopia
POSPHY
2/3
OC- n
OC-12
AT
POS
SAR
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
3
FEATURE DETAILS
The following sections describe the features provided by the DS3181 (single), DS3182 (dual), DS3183 (triple), and
DS3184 (quad) PHYs.
3.1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3.2
•
•
•
•
•
3.3
•
•
•
Global Features
System interface configurable for UTOPIA L2/UTOPIA L3 for ATM cell traffic or POS-PHY L2/POS-PHY L3 or
SPI-3 for HDLC packets or mixed packet/cell traffic
Supports the following transmission protocols:
• Direct-mapped ATM over DS3 or sub-rate DS3
• PLCP-mapped ATM over DS3
• Direct-mapped ATM over G.751 E3 or sub-rate G.751 E3
• PLCP-mapped ATM over G.751 E3
• Direct-mapped ATM over G.832 E3 or sub-rate G.832 E3
• Bit or byte synchronous (octet aligned) direct-mapped ATM over externally-defined frame formats up to
52 Mbps
• Clear-channel ATM (cell-based physical layer) at line rates up to 52 Mbps
• Clear-channel ATM DSS at line rates up to 52 Mbps
• Direct-mapped HDLC over DS3 or sub-rate DS3
• Direct-mapped HDLC over G.751 E3 or sub-rate G.751 E3
• Direct-mapped HDLC over G.832 E3 or sub-rate G.832 E3
• Bit or byte synchronous (octet aligned) direct-mapped HDLC over externally-defined frame formats up
to 52 Mbps
• Clear-channel HDLC at line rates up to 52 Mbps
In UTOPIA bus mode, ports are independently configurable for any ATM protocol
In POS-PHY bus mode, ports are independently configurable for any ATM or HDLC protocol
Programmable to support internally or externally controlled sub-rate DS3 or E3 on any ports
Supports gapped 52 MHz clock rates for signals embedded in SONET/SDH
Optional transmit loop timed clock(s) mode using the associated port’s receive clock(s)
Optional transmit clock mode using references generated by the internal Clock Rate Adapter (CLAD)
Requires only a single reference clock for all three LIU data rates using internal CLAD
The LIU can be powered down and bypassed for direct logic IO to/from line circuits.
Jitter attenuator can be placed in either transmit or receive path when the LIU is enabled.
Clock, data and control signals can be inverted for a direct interface to many other devices
Detection of loss of transmit clock and loss of receive clock
Automatic one-second, external or manual update of performance monitoring counters
Each port can be placed into a low-power standby mode when not being used
Framing and line code error insertion available
Receive DS3/E3/STS-1 LIU Features
AGC/Equalizer block handles from 0 dB to 15 dB of cable loss
Loss-of-lock PLL status indication
Interfaces directly to a DSX monitor signal (20 dB flat loss) using built-in pre-amp
Digital and analog Loss of Signal (LOS) detectors (ANSI T1.231 and ITU G.775)
Per-channel power-down control
Receive DS3/E3 Framer Features
Frame synchronization for M23 or C-bit Parity DS3, or G.751 E3 or G.832 E3
B3ZS/HDB3/AMI decoding
Detection and accumulation of bipolar violations (BPV), code violations (CV), excessive zeroes occurrences
(EXZ), F-bit errors, M-bit errors, FAS errors, LOF occurrences, P-bit parity errors, CP-bit parity errors, BIP-8
errors, and far end block errors (FEBE)
17
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3.4
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3.5
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3.6
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Detection of RDI, AIS, DS3 idle signal, loss of signal (LOS), severely errored framing event (SEFE), change of
frame alignment (COFA), receipt of B3ZS/HDB3 code words, DS3 application ID bit, DS3 M23/C-bit format
mismatch, G.751 national bit, and G.832 RDI (FERF), payload type, and timing marker bits
HDLC port for DS3 path maintenance data link (PMDL), G.751 national bit or G.832 NR or GC channels
FEAC port for DS3 FEAC channel
16-byte Trail Trace Buffer port for G.832 trail access point identifier
DS3 M23 C bits and stuff bits configurable as payload or overhead, stored in registers for software inspection
Most framing overhead fields presented on the receive overhead port
Support for internal and external subrate DS3/E3 control (Fractional DS3/E3)
Receive PLCP Framer Features
PLCP frame synchronization
C1 cycle/stuff counter interpretation
Detection of out of frame (OOF), BIP-8 errors, FEBE and RAI (Yellow Signal)
Frame timing can be presented on the GPIO2 output pin or used as the transmit PLCP reference
All path overhead fields presented on the PLCP receive overhead port
HDLC port for data link messages on F1, M1 or M2 bytes
Trail Trace port for trace messages on F1 byte
Receive Cell Processor Features
HEC-based cell delineation within the DS3/E3 frame, the PLCP frame, an externally defined frame, or the
entire line bandwidth
Cell descrambling using the self-synchronizing scrambler (x43+1) for ATM over DS3/E3
Distributed Sample Scrambler (DSS) for clear-channel ATM (cell-based physical layer)
HEC error detection and correction; HEC discard
Filtering of idle, unassigned and/or invalid cells (provisionable)
Header pattern comparison vs. 32-bit header pattern and mask registers; counting of matching or nonmatching cells; discard of matching or non-matching cells
Four-cell Receive FIFO
Controls include enables/disables/settings for: cell processing, coset polynomial addition, error correction,
erred cell extraction, cell descrambling, idle/unassigned/invalid cell filtering, header pattern match
counting/discarding, LCD integration time
Status fields include: out of cell delineation (OCD), loss of cell delineation (LCD) and receipt of idle,
unassigned, invalid, erred, corrected or header-pattern-match cells
Performance monitoring counters for forwarded cells, corrected cells, uncorrectable cells, header pattern
match/no-match cells, and filtered idle/unassigned/invalid cells
Octet alignment option for externally defined frame formats
Receive Packet Processor Features
Packet descrambling using the self-synchronizing scrambler (x43+1)
Flag detection, packet delineation, and inter-frame fill discard (flags and all-ones)
Packet abort detection and accumulation
Bit or octet destuffing
FCS checking (16-bit or 32-bit), error accumulation, and FCS discard
Packet size checking vs. programmable minimum and maximum size registers
Abort declaration for packets with non-integral number of bytes
Controls include enables/disables/settings for: packet processing, descrambling, 16/32-bit FCS, filtering of FCS
erred packets, FCS discard, minimum/maximum packet size
Status fields include: receipt of FCS erred packet, aborted packet, size violation packet, non-integer-length
packets
Performance monitoring counters for forwarded packets, forwarded bytes, aborted bytes, FCS erred packets,
aborted packets, size violation packets (min, max, non-integer-length)
Octet alignment with octet destuffing option for externally defined frame formats
18
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
3.7
•
•
•
•
3.8
•
•
•
•
3.9
•
•
•
•
Receive FIFO Features
Storage capacity for four cells or 256 bytes of packet data per port
Programmable port address
Programmable fill level thresholds
Underflow and overflow status indications
Receive System Interface Features
UTOPIA L2 / UTOPIA L3 interface in cell mode, POS-PHY L2 / POS-PHY L3 or SPI-3 interface in packet or
mixed traffic modes
8, 16, or 32-bit data bus at clock rates from 10 MHz to 66 MHz (52 MHz in L2 modes)
Polled and direct cell available outputs
Controls include enables/disables/settings for: HEC transfer, signal inversions, parity enable/polarity, cell
available deassertion time
Transmit System Interface Features
UTOPIA L2 / UTOPIA L3 interface in cell mode, POS-PHY L2 / POS-PHY L3 or SPI-3 interface in packet or
mixed traffic modes
8, 16, or 32-bit data bus at clock rates from 10 MHz to 66 MHz (52 MHz in L2 modes)
Polled and direct cell available outputs
Controls include enables/disables/settings for: HEC transfer, signal inversions, parity enable/polarity, cell
available deassertion time
3.10 Transmit FIFO Features
•
•
•
•
Storage capacity for four cells or 256 bytes of packet data per port
Programmable port address
Programmable fill level thresholds
Underflow and overflow status indications
3.11 Transmit Cell Processor Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable fill cell type
HEC calculation and insertion/overwrite, including coset addition
Cell scrambling using the self-synchronizing scrambler (x43+1) for ATM over DS3/E3
Distributed Sample Scrambler (DSS) for clear-channel ATM (cell-based physical layer)
Single-bit and multiple-bit header error insertion for diagnostics
Controls include enables/disables/settings for: cell processing, HEC insertion, coset polynomial addition, cell
scrambling, fill cell type, error insertion type/rate/count, HEC bit corruption
Counter for number of cells read from the transmit FIFO
Cell mapping into the DS3/E3 frame, the PLCP frame, an externally defined frame, or the entire line bandwidth
Octet alignment option for externally defined frame formats
3.12 Transmit Packet Processor Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FCS calculation (16-bit or 32-bit) and insertion/overwrite
Programmable FCS error insertion for diagnostics
Bit or octet stuffing
Programmable inter-frame fill insertion (flags or all-ones)
Automatic packet abort insertion
Packet scrambling using the self-synchronizing scrambler (x43+1)
Controls include enables/disables/settings for: packet processing, FCS insertion or overwrite, 16/32-bit FCS,
inter-frame fill type/length, scrambling, FCS error insertion type/rate/count
Counters for number of packets and bytes read from the transmit FIFO
Octet alignment with octet stuffing option for externally defined frame formats
19
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
3.13 Transmit PLCP Formatter Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Insertion of FAS bytes (A1, A2), path overhead identification (POI) bytes, and path overhead bytes
Generation of BIP-8 (B1), FEBE and RAI (G1)
C1 cycle/stuff counter generation referenced to GPIO4 input pin, referenced to the received PLCP timing, or
based on an 8 kHz division of one of the clock sources
Automatic or manual insertion of FAS errors, BIP-8 errors
All path overhead fields can be sourced from the PLCP transmit overhead port
HDLC port for data link messages on F1, M1 or M2 bytes
Trail Trace port for trace messages on F1 byte
3.14 Transmit DS3/E3 Formatter Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Insertion of framing overhead for M23 or C-bit parity DS3, or G.751 E3 or G.832 E3
B3ZS/HDB3 encoding
Generation of RDI, AIS, and DS3 idle signal
Automatic or manual insertion of bipolar violations (BPVs), excessive zeroes (EXZ) occurrences, F-bit errors,
M-bit errors, FAS errors, P-bit parity errors, CP-bit parity errors, BIP-8 errors, and far end block errors (FEBE)
HDLC port for DS3 path maintenance data link (PMDL), G.751 national bit or G.832 NR or GC channels
FEAC port for DS3 FEAC channel can be configured to send one codeword, one codeword continuously, or
two different code words back-to-back to send DS3 Line Loopback commands
16-byte Trail Trace Buffer port for the G.832 trail access point identifier
Insertion of G.832 payload type, and timing marker bits from registers
DS3 M23 C bits configurable as payload or overhead; as overhead they can be controlled from registers or the
transmit overhead port
Most framing overhead fields can be sourced from transmit overhead port
Formatter bypass mode for clear-channel or externally defined format applications
Support for subrate DS3/E3, internally or externally controlled (Fractional DS3/E3)
3.15 Transmit DS3/E3/STS-1 LIU Features
•
•
•
•
•
Wide 50+20% transmit clock duty cycle
Line Build-Out (LBO) control
Tri-state line driver outputs support protection switching applications
Per-channel power-down control
Output driver monitor status indication
3.16 Jitter Attenuator Features
•
•
•
•
Fully integrated and requiring no external components
Can be placed in transmit or receive path
FIFO depth of 16 bits
Standard compliant transmission jitter and wander
3.17 Clock Rate Adapter Features
•
•
•
•
•
Generation of the internally needed DS3 (44.736 MHz), E3 (34.368 MHz), and STS-1 (51.84 MHz) clocks a
from single input reference clock
Input reference clock can be 51.84 MHz, 44.736MHz or 34.368 MHz
Internally derived clocks can be used as references for LIU and jitter attenuator
Derived clocks can be transmitted off-chip for external system use
Standards compliant jitter and wander requirements.
3.18 HDLC Overhead Controller Features
•
•
•
•
Each port has a dedicated HDLC controller for DS3/E3 framer or PLCP link management
256-byte receive and transmit FIFOs
Handles all of the normal Layer 2 tasks including zero stuffing/destuffing, FCS generation/checking, abort
generation/checking, flag generation/detection, and byte alignment
Programmable high and low water marks for the transmit and receive FIFOs
20
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
•
•
Terminates the Path Maintenance Data Link in DS3 C-bit Parity mode and optionally the G.751 Sn bit or the
G.832 NR or GC channels or PLCP F1, M1 or M2 bytes
RX data is forced to all ones during LOS, LOF and AIS detection to eliminate false packets
3.19 FEAC Controller Features
•
•
•
•
•
Each port has a dedicated FEAC controller for DS3/E3 link management
Designed to handle multiple FEAC code words without Host intervention
Receive FEAC automatically validates incoming code words and stores them in a 4-byte FIFO
Transmit FEAC can be configured to send one codeword, one codeword continuously, or two different code
words back-to-back to send DS3 Line Loopback commands
Terminates the FEAC channel in DS3 C-Bit Parity mode and optionally the Sn bit in E3 mode
3.20 Trail Trace Buffer Features
•
•
•
•
Each port has a dedicated Trail Trace Buffer for E3-G.832 or DS3/E3 PLCP link management
Extraction and storage of the incoming G.832 or PLCP trail access point identifier in a 16-byte receive register
Insertion of the outgoing trail access point identifier from a 16-byte transmit register
Receive trace identifier unstable status indication
3.21 Bit Error Rate Tester (BERT) Features
•
•
•
•
•
Each port has a dedicated BERT tester
Generation and detection of pseudo-random patterns and repetitive patterns from 1 to 32 bits in length
Pattern insertion/extraction in PLCP payload, DS3/E3 payload, DS3/E3 fractional payload or entire data stream
to and from the line interface
Large 24-bit error counter allows testing to proceed for long periods without host intervention
Errors can be inserted in the generated BERT patterns for diagnostic purposes (single bit errors or specific biterror rates)
3.22 Loopback Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
Analog interface loopback – ALB (transmit to receive)
Line facility loopback – LLB (receive to transmit) with optional transmission of unframed all-one AIS payload
toward system/trunk interface
Framer diagnostic loopback – DLB (transmit to receive) with automatic transmission of DS3 AIS or unframed
all-one AIS signal toward line/tributary interface(s)
DS3/E3 framer payload loopback – PLB (receive to transmit) with optional transmission of unframed all-one
AIS payload toward system/trunk interface
System interface loopback – SLB (transmit to receive)
Simultaneous line facility loopback and framer diagnostic loopback
3.23 Microprocessor Interface Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Multiplexed or non-multiplexed address bus modes
8 or 16-bit data bus modes
Byte swapping option in 16-bit data bus mode
Read/Write and Data Strobe modes
Ready handshake output signal
Global reset input pin
Global interrupt output pin
Two programmable I/O pins per port
3.24 Subrate Features (Fractional DS3/E3)
•
•
•
•
Independent per-port built-in support for subrate DS3 or E3
Independent subrate operation for both RX and TX data paths
Subrate operation for each channel is totally independent from the other channels’ operation, i.e. all subrate
functions within the device are mutually exclusive
Three distinct subrate algorithms:
21
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
•
•
• (FFRAC) Externally controlled with DS3 or E3 payload manipulating capability
• (XFRAC) Externally controlled with flexible DS3 or E3 data rate reduction capability
• (IFRAC) Internally controlled with simple DS3 or E3 data rate reduction capability
Subrate algorithm selection is on per-port basis
Internal subrate mechanism allows down to bit-level granularity of the DS3 or E3 payload
3.25 Test Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
Five pin JTAG port
All functional pins are in/out pins in JTAG mode
Standard JTAG instructions: SAMPLE/PRELOAD, BYPASS, EXTEST, CLAMP, HIGHZ, IDCODE
RAM BIST on all internal RAM
High-Z pin to force all digital output and in/out pins into HIZ
TEST pin for manufacturing scan test modes
22
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
4
STANDARDS COMPLIANCE
Table 4-1. Standards Compliance
SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION TITLE
ANSI
T1.102-1993
T1.107-1995
T1.231-1997
T1.404-1994
T1.646-1995
Digital Hierarchy – Electrical Interfaces
Digital Hierarchy – Formats Specification
Digital Hierarchy – Layer 1 In-Service Digital Transmission Performance Monitoring
Network-to-Customer Installation – DS3 Metallic Interface Specification
Broadband ISDN – Physical Layer Specification for User-Network Interfaces Including
DS1/ATM
ATM FORUM
af-phy-0034.000
af-phy-0039.000
af-phy-0043.000
af-phy-0054.000
af-phy-0136.000
af-phy-0143.000
af-bici-0013.003
E3 Public UNI, August, 1995
UTOPIA Level 2, Version 1.0, June, 1995
A Cell-Based Transmission Convergence Sublayer for Clear-Channel Interfaces,
November, 1995
DS3 Physical Layer Interface Specification, January, 1996
UTOPIA L3 Physical Layer Interface, November, 1999
Frame-based ATM Interface (Level 3), March, 2000
BISDN Inter Carrier Interface (B-ICI) Specification Version 2.0 (Integrated), December, 1995
ETSI
ETS 300 686
ETS 300 337
ETS EN 300 689
ETS 300 689
Business TeleCommunications; 34Mbps and 140Mbits/s digital leased lines (D34U, D34S,
D140U and D140S); Network interface presentation, 1996
Transmission and Multiplexing (TM); Generic frame structures for the transport of various
signals (including Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) cells and Synchronous Digital
Hierarchy (SDH) elements) at the ITU-T Recommendation G.702 hierarchical rates of 2 048
kbit/s, 34 368 kbit/s and 139 264 kbit/s, Second Edition, June, 1997
Access and Terminals (AT); 34Mbps Digital Leased Lines (D34U and D34S); Terminal
equipment interface, July 2001
Business TeleCommunications (BTC); 34 Mbps digital leased lines (D34U and D34S),
Terminal equipment interface, V 1.2.1, 2001-07
IETF
RFC 1661
RFC 1662
RFC 2496
The Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP), July, 1994
PPP in HDLC-like Framing, July, 1994
Definition of Managed Objects for the DS3/E3 Interface Type, January, 1999
ISO
ISO 3309:1993
Information Technology – Telecommunications & information exchange between systems –
High Level Data Link Control (HDLC) procedures – Frame structure, Fifth Edition, 1993
ITU-T
G.703
G.704
G.751
G.775
G.804
G.823
G.824
Physical/Electrical Characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces, 1991
Synchronous Frame Structures Used at 1544, 6312, 2048, 8488 and 44 736 kbit/s
Hierarchical Levels, July, 1995
Digital Multiplex Equipment Operating at the Third Order Bit Rate of 34,368 kbit/s and the
Fourth Order bit Rate of 139,264 kbit/s and Using Positive Justification, 1993
Loss Of Signal (LOS) and Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) Defect Detection and Clearance
Criteria, November, 1994
ATM Cell Mapping Into Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy (PDH), November, 1993
The Control of Jitter and Wander Within Digital Networks Which are Based on the 2048
kbit/s Hierarchy, 1993
The Control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks that are Based on the 1544kbps
23
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
SPECIFICATION
G.832
I.432
O.151
Q.921
SPECIFICATION TITLE
Hierarchy, 1993
Transport of SDH Elements on PDH Networks – Frame and Multiplexing Structures,
November, 1995
B-ISDN User-Network Interface – Physical Layer Specification, March, 1993
Error Performance Measuring Equipment Operating at the Primary Rate and Above,
October, 1992
ISDN User-Network Interface – Data Link Layer Specification, March 1993
OIF
OIF-SPI3-01.0
System Packet Interface Level 3 (SPI-3): OC-48 System Interface for Physical and Link
Layer Devices
SATURN® GROUP
POS-PHY L2
POS-PHY L3
POS-PHY Level 2 Packet Over SONET Interface Specification for Physical Layer Devices,
December, 1998
POS-PHY Level 3 Packet Over SONET Interface Specification for Physical and Link Layer
Devices, June, 2000
TELCORDIA
GR-253-CORE
GR-499-CORE
GR-820-CORE
SONET Transport Systems: Common Generic Criteria, Issue 2, December 1995
Transport Systems Generic Requirements (TSGR): Common Requirements, Issue 2,
December 1998
Generic Digital Transmission Surveillance, Issue 1, November 1994
IEEE
IEEE Std 11491990
IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture, (Includes IEEE Std
1149-1993) October 21, 1993
SATURN is a registered trademark of PMC-Sierra, Inc.
24
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
5
ACRONYMS AND GLOSSARY
Definition of the terms used in this data sheet:
Acronyms
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ATM – Asynchronous Transfer Mode
CC52 – Clear-Channel 52 Mbps (STS-1 Clock Rate)
CLAD – Clock Rate Adapter
CLR – Clear-Channel Mode
DSS – Distributed Sample Scrambler
FFRAC – Flexible Fractional Mode
FRM – Frame Mode
HDLC – High Level Data Link Control
IFRAC – Internal Fractional Mode
OHM – Overhead Mask mode (LIU disabled) for externally defined framing
PLCP – Physical Layer Convergence Protocol
SPI-3 – same as POS-PHY L3
XFRAC – External Fractional Mode
Glossary
• Cell – ATM cell
• Clear-Channel – A datastream with no framing included
• Fractional – Uses only a portion of available payload for data, also known as subrate
• Octet Aligned – Byte aligned
• Packet – HDLC packet
• Subrate – See Fractional
• Unchannelized – See Clear-Channel
25
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
6
MAJOR OPERATIONAL MODES
The major operational modes are determined by the FM[5:0] framer mode bits and a few other control bits. Unused
features are powered down and the data paths are held in reset. The configuration registers of the unused features
can be written to and read from. The function of some IO pins change in different operational modes. The line
interface operational mode is determined by the LM[2:0] bits.
6.1
DS3/E3 ATM/Packet Mode
DS3/E3 ATM/Packet mode is a normal mode of operation for the DS318x device, which maps/demaps ATM cells
or packet data into a DS3 or E3 data stream via the selected mapping mode. Major functional blocks for the
DS3/E3 ATM/Packet mode are shown in Figure 6-1. Mapping configuration is programmable on per-port basis and
is shown in Table 6-1.
Table 6-1. DS3/E3 ATM/Packet Mode Configuration Registers
FM[5:0]
SIM[1:0]
GL.CR1
PMCPE
PORT.CR2
UTOPIA L2 ATM
0XX000
00
X
UTOPIA L3 ATM
0XX000
01
X
POS-PHY L2 ATM
0XX000
10
1
POS-PHY L3 ATM
0XX000
11
1
POS-PHY L2 Packet
0XX000
10
0
POS-PHY L3 Packet
0XX000
11
0
MODE
TCLKOn/
TGCLKn
TCLKIn
TSOFIn
TOHENn
TOHn
TOHCLKn
TOHSOFn
Figure 6-1. DS3/E3 ATM/Packet Mode
TAIS
TPOSn/
TDATn
TUA1
CLKC
CLKB
CLKA
Clock Rate
Adapter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
System
Interface
SLB
TX BERT
HDLC
RX BERT
Rx Packet
Processor
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
Rx Cell
Processor
UA1
GEN
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
26
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
RST
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
RXPn
RXNn
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
PLB
LLB
ALB
RLCLKn
RPOSn/
RDATn
RNEGn/
RLCVn/
ROHMIn
RCLKOn/
RGCLKn
TXNn
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
ROHn
ROHCLKn
ROHSOFn
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
TXPn
Tx Cell
Processor
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DLB
TNEGn/
TOHMOn/
TLCLKn
n = port # (1-4)
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
6.2
DS3/E3 ATM/Packet—OHM Mode
DS3/E3 ATM/Packet—OHM Mode is a normal mode of operation for the DS318x devices, which maps/demaps
ATM cells or packet data into a DS3 or E3 data stream, supporting externally defined framing protocols. Major
functional blocks for the DS3/E3 ATM/Packet—OHM Mode are shown in Figure 6-2. Mapping configuration is
programmable on per-port basis and is shown in Table 6-2.
Table 6-2. DS3/E3 ATM/Packet—OHM Mode Configuration Registers
FM[5:0]
SIM[1:0]
GL.CR1
PMCPE
PORT.CR2
UTOPIA L2 ATM
0XX001
00
X
UTOPIA L3 ATM
0XX001
01
X
POS-PHY L2 ATM
0XX001
10
1
POS-PHY L3 ATM
0XX001
11
1
POS-PHY L2 Packet
0XX001
10
0
POS-PHY L3 Packet
0XX001
11
0
MODE
TCLKOn/TGCLKn
TCLKIn
TOHENn
TOHn
TOHCLKn
TOHSOFn
Figure 6-2. DS3/E3 ATM/Packet—OHM Mode
TOHMIn
TUA1
Tx Cell
Processor
DS3/E3
Transmit
Formatter
TOHMOn
LLB
DLB
Analog Loopback
TLCLKn
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
TX BERT
TRAIL
HDLC FEAC TRACE
SLB
TDATn
RX BERT
Tx Packet
Processor
DS3/E3
Receive
Framer
RLCLKn
RDATn
IEEE 1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
UA1
GEN
RCLKOn/RGCLKn
27
RST
Microprocessor
Interface
ROHn
ROHCLKn
ROHSOFn
CLKB
CLKC
CLKA
System
Interface
Rx Cell
Processor
ROHMIn
Clock Rate
Adapter
Rx
FIFO
n = port # (1-4)
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
6.3
DS3/E3 Internal Fractional (Subrate) ATM/Packet Mode
DS3/E3 Internal Fractional Mode allows subrate datastreams to be inserted into a DS3 or E3 line, with the
fractional overhead internally controlled. Major functional blocks for the DS3/E3 Internal Fractional Mode are shown
in Figure 6-3. Mapping configuration is programmable on per-port basis and is shown in Table 6-3.
The “-OHM” modes are not allowed in fractional framing modes since the user is not able to distinguish between
internal framing overhead and external framing overhead bit locations.
Table 6-3. DS3/E3 Internal Fractional (IFRAC) ATM/Packet Mode Configuration Registers
FM[5:0]
SIM[1:0]
GL.CR1
PMCPE
PORT.CR2
UTOPIA L2 ATM
0XX010
00
X
UTOPIA L3 ATM
0XX010
01
X
POS-PHY L2 ATM
0XX010
10
1
POS-PHY L3 ATM
0XX010
11
1
POS-PHY L2 Packet
0XX010
10
0
POS-PHY L3 Packet
0XX010
11
0
MODE
TFOHENOn
TFOHn
TCLKIn
TCLKOn/TGCLKn
TOHENn
TOHn
TOHCLKn
TOHSOFn
TOHMIn/TSOFIn
Figure 6-3. DS3/E3 Internal Fractional ATM/Packet Mode
TAIS
TPOSn/
TDATn
TUA1
System
Interface
SLB
RX BERT
Rx Packet
Processor
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
RX FRAC
Rx Cell
Processor
UA1
GEN
28
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
RST
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
RCLKOn/RGCLKn
CLKC
CLKB
CLKA
Clock Rate
Adapter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
TX BERT
HDLC
RSERn
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
RXPn
RXNn
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
RFOHENOn
LLB
ALB
RLCLKn
RPOSn/
RDATn
RNEGn/
RLCVn/
ROHMIn
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
TX FRAC
PLB
TXNn
ROHn
ROHCLKn
ROHSOFn
TXPn
Tx Cell
Processor
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
DLB
TNEGn/
TOHMOn/
TLCLKn
n = port # (1-4)
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
6.4
DS3/E3 External Fractional (Subrate) ATM/Packet Mode
DS3/E3 External Fractional Mode allows subrate datastreams to be inserted into a DS3 or E3 line, with the
fractional overhead externally controlled. Major functional blocks for the DS3/E3 Internal Fractional Mode are
shown in Figure 6-4. Mapping configuration is programmable on per-port basis and is shown in Table 6-4.
The “-OHM” modes are not allowed in fractional framing modes since the user cannot distinguish between internal
framing overhead and external framing overhead bit locations.
Table 6-4. DS3/E3 External Fractional (XFRAC) ATM/Packet Mode Configuration
Registers
FM[5:0]
SIM[1:0]
GL.CR1
PMCPE
PORT.CR2
UTOPIA L2 ATM
0XX011
00
X
UTOPIA L3 ATM
0XX011
01
X
POS-PHY L2 ATM
0XX011
10
1
POS-PHY L3 ATM
0XX011
11
1
POS-PHY L2 Packet
0XX011
10
0
POS-PHY L3 Packet
0XX011
11
0
MODE
TFOHENOn
TFOHENIn
TFOHn
TCLKIn
TCLKOn/TGCLKn
TOHENn
TOHn
TOHCLKn
TOHSOFn
TOHMIn/TSOFIn
Figure 6-4. DS3/E3 External Fractional ATM/Packet Mode
TAIS
TPOSn/
TDATn
TUA1
CLKC
CLKB
CLKA
Clock Rate
Adapter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
System
Interface
SLB
TX BERT
HDLC
RX BERT
Rx Packet
Processor
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
RX FRAC
Rx Cell
Processor
UA1
GEN
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
29
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
RST
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
RXPn
RXNn
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
RSERn
RSOFOn/RDENn
RCLKOn/RGCLKn
RFOHENIn
LLB
ALB
RLCLKn
RPOSn/
RDATn
RNEGn/
RLCVn/
ROHMIn
PLB
TXNn
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
TX FRAC
ROHn
ROHCLKn
ROHSOFn
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
TXPn
Tx Cell
Processor
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DLB
TNEGn/
TOHMOn/
TLCLKn
n = port # (1-4)
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
6.5
DS3/E3 Flexible External Fractional (Subrate) Mode Configuration Mode
DS3/E3 Flexible External Fractional Mode allows subrate datastreams to be inserted into a DS3 or E3 line, with the
fractional overhead and payload externally multiplexed. Major functional blocks for the DS3/E3 Flexible External
Fractional Mode are shown in Figure 6-5. Mapping configuration is programmable on per-port basis and is shown
in Table 6-5.
The “-OHM” modes are not allowed in fractional framing modes since the user cannot distinguish between internal
framing overhead and external framing overhead bit locations.
Table 6-5. DS3/E3 Flexible External Fractional (Subrate) Mode Configuration Registers
FM[5:0]
SIM[1:0]
GL.CR1
PMCPE
PORT.CR2
UTOPIA L2 ATM
0XX110
00
X
UTOPIA L3 ATM
0XX110
01
X
POS-PHY L2 ATM
0XX110
10
1
POS-PHY L3 ATM
0XX110
11
1
POS-PHY L2 Packet
0XX110
10
0
POS-PHY L3 Packet
0XX110
11
0
MODE
TPDENIn
TPDENOn
TPDATn
TCLKOn/ TGCLKn
TSERn
TSOFOn/TDENn
TCLKIn
TOHENn
TOHn
TOHCLKn
TOHSOFn
TSOFIn
Figure 6-5. DS3/E3 Flexible External Fractional Mode
TAIS
TUA1
TNEGn/
TOHMOn
TLCLKn
LLB
ALB
RLCLKn
RPOSn/
RDATn
RNEGn/
RLCVn/
ROHMIn
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
TX BERT
Trail
FEAC Trace HDLC
Buffer
Rx Packet
Processor
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
Rx
FIFO
Rx Cell
Processor
UA1
GEN
30
RST*
RPDATn
Microprocessor
Interface
RPDENIn
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
RSERn
RSOFOn/RDENn
RCLKOn/RGCLKn
CLKC
CLKB
CLKA
Clock Rate
Adapter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
ROHn
ROHCLKn
ROHSOFn
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
RXPn
RXNn
System
Interface
RX BERT
PLB
TXNn
DLB
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
TXPn
Tx Cell
Processor
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
SLB
TPOSn/
TDATn
n = port # (1-4)
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
6.6
DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM Mode
DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM mode is a normal mode of operation for the DS318x devices, which maps/demaps ATM
cells into/from the DS3/E3 PLCP data stream. Major functional blocks for the DS3/E3 ATM/Packet mode are shown
in Figure 6-6. Mapping configuration is programmable on per-port basis and is shown in Table 6-6.
The PMCPE configuration bit is ignored when in PLCP mode and ATM cell processing is forced.
Table 6-6. DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM Mode Configuration Registers
FM[5:0]
SIM[1:0]
GL.CR1
PMCPE
PORT.CR2
UTOPIA L2 ATM
0XX100
00
X
UTOPIA L3 ATM
0XX100
01
X
POS-PHY L2 ATM
0XX100
10
1
POS-PHY L3 ATM
0XX100
11
1
POS-PHY L2 Packet
0XX100
10
0
POS-PHY L3 Packet
0XX100
11
0
MODE
TPOHn
TPOHENn
TPOHSOFn
TCLKIn
TOHENn
TOHn
TOHCLKn
TOHSOFn
TSOFIn
Figure 6-6. DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM Mode
TAIS
TPOSn/
TDATn
TUA1
CLKC
CLKB
CLKA
Clock Rate
Adapter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
TX
BERT
TRAIL
TRACE
RX
BERT
RX PLCP
UA1
GEN
IEEE 1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
31
Tx
FIFO
System
Interface
SLB
HDLC
Rx Cell
Processor
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
RST
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
RXPn
RXNn
FEAC
RPOHn
RPOHSOFn
RPOHCLKn/RCLKOn
LLB
ALB
RLCLKn
RPOSn/
RDATn
RNEGn/
RLCVn/
ROHMIn
PLB
TXNn
Tx Cell
Processor
TX
PLCP
ROHn
ROHCLKn
ROHSOFn
TXPn
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
DLB
TNEGn/
TOHMOn/
TLCLKn
n = port # (1-4)
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
6.7
DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM—OHM Mode
DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM—OHM mode is a normal mode of operation for the DS318x devices, which
maps/demaps ATM cells into/from the DS3/E3 PLCP data stream, supporting externally defined framing modes.
Major functional blocks for the DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM—OHM mode are shown in Figure 6-7. Mapping
configuration is programmable on per-port basis and is shown in Table 6-7.
The PMCPE configuration bit is ignored when in PLCP mode and ATM cell processing is forced.
Table 6-7. DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM—OHM Mode Configuration Registers
FM[5:0]
SIM[1:0]
PMCPE
PORT.CR2
DS3 UTOPIA L2 ATM
0XX101
00
X
DS3 UTOPIA L3 ATM
0XX101
01
X
DS3 POS-PHY L2 ATM
0XX101
10
X
DS3 POS-PHY L3 ATM
0XX101
11
X
E3 G.751 UTOPIA L2 ATM
010101
00
X
E3 G.751 UTOPIA L3 ATM
010101
01
X
E3 G.751 POS-PHY L2 ATM
010101
10
X
E3 G.751 POS-PHY L3 ATM
010101
11
X
MODE
32
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
TOHMIn
TPOHn
TPOHENn
TPOHSOFn
TPOHCLKn/
TCLKOn
TCLKIn
TOHENn
TOHn
TOHCLKn
TOHSOFn
Figure 6-7. DS3/E3 G.751 PLCP ATM—OHM Mode
TUA1
Tx Cell
Processor
DS3/E3
Transmit
Formatter
TOHMOn
LLB
RLCLKn
DLB
Analog Loopback
TLCLKn
UA1
GEN
IEEE 1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
33
Rx Cell
Processor
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
RPOHn
RPOHCLKn/RCLKOn
RPOHSOFn
CLKB
CLKC
CLKA
Clock Rate
Adapter
System
Interface
RX BERT
RX PLCP
ROHn
ROHCLKn
ROHSOFn
ROHMIn
TX BERT
TRAIL
TRACE
FEAC HDLC
DS3/E3
Receive
Framer
RDATn
Tx
FIFO
TX PLCP
SLB
TDATn
n = port # (1-4)
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
6.8
Clear-Channel ATM/Packet Mode
The Clear-Channel ATM/Packet Mode maps/demaps ATM cells or HDLC packets into/from a serial datastream,
bypassing the DS3/E3 formatter/framer. Major functional blocks for the Clear-Channel ATM/Packet Mode are
shown in Figure 6-8. Mapping configuration is programmable on per-port basis and is shown in Table 6-8.
Table 6-8. Clear-Channel ATM/Packet Mode Configuration Modes
FM[5:0]
SIM[1:0]
GL.CR1
PMCPE
PORT.CR2
UTOPIA L2 ATM
1XX0X0
00
X
UTOPIA L3 ATM
1XX0X0
01
X
POS-PHY L2 ATM
1XX0X0
10
1
POS-PHY L3 ATM
1XX0X0
11
1
POS-PHY L2 Packet
1XX0X0
10
0
POS-PHY L3 Packet
1XX0X0
11
0
MODE
TCLKIn
TCLKOn/
TGCLKn
Figure 6-8. Clear-Channel ATM/Packet Modes
TAIS
TPOSn/
TDATn
TUA1
TXNn
Tx Packet
Processor
RX BERT
Rx Packet
Processor
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Rx Cell
Processor
UA1
GEN
RCLKOn/
RGCLKn
34
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
RST
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
CLKC
CLKB
CLKA
Clock Rate
Adapter
PLB
LLB
ALB
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
RXPn
RXNn
DLB
TX BERT
RLCLKn
RPOSn/
RDATn
RNEGn/
RLCVn/
ROHMIn
Tx
FIFO
System
Interface
TXPn
Tx Cell
Processor
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
SLB
TNEGn/
TOHMOn/
TLCLKn
n = port # (1-4)
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
6.9
Clear-Channel ATM/Packet—OHM Mode
The Clear-Channel ATM/Packet—OHM Mode maps/demaps ATM cells or HDLC packets into/from a serial
datastream, bypassing both the DS3/E3 formatter/framer and the LIU, supporting externally defined framing
modes. Major functional blocks for the Clear-Channel ATM/Packet—OHM Mode are shown in Figure 6-9. Mapping
configuration is programmable on per-port basis and is shown in Table 6-9.
Table 6-9. Clear-Channel ATM/Packet—OHM Mode Configuration Registers
FM[5:0]
SIM[1:0]
GL.CR1
PMCPE
PORT.CR2
UTOPIA L2 ATM
1XX001
00
X
UTOPIA L3 ATM
1XX001
01
X
POS-PHY L2 ATM
1XX001
10
1
POS-PHY L3 ATM
1XX001
11
1
POS-PHY L2 Packet
1XX001
10
0
POS-PHY L3 Packet
1XX001
11
0
MODE
TOHMIn
TCLKOn
TCLKIn
Figure 6-9. Clear-Channel ATM/Packet—OHM Mode
TUA1
Tx Cell
Processor
TDATn
TOHMOn
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
Analog Loopback
TLCLKn
SLB
LLB
DLB
RX BERT
Rx Packet
Processor
RLCLKn
RDATn
Rx Cell
Processor
ROHMIn
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
UA1
GEN
35
RST
IEEE 1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
RCLKOn
CLKB
CLKC
Clock Rate
Adapter
CLKA
System
Interface
TX BERT
n = port # (1-4)
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
6.10 Clear-Channel Octet Aligned ATM/Packet—OHM Mode
The Clear-Channel Octet Aligned ATM/Packet—OHM Mode maps/demaps ATM cells or HDLC packets into/from a
serial datastream, bypassing both the DS3/E3 formatter/framer and the LIU, supporting arbitrary framing modes.
Major functional blocks for the Clear-Channel Octet Aligned ATM/Packet—OHM Mode are shown in Figure 6-10.
Mapping configuration is programmable on per-port basis and is shown in Table 6-10.
Table 6-10. Clear-Channel Octet Aligned ATM/Packet—OHM Mode Configuration
Registers
FM[5:0]
SIM[1:0]
GL.CR1
PMCPE
PORT.CR2
UTOPIA L2 ATM
1XX011
00
X
UTOPIA L3 ATM
1XX011
01
X
POS-PHY L2 ATM
1XX011
10
1
POS-PHY L3 ATM
1XX011
11
1
POS-PHY L2 Packet
1XX011
10
0
POS-PHY L3 Packet
1XX011
11
0
MODE
TCLKOn
TCLKIn
Figure 6-10. Clear-Channel Octet Aligned ATM/Packet—OHM Mode
TUA1
TOHMIn
Parallel to
Serial
TDATn
TOHMOn
Tx Cell
Processor
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
Analog Loopback
TLCLKn
System
Interface
SLB
DLB
LLB
TX BERT
RX BERT
Rx Packet
Processor
RLCLKn
Serial to
Parallel
RDATn
ROHMIn
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
UA1
GEN
36
RST
IEEE 1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
RCLKOn
CLKB
CLKC
CLKA
Clock Rate
Adapter
Rx Cell
Processor
n = port # (1-4)
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
7
MAJOR LINE INTERFACE OPERATING MODES
The line interface modes provide the following functions:
1. Enabling/disabling of RX and TX LIU.
2. Enabling/Disabling of jitter attenuator (JA).
3. Selection of the location of JA, i.e., RX or TX path.
4. Selection of the line coding type, i.e., B3ZS/HDB3/AMI or UNI.
7.1
DS3HDB3/B3ZS/AMI LIU Mode
When the “- OHM” framing modes are enabled, the line interface is forced into the unipolar (UNI) mode. The
TZCDS and RZCDS bits in the line encoder/decoder block select between no encoding/decoding (AMI) and
encoding/decoding (B3ZS, HDB3). When the HDB3/B3ZS line decoder/encoder is enabled, the framing modes (FM
bits) select between B3ZS and HDB3 line coding. DS3 and CC52 frame modes select the B3ZS line code while the
E3 modes select the HDB3 line code.
Table 7-1. HDB3/B3ZS/AMI LIU Mode Configuration Registers
LM[2:0]
LINE.TCR.TZSD
AND
LINE.RCR.RZSD
TLEN
PORT.CR2
JA Off, B3ZS or HDB3
001
0
0
JA RX, B3ZS or HDB3
010
0
0
JA TX, B3ZS or HDB3
011
0
0
JA Off, AMI
001
1
0
JA RX, AMI
010
1
0
JA TX, AMI
011
1
0
MODE
37
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 7-1. HDB3/B3ZS/AMI LIU Mode
TAIS
TUA1
LLB
ALB
TXNn
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
RXPn
RXNn
FROM FRAMING LOGIC
OR EXTERNAL PINS
DLB
TXPn
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
TO FRAMING LOGIC
OR EXTERNAL PINS
CLKB
n = port # (1-4)
CLKC
CLKA
Clock Rate
Adapter
38
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
7.2
HDB3/B3ZS/AMI Non-LIU Line Interface Mode
The Non-LIU Line Interface Mode disables the LIU and a digital representation of AMI is output/input on the
TPOSn/TNEGn signals and the RPOSn/RNEGn signals. Selection between AMI and HDB3/B3ZS is made via the
LINE.TCR Register. HDB3 and B3ZS selection is controlled by the configuration selected by the FM bits. DS3 and
CC52 frame modes select the B3ZS line code while the E3 modes select the HDB3 line code. The DS3AIS signal
can only be generated in non-OHM DS3 modes.
Table 7-2. HDB3/B3ZS/AMI Non-LIU Mode Configuration Registers
MODE
LM[2:0]
LINE.TCR.TZSD
AND
LINE.RCR.RZSD
TLEN
PORT.CR2
LIU Off, B3ZS or HDB3
000
0
1
LIU Off, AMI
000
1
1
Figure 7-2. HDB3/B3ZS/AMI Non-LIU Line Interface Mode
TAIS
TUA1
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
RLCLKn
RPOSn
RNEGn
FROM FRAMING LOGIC
OR EXTERNAL PINS
DLB
LLB
ALB
TPOSn
TNEGn
TLCLKn
TO FRAMING LOGIC
OR EXTERNAL PINS
CLKB
n = port # (1-4)
CLKC
CLKA
Clock Rate
Adapter
39
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
7.3
UNI Line Interface Mode
This mode is valid for all framing modes, providing a digital NRZ input/output on RDATn and TDATn and clocked
by RLCLKn and TLCLKn. The B3ZS/HDB3 decoder/encoder block is disabled except for the BPV counter, which is
used to count RLCV errors.
Table 7-3. UNI Line Interface Mode Configuration Registers
MODE
LM[2:0]
LINE.TCR.TZSD
AND
LINE.RCR.RZSD
TLEN
PORT.CR2
1XX
X
1
Unipolar Mode
Figure 7-3. UNI Line Interface Mode
TUA1
FROM FRAMING LOGIC
OR EXTERNAL PINS
TDATn
LLB
ALB
RLCLKn
DLB
TLCLKn
TO FRAMING LOGIC
OR EXTERNAL PINS
RDATn
CLKB
CLKC
CLKA
Clock Rate
Adapter
n = port #
(1-4)
40
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
7.4
UNI Line Interface—OHM Mode
The line interface is forced into UNI mode when the framer is in any OHM mode; therefore, the LM bits are Don’t
Cares. This mode is the same as the UNI Line Interface Mode except that the OHM pins determine whether the
data is payload or not.
Table 7-4. UNI Line Interface—OHM Mode Configuration Registers
FM[5:0]
LM[2:0]
LINE.TCR.TZSD
AND
LINE.RCR.RZSD
TLEN
PORT.CR2
DS3/E3 Overhead
Mask Mode
0XXX01
XXX
X
1
Clear-Channel
Overhead Mask Mode
1XX0X1
XXX
X
1
MODE
Figure 7-4. UNI Line Interface—OHM Mode
TOHMIn
TUA1
TDATn
FROM FRAMING LOGIC
OR EXTERNAL PINS
TOHMOn
Line Loopback
ALB
RLCLKn
Framer Diagnostic
Loopback
TLCLKn
TO FRAMING LOGIC
OR EXTERNAL PINS
RDATn
ROHMIn
CLKB
CLKC
CLKA
Clock Rate
Adapter
n = port #
41
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
8
PIN DESCRIPTIONS
Note: In JTAG mode, all digital pins are bidirectional to increase the effectiveness of board-level ATPG patterns for isolation of interconnect
failures.
8.1
Short Pin Descriptions
Table 8-1. DS3184 Short Pin Descriptions
n = 1,2,3,4 (port number). Ipu (input with pullup), Oz (output tri-stateable), (needs an external pullup or pulldown resistor to keep from floating),
Oa (analog output), Ia (analog input), IO (bidirectional in/out). All unused input pins without pullup should be tied low.
NAME
TYPE
FUNCTION
PIN
PORT
4
PORT
3
LINE IO
Transmit Line Clock Output
V11
C11
Transmit Positive AMI / Data
V14
C14
Transmit Negative AMI / Line OH Mask
W14 B14
Transmit Positive Analog
W6
B6
Transmit Negative Analog
Y6
A6
Receive Clock Input
Y12
A12
Receive Positive Analog
W5
B5
Receive Negative Analog
Y5
A5
Positive AMI / Data
W15 B15
Negative AMI / Line Code Violation / Line OH
I
Y15
A15
Mask Output
DS3/E3 OVERHEAD INTERFACE
TOHn
I
Transmit Overhead
U11
D11
TOHENn
I
Transmit Overhead Enable
T14
E14
TOHCLKn
O
Transmit Overhead Clock
T11
E11
TOHSOFn
O
Transmit Overhead Start Of Frame
T12
E12
ROHn
O
Receive Overhead
T10
E10
ROHCLKn
O
Receive Overhead Clock
T13
E13
ROHSOFn
O
Receive Overhead Start Of Frame
U14
D14
DS3/E3 SERIAL DATA, PLCP AND FRACTIONAL DS3/E3 OVERHEAD INTERFACE
TCLKIn
I
Transmit Line Clock Input
Y14
A14
TSOFIn / TOHMIn
I
Transmit Start Of Frame Input / OH Mask Input
U12
D12
TSERn/ TPOHn /
Transmit Serial Data / PLCP Overhead /
I
V13
C13
TFOHn/
Fractional Overhead
TPDENIn /
Transmit Payload Data Enable Input / PLCP
I
U13
D13
TPOHENn /
Overhead Enable / Fractional OH Enable Input
TFOHENIn
Transmit Clock Output / Gapped Clock / PLCP
TCLKOn / TGCLKn /
Y13
A13
O
Overhead Clock
TPOHCLKn
TSOFOn / TDENn /
Transmit Framer Start Of Frame / Data Enable /
O
V12
C12
TPOHSOFn /
PLCP Overhead Start Of Frame / Fractional OH
TFOHENOn
Enable Output
TPDENOn
O
Transmit Payload Data Enable Output
W10 B10
TPDATn
O
Transmit Payload Data
V10
C10
RPDENIn /
Receive Payload Data Enable Input / Fractional
I
W13 B13
RFOHENIn
Overhead Enable Input
RPDATn
I
Receive Payload Data
Y10
A10
RSERn / RPOHn
O
Receive Serial Data / PLCP Overhead
W11 B11
RCLKOn / RGCLKn
Receive / Clock Output / Gapped Clock / PLCP
O
Y11
A11
RPOHCLKn
Overhead Clock
TLCLKn
TPOSn / TDATn
TNEGn / TOHMOn
TXPn
TXNn
RLCLKn
RXPn
RXNn
RPOSn / RDATn
RNEGn / RLCVn /
ROHMIn
O
O
O
Oa
Oa
I
Ia
Ia
I
42
PORT
2
PORT
1
Y8
V4
U4
M2
M1
W8
R2
R1
Y3
A8
C4
D4
J2
J1
B8
F2
F1
A3
W3
B3
U8
T5
V8
V7
U10
U5
Y2
D8
E5
C8
C7
D10
D5
B2
W4
W7
B4
B7
T6
E6
V5
C5
U7
D7
Y7
A7
Y9
W9
A9
B9
U6
D6
V9
T9
C9
E9
U9
D9
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
NAME
TYPE
FUNCTION
RSOFOn / RDENn /
RPOHSOFn /
RFOHENOn
O
Receive Framer Start Of Frame / Data Enable /
PLCP Overhead Start Of Frame / Fractional
Overhead Enable Output
NAME
TYPE
FUNCTION
TSCLK
TADR[4]
TADR[3]
TADR[2]
TADR[1]
TADR[0]
TDATA[31]
TDATA[30]
TDATA[29]
TDATA[28]
TDATA[27]
TDATA[26]
TDATA[25]
TDATA[24]
TDATA[23]
TDATA[22]
TDATA[21]
TDATA[20]
TDATA[19]
TDATA[18]
TDATA[17]
TDATA[16]
TDATA[15]
TDATA[14]
TDATA[13]
TDATA[12]
TDATA[11]
TDATA[10]
TDATA[9]
TDATA[8]
TDATA[7]
TDATA[6]
TDATA[5]
TDATA[4]
TDATA[3]
TDATA[2]
TDATA[1]
TDATA[0]
TPRTY
TEN
TDXA[1]/TPXA
TDXA[4]
TDXA[3]
TDXA[2]
TSOX
PIN
PORT
4
PORT
3
PORT
2
PORT
1
W12
B12
T8
E8
UTOPIA L2/L3 OR POS-PHY L2/3 OR SPI-3 SYSTEM INTERFACE
I
Transmit System Clock
I
Transmit Address [4:0]
I
Transmit Data [31:0]
I
I
Transmit Parity
Transmit Enable (Active Low)
Transmit Direct Cell/Packet Available [1] /
Polled Cell/Packet Available (Tri-State)
Oz
O
Transmit Direct Cell/Packet Available [4:2]
I
Transmit Start Of Cell/Packet
43
PIN
J20
C15
D15
E15
A16
A18
U15
T15
U16
U17
D18
D17
C19
F20
E16
D16
C16
C18
C17
T17
T16
R17
V16
W17
Y18
V17
W18
W19
B19
C20
W20
U18
V18
V19
U19
V20
T18
U20
A17
A19
K17
D19
E19
D20
W16
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
NAME
TSPA
TEOP
TSX
TMOD[1]
TMOD[0]
TERR
RSCLK
RADR[4]
RADR[3]
RADR[2]
RADR[1]
RADR[0]
RDATA[31]
RDATA[30]
RDATA[29]
RDATA[28]
RDATA[27]
RDATA[26]
RDATA[25]
RDATA[24]
RDATA[23]
RDATA[22]
RDATA[21]
RDATA[20]
RDATA[19]
RDATA[18]
RDATA[17]
RDATA[16]
RDATA[15]
RDATA[14]
RDATA[13]
RDATA[12]
RDATA[11]
RDATA[10]
RDATA[9]
RDATA[8]
RDATA[7]
RDATA[6]
RDATA[5]
RDATA[4]
RDATA[3]
RDATA[2]
RDATA[1]
RDATA[0]
RPRTY
REN
TYPE
Oz
I
I
FUNCTION
Transmit Selected Packet Available
Transmit End Of Packet
Transmit Start of Transfer
I
Transmit Packet Data Modulus [1:0]
I
I
Transmit Packet Error
Receive System Clock
I
Receive Address [4:0]
RDXA[1]/RPXA/RSX
Oz
RDXA[4]
RDXA[3]
RDXA[2]
RSOX
Oz
Receive Data [31:0] (Tri-State)
Oz
I
Receive Parity
Receive Enable (Active Low)
Receive Direct Cell/Packet Available [1]/Polled
Cell/Packet Available/Start Of Transfer (TriState)
O
Receive Direct Cell/Packet Available [4:2]
Oz
Receive Start Of Cell/Packet (Tri-State)
44
PIN
K16
V15
Y16
B18
B17
Y17
M20
T19
T20
R18
R19
R20
F16
G16
H16
J16
E17
F17
G17
H17
J17
H18
J18
E18
G19
H19
G20
H20
M16
N16
P16
R16
M17
N17
P17
P18
P19
P20
N18
N19
N20
M18
M19
L20
K20
G18
K19
E20
F18
F19
L17
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
NAME
REOP
RVAL
RMOD[1]
RMOD[0]
RERR
TYPE
Oz
Oz
FUNCTION
Receive End Of Packet
Receive Packet Data Valid
Oz
Receive Packet Data Modulus [1:0]
Oz
Receive Packet Error
PIN
L16
K18
L19
L18
J19
MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE
D[15]
D[14]
D[13]
D[12]
D[11]
D[10]
D[9]
D[8]
D[7]
D[6]
D[5]
D[4]
D[3]
D[2]
D[1]
D[0]
A[10]
A[9]
A[8]
A[7]
A[6]
A[5]
A[4]
A[3]
A[2]
A[1]
A[0]/BSWAP
ALE
CS
IO
I
I
I
RD/DS
I
WR/R/W
RDY
INT
MODE
WIDTH
I
Oz
Oz
I
I
Data [15:0]
Address [10:1]
Address [0] / Byte Swap
Address Latch Enable
Chip Select (Active Low)
Read Strobe (Active Low) / Data Strobe (Active
Low)
Write Strobe (Active Low) / R/W Select
Ready Handshake (Active Low)
Interrupt (Active Low)
Mode Select RD/WR or DS Strobe Mode
WIDTH Select 8 or 16-Bit Interface
45
J5
T4
R4
P4
N4
V3
U3
T3
P3
N3
W2
U2
T2
P2
U1
P1
C3
D3
E3
G3
H3
D2
E2
G2
H2
E1
H1
N2
L3
K3
K4
K2
L4
B1
L5
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
NAME
MISC I/O
GPIO[8]
GPIO[7]
GPIO[6]
GPIO[5]
GPIO[4]
GPIO[3]
GPIO[2]
GPIO[1]
TEST
HIZ
RST
TYPE
IO
I
I
I
JTCLK
JTMS
JTDI
JTDO
JTRST
I
Ipu
Ipu
Oz
Ipu
CLKA
CLKB
CLKC
I
IO
IO
FUNCTION
General-Purpose IO [8:1]
Test Enable (Active Low)
High-Impedance Test Enable (Active Low)
Reset (Active Low)
JTAG
JTAG Clock
JTAG Mode Select (with Pullup)
JTAG Data Input (with Pullup)
JTAG Data Output
JTAG Reset (Active Low with Pullup)
CLAD
Clock A
Clock B
Clock C
PIN
V2
V1
C2
C1
P5
R5
G5
F5
M3
R3
B16
F3
F4
J3
G4
E4
K1
L1
L2
POWER
VSS
PWR
Ground, 0V Potential
VDD
PWR
Digital 3.3V
46
K10, K9, K8, J10, J9, J8,
H10, H9, M7, M6, L7. L6,
K7. K6, J7, J6, A1, N10,
N9, M10, M9, M8, L10, L9,
L8, R12, R11, R10, R9,
P12, P11, P10, P9, Y1,
N12, N11, M13, M12, M11,
L13, L12, L11, M15, M14,
L15, L14, K15, K14, J15,
J14, Y20, K13, K12, K11,
J13, J12, J11, H12, H11,
G12, G11, G10, G9, F12,
F11, F10, F9, A20
H8, H7, H6, G8, G7, G6,
F8, F7, F6, A2, R8, R7, R6,
P8, P7, P6, N8, N7, N6,
W1, R15, R14, R13, P15,
P14, P13, N15, N14, N13,
Y19, H15, H14, H13, G15,
G14, G13, F15, F14, F13,
B20
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
NAME
TYPE
AVDDRn
AVDDTn
AVDDJn
AVDDC
PWR
PWR
PWR
PWR
NC
NC
FUNCTION
Analog 3.3V for Receive LIU on Port n
Analog 3.3V for Transmit LIU on Port n
Analog 3.3V for Jitter Attenuator on Port n
Analog 3.3V for CLAD
NO CONNECTS
No Connect, Unused
47
PIN #
PORT
4
PORT
3
PORT
2
PORT
1
Y4
T7
V6
K5
A4
E7
C6
T1
N1
N5
D1
J4
G1
H4
H5
M4
M5
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
8.2
Detailed Pin Descriptions
Table 8-2. Detailed Pin Descriptions
n = 1,2,3,4 (port number). Ipu (input with pullup), Oz (output tri-stateable) (needs an external pullup or pulldown resistor to keep from floating),
Oa (Analog output), Ia (analog input), IO (bidirectional in/out). All unused input pins without pullup should be tied low.
PIN
TYPE
FUNCTION
LINE IO
TLCLKn
O
TPOSn /
TDATn
O
Transmit Line Clock Output
TLCLKn: This signal is available when the transmit line interface pins are enabled
(PORT.CR2.TLEN). This clock is typically used as the clock reference for the TPOSn
/ TDATn and TNEG / TOHMOn signals, but can also be used as the reference for the
TOHMIn / TSOFIn, TFOHn / TSERn, TFOHENIn and TSOFOn / TDENn /
TFOHENOn signals.
This output signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 MHz +20 ppm
o E3: 34.368 MHz +20 ppm
o CC52: 52 MHz +20 ppm
Transmit Positive AMI / Data Output
TPOSn: When the port line interface is configured for B3ZS, HDB3 or AMI mode and
the framer is not configured for one of the “-OHM” modes (see Table 10-32) and the
transmit line interface pins are enabled (PORT.CR2.TLEN), a high on this pin
indicates that a positive pulse should be transmitted on the line. The signal is updated
on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not
inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically
referenced to the TLCLKn line clock output pins, but it can be referenced to the
TCLKOn, TCLKIn, RLCLKn or RCLKOn pins. This output signal can be disabled
when the TX LIU is enabled.
This output signal can be inverted.
TDATn: When the port line interface is configured for UNI mode or the framer is
configured for one of the “-OHM” modes (see Table 10-32) and the transmit line
interface pins are enabled (PORT.CR2.TLEN), the un-encoded transmit signal is
output on this pin. The signal is updated on the positive clock edge of the referenced
clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling
edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the TLCLK line clock output
pins, but it can be referenced to the TCLKOn, TCLKIn, RLCLKn or RCLKOn pins
This output signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
o CC52: 52 Mbps +20ppm
48
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
TYPE
TNEGn /
TOHMOn
O
TXPn
Oa
TXNn
Oa
RXPn
Ia
RXNn
Ia
FUNCTION
Transmit Negative AMI / Line OH Mask
TNEGn: When the port line is configured for B3ZS, HDB3 or AMI mode and the
framer is not configured for one of the “-OHM” modes (see Table 10-32) and the
transmit line interface pins are enabled (PORT.CR2.TLEN), a high on this pin
indicates that a negative pulse should be transmitted on the line. The signal is
updated on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is
not inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is
typically referenced to the TLCLKn line clock output pins, but it can be referenced to
the TCLKOn, TCLKIn, RLCLKn or RCLKOn pins.
This output signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
o CC52: 52 Mbps +20ppm
TOHMOn: When the framer is configured for one of the “-OHM” modes (see Table
10-32) and the transmit line interface pins are enabled (PORT.CR2.TLEN), the
transmit overhead mask signal is output on this pin. This signal is a delayed version of
TOHMIn or ROHMIn when in local loopback (three clock period delay). This signal will
be high to indicate that the data on TDATn is not valid data and can be overwritten by
external logic to add an external frame signal. This signal will be low to indicate that
the data on TDATn is valid. The signal is updated on the positive clock edge of the
referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is updated on
the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the TLCLKn line
clock output pins, but it can be referenced to the TCLKOn, TCLKIn, RLCLKn or
RCLKOn pins.
This output signal can be inverted.
Transmit Positive Analog
TXPn: This pin and the TXNn pin form a differential AMI output which is coupled to
the outbound 75Ω coaxial cable through a 2:1 step-down transformer (Figure 1-1).
This output is enabled when the TX LIU is enabled and the output is enabled to be
driven. When it is not enabled, it is in a high impedance state.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
o CC52: 52 Mbps +20ppm
Transmit Negative Analog
TXNn: This pin and the TXPn pin form a differential AMI output which is coupled to
the outbound 75Ω coaxial cable through a 2:1 step-down transformer (Figure 1-1).
This output is enabled when the TX LIU is enabled and the output is enabled to be
driven. When it is not enabled, it is in a high impedance state.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
o CC52: 52 Mbps +20ppm
Receive Positive analog
RXPn: This pin and the RXNn pin form a differential AMI input which is coupled to the
outbound 75Ω coaxial cable through a 2:1 step-up transformer (Figure 1-1). This input
is used when the RX LIU is enabled and is ignored when the LIU is disabled.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
o CC52: 52 Mbps +20ppm
Receive Negative analog
RXNn: This pin and the RXPn pin form a differential AMI input which is coupled to the
outbound 75Ω coaxial cable through a 2:1 step-up transformer (Figure 1-1). This input
is used when the LIU is enabled and is ignored when the LIU is disabled.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
o CC52: 52 Mbps +20ppm
49
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
TYPE
RLCLKn
I
RPOSn /
RDATn
I
RNEGn /
RLCVn /
ROHMIn
I
FUNCTION
Receive Line Clock Input
RLCLKn: This clock is typically used for the reference clock for the RPOSn / RDATn,
RNEGn / RLCVn / ROHMIn signals but can also be used as the reference clock for
the RSERn, RSOFOn / RDENn / RFOHENOn, RFOHENIn, TOHMIn / TSOFIn,
TFOHn / TSERn, TFOHENIn, TSOFOn / TDENn / TFOHENOn, TPOSn / TDATn and
TNEGn / TOHMOn signals. This input is ignored when the LIU is enabled.
This input signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 MHz +20 ppm
o E3: 34.368 MHz +20 ppm
o CC52: 52 MHz +20 ppm
Receive Positive AMI / Data
RPOSn: When the port line is configured for B3ZS, HDB3 or AMI mode and the
framer is not configured for one of the “-OHM” modes and the LIU is disabled, a high
on this pin indicates that a positive pulse has been detected using an external LIU.
The signal is sampled on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the
clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is sampled on the falling edge of the clock.
The signal is typically referenced to the RLCLKn line clock input pins, but it can be
referenced to the RCLKOn output pins.
This input signal can be inverted.
RDATn: When the port line interface is configured for UNI mode or the framer is
configured for one of the “-OHM” modes, the un-encoded receive signal is input on
this pin. The signal is sampled on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if
the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is sampled on the falling edge of the
clock. The signal is typically referenced to the RLCLKn line clock input pins, but it can
be referenced to the RCLKOn output pins.
This input signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
o CC52: 52 Mbps +20ppm
Receive Negative AMI / Line Code Violation / Line OH Mask input
RNEGn: When the port line is configured for B3ZS, HDB3 or AMI mode and the
framer is not configured for one of the “-OHM” modes and the LIU is disabled, a high
on this pin indicates that a negative pulse has been detected using an external LIU.
The signal is sampled on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the
clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is sampled on the falling edge of the clock.
The signal is typically referenced to the RLCLKn line clock input pins, but it can be
referenced to the RCLKOn output pins.
This input signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
o CC52: 52 Mbps +20ppm
RLCVn: When the port line interface is configured for UNI mode and the framer is not
configured for one of the “-OHM” modes, the BPV counter in the encoder/decoder
block is incremented each clock when this signal is high. The signal is sampled on the
positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted,
otherwise it is sampled on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically
referenced to the RLCLKn line clock input pins, but it can be referenced to the
RCLKOn output pins.
This input signal can be inverted.
ROHMIn: When the port framer is configured for one of the “-OHM” modes, this signal
is used to mark the overhead bits on the RDATn pins when it is high. The DS318x will
ignore overhead bits. The signal is sampled on the positive clock edge of the
referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is sampled on
the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the RLCLKn line
clock input pins, but it can be referenced to the RCLKOn output pins.
This input signal can be inverted.
50
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
TYPE
FUNCTION
DS3/E3 OVERHEAD INTERFACE
TOHn
I
TOHENn
I
TOHCLKn
O
TOHSOFn
O
ROHn
O
ROHCLKn
O
Transmit Overhead / Line OH Mask Input
TOHn: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 framing modes,
this signal will be used to over-write the DS3 or E3 framing overhead bits when
TOHENn is active. In T3 mode, the X-bits, P-bits, M-bits, F-bits, and C-bits are input.
In G.751 E3 mode, all of the FAS, RAI, and National Use bits are input. In G.832 E3
mode, all of the FA1, FA2, EM, TR, MA, NR, and GC bytes are input. The TOHSOFn
signal marks the start of the framing bit sequence. This signal is sampled at the same
time as the TOHCLKn signal transitions high to low.
This signal can be inverted.
Transmit Overhead Enable / Start Of Frame Input
TOHENn: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 framing
modes, this signal will be used the determine which DS3 or E3 framing overhead bits
to over-write with the signal on the TOHn pins. The TOHSOFn signal marks the start
of the framing bit sequence. This signal is sampled at the same time as the TOHCLKn
signal transitions high to low.
This signal can be inverted.
Transmit Overhead Clock
TOHCLKn: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 framing
modes, this clock is used for the transmit overhead port signals TOHn, TOHENn and
TOHSOFn. The TOHSOFn output signal is updated and the TOHn and TOHENn
input signals are sampled at the same time this clock signal transitions from high to
low. The external logic is expected to sample TOHSOFn signal and update the TOHn
and TOHENn signals on the rising edge of this clock signal. This clock is a low
frequency clock.
This signal can be inverted.
Transmit Overhead Start Of Frame
TOHSOFn: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 framing
modes, this signal is used to mark the start of a DS3 or E3 overhead sequence on the
TOHn pins. In T3 mode, the first X-bit is marked. In G.751 E3 mode, the first bit of the
FAS word is marked. In G.832 E3 mode, the first bit of the FA1 byte is marked. The
sequence starts on the same high to low transition of the TOHCLKn clock that this
signal is high. This signal is updated at the same time as the TOHCLKn signal
transitions high to low.
This signal can be inverted.
Receive Overhead
ROHn: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 framing modes,
this signal outputs the value of the receive overhead bits. The ROHSOFn signal
marks the start of the framing bit sequence. In T3 mode, the X-bits, P-bits, M-bits, Fbits, and C-bits are output (Note: In M23 mode, the C-bits are extracted even though
they are marked as data at the payload interface). In G.751 E3 mode, all of the FAS,
RAI, and National Use bits are output. In G.832 E3 mode, all of the FA1, FA2, EM,
TR, MA, NR, and GC bytes are output.
This signal is updated at the same time as the ROHCLKn signal transitions high to
low.
This signal can be inverted.
Receive Overhead Clock
ROHCLKn: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 framing
modes, this clock is used for the receive overhead port signals ROHn and ROHSOFn.
The ROHSOFn and ROHn output signals are updated at the same time this clock
signal transitions from high to low. The external logic is expected to sample
ROHSOFn and ROHn signal on the rising edge of this clock signal. This clock is a low
frequency clock.
This signal can be inverted.
51
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
ROHSOFn
TYPE
FUNCTION
O
Receive Overhead Start Of Frame
ROHSOFn: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 framing
modes this signal is used to mark the start of a DS3 or E3 overhead sequence on the
ROHn pins. In T3 mode, the first X-bit is marked. In G.751 E3 mode, the first bit of the
FAS word is marked. In G.832 E3 mode, the first bit of the FA1 byte is marked. The
sequence starts on the same high to low transition of the ROHCLKn clock that this
signal is high. This signal is updated at the same time as the ROHCLKn signal
transitions high to low.
This signal can be inverted.
DS3/E3 SERIAL DATA, PLCP AND FRACTIONAL DS3/E3 OVERHEAD INTERFACE
TCLKIn
I
TSOFIn /
TOHMIn
I
TSERn /
TPOHn /
TFOHn /
I
Transmit Line Clock Input
TCLKIn: This clock is typically used for the reference clock for the TOHMIn / TSOFIn,
TFOHn / TSERn, TFOHENIn / TPDENIn, TPDATn, TPDENOn and TSOFOn / TDENn
/ TFOHENOn signals but can also be used as the reference for the TPOSn / TDATn
and TNEGn / TOHMOn signals. This clock is not used when the part is in loop time
mode or the CLAD clocks are used as the transmit clock source.
(PORT.CR3.CLADC)
This input signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 MHz +20 ppm
o E3: 34.368 MHz +20 ppm
o CC52: 52 MHz +20 ppm
Transmit Start Of Frame Input / OH Mask Input. See Table 10-20.
TSOFIn: When the port framer is configured for any of the DS3 or E3 non “-OHM”
framed modes, this signal can be used to align the start of the DS3 or E3 frames on
the TSER pin to an external signal. In the fractional mode, the TSOFIn signal can be
used to align the start of frame signal position on the TSERn/TOHn
pin to the rising edge of a signal on this pin. The signal edge does not need to occur
on every frame and can be tied high or low. The signal is sampled on the positive
clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise
it is sampled on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the
TCLKIn transmit clock input pins, but it can be referenced to the TLCLKn, TCLKOn,
RCLKOn and RLCLKn clock pins.
This signal can be inverted.
TOHMIn: When the port framer is configured for one of the “- OHM” modes, this
signal is used to mark clock periods when valid data bits are available on the TDATn
output pins. When this signal is low, valid data bits will be available on the TDATn
output pins three clock periods later. This signal precedes the signal on TDATn and
TOHMOn by three clock periods. The signal is sampled on the positive clock edge of
the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is sampled
on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the TCLKIn
transmit clock input pins, but it can be referenced to the TLCLKn, TCLKOn, RCLKOn
and RLCLKn clock pins.
This signal can be inverted.
Transmit Serial Data / PLCP Overhead / Fractional Overhead. See Table 10-21.
TSERn: When the port framer is configured for Flexible Fractional mode, this pin is
used as the source of the DS3/E3 payload data. The signal is sampled on the positive
clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise
it is sampled on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the
TCLKIn transmit clock input pins, but it can be referenced to the TLCLKn, TCLKOn /
TGCLKn, RCLKOn and RLCLKn clock pins
This signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
o CC52: 52 Mbps +20ppm
TPOHn: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 PLCP framing
modes, and the port is enabled, this signal will be used to over-write the DS3 or E3
52
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
TYPE
TPDENIn /
TPOHENn /
TFOHENIn
I
TCLKOn /
TGCLKn /
TPOHCLKn
O
FUNCTION
PLCP framing overhead bits when TPOHENn is active. The TPOHSOFn signal marks
the start of the framing bit sequence. This signal is sampled at the same time as the
TPOHCLKn signal transitions high to low.
This signal can be inverted.
TFOHn: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 internal or
external fractional framing modes, and the port is enabled the internal fractional
framing modes, this pin can be used to source the fractional overhead data. The
signal is sampled on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock
pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is sampled on the falling edge of the clock. The
signal is typically referenced to the TCLKIn transmit clock input pins, but it can be
referenced to the TLCLKn, TCLKOn / TGCLKn, RCLKOn and RLCLKn clock pins
This signal can be inverted.
Transmit Payload Data Enable Input / PLCP Overhead Enable / Fractional OH Enable
Input. See Table 10-22.
TPDENIn: When the port is configured for the Flexible fractional mode, this pin is
used to enable payload data from the cell/packet processor. There is a three-clock
delay between TPDENIn and TPDENOn. The signal is sampled on the positive clock
edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is
sampled on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the
TCLKIn transmit clock input pins, but it can be referenced to the TLCLKn, TCLKOn,
RCLKOn and RLCLKn clock pins
This signal can be inverted.
TPOHENn: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 PLCP
framing modes, and the port is enabled, this signal will be used the determine which
DS3 or E3 PLCP framing overhead bits to over-write with the signal on the TPOHn
pins. The TPOHSOFn signal marks the start of the framing bit sequence. This signal
is sampled at the same time as the TPOHCLKn signal transitions high to low.
This signal can be inverted.
TFOHENIn: When the port framer is configured for the DS3 or E3 External Fractional
framing, this pin is used to mark the fractional overhead data on the TFOHn pin. The
TSOFOn or TSOFIn pins can be used to select which DS3/E3 payload bits relative to
the start of the DS3/E3 frame to mark. The signal is sampled on the positive clock
edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is
sampled on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the
TCLKIn transmit clock input pins, but it can be referenced to the TLCLKn, TCLKOn,
RCLKOn and RLCLKn clock pins
This signal can be inverted.
Transmit Clock Output / Gapped Clock / PLCP Overhead Clock. See Table 10-24.
TCLKOn: When the port is configured external fractional modes and TCLKOn is
selected, or any other mode and the port pins are enabled and TCLKOn is selected,
this clock output is enabled. This clock is the same clock as the internal framer
transmit clock. This clock is typically used for the reference clock for the TOHMIn /
TSOFIn, TFOHn / TSERn, TFOHENIn and TSOFOn / TDENn / TFOHENOn signals
but can also be used as the reference for the TPOSn / TDATn and TNEGn /
TOHMOn signals.
This signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 MHz +20 ppm
o E3: 34.368 MHz +20 ppm
o CC52: 52 MHz +20 ppm
TGCLKn: When the port is configured internal fractional mode or any simple DS3/E3
framed mode and the port pins are enabled and TGCLKn is selected, this gated
output clock is enabled. This gapped clock is the same clock as the internal framer
transmit clock and is gated by either TDENn or TFOHENOn depending on which
signal is active. This clock is typically used for the reference clock for the TFOHn /
TSERn signals.
This signal can be inverted.
TPOHCLKn: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 PLCP
53
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
TSOFOn /
TDENn /
TPOHSOFn /
TFOHENOn
TYPE
O
FUNCTION
framing modes, the port pins are enabled and the TCLKOn pin function is not
selected, this clock is used for the transmit overhead port signals TPOHn, TPOHENn
and TPOHSOFn. The TPOHSOFn output signal is updated and the TPOHn and
TPOHENn input signals are sampled at the same time this clock signal transitions
from high to low. The external logic is expected to sample TPOHSOFn signal and
update the TPOHn and TPOHENn signals on the rising edge of this clock signal. This
clock is a low frequency clock.
This signal can be inverted.
Transmit PLCP Overhead Start Of Frame / Framer Start Of Frame /Data Enable
See Table 10-23.
TSOFOn: When the port framer is configured for the External Fractional or Flexible
Fractional modes and the port pins are enabled and the TSOFOn pin function is
selected, this signal is used to indicate the start of the DS3/E3 frame on the TPOHn /
TFOHn / TSERn pin. The signal is also active in the non-PLCP non-fractional DS3 or
E3 framing modes when the port pins are enabled and the TSOFOn pin function is
selected. This signal pulses high three clocks before the first overhead bit in a DS3 or
E3 frame that will be input on TSERn or TFOHn. The signal is updated on the positive
clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise
it is updated on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the
TCLKIn transmit clock input pins, but it can be referenced to the TLCLKn, TCLKOn,
RCLKOn and RLCLKn clock pins.
This signal can be inverted.
TDENn: When the port framer is configured for the External Fractional or Flexible
Fractional modes and the port pins are enabled and the TDENn pin function is
selected, this signal is used to mark the DS3/E3 frame bits on the TPOHn / TFOHn /
TSERn pin. The signal is also active in the non-PLCP non-fractional DS3 or E3
framing modes when the port pins are enabled and the TDENn pin function is
selected. The signal goes high three clocks before the start of DS3/E3 payload bits
and goes low three clocks before the end of the DS3/E3 payload bits. The signal is
updated on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is
not inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is
typically referenced to the TCLKIn transmit clock input pins, but it can be referenced
to the TLCLKn, TCLKOn, RCLKOn and RLCLKn clock pins.
This signal can be inverted.
TPOHSOFn: When the port framer is configured for one of the PLCP framing modes
and the port pins are enabled, this signal is used to mark the start of a DS3 or E3
PLCP overhead sequence on the TPOHn pins. The sequence starts on the same high
to low transition of the TPOHCLKn clock that this signal is high. This signal is updated
at the same time as the TPOHCLKn signal transitions high to low.
This signal can be inverted.
TFOHENOn: When the port framer is configured for one of the internal fractional
modes and the port pins are enabled, this signal is used to indicate the fractional
overhead bit positions of the data on the TOHn pin. The signal goes high one clock
before the start of DS3/E3 fractional overhead bits and goes low one clock before the
end of the DS3/E3 fractional payload bits. The signal is updated on the positive clock
edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is
updated on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the
TCLKIn transmit clock input pin, but it can be referenced to the TLCLKn, TCLKOn,
RCLKOn or RLCLKn clock pin.
This signal can be inverted.
54
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
TYPE
TPDENOn
O
TPDATn
O
RPDENIn /
RFOHENIn
I
RPDATn
I
RSERn /
RPOHn
O
FUNCTION
Transmit Payload Data Enable Output. See Table 10-26.
TPDENOn: When the port framer is enabled for the Flexible fractional mode and the
port pins are enabled, this signal marks which bits on the TPDATn pin are valid
payload data bits. It is high during the same clock cycle the TPDATn payload data bit
is valid. The signal is updated on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if
the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the
clock. The signal is typically referenced to the TCLKIn transmit clock input pin, but it
can be referenced to the TLCLKn, TCLKOn, RCLKOn or RLCLKn clock pin.
This signal can be inverted.
Transmit Payload Data. See Table 10-26.
TPDATn: When the port framer is enabled for the Flexible fractional mode and the
port pins are enabled, this signal is the payload bits from the cell/packet processor.
The data is valid if the TPDENOn signal is high during the same clock cycle. The
signal is updated on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin
signal is not inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the clock. The
signal is typically referenced to the TCLKIn transmit clock input pin, but it can be
referenced to the TLCLKn, TCLKOn, RCLKOn or RLCLKn clock pin.
This signal can be inverted.
Receive Payload Data Enable Input / Fractional Overhead Enable Input
See Table 10-28.
RPDENIn: When the port is configured for the flexible fractional mode, this pin is used
to enable payload data for the cell/packet processor. The data on RPDATn is used
when this signal is high. The signal is sampled on the positive clock edge of the
referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is sampled on
the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the RCLKOn receive
clock output pins, but it can be referenced to the RLCLKn clock input pin.
This signal can be inverted.
RFOHENIn: When the port framer is configured for the external fractional framing
mode, this pin is used to mark the receive bits to use for fractional overhead data. The
signal on the RSOFOn pin can be used to select which DS3/E3 payload bits relative
to the start of the DS3/E3 frame to mark. The signal needs to go high for each bit on
the RSERn pin that should be treated as fractional overhead in the DS3/E3 payload.
RFOHENIn needs to go high or low three clock periods after the data bit on RSERn is
present to mark that bit as payload or fractional overhead. The signal is sampled on
the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not
inverted, otherwise it is sampled on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically
referenced to the RCLKOn receive clock output pins, but it can be referenced to the
RLCLKn clock input pin.
This signal can be inverted.
Receive Payload Data. See Table 10-29.
RPDATn: When the port framer is enabled for the Flexible fractional mode and the
port pins are enabled, this signal is the payload bits for the cell/packet processor. The
data is used if the RPDENOn signal is high during the same clock cycle. The signal is
sampled on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal
is not inverted, otherwise it is sampled on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is
typically referenced to the RCLKOn receive clock output pins, but it can be referenced
to the RLCLKn clock input pin.
This signal can be inverted.
Receive Serial Data / PLCP Overhead. See Table 10-27.
RSERn: When the port framer is configured for the external fractional mode, internal
fractional mode, or flexible fractional mode, and the port pins are enabled, this pin
outputs the receive data signal from the LIU or receive line pins. The signal is updated
on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not
inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically
referenced to the RCLKOn receive clock output pin, but it can be referenced to the
RGCLKn and RLCLKn clock pins.
This signal can be inverted
55
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
RCLKOn /
RGCLKn /
RPOHCLKn
TYPE
O
FUNCTION
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
o CC52: 52 Mbps +20ppm
RPOHn: When the port framer is configured for one of the PLCP framing modes and
the port pins are enabled, this signal outputs the value of the receive PLCP overhead
bits. The RPOHSOFn signal marks the start of the framing bit sequence. This signal
is updated at the same time as the RPOHCLKn signal transitions high to low.
This signal can be inverted.
Receive Clock Output / Gapped Clock / PLCP Overhead Clock. See Table 10-31.
RCLKOn: When the port is configured for external fractional mode or flexible
fractional mode and RCLKOn is selected, or any other mode and the port pins are
enabled and RCLKOn is selected, this clock output signal is active. It is the same as
the internal receive framer clock. This clock is typically used for the reference clock
for the RSERn, RSOFOn / RDENn / RFOHENOn, RPDATn, and RFOHENIn /
RPDENIn signals but can also be used as the reference for the RPOSn / RDATn,
RNEGn / RLCVn / ROHMIn TOHMIn / TSOFIn, TFOHn / TSERn, TFOHENIn,
TSOFOn / TDENn / TFOHENOn, TPOSn / TDATn and TNEGn / TOHMOn signals.
This signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 MHz +20 ppm
o E3: 34.368 MHz +20 ppm
o CC52: 52 MHz +20 ppm
RGCLKn: When the port is configured for internal fractional or any simple DS3/E3
framed mode and the port pins are enabled and RGCLKn is selected, this gated clock
output signal is active. It is the internal receive framer clock gated by either RDENn or
RFOHENOn, depending on which signal is active. This clock is typically used as the
reference clock for the RSERn pin.
This signal can be inverted
RPOHCLKn: When the port framer is configured for one of the PLCP framing modes
and the port pins are enabled, this clock is used for the receive PLCP overhead port
signals RPOHn and RPOHSOFn. The RPOHSOFn and RPOHn output signals are
updated at the same time this clock signal transitions from high to low. The external
logic is expected to sample RPOHSOFn and RPOHn signal on the rising edge of this
clock signal. This clock is a low frequency clock.
This signal can be inverted.
56
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
TYPE
RSOFOn /
RDENn /
RPOHSOFn /
RFOHENOn
O
TSCLK
I
TADR[4:0]
I
TDATA[31:0]
I
FUNCTION
Receive Framer Start Of Frame /Data Enable / PLCP Overhead Start Of Frame. See
Table 10-30.
RSOFOn: When the port framer is configured for External Fractional or Flexible
Fractional mode and the RSOFOn pin function is enabled, or when it is configured for
one of the DS3 or E3 framed only modes and the port pins are enabled and the
RSOFOn pin function is enabled, this signal is used to indicate the start of the DS3/E3
frame. This signal indicates the first DS3/E3 overhead bit on the RSERn pin when
high. The signal is updated on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if
the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the
clock. The signal is typically referenced to the RCLKOn receive clock output pin, but it
can be referenced to the RLCLKn clock input pin.
This signal can be inverted.
RDENn: When the port framer is configured for External Fractional or Flexible
Fractional mode and the RDENn pin function is enabled and the port pins are enabled
and the RDENn pin function is enabled, this signal is used to indicate the DS3/E3
payload bit positions of the data on the RSERn pin. The signal goes high during each
DS3/E3 payload bit and goes low during each DS3/E3 overhead bit. The signal is
updated on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is
not inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is
typically referenced to the RCLKOn receive clock output pin, but it can be referenced
to the RLCLKn clock input pin.
This signal can be inverted.
RPOHSOFn: When the port framer is configured for one of the PLCP framing modes
and the port pins are enabled, this signal is used to mark the start of a DS3 or E3
PLCP overhead sequence on the RPOHn pins. The sequence starts on the same
high to low transition of the RPOHCLKn clock that this signal is high. This signal is
updated at the same time as the RPOHCLKn signal transitions high to low.
This signal can be inverted.
RFOHENOn: When the port framer is configured for internal fractional mode and the
port pins are enabled, this signal is used to indicate the fractional overhead bit
positions of the data on the RSERn pin. The signal goes high during each DS3/E3
fractional overhead bit and goes low during each DS3/E3 fractional payload bit. The
signal is updated on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin
signal is not inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the clock. The
signal is typically referenced to the RCLKOn receive clock output pin, but it can be
referenced to the RLCLKn clock input pin.
This signal can be inverted.
UTOPIA/POS-PHY/SPI-3 SYSTEM INTERFACE
Transmit System Clock
TSCLK: This signal is used to sample or update the other transmit system interface
signals.
TSCLK has a maximum frequency of 66 MHz in L3 modes and 52 MHz in L2 modes.
Transmit Address [4:0]
TADR[4:0]: In UTOPIA L2, UTOPIA L3 or POS-PHY L2 modes, this 5-bit address
bus is used by the ATM/Link layer device to select a specific port for data transfer or
to poll for FIFO status..
In POS-PHY L3 modes, this 5-bit address is used by the Link layer device to poll for
FIFO status.
TADR[4] is the MSB and TADR[0] is the LSB. This bus is sampled on the rising edge
of TSCLK.
Transmit Data [31:0]
TDATA[31:0]: This 32-bit data bus is used to transfer cell/packet data from the
ATM/Link layer device. This bus is sampled on the rising edge of TSCLK.
In 32-bit mode, TDATA[31] is the MSB and TDATA[0] is the LSB.
In 16-bit mode, TDATA[15] is the MSB, TDATA[0] is the LSB, and TDATA[31:16] are
not used and ignored.
57
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
TYPE
TPRTY
I
TEN
I
TDXA[1] /
TPXA
Oz
TDXA[4:2]
O
TSOX
I
TSPA
Oz
FUNCTION
In 8-bit mode, TDATA[7] is the MSB, TDATA[0] is the LSB, and TDATA[31:8] are not
used and ignored.
Transmit Parity
TPRTY: This signal indicates the parity on the data bus when parity checking is
enabled. This option is programmable. TPRTY is ignored if parity checking is
disabled. This signal is sampled on the rising edge of TSCLK.
Transmit Enable (active low)
TEN: This signal is used by the ATM/Link device to control the transfer of cell/packet
data on the TDATA bus. If TEN is high, no transfer occurs. If TEN is low, a transfer
occurs. This signal can be sampled on the rising edge of TSCLK.
Transmit Direct Cell/Packet Available [1] / Polled Cell/Packet Available (tri-state)
This signal is tri-state when global reset is applied.
TDXA[1]: When direct status mode is selected, this signal is used to indicate when
port 1 can accept data from the ATM/Link layer device. This signal is updated on the
rising edge of TSCLK.
In UTOPIA L2 or UTOPIA L3 modes, TDXA goes high when port 1 can accept the
transfer of more than a programmable number of ATM cells. TDXA goes low when
port 1 cannot accept the transfer of a complete ATM cell.
In POS-PHY L2 or POS-PHY L3 modes, TDXA goes high when port 1 can store more
data than the "almost full" level. TDXA goes low when port 1 is full.
TPXA: (reset default) When polled status mode is selected, this signal is used to
indicate when the polled port, as selected by TADR[4:0], can accept data from the
ATM/Link layer device. This signal is updated on the rising edge of TSCLK.
In UTOPIA L2 or UTOPIA L3 modes, TPXA goes high when the polled port’s FIFO
can accept the transfer of more than a programmable number of ATM cells (the
“almost full” level). TPXA goes low when the polled port cannot accept the transfer of
a complete ATM cell.
In POS-PHY L2 or POS-PHY L3 modes, TPXA goes high when the polled port’s FIFO
can store more data than the "almost full" level. TPXA goes low when the polled port
is full.
In UTOPIA L2 (reset default) or POS-PHY L2 modes, this signal is driven when one
of the ports is being polled, and is tri-stated when none of the ports is being polled or
when data path reset is active.
In UTOPIA L3 or POS-PHY L3 modes, this signal is driven.
Note: Polled status mode or direct status mode is selected by the GL.CR1.DIREN bit.
Transmit Direct Cell/Packet Available [4:2]
TDXA[4:2]: This signal is used to indicate when the associated port can accept data
from the ATM/Link layer device. This signal can be updated on the rising edge of
TSCLK.
In UTOPIA L2 or L3 modes, TDXA goes high when the associated port’s can accept
the transfer of more than a programmable number of ATM cells (“almost full” level).
TDXA goes low when the associated port cannot accept the transfer of a complete
ATM cell.
In POS-PHY L2 or L3 modes, TDXA goes high when the associated port’s FIFO can
store more data than the "almost full" level. TDXA goes low when the associated
port’s FIFO is full.
Transmit Start Of Cell/Packet
TSOX: This signal is used to indicate the first transfer of a cell/packet. This signal
can be sampled on the rising edge of TSCLK.
In UTOPIA L2 or L3 modes, TSOX indicates the first transfer of a cell.
In POS-PHY L2 or L3 modes, TSOX indicates the first transfer of a packet.
Transmit Selected Packet Available
This signal is tri-state when global reset is applied.
TSPA: In POS-PHY L2 or POS-PHY L3 modes, this signal is used to indicate the
selected port can accept data from the Link layer device. TSPA goes high when a
port is selected for transfer and it can accept more data than the "almost full" level.
58
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
TYPE
TEOP
I
TSX
I
TMOD[1:0]
I
TERR
I
RSCLK
I
RADR[4:0]
I
FUNCTION
TSPA goes low when the selected port is "full" or no port is selected. This signal is
updated on the rising edge of TSCLK.
In UTOPIA L3 mode this signal is low.
In POS-PHY L2 mode, this signal is driven when one of the ports is selected for data
transfer, and tri-state when TEN is deasserted, none of the ports is selected or when
data path reset is active.
POS-PHY L3 or UTOPIA L3 modes this signal is driven.
In UTOPIA L2 (reset default) mode this signal is tri-stated.
Transmit End Of Packet
TEOP: In POS-PHY L2 or L3 modes, this signal is used to indicate the last transfer
of a packet. This signal is sampled on the rising edge of TSCLK.
In UTOPIA L2 or L3 modes, this signal is ignored.
Transmit Start Of Transfer
TSX: In POS-PHY L3 mode, this signal indicates the start of a data transfer. TSX
goes high goes high immediately before the start of data transfer to indicate that the
in-band port address is present on TDATA. TSX goes high when the value of TDATA
is the address of the transmit port to which data is to be transferred. When TSX goes
low, all subsequent transfers will be to the port specified by the in-band address.
This signal is sampled on the rising edge of TSCLK. TSX is only valid when TEN is
high.
In UTOPIA L2, UTOPIA L3 or POS-PHY L2 modes, this signal is ignored.
Transmit Packet Data Modulus [1:0]
TMOD[1:0]: In POS-PHY L2 or L3 modes, this signal indicates the number of valid
bytes on the TDATA bus.
TMOD[1:0]=00
TDAT[31:0] valid
TMOD[1:0]=01
TDAT[31:8] valid
TMOD[1:0]=10
TDAT[31:16] valid
TMOD[1:0]=11
TDAT[31:24] valid
This signal is sampled on the rising edge of TSCLK. TMOD is only valid when TEOP
is high.
In 16-bit POS-PHY L2 or 16-bit POS-PHY L3 mode, TMOD[1] is ignored.
In 8-bit POS-PHY L2 or 8-bit POS-PHY L3 modes, TMOD[1:0] are ignored.
In UTOPIA L2 or UTOPIA L3 modes, TMOD[1:0] are ignored.
Transmit Packet Error
TERR: In POS-PHY L2 or POS-PHY L3 modes, this signal indicates that the current
packet is erred. When TERR is high, the current packet should be aborted. This
signal is sampled on the rising edge of TSCLK. TERR is only valid when TEOP is
high.
In UTOPIA L2 or UTOPIA L3 modes, this signal is ignored.
Receive System Clock
RSCLK: This signal is used to sample or update the other receive system interface
signals.
RSCLK has a maximum frequency of 66 MHz in UTOPIA L3 or POS-PHY L3 modes
and 52 MHZ in UTOPIA L2 or POS-PHY L2 modes.
Receive Address [4:0]
RADR[4:0]: In UTOPIA L2, Utopia L3 or POS-PHY L2 modes, this 5-bit address bus
is used by the ATM/Link layer device to select a specific port for data transfer and
polling FIFO status. RADR[4] is the MSB and RADR[0] is the LSB. This bus is
sampled on the rising edge of RSCLK. In POS-PHY Level 3 (or SPI-3) mode, this bus
is ignored.
59
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
TYPE
RDATA[31:0]
Oz
RPRTY
Oz
REN
I
RDXA[1] /
RPXA /
RSX
Oz
FUNCTION
Receive Data [31:0] (tri-state)
This signal is tri-state when global reset is applied.
RDATA[31:0]: This 32-bit data bus is used to transfer cell/packet data to the
ATM/Link layer device. This bus is updated on the rising edge of RSCLK.
In 32-bit modeRDATA[31] is the MSB and RDATA[0] is the LSB.
In UTOPIA L2 or POS-PHY L2 modes, RDATA[31:0] are driven when one of
the ports is selected for data transfer, and tri-stated when REN is deasserted,
none of the ports is selected or data path reset is active.
In UTOPIA L3 or POS-PHY L3 modes RDATA[31:0] are driven.
In 16-bit modeRDATA[15] is the MSB, RDATA[0] is the LSB, and RDATA[31:16] are not
used.
In UTOPIA L2 or POS-PHY L2 modes, RDATA[15:0] are driven when one of
the ports is selected for data transfer, and tri-stated when REN is deasserted,
none of the ports is selected or data path reset is active. RDATA[31:16] are
tri-stated.
In UTOPIA L3 or POS-PHY L3 modes, RDATA[31:0] are driven.
In 8-bit mode (reset default)RDATA[7] is the MSB, RDATA[0] is the LSB, and RDATA[31:8] are not used.
In UTOPIA L2 (reset default) or POS-PHY L2 modes, RDATA[7:0] are driven
when one of the ports is selected for data transfer, and tri-stated when REN
is deasserted, none of the ports is selected or data path reset is applied.
RDATA[31:8] are tri-stated.
In UTOPIA L3 or POS-PHY L3 modes, RDATA[31:0] are driven.
Receive Parity (tri-state)
RPRTY: This signal indicates the parity on the data bus when parity generation is
enabled. This option programmable. RPRTY is held low if parity generation is
disabled. This signal is updated on the rising edge of RSCLK.
In UTOPIA L2 (reset default) or POS-PHY L2 modes, this signal is driven when one
of the ports is selected for data transfer, and tri-stated when REN is deasserted,
none of the ports is selected or data path reset is active.
In UTOPIA L3 or POS-PHY L3 modes this signal is driven.
Receive Enable (active low)
REN: This signal is used by the ATM/Link device to control the transfer of cell/packet
data on the RDATA bus. If REN is high, no transfer occurs. If REN is low, a transfer
occurs. This signal can be sampled on the rising edge of RSCLK.
Receive Direct Cell/Packet Available [1] / Polled Cell/Packet Available / Start of
Transfer (tri-state)
This signal is tri-state when global reset is applied.
RDXA[1]: This signal is active in UTOPIA L2, Utopia L3 or POS-PHY L2 modes
when direct status mode is selected. It is used to indicate when port 1 can send data
to the ATM/Link layer device. This signal is updated on the rising edge of RSCLK.
In UTOPIA L2 or UTOPIA L3 modes, RDXA goes high when the port 1 FIFO has
more than a programmable number of ATM cells ready for transfer ("almost empty"
level). RDXA goes low when the associated port does not have a complete ATM cell
ready for transfer.
In POS-PHY L2 mode, RDXA goes high when the port 1 FIFO contains more data
than the "almost empty" level or has an end of packet ready for transfer. RDXA goes
low when the associated port does not have an end of packet ready for transfer and
is "almost empty".
RPXA: (Reset default) This signal is active in UTOPIA L2, UTOPIA L3 or POS-PHY
L2 modes when polled status mode is selected. It is used to indicate when the polled
port, as selected by RADR[4:0], can send data to the ATM/Link layer device. This
signal is updated on the rising edge of RSCLK.
60
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
TYPE
RDXA[4:2]
O
RSOX
Oz
REOP
Oz
FUNCTION
In UTOPIA L2 or UTOPIA L3 modes, RPXA goes high when the polled port has more
than a programmable number of ATM cells ready for transfer ("almost empty" level of
the associated FIFO). RPXA goes low when the polled port’s FIFO does not have a
complete ATM cell ready for transfer.
In POS-PHY L2 mode, RPXA goes high when the polled port’s FIFO contains more
data than the "almost empty" level or has an end of packet ready for transfer. RPXA
goes low when the port does not have an end of packet ready for transfer and is
"almost empty".
In UTOPIA L2 (reset default) or POS-PHY L2 modes, this signal is driven when one
of the ports is being polled, and is tri-stated when none of the ports is being polled or
when data path reset is active.
In UTOPIA L3 mode this signal is driven.
RSX: This signal is active in POS-PHY L3 modes and indicates the start of a data
transfer. This signal is updated on the rising edge of RSCLK.
RSX goes high immediately before the start of data transfer to indicate that the inband port address is present on RDATA. RSX goes high when the value of RDATA
is the address of the receive port from which data is to be transferred. When RSX
goes low, all subsequent transfers will be from the port specified by the in-band
address. When RSX is high, RVAL must be low.
This signal is always driven in POS-PHY L3 mode.
Receive Direct Cell/Packet Available [4:2]
RDXA[4:2]: This signal is used to indicate when the associated port can send data
to the ATM/Link layer device. This signal is updated on the rising edge of RSCLK.
In UTOPIA L2 or UTOPIA L3 modes, RDXA goes high when the associated port has
more than a programmable number of ATM cells ready for transfer ("almost empty"
level). RDXA goes low when the associated port does not have a complete ATM cell
ready for transfer.
In POS-PHY L2 mode, RDXA goes high when the associated port’s FIFO contains
more data than the "almost empty" level or has an end of packet ready for transfer.
RDXA goes low when the associated port’s FIFO does not have an end of packet
ready for transfer and is "almost empty".
In POS-PHY Level 3 (or SPI-3) mode or when polled status mode is selected, these
signals are held low.
Receive Start Of Cell/Packet (tri-state)
This signal is tri-state when global reset is applied.
RSOX: This signal is used to indicate the first transfer of a cell/packet. This signal is
updated on the rising edge of RSCLK.
In UTOPIA L2 or UTOPIA L3 modes, RSOX is used to indicate the first transfer of a
cell.
In POS-PHY L2 or POS-PHY L3 modes, RSOX is used to indicate the first transfer of
a packet.
In UTOPIA L2 (reset default) or POS-PHY L2 modes, this signal is driven when one
of the ports is selected for data transfer, and tri-stated when REN is deasserted,
none of the ports is selected or data path reset is active.
In UTOPIA L3 or POS-PHY L3 modes this signal is driven.
Receive End Of Packet (tri-state)
This signal is tri-state when global reset is applied.
REOP: In POS-PHY L2 or POS-PHY L3 modes, this signal is used to indicate the
last transfer of a packet. This signal is updated on the rising edge of RSCLK.
In UTOPIA L3 mode, this signal is held low.
In POS-PHY L2 mode, this signal is driven when one of the ports is selected for data
transfer, and tri-stated when REN is deasserted, none of the ports is selected or data
path reset is active.
In UTOPIA L2 (reset default) mode this signal is tri-stated.
In all UTOPIA L3 or POS-PHY L3 modes this signal is driven.
61
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
RVAL
RMOD[1:0]
RERR
TYPE
FUNCTION
Oz
Receive Packet Data Valid (tri-state)
This signal is tri-state when global reset is applied.
RVAL: In POS-PHY L2 or POS-PHY L3 modes, this signal is used to indicate the
validity of a receive data transfer. When RVAL is high, the receive data bus (RDATA,
RPRTY, RSOX, REOP, RMOD, and RERR) is valid and a packet data transfer
occurs. When RVAL is low, the receive data bus is invalid and a data transfer does
not occurs. This signal is updated on the rising edge of RSCLK.
RVAL goes high when a port is selected for packet data transfer and the port has a
programmable size block of data or an end of packet ready for transfer. In POS-PHY
L2 mode, RVAL goes low if the selected port is empty, at the end of a packet, or
when REN is deasserted. Once RVAL goes low, it will remain low until REN is
deasserted.
In POS-PHY L3 mode, RVAL goes low if the selected port is empty or at the end of a
packet if the minimum deassertion time is greater than zero. RVAL will remain
deasserted for the programmable minimum deassertion time.
In UTOPIA L3 mode, this signal is held low.
In POS-PHY L2 mode, this signal is driven when one of the ports is selected for data
transfer, and tri-stated when REN is deasserted, none of the ports is selected or data
path reset is active.
In UTOPIA L2 (reset default) mode this signal is tri-stated.
In all UTOPIA L3 or POS-PHY L3 modes this signal is driven.
Oz
Receive Packet Data Modulus [1:0] (Tri-State).
This signal is tri-state when global reset is applied.
RMOD[1:0]: In POS-PHY L2 or POS-PHY L3 modes, this signal is used to indicate
the number of valid bytes on the RDATA bus.
RMOD[1:0]=00
RDATA[31:0] valid
RMOD[1:0]=01
RDATA[31:8] valid
RMOD[1:0]=10
RDATA[31:16] valid
RMOD[1:0]=11
RDATA[31:24] valid
This signal is updated on the rising edge of RSCLK.
RMOD is only valid when REOP is high.
In UTOPIA L3, 8-bit POS-PHY L2 or 8-bit POS-PHY L3 modes, RMOD[1:0] signals
are held low.
In 16-bit POS-PHY L2 or 16 bit POS-PHY L3 modes, RMOD[1] is held low.
In POS-PHY L2 mode, these signals are driven when one of the ports is selected for
data transfer, and tri-stated when REN is deasserted, none of the ports is selected or
data path reset is active.
In UTOPIA L2 (reset default) mode these signals are tri-stated.
In UTOPIA L3 or POS-PHY L3 modes these signals are driven.
Oz
Receive Packet Error (Tri-State).
This signal is tri-state when global reset is applied.
RERR: In POS-PHY L2 or POS-PHY L3 modes, this signal is used to indicate that
the current packet is erred. When RERR is high, the current packet should be
aborted. This signal is updated on the rising edge of RSCLK.
RERR is only valid when REOP is high.
In UTOPIA L3 mode this signal is held low.
In POS-PHY L2 mode, this signal is driven when one of the ports is selected for data
transfer, and tri-stated when REN is deasserted, none of the ports is selected or data
path reset is active.
In UTOPIA L2 (reset default) mode this signal is tri-stated.
In UTOPIA L3 or POS-PHY L3 modes, this signal is driven.
62
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
TYPE
FUNCTION
MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE
D[15:0]
IO
A[10:1]
I
A[0] /
BSWAP
ALE
I
CS
I
RD / DS
I
WR / R/W
I
RDY
Oz
INT
Oz
MODE
I
WIDTH
I
Bidirectional 16- or 8-Bit Data Bus
This bus is tri-state when RST pin is low or CS pin is high.
D[15:0]: A 16-bit or 8-bit data bus used to input data during register writes, and data
outputs during register reads. The upper 8 bits are not used and never driven in 8-bit
bus mode.
Weak pullup resistors or bus holders should be used for each pin.
Address Bus (minus LSB)
A[10:1]: identifies the specific 16 bit registers, or group of 8 bit registers, being
accessed. A[10] must be tied to ground for the DS3181 and DS3182 versions.
Address Bus LSB / Byte Swap
A[0]: This signal is connected to the lower address bit in 8-bit systems. (WIDTH=0)
1 = Output register bits 15:8 on D[7:0], D[15:8] not driven
0 = Output register bits 7:0 on D[7:0], D[15:8] not driven
BSWAP: This signal is tied high or low in 16-bit systems.
(WIDTH=1)
1 = Output register bits 15:8 on D[7:0], 7:0 on D[15:8]
0 = Output register bits 7:0 on D[7:0], 15:8 on D[15:8]
Address Latch Enable
ALE: This signal is used to latch the address on the A[10:0] pins in multiplexed
address systems. When it is high the address is fed through the address latch to the
internal logic. When it transitions to low, the address is latched and held internally
until the signal goes back high. ALE should be tied high for non-multiplexed address
systems.
Chip Select (active low)
CS: This signal must be low during all accesses to the registers
Read Strobe (active low) / Data Strobe (active low)
RD: Read Strobe mode (MODE=0):
RD is low during a register read.
DS: Data Strobe mode (MODE=1):
DS is low during either a register read or a write.
Write Strobe (active low) / R/W Select
WR: Write Strobe mode (MODE=0):
WR is low during a register write.
R/W: Data Strobe mode (MODE=1):
R/W is high during a register read cycle, and low during a register write cycle.
Ready Handshake (active low)
RDY: This ready signal is driven low when the current read or write cycle is in
progress. When the current read or write cycle is not ready it is driven high. When
device is not selected, it is not driven.
Interrupt (active low)
This signal is tri-state when RST pin is low.
INT: This interrupt signal is driven low when an event is detected on any of the
enabled interrupt sources in any of the register banks. When there are no active and
enabled interrupt sources, the pin can be programmed to either drive high or not drive
high. The reset default is to not drive high when there are no active and enabled
interrupt source. All interrupt sources are disabled when RST=0 and they must be
programmed to be enabled.
Mode Select RD/WR or DS Strobe Mode
MODE: 1 = Data Strobe Mode, 0 = Read/Write Strobe Mode
Data Bus Width Select 8- or 16-Bit Interface
WIDTH: 1 = 16-bits, 0 = 8 bits
63
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
TYPE
FUNCTION
MISC I/O
GPIO1
IO
GPIO2
IO
GPIO3
IO
GPIO4
IO
GPIO5
IO
GPIO6
IO
GPIO7
IO
GPIO8
IO
TEST
I
HIZ
I
RST
I
General-Purpose IO 1
GPIO1: This signal is configured to be a general-purpose IO pin, or an alarm output
signal for port 1. This pin is an input after reset and should have a pullup resistor on it
if not connected to a signal or programmed as an output.
General-Purpose IO 2
GPIO2: This signal is configured to be a general-purpose IO pin, or the 8KREFO
output signal, or an alarm output signal for port 1. This pin is an input after reset and
should have a pullup resistor on it if not connected to a signal or programmed as an
output.
General-Purpose IO 3
GPIO3: This signal is configured to be a general-purpose IO pin, or an alarm output
signal for port 2. This pin is an input after reset and should have a pullup resistor on it
if not connected to a signal or programmed as an output.
General-Purpose IO 4
GPIO4: This signal is configured to be a general-purpose IO pin, or the 8KREFI input
signal, or an alarm output signal for port 2. When configured for 8KREFI mode the
signal frequency should be 8,000 Hz +/- 500 ppm and about 50% duty cycle. This pin
is an input after reset and should have a pullup resistor on it if not connected to a
signal or programmed as an output.
General-Purpose IO 5
GPIO5: This signal is configured to be a general-purpose IO pin, or an alarm output
signal for port 3. This pin is an input after reset and should have a pullup resistor on it
if not connected to a signal or programmed as an output.
General-Purpose IO 6
GPIO6: This signal is configured to be a general-purpose IO pin, or the TMEI input
signal, or an alarm output signal for port 3. When configured for TMEI input, the signal
low time and high time must be greater than 500ns. This pin is an input after reset
and should have a pullup resistor on it if not connected to a signal or programmed as
an output.
General-Purpose IO 7
GPIO7: This signal is configured to be a general-purpose IO pin, or an alarm output
signal for port 4.
This pin is an input after reset and should have a pullup resistor on it if connected to a
signal or programmed as an output.
General-Purpose IO 8
GPIO8: This signal is configured to be a general-purpose IO pin, or the PMU input
signal, or an alarm output signal for port 4. When configured for PMU input, the signal
low time and high time must be greater than 500ns. This pin is an input after reset
and should have a pullup resistor on it if not connected to a signal or programmed as
an output.
Test Enable (active low)
TEST: This signal enables the internal scan test mode when low. For normal operation
tie high. This is an asynchronous input.
High-Impedance Test Enable (active low)
HIZ: This signal puts all digital output and bidirectional pins in the high-impedance
state when it low and JTRST is low. For normal operation tie high. This is an
asynchronous input.
Reset (active low)
RST: This signal resets all the internal processor registers and logic when low. Global
and port data path resets are enabled and port power-downs are enabled. This pin
should be low while power is applied and set high after the power is stable. This is an
asynchronous input.
64
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
PIN
TYPE
FUNCTION
JTAG
JTCLK
I
JTMS
Ipu
JTDI
Ipu
JTDO
Oz
JTRST
Ipu
JTAG Clock
JTCLK: This clock input is typically a low frequency (less than 10 MHz) 50% duty
cycle clock signal.
JTAG Mode Select (with pullup)
JTMS: This input signal is used to control the JTAG controller state machine and is
sampled on the rising edge of JTCLK.
JTAG Data Input (with pullup)
JTDI: This input signal is used to input data into the register that is enabled by the
JTAG controller state machine and is sampled on the rising edge of JTCLK.
JTAG Data Output
JTDO: This output signal is the output of an internal scan shift register enabled by the
JTAG controller state machine and is updated on the falling edge of JTCLK. The pin
is in the high impedance mode when a register is not selected or when the JTRST
signal is high. The pin goes into and exits the high impedance mode after the falling
edge of JTCLK
JTAG Reset (active low with pullup)
JTRST: This input forces the JTAG controller logic into the reset state and forces the
JTDO pin into high impedance when low. This pin should be low while power is
applied and set high after the power is stable. The pin can be driven high or low for
normal operation, but must be high for JTAG operation.
CLAD
CLKA
CLKB
CLKC
I
Clock A
CLKA: This clock input is a DS3 signal (44.736MHz ±20ppm) when the CLAD is
disabled or it is one of the CLAD reference clock signals when the CLAD is enabled.
IO
Clock B
CLKB: This pin is a E3 (34.368 MHz ±20 ppm) input signal when the CLAD is
disabled (reset default) or it can be enabled to output a generated clock when the
CLAD is enabled. The pin is driven low when it is not selected to output a clock signal
and the CLAD is enabled. See Table 10-11.
IO
Clock C
CLKC: This pin is a STS-1 (51.84 MHz ±20ppm) input signal when the CLAD is
disabled or it can be enabled to output a generated clock when the CLAD is enabled.
The pin is driven low when it is not selected to output a clock signal and the CLAD is
enabled. See Table 10-11.
POWER
VSS
PWR
Ground, 0V potential. Common to digital core, digital IO and all analog circuits.
VDD
PWR
Digital 3.3V. Common to digital core and digital IO.
AVDDRn
PWR
Analog 3.3V for receive LIU on port n. Powers receive LIU on port n.
AVDDTn
PWR
Analog 3.3V for transmit LIU on port n. Powers transmit LIU on port n.
AVDDJn
PWR
Analog 3.3V for jitter attenuator on port n. Powers jitter attenuator on port n.
AVDDC
PWR
Analog 3.3V for CLAD. Powers clock rate adapter common to all ports.
65
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
8.3
Pin Functional Timing
8.3.1
Line IO
8.3.1.1
B3ZS/HDB3/AMI Mode Transmit Pin Functional Timing
There is no suggested time alignment between the TXPn, TXNn and TX LINE signals and the TLCLKn clock signal.
The TX DATA signal is not a readily available signal, it is meant to represent the data value of the other signals.
The TXPn and TXNn signals are only available when the line is in B3ZS/HDB3 or AMI mode and the LIU is
enabled. The TPOSn, TNEGn and TLCLKn signals are only available when the line is in B3ZS/HDB3 or AMI mode
and the transmit line pins are enabled. The TPOSn, TNEGn and TLCLKn pins can be enabled at the same as the
LIU is enabled.
The TPOSn and TNEGn signals change a small delay after the positive edge of the reference clock if the clock pin
is not inverted; otherwise they change after the negative edge. The TLCLKn clock pin is the clock reference
typically used for the TPOSn and TNEGn signals, but they can be time referenced to the TCLKIn, TCLKOn,
RLCLKn or RCLKOn clock pins. The TPOSn and TNEGn pins can be inverted, but the polarity of TXPn and TXNn
cannot be inverted.
TXPn and TXNn are differential analog output pins. They are biased around ½ VDD and pulse above and below
the bias voltage by about 1 Volt. These signals are connected to the windings of a 1:2 step down transformer and
the other winding of the transformer creates the TX LINE signal. The TX LINE signal is a bipolar signal that pulses
about 1 Volt positive and 1 Volt negative above and below ground (0 volts). See Figure 1-1 for a diagram of the
external connections.
Figure 8-1 and Figure 8-2 shows the relationship between the analog and the digital outputs.
Figure 8-1. TX Line IO B3ZS Functional Timing Diagram
TLCLK
(TX DATA)
TPOS
TNEG
B
TXP
V
B
V
B
V
B
V
BIAS V
TXN
0V
(TX LINE)
+
-
B3ZS CODEWORD
66
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-2. TX Line IO HDB3 Functional Timing Diagram
TLCLK
(TX DATA)
TPOS
B
TNEG
TXP
V
B
V
B
V
B
V
BIAS V
TXN
0V
(TX LINE)
+
-
HDB3 CODEWORD
8.3.1.2
B3ZS/HDB3/AMI Mode Receive Pin Functional Timing
There is no suggested time alignment between the RXPn, RXNn and RX LINE signals and the RLCLKn clock
signal. The RX DATA signal is not an always readily available signal, it is meant to represent the data value of the
other signals.
The RXPn and RXNn pins are only available when the line is in B3ZS/HDB3 or AMI mode and the LIU is enabled.
The RPOSn, RNEGn and RLCLKn pins are only available when the line is in B3ZS/HDB3 or AMI mode and the LIU
is disabled.
The RPOSn and RNEGn signals are sampled at the rising edge of the reference clock signal if the clock pin is not
inverted; otherwise they are sampled at the negative edge. The RLCLKn clock pin is the clock reference used for
the RPOSn and RNEGn signals. The RPOSn and RNEGn pins can be inverted.
RXPn and RXNn are differential analog input pins. They are biased around ½ VDD and pulse above and below the
bias voltage by about 1 Volt with zero cable length. These signals are connected to the windings of a 1:2 step up
transformer and the other winding of the transformer is connected to the RX LINE signal. The RX LINE signal is a
bipolar signal that pulses about 1 Volt positive and 1 Volt negative above and below ground (0 volts) with zero
cable length. See Figure 1-1 for a diagram of the external connections.
Figure 8-3 and Figure 8-4 shows the relationship between the analog and the digital outputs.
Figure 8-3. RX Line IO B3ZS Functional Timing Diagram
RLCLK
(RX DATA)
RPOS
B
RNEG
RXP
V
B
V
B
V
B
V
BIAS V
RXN
0V
(RX LINE)
+
-
B3ZS CODEWORD
67
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-4. RX Line IO HDB3 Functional Timing Diagram
RLCLK
(RX DATA)
RPOS
B
RNEG
RXP
V
B
V
B
V
B
V
BIAS V
RXN
0V
(RX LINE)
+
-
HDB3 CODEWORD
8.3.1.3
UNI Mode Transmit Pin Functional Timing
The TDATn pin is available when the line interface is in the UNI mode and the transmit line pins are enabled. The
TOHMOn and TOHMIn pins are available when the framer is in one of the “- OHM” modes and the transmit line
pins are enabled. The line interface is forced into the UNI mode when the framer is in one of the “- OHM” modes.
The TOHMIn pin is used to control the insertion of gaps in the data by stopping the internal formatters and data
sources. These gaps are inserted where external logic will add more overhead bits to the signal. The TOHMOn
signal is delayed from the TOHMIn signal by three clock periods. The TOHMOn signal aligns to the TDATn signal
and is high when internal framing and signal source has stopped inserting data. The TDATn signal should be
ignored when TOHMOn is high. In the “- OHM Octet” framing modes, the first payload bit after the TOHMOn signal
goes low is the MSB (Bit 1) of a payload Octet.
The TDATn and TOHMOn signals change a small delay after the positive edge of the reference clock signal if the
clock pin is not inverted, other wise they change after the negative edge. The TOHMIn signal is sampled at the
rising edge of the reference clock signal if the clock pin is not inverted; otherwise it is sampled at the negative
edge. The TLCLKn clock pin is the clock reference typically used for the TDATn, TOHMOn and TOHMIn signals,
but they can be time referenced to the TCLKIn, TCLKOn, RLCLKn or RCLKOn clock pins. The TDATn, TOHMOn,
and TOHMIn pins can be inverted. See Figure 8-5 and Figure 8-6
Figure 8-5. TX Line IO UNI OHM Functional Timing Diagram
TLCLK
TDAT
TDAT GAP FOR EXT OVERHEAD INSERTION
TOHMO
TOHMI
Figure 8-6. TX Line IO UNI Octet Aligned OHM Functional Timing Diagram
TLCLK
TDAT
B6 B7 B8
Octet n
EXT OH BIT LOCATIONS
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B1
ATM Cell /Packet Octet n+1
TOHMO
TOHMI
68
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
8.3.1.4
UNI Mode Receive Pin Functional Timing
The RDATn pin is available when the line interface is in the UNI mode. The ROHMIn pin is available when the
framer is in one of the “-OHM” modes. The RLCVn pin is available when the line interface is in the UNI mode and
the framer is not in one of the “-OHM” modes. The line interface is forced into the UNI mode when the framer is in
one of the “-OHM” modes.
The ROHMIn pin is used to mark the RDATn bits that will be ignored by the internal receive logic. When the
ROHMIn pin is high, the internal framers and data sinks will ignore the corresponding RDATn bits. In the “- OHM
Octet” framing modes, the data on RDATn is octet aligned with the ROHMIn signal, the first bit of the serial data on
RDATn is the MSB (Bit 1) of a payload Octet.
All bits on the RDATn pin, even the bits that are marked by ROHMIn, will come out the RSERn pin, if the RSERn
pin is enabled.
The signal on the RLCVn pin enables the BPV counter, which is in the line interface, to increment each clock it is
high.
The RDATn, ROHMIn and RLCVn signals are sampled at the rising edge of the reference clock signal if the clock
pin is not inverted; otherwise they are sampled at the negative edge. The RLCLKn clock pin is the clock reference
used for the RDATn, ROHMIn and RLCVn signals. The RDATn, ROHMIn and RLCVn pins can be inverted. See
Figure 8-7 and Figure 8-8.
Figure 8-7. RX Line IO OHM UNI Functional Timing Diagram
RLCLK
RDAT
RDAT DATA WILL BE IGNORED
ROHM
RLVC
INC BPV COUNTER TWICE
INC BPV COUNTER ONCE
Figure 8-8. RX Line IO UNI Octet Aligned OHM Functional Timing Diagram
RLCLK
B6 B7 B8
Octet n
RDAT
EXT OH BIT LOCATIONS
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B1
ATM Cell /Packet Octet n+1
ROHM
8.3.2
DS3/E3 Framing and PLCP Overhead Functional Timing
Figure 8-9 shows the relationship of the DS3 receive-overhead port pins.
Figure 8-9. DS3 Framing Receive Overhead Port Timing
ROHCLK
ROHSOF
ROH
F73
1
C73
2
F74
3
X1
4
F11
5
C11
6
F12
7
C12
8
F13
9
C13
10
F14
11
69
X2
12
F21
13
C21
14
F22
15
C22
16
F23
17
C23
18
F24
19
P1
20
F31
21
C31
22
F32
23
C32
24
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-10 shows the relationship of the E3 G.751 receive-overhead port pins.
Figure 8-10. E3 G.751 Framing Receive Overhead Port Timing
ROHCLK
ROHSOF
ROH
FAS
10
A
1
FAS
1
N
2
3
FAS
3
FAS
2
4
5
FAS
4
6
FAS
5
7
8
FAS
6
9
FAS
7
10
FAS
8
FAS
9
11
FAS
10
12
13
FAS
1
A
N
14
15
FAS
2
16
17
FAS
3
18
FAS
4
19
FAS
5
20
FAS
6
21
FAS
8
22
FAS
9
23
FAS
10
24
Figure 8-11 shows the relationship of the E3 G.832 receive-overhead port pins.
Figure 8-11. E3 G.832 Framing Receive Overhead Port Timing
ROHCLK
ROHSOF
ROH
GC
6
GC
7
1
FA1
1
GC
8
2
3
FA1
3
FA1
2
4
5
FA1
4
6
FA1
5
7
8
FA1
6
9
FA1
7
10
FA1
8
FA2
1
11
FA2
2
12
13
FA2
3
14
FA2
4
FA2
5
15
16
FA2
6
17
FA2
7
18
FA2
8
19
EM
1
20
EM
2
21
EM
3
22
EM
4
23
EM
5
24
Figure 8-12 shows the relationship of the DS3 transmit-overhead port pins.
Figure 8-12. DS3 Framing Transmit Overhead Port Timing
TOHCLK
TOHSOF
TOHEN
TOH
F73
C73
F74
1
2
3
X1
4
F11
5
C11
F12
C12
F13
C13
6
7
8
9
10
F14
X2
11
12
F21
13
C21
14
F22
15
C22
16
F23
17
C23
F24
18
19
P1
20
F31
C31
21
22
F32
23
C32
24
Figure 8-13 shows the relationship of the E3 G.751 transmit-overhead port pins.
Figure 8-13. E3 G.751 Framing Transmit Overhead Port Timing
TOHCLK
TOHSOF
TOHEN
TOH
FAS
10
1
A
2
N
3
FAS
1
FAS
2
FAS
3
FAS
4
FAS
5
FAS
6
FAS
7
FAS
8
FAS
9
FAS
10
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
70
A
N
14
15
FAS
1
FAS
2
FAS
3
FAS
4
FAS
5
FAS
6
FAS
8
FAS
9
FAS
9
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-14 shows the relationship of the E3 G.832 transmit-overhead port pins.
Figure 8-14. E3 G.832 Framing Transmit Overhead Port Timing
TOHCLK
TOHSOF
TOHEN
TOH
GC
6
GC
7
GC
8
FA1
1
FA1
2
FA1
3
FA1
4
FA1
5
FA1
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
FA1
7
10
FA1
8
11
FA2
1
12
FA2
2
FA2
3
FA2
4
FA2
5
FA2
6
FA2
7
FA2
8
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Z5
7
Z5
8
Z4
1
Z4
2
Z4
3
Z4
4
Z4
5
EM
1
EM
2
EM
3
EM
4
EM
5
Figure 8-15 shows the relationship of the DS3 PLCP receive-overhead port pins.
Figure 8-15. DS3 PLCP Receive Overhead Port Timing
RPOHCLK
RPOHSOF
RPOH
C1
6
1
C1
7
2
C1
8
3
Z6
1
4
Z6
2
5
Z6
3
6
Z6
4
7
Z6
5
8
Z6
6
9
Z6
7
10
Z5
1
Z6
8
11
12
Z5
2
13
Z5
3
14
Z5
4
Z5
5
15
16
Z5
6
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Figure 8-16 shows the relationship of the E3 G.751 PLCP receiver-overhead port pins.
Figure 8-16. E3 G.751 PLCP Receive Overhead Port Timing
RPOHCLK
RPOHSOF
RPOH
C1
6
1
C1
7
2
C1
8
3
Z3
1
4
Z3
2
5
Z3
3
6
Z3
4
7
Z3
5
8
Z3
6
9
Z3
7
10
Z2
1
Z3
8
11
12
Z2
2
13
Z2
3
14
Z2
4
15
Z2
5
16
Z2
6
17
Z2
7
Z2
8
Z1
1
Z1
2
Z1
3
Z1
4
Z1
5
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Figure 8-17 shows the relationship of the DS3 PLCP transmit-overhead port pins.
Figure 8-17. DS3 PLCP Transmit Overhead Port Timing
TPOHCLK
TPOHSOF
TPOHEN
TPOH
C1
6
C1
7
C1
8
1
2
3
Z6
1
4
Z6
2
Z6
3
Z6
4
Z6
5
Z6
6
5
6
7
8
9
Z6
7
Z6
8
Z5
1
Z5
2
Z5
3
Z5
4
Z5
5
Z5
6
Z5
7
Z5
8
Z4
1
Z4
2
Z4
3
Z4
4
Z4
5
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
71
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-18 shows the relationship of the E3 G.751 PLCP transmit-overhead port pins.
Figure 8-18. E3 G.751 PLCP Transmit Overhead Port Timing
TPOHCLK
TPOHSOF
TPOHEN
TPOH
8.3.3
C1
6
C1
7
C1
8
1
2
3
Z3
2
Z3
3
5
6
Z3
1
4
Z3
4
7
Z3
5
Z3
6
8
9
Z3
7
Z3
8
Z2
1
Z2
2
Z2
3
Z2
4
Z2
5
Z2
6
Z2
7
Z2
8
Z1
1
Z1
2
Z1
3
Z1
4
Z1
5
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Internal (IFRAC) and External (XFRAC) Fractional DS3/E3 Overhead Functional Timing
The fractional overhead pins provide the ability to insert bits in the DS3/E3 payload that are not used for cells or
packets. The source of fractional overhead bits is controlled by an internal register (see FRAC.TCR), specifying
internal generation or external sourcing via the TFOHENIn pin. The allocation of DS3/E3 payload used for cell and
packet data is also programmable or controlled by the TFOHENIn pin. The TSOFIn, TSOFOn, TDENn, RSOFOn
and RDENn pins are used to determine which bit positions are DS3/E3 overhead so that fractional overhead bits
will be inserted only in DS3/E3 payload. The TCLKOn and RCLKOn clocks can be configured for gapped modes
that will toggle for each fractional overhead bit, allowing a simple way of using the overhead bits for messaging.
Figure 8-19 shows the timing with the external fractional transmit port pins. P designates payload bits, F designates
fractional overhead, and L designates DS3/E3 overhead, based on TDEN.
Figure 8-19. External (XFRAC) Transmit Fractional Timing
TCLKI or
TCLKO
TFOHENI
PX5
PX6
TFOH
PX5
PX6
FX1
FX2
FX3
1
2
3
4
5
L1
P11
P12
P13
P14
P15
P16
L1
P11
P12
P13
P14
P15
P15
7
8
9
F11
F12
F13
L2
P21
P22
P23
P24
P25
P26
L2
P21
P22
P23
P24
P25
P26
F21
F22
TSOFI
TSOFO
TDEN
6
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
L2
P21
P22
P23
P23
P24
P25
P26
24
Figure 8-20 shows the timing with the external fractional receive port pins.
Figure 8-20. External (XFRAC) Receive Fractional Timing
RCLKI or
RCLKO
RFOHENI
PY3
PY4
PY5
PY6
L1
P11
P12
P13
P14
P15
P16
P13
P14
P15
P16
F11
F12
F13
RDEN
RSER
PY4
PY5
PY6
FY1
FY2
FY3
1
2
3
4
5
6
L1
P11
P12
8
9
L2
P21
P22
F21
RSOF
7
10
11
72
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-21 shows the timing with the internal fractional transmit port pins.
Figure 8-21. Internal (IFRAC) Transmit Fractional Timing
TCLKI or
TCLKO
TGCLK
TFOHENO
TFOH
X
X
1
X
2
X
3
FOH
4
FOH
5
FOH
6
X
7
X
8
X
9
X
10
X
11
X
12
X
13
FOH
FOH
14
15
FOH
X
X
X
X
X
X
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
X
FOH
23
24
FOH
FOH
23
24
Figure 8-22 shows the timing with the internal fractional transmit port pins.
Figure 8-22. Internal (IFRAC) Receive Fractional Timing
RCLKI or
RCLKO
RGCLK
RFOHENO
RSER
X
X
1
8.3.4
X
2
FOH
FOH
FOH
3
4
5
X
6
X
7
X
8
X
9
X
X
X
10
11
12
FOH
FOH
FOH
13
14
15
Flexible Fractional (FFRAC) DS3/E3 Overhead Interface Functinal Timing
The Flexible fractional mode provides the capability to modify the payload data from the cell/packet processor
before inserting it into the DS3 or E3 payload. The bit rate of the payload from the cell/packet processor can be
less than the DS3 or E3 payload bit rate. The interface to the DS3 or E3 payload uses the TSOFIn, TSOFOn,
TDENn, TSERn, RSOFOn, RDENn and RSERn pins. The interface to the cell/packet processor uses the
TPDENIn, TPDENOn, TPDATn, RPDENIn and RPDATn pins. The TPDENIn pin is used to determine the bit rate of
the transmit cell/packet payload data. The TPDENOn pin is high when the data on TPDATn is valid. The delay
between TPDENIn and TPDENOn is three clocks. The RPDENIn pin is used to determine the bit rate of the receive
cell/packet processor data. The cell/packet processor uses the cell/packet data on the RPDATn pin when the
RPDENIn pin is high.
73
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-23 shows the timing with the flexible fractional transmit port pins.
Figure 8-23. Transmit Flexible Fractional (FFRAC) Timing
TCLKI or
TCLKO
TPDENI
TPDENO
TPDAT
P14
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
FPx
FPy
FPz
FOx
FOy
FOz
P8
P9
P10
P11
P12
FP5
FP6
FO1
FO2
FO3
P13
P14
P15
P16
P17
FP11
FP12
FO4
FO5
TSOFI
TSOFO
TDEN
TSER
1
2
3
4
5
OH1
6
FP1
7
FP2
8
FP3
9
FP4
10
11
12
13
14
15
OH2
16
FP7
17
FP8
18
19
FP9
FP10
20
21
22
23
24
Figure 8-24 shows the timing with the flexible fractional receive port pins.
Figure 8-24. Receive Flexible Fractional (FFRAC) Timing
RCLKI or
RCLKO
RSOFO
RDEN
RSER
FP4
FP5
FP6
FO1
FO2
FO3
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
OH1
FP7
FP8
FP9
FP10
FP11
FP12
FO4
FO5
FO6
P7
P8
P9
P10
P11
P12
OH2
FP13
FP14
FP15
FP16
FP17
FP18
FP19
P13
P14
P15
P16
RPDENI
RSER
X
P1
1
2
3
4
5
6
X
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
74
14
15
16
17
X
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
8.3.5
UTOPIA/POS-PHY/SPI-3 System Interface Functional Timing
8.3.5.1
UTOPIA Level 2 Functional Timing
Figure 8-25 shows a multidevice transmit-interface multiple cell transfer to different PHY devices. On clock edge 2,
the ATM device places address ‘00h’ on the address bus (which is mapped to Port 1). PHY device '1' (Port 1)
indicates to the ATM device that it can accept cell data by asserting TDXA[1]. On clock edge 4, the ATM device
selects PHY device '1'. On clock edge 5, the ATM device starts a cell transfer to PHY device '1' by asserting TEN,
placing the first byte of cell data on TDATA, and asserting TSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell.
On clock edge 6, the ATM device deasserts TSOX as it continues to place additional bytes of the cell on TDATA..
On clock edge 13, PHY device ‘2’ asserts TDXA[2] to indicate to the ATM device that it is ready to accept cell data.
On clock edge 15, PHY device '1’ indicates that it cannot accept the transfer of a complete cell by deasserting
TDXA[1]. On clock edge 16, the ATM device deselects PHY device '1' and selects PHY device '2' by deasserting
TEN and placing PHY device '2's address on TADR. On clock edge 17, the ATM device starts the transfer of a cell
to PHY device '2' by asserting TEN, placing the first byte of cell data on TDATA, and asserting TSOX to indicate the
transfer of the first byte of the cell. On clock edge 18, the ATM device deasserts TSOX as it continues to place
additional bytes of the cell on TDATA.
Figure 8-25. UTOPIA Level 2 Transmit Cell Transfer Direct Mode
TCLK
TADR
00h
01h
TDXA[1]
TDXA[2]
TDXA[3]
TDXA[4]
TEN
TDATA
H1
H2
H3
…
P42
8
9
P43
P44
P45
P46
P47
P48
H1
H2
H3
H4
TSOX
Transfer
Cell To:
PORT 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
75
11
PORT 2
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-26 shows a multidevice transmit-interface multiple cell transfer to different PHY devices. On clock edge 2,
the ATM device places address ‘00h’ on the address bus (which is mapped to Port 1). PHY device '1' (Port 1)
indicates to the ATM device that it has a complete cell to send by asserting RDXA[1]. On clock edge 4, the ATM
device selects PHY device '1'. On clock edge 5, the ATM device asserts REN. On clock edge 6, the PHY device ‘1’
starts a cell transfer to the ATM device by placing the first byte of cell data on RDATA, and asserting RSOX to
indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell. On clock edge 7, the PHY device deasserts RSOX as it continues to
place additional bytes of the cell on RDATA. On clock edge 13, PHY device ‘2’ asserts RDXA[2] to indicate to the
ATM device that it is ready to send a cell. On clock edge 15, PHY device '1’ indicates that it cannot transfer a
complete cell by deasserting RDXA[1]. On clock edge 16, the ATM device deselects PHY device '1' and selects
PHY device '2' by deasserting REN and placing PHY device '2's address on RADR. On clock edge 17, the ATM
device asserts REN. On clock edge 18, PHY device ‘2’ (Port 2) starts the transfer of a cell to the ATM device by
placing the first byte of cell data on RDATA, and asserting RSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell.
On clock edge 18, the PHY device deasserts RSOX as it continues to place additional bytes of the cell on RDATA.
Figure 8-26. UTOPIA Level 2 Receive Cell Transfer Direct Mode
RSCLK
RADR
00h
01h
RDXA[1]
RDXA[2]
RDXA[3]
RDXA[4]
REN
RDATA
H1
H2
…
H3
P42
P43
P44
P45
P46
P47
P48
H1
H2
H3
RSOX
Transfer
Cell From:
PORT 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
PORT 2
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Figure 8-27 shows a multidevice transmit-interface multiple cell transfer to different PHY devices. On clock edge 2,
the ATM device polls PHY device 'N'. On clock edge 3, PHY device 'N' indicates to the ATM device that it can
accept cell data by asserting TPXA. On clock edge 4, the ATM device selects PHY device 'N'. On clock edge 5, the
ATM device starts a cell transfer to PHY device 'N' by asserting TEN, placing the first byte of cell data on TDATA,
and asserting TSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell. On clock edge 6, the ATM device deasserts
TSOX as it continues to place additional bytes of the cell on TDATA. On clock edge 6, the ATM device also polls
PHY device 'O'. On clock edge 7, PHY device 'O' indicates that it can accept the transfer of a complete cell. On
clock edge 14, the ATM device polls PHY device 'N'. On clock edge 15, PHY device 'N' indicates that it cannot
accept the transfer of a complete cell. On clock edge 16, the ATM device deselects PHY device 'N' and selects
PHY device 'O' by deasserting TEN and placing PHY device 'O's address on TADR. On clock edge 17, the ATM
device starts the transfer of a cell to PHY device 'O' by asserting TEN, placing the first byte of cell data on TDATA,
and asserting TSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell. On clock edge 18, the ATM device
deasserts TSOX as it continues to place additional bytes of the cell on TDATA.
76
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-27. UTOPIA Level 2 Transmit Multiple Cell Transfer Polled Mode
TCLK
TADR
M
TPXA
1F
N
1F
M
N
1F
N
O
1F
N
…
1F
O
L
P
1F M
1F
L
M
N
1F
O
1F
N
O
P42 P43 P44 P45 P46 P47 P48
H1
P
1F
L
P
TEN
TDATA
H1
H2
H3
5
6
7
…
H2
H3
H4
19
20
TSOX
Transfer
Cell To:
1
2
3
4
8
N
10
9
O
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Figure 8-28 shows a multidevice receive-interface multiple cell transfer from different PHY devices. On clock edge
2, the ATM device polls PHY device 'N'. On clock edge 3, PHY device 'N' indicates to the ATM device that it has a
complete cell ready for transfer by asserting RPXA. On clock edge 4, the ATM device selects PHY device 'N'. On
clock edge 5, the ATM device asserts REN. On clock edge 6, PHY device 'N' starts a cell transfer by placing the
first byte of cell data on RDATA, and asserting RSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell. On clock
edge 7, PHY device 'N' deasserts RSOX as it continues to place additional bytes of the cell on RDATA. On clock
edge 12, the ATM device polls PHY device 'O'. On clock edge 13, PHY device 'O' indicates to the ATM device that
it has a complete cell ready for transfer by asserting RPXA. On clock edge 16, the ATM device deselects PHY
device 'N' and selects PHY device 'O' by deasserting REN and placing PHY device 'O's address on RADR. On
clock edge 17, the ATM device asserts REN and PHY device 'N' stops transferring cell data and tri-states its
RDATA and RSOX outputs. On clock edge 18, PHY device 'O' starts a cell transfer by placing the first byte of cell
data on RDATA, and asserting RSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell. On clock edge 19, PHY
device 'O' deasserts RSOX as it continues to place additional bytes of the cell on RDATA.
Figure 8-28. UTOPIA Level 2 Receive Multiple Cell Transfer Polled Mode
RCLK
RADR M
1F
RPXA
M
N
1F
N
N
1F
O
N
1F
…
O
1F
M
L
1F
O
M
1F
P
O
1F
O
P
1F
N
O
1F
P
N
REN
H1
RDATA
H2
…
P41 P42 P43 P44 P45 P46 P47 P48
8
9
H1
H2
H3
RSOX
Transfer
Cell From:
N
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
11
O
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Figure 8-29 shows a multidevice receive-interface unexpected multiple cell transfer. Prior to clock edge 1, the cell
transfer was started. On clock edge 4, since no other PHY device has a cell ready for transfer, the ATM device
assumes another cell transfer from PHY device 'N' and leaves REN asserted. On clock edge 5, PHY device 'N'
stops transferring cell data and indicates that it does not have another cell ready for transfer by not asserting
RSOX. On clock edge 6, the ATM device deasserts REN to end the cell transfer process. At the same time, PHY
device 'N' indicates to the ATM device that it now has a complete cell ready for transfer by placing the first byte of
cell data on RDAT, and asserting RSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell. On clock edge 7, PHY
device 'N' tri-states its RDAT and RSOX outputs because REN is deasserted. On clock edge 8, the ATM device
selects PHY device 'N'. On clock edge 9, the ATM device asserts REN. On clock edge 10, PHY device 'N'
continues the cell transfer by placing the second byte of cell data on RDAT, and deasserting RSOX.
77
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-29. UTOPIA Level 2 Receive Unexpected Multiple Cell Transfer
RCLK
RADR
L
1F
RPXA
M
1F
L
N
1F
M
O
1F
N
N
1F
O
P
1F
N
L
1F
P
M
1F
L
O
1F
M
P
1F
O
L
P
REN*
RDAT
P45
P46
P47
P48
H1
X
RSOX
H3
H4
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
N
Transfer
Cell From:
8.3.5.2
H2
N
1
N
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
UTOPIA Level 3 Functional Timing
Figure 8-30 shows a multiport transmit-interface multiple cell transfer to different PHY devices. PHY port '1', ‘3’, ‘4’
indicate to the ATM device that they can accept cell data by asserting the TDXA[n]. On clock edge 2, the ATM
device selects PHY port '1' by putting address ‘00h’ on the address bus. On clock edge 5, the ATM device starts a
cell transfer to PHY port '1' by asserting TEN, placing the first byte of cell data on TDATA, and asserting TSOX to
indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell. On clock edge 6, the ATM device deasserts TSOX as it continues to
place additional bytes of the cell on TDATA. On clock edge 13, PHY port ‘2’ asserts TDXA[2] to indicate it is ready
to accept a cell. On clock edge 15, PHY port ‘1’ deasserts TDXA[1] to indicate to the ATM device that it does not
have the availability to receive another complete cell. On clock edge 16, the ATM device selects PHY port '2' by
deasserting TEN and placing PHY port '2's address on TADR. On clock edge 17, the ATM device starts the transfer
of a cell to PHY port '2' by asserting TEN, placing the first byte of cell data on TDATA, and asserting TSOX to
indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell. On clock edge 18, the ATM device deasserts TSOX as it continues
to place additional bytes of the cell on TDATA.
Figure 8-30. UTOPIA Level 3 Transmit Multiple Cell Transfer Direct Mode
TSCLK
TADR
00h
01h
TDXA[1]
TDXA[2]
TDXA[3]
TDXA[4]
TEN
TDATA
H1
H2
H3
…
P42
8
9
P43
P44
P45
P46
P47
P48
H1
H2
H3
H4
TSOX
Transfer
Cell To:
PORT 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
78
11
PORT 2
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-31 shows a multiport transmit-interface multiple cell transfer to different PHY devices. On clock edge 1,
the ATM device polls PHY port 'N'. On clock edge 3, PHY port 'N' indicates to the ATM device that it can accept cell
data by asserting TPXA. On clock edge 5, the ATM device selects PHY port 'N'. On clock edge 6, the ATM device
starts a cell transfer to PHY port 'N' by asserting TEN, placing the first byte of cell data on TDATA, and asserting
TSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell. On clock edge 7, the ATM device deasserts TSOX as it
continues to place additional bytes of the cell on TDATA. On clock edge 11, the ATM device polls PHY port 'M'. On
clock edge 12, the ATM device polls PHY port 'N'. On clock edge 13, PHY port 'M' indicates that it can accept the
transfer of a complete cell. On clock edge 14, PHY port 'N' indicates that it cannot accept the transfer of a complete
cell. On clock edge 16, the ATM device deselects PHY port 'N' and selects PHY port 'M' by deasserting TEN and
placing PHY port 'M's address on TADR. On clock edge 17, the ATM device starts the transfer of a cell to PHY port
'M' by asserting TEN, placing the first byte of cell data on TDATA, and asserting TSOX to indicate the transfer of
the first byte of the cell. On clock edge 18, the ATM device deasserts TSOX as it continues to place additional
bytes of the cell on TDATA.
Figure 8-31. UTOPIA Level 3 Transmit Multiple Cell Transfer Polled Mode
TCLK
TADR
M
N
O
P
Q
N
R
J
K
TPXA
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
X
R
X
X
X
X
X
X
H1
H2
H3
…
L
M
N
O
P
Q
M
R
J
K
L
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
X
R
J
P43
P44
P45
P46
P47
P48
X
H1
H2
H3
P1
…
TEN
TDATA
…
TSOX
Transfer
Cell To:
N
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
M
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Figure 8-32 shows a multiport receive-interface multiple cell transfer from different PHY ports. On clock edge 3,
PHY port 'N' indicates to the ATM device that it has a complete cell ready for transfer by asserting RPXA. On clock
edge 5, the ATM device selects PHY port 'N'. On clock edge 6, the ATM device indicates to PHY port 'N' that it is
ready to accept a complete cell transfer by asserting REN. On clock edge 8, PHY port 'N' starts a cell transfer by
placing the first byte of cell data on RDATA, and asserting RSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell.
On clock edge 9, PHY port 'N' deasserts RSOX as it continues to place additional bytes of the cell on RDAT. On
clock edge 11, the ATM device polls PHY device 'N'. On clock edge 12, PHY port 'M' indicates to the ATM device
that it has a complete cell ready for transfer by asserting RPXA. On clock edge 12, PHY port 'N' indicates to the
ATM device that it does not have a complete cell ready for transfer by deasserting RPXA. On clock edge 15, the
ATM device deselects PHY port 'N' and selects PHY port 'M' by deasserting REN and placing PHY port 'M's
address on RADR. On clock edge 16, the ATM device asserts REN. On clock edge 17, PHY port 'N' stops
transferring cell data. On clock edge 18, PHY port 'M' starts a cell transfer by placing the first byte of cell data on
RDATA, and asserting RSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell. On clock edge 19, PHY port 'M'
deasserts RSOX as it continues to place additional bytes of the cell on RDATA.
79
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-32. UTOPIA Level 3 Receive Multiple Cell Transfer Direct Mode
RSCLK
RADR
00h
01h
RDXA[1]
RDXA[2]
RDXA[3]
RDXA[4]
REN
RDATA
H1
H2
… P42
H3
P43
P44
P45
P46
P47
P48
H1
H2
H3
RSOX
Transfer
Cell From:
PORT 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
PORT 2
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Figure 8-33 shows a multiport receive-interface multiple cell transfer from different PHY ports. On clock edge 1, the
ATM device polls PHY port 'N'. On clock edge 3, PHY port 'N' indicates to the ATM device that it has a complete
cell ready for transfer by asserting RPXA. On clock edge 5, the ATM device selects PHY port 'N'. On clock edge 6,
the ATM device indicates to PHY port 'N' that it is ready to accept a complete cell transfer by asserting REN. On
clock edge 8, PHY port 'N' starts a cell transfer by placing the first byte of cell data on RDATA, and asserting RSOX
to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell. On clock edge 9, PHY port 'N' deasserts RSOX as it continues to
place additional bytes of the cell on RDAT. On clock edge 11, the ATM device polls PHY device 'N'. On clock edge
12, PHY port 'M' indicates to the ATM device that it has a complete cell ready for transfer by asserting RPXA. On
clock edge 12, PHY port 'N' indicates to the ATM device that it does not have a complete cell ready for transfer by
deasserting RPXA. On clock edge 15, the ATM device deselects PHY port 'N' and selects PHY port 'M' by
deasserting REN and placing PHY port 'M's address on RADR. On clock edge 16, the ATM device asserts REN.
On clock edge 17, PHY port 'N' stops transferring cell data. On clock edge 18, PHY port 'M' starts a cell transfer by
placing the first byte of cell data on RDATA, and asserting RSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the cell.
On clock edge 19, PHY port 'M' deasserts RSOX as it continues to place additional bytes of the cell on RDATA.
Figure 8-33. UTOPIA Level 3 Receive Multiple Cell Transfer Polled Mode
RCLK
RADR M
N
O
P
Q
N
R
J
K
L
RPXA K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
N
R
J
…
…
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
H1
H2
…
N
O
P
Q
M
R
J
K
L
M
L
M
N
O
P
Q
M
R
J
K
P43
P44
P45
P46
P47
P48
X
H1
H2
P1
REN
RDAT
RSOX
Transfer
Cell From:
X
N
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
80
10
11
12
M
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
8.3.5.3
POS-PHY Level 2 Functional Timing
Figure 8-34 shows a multidevice transmit interface in byte transfer mode multiple packet transfer to different PHY
ports. Prior to clock edge 1, the POS device started a packet transfer to PHY port '1'. On clock edge 2, PHY port '1'
deasserts its TDXA to indicate to the POS device that it cannot accept any more data transfers. On clock edge 3,
the POS device stops the packet transfer to PHY port '1', and starts a packet transfer to PHY port '2' by leaving
TEN asserted, placing PHY port '2's address on TADR, placing the first byte of packet data on TDATA, and
asserting TSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the packet. On clock edge 7, PHY port '2' deasserts its
TDXA to indicate to the POS device that it cannot accept any more data transfers. On clock edge 8, the POS
device stops the packet transfer to PHY port '2', and resumes a packet transfer to PHY port '3'. On clock edge 12,
PHY port '2' indicates to the POS device that it can accept a block of packet data by asserting its TDXA. Also, the
POS device indicates it is transferring the last byte of packet data by asserting TEOP. On clock edge 13, the POS
device ends the packet transfer to PHY port '3', and starts a packet transfer to PHY port '4'. On clock edge 15, PHY
port '1' indicates to the POS device that it can accept a block of packet data. On clock edge 17, PHY port '4'
deasserts its TDXA to indicate to the POS device that it cannot accept any more data transfers. On clock edge 18,
the POS device stops the packet transfer to PHY port '4', and resumes a packet transfer to PHY port '1'.
Figure 8-34. Transmit Multiple Packet Transfer to Different PHY ports (direct status
mode)
TCLK
TADR
'1'
'2'
'3'
'4'
'1'
TDXA[1]
TDXA[2]
TDXA[3]
TDXA[4]
TEN
TDATA
P34
P35
P1
P2
…
P41
P42
P19
P20
…
P63
P64
P1
P2
…
P49
P50
P36
P37
P38
TSOX
TEOP
TERR
Transfer
To Port
'1'
1
'2'
2
3
4
5
'3'
6
7
8
9
10
'4'
11
12
13
14
15
'1'
16
17
18
19
20
Figure 8-35 shows a multidevice receive interface in byte transfer mode multiple packet transfer from different PHY
ports/devices. Prior to clock edge 1, a packet data transfer was initiated from PHY port '1', and PHY ports '2', '3',
and '4' indicated to the POS device that they have a block of packet data or an end of packet ready for transfer by
asserting their RDXA. On clock edge 2, the POS device indicates to PHY port '1' that it cannot accept any more
data transfers by removing its address from RADR, and indicates to PHY port '2' that it is ready to accept a block of
packet data by placing its address on RADR and leaving REN asserted. On clock edge 3, PHY port '1' stops
transferring packet data, and PHY port '2' starts a packet transfer by leaving RVAL asserted, placing the first byte
of the packet on RDATA, and asserting RSOX to indicate that this is the first transfer of the packet. On clock edge
4, PHY port '2' deasserts RSOX as it leaves RVAL asserted and continues to place additional bytes of the packet
on RDATA. On clock edge 8, the POS device deasserts REN to indicate to PHY port '2' that it cannot accept any
more data transfers. On clock edge 9, PHY port '2' ends the packet transfer process by deasserting RVAL and tristating its RVAL, RDATA, RSOX, REOP, and RERR outputs. And, the POS device indicates to PHY port '3' that it
is ready to accept a block of packet data by placing its address on RADR and reasserting REN. On clock edge 10,
PHY port '3' continues a packet transfer by asserting RVAL and placing the next byte of packet data on RDATA.
81
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
On clock edge 14, PHY port '3' places the last byte of the packet on RDATA, and asserts REOP to indicate that this
is the last transfer of the packet. On clock edge 15, PHY port '3' deasserts RVAL and REOP ending the packet
transfer process, as well as, deasserting RDXA to indicate that it does not have another block of packet data or an
end of packet ready for transfer. On clock edge 16, the POS device indicates to PHY port '4' that it is ready to
accept a block of packet data by placing its address on RADR and leaving REN asserted. On clock edge 17, PHY
port '4' starts a packet transfer by leaving RVAL asserted, placing the first byte of the packet on RDATA, and
asserting RSOX to indicate that this is the first transfer of the packet. On clock edge 18, PHY port '4' deasserts
RSOX as it leaves RVAL asserted and continues to place additional bytes of the packet on RDATA.
Figure 8-35. POS-PHY Level 2 Receive Multiple Packet Transfer from Different PHY
Ports/Devices (direct status mode)
RCLK
RADR
'1'
'2'
1F
'3'
'4'
RDXA[1]
RDXA[2]
RDXA[3]
RDXA[4]
REN
RVAL
RDATA
P34
P35
P1
P2
…
P41
P42
P43
P19
P20
…
P63
P64
X
X
P1
P2
P3
P4
RSOX
REOP
RERR
Transfer
From PHY
'1'
1
'2'
2
3
4
5
'3'
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
'4'
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Figure 8-36 shows a multidevice transmit interface in packet transfer mode multiple packet transfer to different PHY
ports. On clock edge 2, the POS device polls PHY port 'N'. On clock edge 3, PHY port 'N' indicates to the POS
device that it can accept a block of packet data by asserting TPXA. On clock edge 4, the POS device selects PHY
port 'N'. On clock edge 5, the POS device starts a packet transfer to PHY port 'N' by asserting TEN, placing the first
byte of packet data on TDATA, and asserting TSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the packet. On clock
edge 6, the POS device deasserts TSOX as it continues to place additional bytes of the packet on TDATA. And,
PHY port 'N' drives its TSPA output high. On clock edge 10, the POS device polls PHY port 'M'. On clock edge 11,
the POS device asserts TEOP to indicate the transfer of the last byte of the packet to PHY port 'N' and PHY port
'M' indicates to the POS device that it can accept a block of packet data by asserting TPXA. On clock edge 12, the
POS device deasserts TEN to end the packet transfer process to PHY port 'N' and selects PHY port 'M'. On clock
edge 13, the POS device starts a packet transfer to PHY port 'M' by asserting TEN, placing the first byte of packet
data on TDATA, and asserting TSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the packet. And, PHY port 'N' tristates its TSPA output. On clock edge 14, the POS device deasserts TSOX as it continues to place additional
bytes of the packet on TDATA. And, PHY port 'M' drives its TSPA output high.
82
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-36. POS-PHY Level 2 Transmit Multiple Packet Transfer to Different PHY Ports
(polled status mode)
TCLK
TADR
1F
TPXA
M
N
1F
N
1F
N
O
N
1F
…
1F
O
M
L
1F
M
M
1F
N
M
1F
O
N
1F
P
O
1F
L
P
TSPA
TEN
TDAT
X
X
X
X
P1
P2
P3
…
P62
P63
P64
X
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
TSOX
TEOP
TERR
Transfer
To PHY
N
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
M
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Figure 8-37 shows a multidevice receive interface in packet transfer mode multiple packet transfer. On clock edge
2, the POS device polls PHY port 'N'. On clock edge 3, PHY port 'N' indicates to the POS device that it has a block
of packet data or an end of packet ready for transfer by asserting RPXA. On clock edge 4, the POS device selects
PHY port 'N'. On clock edge 5, the POS device indicates to PHY port 'N' that it is ready to accept a block of packet
data by placing its address on RADR and asserting REN. On clock edge 6, PHY port 'N' starts packet transfer by
asserting RVAL, placing the first byte of the packet on RDATA, and asserting RSOX to indicate that this is the first
transfer of the packet. On clock edge 7, PHY port 'N' deasserts RSOX as it leaves RVAL asserted and continues to
place additional bytes of the packet on RDATA. On clock edge 14, PHY port 'N' places the last byte of the packet
on RDATA, and asserts REOP to indicate that this is the last transfer of the packet. On clock edge 15, PHY port 'N'
deasserts RVAL and REOP ending the packet transfer process. On clock edge 16, the POS device deasserts REN
and selects PHY port 'P'. On clock edge 17, PHY port 'N' tri-states its RVAL, RDATA, RSOX, REOP, and RERR
outputs and the POS device indicates to PHY port 'P' that it is ready to accept a block of packet data by placing its
address on RADR and asserting REN. On clock edge 18, PHY port 'P' starts packet transfer by asserting RVAL,
placing the first byte of the packet on RDATA, and asserting RSOX to indicate that this is the first transfer of the
packet. On clock edge 19, PHY port 'P' deasserts RSOX as it leaves RVAL asserted and continues to place
additional bytes of the packet on RDATA. While this example shows a different PHY port ('P') being selected for the
next packet transfer, the timing is identical if the same PHY port ('N') is chosen for the next packet transfer.
83
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-37. POS-PHY Level 2 Receive Multiple Packet Transfer (polled status mode)
RCLK
RADR
1F
RPXA
M
N
1F
N
1F
N
O
N
1F
P
1F
O
…
P
1F
M
L
1F
O
M
1F
P
O
1F
L
P
1F
M
L
REN
RVAL
RDAT
P1
P2
P3
P4
…
P61
P62
P63
P64
X
X
P1
P2
P3
RSOX
REOP
RERR
Transfer
From PHY
N
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
84
10
P
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
8.3.5.4
POS-PHY Level 3 Functional Timing
Figure 8-38 shows a multiport transmit interface multiple packet transfer to different PHY ports. On clock edge 1,
PHY port 'N' indicates to the POS device that it can accept a block of packet data by asserting TPXA. On clock
edge 3, the POS device selects PHY port 'N' by placing its address on TDATA and asserting TSX while TEN is
deasserted. On clock edge 4, the POS device starts a packet transfer to PHY port 'N' by deasserting TSX,
asserting TEN, placing the first byte of packet data on TDATA, and asserting TSOX to indicate the transfer of the
first byte of the packet. On clock edge 5, the POS device deasserts TSOX as it continues to place additional bytes
of the packet on TDATA and PHY port 'N' asserts TSPA. On clock edge 11, the POS device polls PHY port 'L'. On
clock edge 12, PHY port 'N' indicates that it cannot accept any more data transfers by deasserting TSPA. On clock
edge 13, PHY port 'L' indicates to the POS device that it can accept a block of packet data by asserting TPXA. On
clock edge 14, the POS device deasserts TEN to end the packet transfer process to PHY port 'N' and selects PHY
port 'L' by placing its address on TDATA and asserting TSX while TEN is deasserted. On clock edge 15, the POS
device starts a packet transfer to PHY port 'L' by asserting TEN, deasserting TSX, placing the first byte of packet
data on TDATA, and asserting TSOX to indicate the transfer of the first byte of the packet. On clock edge 16, the
POS device deasserts TSOX as it continues to place additional bytes of the packet on TDATA and PHY port 'L'
asserts TSPA.
Figure 8-38. POS-PHY Level 3 Transmit Multiple Packet Transfer In-Band Addressing
TCLK
TADR
P
L
M
N
O
TPXA
N
O
P
L
M
…
…
X
X
N
P1
P2
…
M
N
O
P
L
M
N
O
P
L
M
N
O
P
P
L
M
N
O
P
L
M
N
O
P
L
M
N
P38
P39
P40
P41
P42
P43
P44
L
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
TSPA
TEN
TSX
TDAT
TSOX
TEOP
TERR
Transfer
To PHY
N
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
L
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Figure 8-39 shows a multiport receive-interface multiple packet transfer from different ports. On clock edge 1, the
POS device indicates to PHY port 'N' that it is ready to accept a block of packet data by asserting REN. On clock
edge 3, the PHY device selects port 'N' for transfer by asserting RSX and placing its address on RDATA. On clock
edge 4, PHY port 'N' starts packet transfer by deasserting RSX, asserting RVAL, placing the first byte of the packet
on RDATA, and asserting RSOX to indicate that this is the first transfer of the packet. On clock edge 5, PHY port
'N' deasserts RSOX as it leaves RVAL asserted and continues to place additional bytes of the packet on RDATA.
On clock edge 10, PHY port 'N' places the last byte of the packet on RDATA, and asserts REOP to indicate that
this is the last transfer of the packet. On clock edge 11, the PHY device deasserts RVAL and REOP ending the
packet transfer process from port 'N' and selects PHY port 'L' for transfer by asserting RSX and placing its address
on RDATA. On clock edge 12, PHY port 'L' starts packet transfer by deasserting RSX, asserting RVAL, placing the
first byte of the packet on RDATA, and asserting RSOX to indicate that this is the first transfer of the packet. On
clock edge 13, PHY port 'L' deasserts RSOX as it leaves RVAL asserted and continues to place additional bytes of
the packet on RDATA.
85
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-39. POS-PHY Level 3 Receive Multiple Packet Transfer In-Band Addressing
RCLK
REN
RVAL
RSX
RDAT
X
N
P1
P2
P3
…
P62
P63
P64
L
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
P9
RSOX
REOP
RERR
Transfer
From PHY
N
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
L
8
9
10
86
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
8.3.6
Microprocessor Interface Functional Timing
Figure 8-40 and Figure 8-42 shows examples of a 16-bit databus and an 8-bit databus, respectively. In 16-bit
mode, the A[0]/BSWAP signal controls whether or not to byte swap. In 8-bit mode, the A[0]/BSWAP signal is used
as the LSB of the address bus (A[0]). The selection of databus size is determined by the WIDTH input signal. See
also Section 10.1.1.
Figure 8-40. 16-Bit Mode Write
A[0]/BSWAP
0x2B0
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x1234
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Note: Address 0x2B0 = 0x1234
Figure 8-41. 16-Bit Mode Read
A[0]/BSWAP
0x2B0
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x1234
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Note: Address 0x2B0 = 0x1234
87
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-42. 8-Bit Mode Write
A[0]/BSWAP
A[10:1]
D[7:0]
0x2B0
0x2B0
0x34
0x12
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
Note: Address 0x2B0 = 0x34
0x2B1 = 012
Figure 8-43. 8-Bit Mode Read
A[0]/BSWAP
0x2B0
0x2B0
A[10:1]
D[7:0]
0x12
0x34
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
Note: Address 0x2B0 = 0x34
0x2B1 = 012
Figure 8-44 and Figure 8-45 are examples of databuses without and with byte swapping enabled, respectively.
When the A[0]/BSWAP pin is set to 0, byte swapping is disabled, and when one, byte swapping is enabled. This
pin should be static and not change while operating. Note: Address bit A[0] is not used in 16-bit mode. See also
Section 10.1.2.
88
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-44. 16-Bit Mode without Byte Swap
A[0]/BSWAP
0x2B0
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x2B2
0x1234
0x5678
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
Note: Address 0x2B0 = 0x1234
0x2B2 = 0x5678
Figure 8-45. 16-Bit Mode with Byte Swap
A[0]/BSWAP
0x2B2
0x2B0
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x3412
0x7856
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
Note: Address 0x2B0 = 0x1234
0x2B2 = 0x5678
Clearing status latched registers on a read or write access is selectable via the GL.CR1.LSBCRE register bit.
Clearing on read clears all bits in the register, while the clear on write clears only those bits which are written with a
‘1’ when the user writes to the status latched register.
To use the Clear on Read method, the user must only read the status latched register. All bits are set to zero after
the read. Figure 8-46 shows a read of a status latched register and another read of the same register verifying the
register has cleared.
To use the Clear on Write method, the user must write the register with ones in the bit locations that he desires to
clear. Figure 8-47 shows a read, a write, and then a subsequent read revealing the results of clearing of the bits
that he wrote a ‘1’. See also Section 10.1.5
89
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-46. Clear Status Latched Register on Read
A[0]/BSWAP
0x1C0
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x1C0
0xFFFF
0x0000
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
Figure 8-47. Clear Status Latched Register on Write
A[0]/BSWAP
0x1C0
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x1C0
0x1C0
0x5555
0xFFFF
0xAAAA
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Figure 8-48 and Figure 8-49 show exaggerated views of the Ready Signal to describe the difference in access
times to write or read to or from various memory locations on the DS318x device. Some registers will have a faster
access time than others will and if needed, the user can implement the RDY signal to maximize efficiency of read
and write accesses.
Figure 8-48. RDY Signal Functional Timing Writes
A[0]/BSWAP
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x2B0
0x3A4
0x1234
0x0078
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
90
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 8-49. RDY Signal Functional Timing Read
A[0]/BSWAP
0x1C0
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x3A4
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
See also Figure 18-7 and Figure 18-8.
8.3.7
JTAG Functional Timing
See Section 13.5.
91
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
9
INITIALIZATION AND CONFIGURATION
STEP 1: Check Device ID Code.
Before any testing can be done, the device ID code, which is stored in GL.IDR, should be checked against device
ID codes shown below to ensure that the correct device is being used.
Current device ID codes are:
o
DS3181 rev 1.0:
0048h
o
DS3182 rev 1.0:
0049h
o
DS3183 rev 1.0:
004Ah
o
DS3184 rev 1.0:
004Bh
STEP 2: Initialize the Device.
Before configuring for operation, make sure the device is in a known condition with all registers set to their default
value by initiating a Global Reset. (See Section 10.3) A Global Reset can be initiated via the RST pin or by the
Global Reset bit (GL.CR1.RST). A Port Reset is not necessary since the global reset includes a reset of all ports to
their default values.
STEP 3: Clear the Reset.
It is necessary to clear the RST bit to begin normal operation.
After clearing the RST bit, the device is configured for default mode.
Default mode:
System Interface: UTOPIA Level 2, 8-bit databus
Framer: C-bit DS3
LIU: Disabled
STEP 4: Clear the Data Path Resets and the Port Power-Down bit.
The default value of the Data Path Resets is one, which keeps the internal logic in the reset status. The user needs
to clear the following bits:
GL.CR1.RSTDP = 0
PORT.CR1.RSTDP = 0
PORT.CR1.PD = 0
STEP 5: Configure the CLAD.
If using the LIU, configure the CLAD (the Clock Rate Adapter, which supplies the clock to the Receive LIU)
via the CLAD bits in
the GL.CR2 register.
Note: The user must supply a DS3, E3, or STS-1 clock to the CLKA pin.
STEP 6: Select the clock source for the transmitter.
Loop Time (use the receive clock): Set PORT.CR3.LOOPT = 1
CLAD Source: Set PORT.CR3.CLADC = 0
TCLKI Source: Set PORT.CR3.CLADC = 1
If using the CLAD, properly configure the CLAD by setting the CLAD bits in GL.CR2.
STEP 7: Configure the Framing Mode and the Line Mode.
PORT.CR2.LM[2:0] = 011 -LIU on, JA in RX side-or another setting. See Table 10-33.
PORT.CR2.FM[5:0] set to the correct framing mode. See Table 10-32.
STEP 8: Disable Payload AIS (downstream AIS) and Line AIS
PORT.CR1.PAIS[2:0] = 111
PORT.CR1.LAIS[1:0] = 11
STEP 9: Initialize and configure the FIFOs.
Reset the Transmit and Receive FIFO.
FF.TCR.TFRST = 1.
92
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
FF.RCR.RFRST = 1.
Clear the FIFO Reset bits.
FF.TCR.TFRST = 0.
FF.RCR.RFRST = 0.
Set the FIFO Transmit Level Control Register and the FIFO Transmit Port Address Control Register.
Set the FIFO Receive Level Control Register and the FIFO Receive Port Address Control Register.
The Port Address needs to be configured to match the master controller address for each port.
STEP 10: Configure the System Bus
Configure for bus size and for interface type. See Table 9-1.
Optionally, set the System Interface Transmit Control Register, System Interface Receive Control Register
#1 and #2 to fine tune for the specific application.
(User may leave registers at default value.)
STEP 11: Configure the Cell or Packet Processor
For cell mode, the default is to send the cell across the system interface without the HEC. Also, default
mode scrambles the cell data to the line.
To attach the HEC to the cell, set SI.TCR.THECT = 1 and SI.RCR.RHECT = 1.
STEP 12: Enable each port (for non-LIU modes)
PORT.CR2.TLEN = 1
Table 9-1. Configuration of Global Register Settings
Note: This table assumes a DS3 clock input on the CLKA pin.
GL.CR1
0x002
GL.CR20x00
4
GL.GIOCR
0x00A
UTOPIA L2
0000 XX00 0000 0000
0x0204
0x0000
UTOPIA L3
0000 XX01 0000 0000
0x0204
0x0000
POS-PHY L2
0000 XX10 0000 0000
0x0204
0x0000
POS-PHY L3 or SPI-3
0000 XX11 0000 0000
0x0204
0x0000
8-Bit System Bus
0000 00XX 0000 0000
0x0204
0x0000
16-Bit System Bus
0000 01XX 0000 0000
0x0204
0x0000
32-Bit System Bus
0000 10XX 0000 0000
0x0204
0x0000
MODE
Table 9-2. Configuration of Port Register Settings
Note: The Line Mode has been configured with the LIU enabled and the JA in the receive path (LM[2:0] = 011) for all modes except OHM mode.
Only Port 1 registers have been displayed.
PORT.CR1
0x040
PORT.CR2
0x042
PORT.CR3
0x044
PORT.CR4
0x046
DS3 C-Bit
0x7C00
0000 0011 0000 000X
0x0000
0x0000
DS3 C-Bit PLCP
0x7C00
0000 0011 0000 010X
0x0000
0x0000
DS3 M23
0x7C00
0000 0011 0000 100X
0x0000
0x0000
DS3 M23 PLCP
0x7C00
0000 0011 0000 110X
0x0000
0x0000
E3.751
0x7C00
0000 0011 0001 000X
0x0000
0x0000
E3.751 PLCP
0x7C00
0000 0011 0001 010X
0x0000
0x0000
E3.823
0x7C00
0000 0011 0001 100X
0x0000
0x0000
OHM Mode (DS3/E3/Clear
Channel)
0x7C00
1100 0XXX 00XX XXXX
0x0000
0x0000
MODE
93
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Considerations
Select the HDLC Controller connection. The default setting connects it to the DS3/E3 Framers. Setting
PORT.CR1.HDSEL = 1 connects the HDLC Controller to the PLCP framers.
In POS-PHY mode, to select cell processing rather than packet processing, set PORT.CR2.PMCPE = 1.
For best performance of the CLAD to meet jitter requirements across the temperature range, especially @ -40 C,
the following test registers should be set after reset:
Address 0x20B = 0x11
Address 0x20F = 0x11
9.1
Monitoring and Debugging
To determine if the device is receiving a good signal and that the chip is correctly configured for its environment,
check the following status registers.
Receive Loss of Lock – PORT.SR.RLOL – The clock recovery circuit of the LIU was unable to recover the clock
from the incoming signal. This may indicate that the LIU’s master clock does not match the frequency of the
incoming signal. Verify that the CLAD is configured to match the clock input on the CLKA, CLKB, and CLKC pins
(DS3, E3, STS-1). See Table 10-11.
Loss of Signal – LINE.RSR.LOS – This indicates that the LIU is unable to recover the clock and data because there
is no signal on the line, or that the signal is attenuated beyond recovery.
Loss of Frame – T3.RSR1.LOF (or E3751.RSR1 or E3832.RSR1) – This indicates that the framer was unable to
synchronize to the incoming data. Verify that the FM bits have been correctly configured for the correct mode of
traffic (DS3, E3 G.751, E3 G.832)
Other helpful techniques diagnose a problem include using Line Loopback and Diagnostic Loopback. These
features help to isolate and identify the source of the problem. Line Loopback will loop the receive input to the
transmit output, eliminating the transmit side input from the equation. Diagnostic Loopback will loop the transmit
output before the LIU to the receive framer, eliminating the analog Receive LIU and the receive side analog
circuitry.
One other potential problem is the Line Encoding/Decoding. The device needs to be configured in the same mode
as the far end piece of equipment. If the far end piece of equipment is transmitting and receiving HDB3/B3ZS
encoded data, the DS318x also must be configured to do the same. This is controlled by the LINE.TCR.TZSD and
the LINE.RCR.RZSD bits.
9.1.1
Cell/Packet FIFO
Check the status registers of the FIFO block. Common indicators to check would be the Transmit Underflow,
Transmit Overflow, and Receive Overflow status bits. These status bits are located in the FIFO.TSRL Register and
the FIFO.RSRL Register.
A Transmit Underflow indicates that the transmit cell processor or packet processor has attempted a read while
the FIFO was empty.
A Transmit Overflow indicates that either a start of cell or a start of packet or a short packet was received when the
FIFO was full. Additionally, if additional packet data is received when the FIFO is already full, it will result in an
abort status for the current packet and the Transmit Overflow being declared.
A Receive Overflow occurs when cell data is received while the FIFO is full. In a packet system, the overflow will be
declared when a start of packet or a short packet is received or packet data is received when the FIFO is full
resulting in an abort status for the current packet and the Receive Overflow being declared.
9.1.2
Cell Processor
Monitoring the Loss of Cell Delineation in the Cell Processor is recommended to insure proper operation. The LCD
status bit is located in the CP.RSR Register and indicates when an Out of Cell Delineation persists for a
programmed number of cells (set in the CP.RLTC Register).
94
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
9.1.3
Packet Processor
Monitoring the number of errored packets in the Packet Processor is recommended for proper operation. The
REPC status bit is located in the PP.RSR Register and indicates when the errored packet count is not zero. An
errored packet is detected when an errored FCS is detected. To determine how many errored packets have been
received, the FCS Errored Packet Count Registers must first be updated via the PMU signal.
95
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
10.1 Processor Bus Interface
10.1.1 8/16-Bit Bus Widths
The external processor bus can be sized for 8 or 16 bits using the WIDTH pin. When in 8-bit mode (WIDTH=0), the
address is composed of all the address bits including A[0], the lower 8 data lines D[7:0] are used and the upper 8
data lines D[15:8] are not used and never driven during a read cycle. When in 16-bit mode (WIDTH=1), the
address bus does not include A[0] (the LSB of the address bus is not routed to the chip) and all 16 data lines
D[15:0] are used. See Figure 8-40 and Figure 8-42 for functional timing diagrams.
10.1.2 Ready Signal (RDY)
The RDY signal allows the microprocessor to use the minimum bus cycle period for maximum efficiency. When this
signal goes low, the RD or WR cycle can be terminated. See Figure 8-48 for functional timing diagrams.
NOTE: The RDY signal will not go active if the user attempts to read or write unused ports or unused registers not
assigned to any design blocks. The RDY signal will go active if the user writes or reads reserved registers or
unused registers within design blocks.
10.1.3 Byte Swap Modes
The processor interface can operate in byte swap mode when the data bus is configured for 16-bit operation. The
A[0]/BSWAP pin is used to determine whether byte swapping is enabled. This pin should be static and not change
while operating. When the A[0]/BSWAP pin is low the upper register bits REG[15:8] are mapped to the upper
external data bus lines D[15:8], and the lower register bits REG[7:0] are mapped to the lower external data bus
lines D[7:0]. When the A[0]/BSWAP pin is high the upper register bits REG[15:8] are mapped to the lower external
data bus lines D[7:0], and the lower register bits REG[7:0] are mapped to the upper external data bus lines D[15:8].
See Figure 8-44 and Figure 8-45 for functional timing diagrams.
10.1.4 Read-Write/Data Strobe Modes
The processor interface can operate in either read-write strobe mode or data strobe mode. When MODE=0 the
read-write strobe mode is enabled and a negative pulse on RD performs a read cycle, and a negative pulse on WR
performs a write cycle. When MODE=1 the data strobe mode is enabled and a negative pulse on DS when R/W is
high performs a read cycle, and a negative pulse on DS when R/W is low performs a write cycle. The read-write
strobe mode is commonly called the “Intel” mode, and the data strobe mode is commonly called the “Motorola”
mode.
10.1.5 Clear on Read/Clear on Write Modes
The latched status register bits can be programmed to clear on a read access or clear on a write access. The
global control register bit GL.CR1.LSBCRE controls the mode that all of the latched registers are cleared. When
LSBCRE=0, the latched register bits will be cleared when the register is written to and the write data has the
register bits to clear set. When LSBCRE=1, the latched register bits that are set will be cleared when the register is
read.
The clear on write mode expects the user to use the following protocol:
1. Read the latched status register
2. Write to the registers with the bits set that need to be cleared.
This protocol is useful when multiple uncoordinated software tasks access the same latched register. Each task
should only clear the bits with which it is concerned; the other tasks will clear the bits with which they are
concerned.
The clear on read mode is simpler since the bits that were read as being set will be cleared automatically. This
method will work well in a software system where multiple tasks do not read the same latched status register. The
96
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
latched status register bits in clear on read mode are carefully designed not to miss events that occur while a
register is being read when the latched bit has not already been set. See Figure 8-46 and Figure 8-47.
10.1.6 Global Write Method
All of the ports can be written to simultaneously using the global write method. This method is enabled by setting
the GL.CR1.GWM bit. When the global write method is enabled, a write to a register on any valid port will write to
the same register on all valid ports. A valid port is a port that is available in a particular packaged part. For
example, port four would not be valid in a DS3183 device. After reset, the global write method is not enabled.
When the GWM bit is set, read data from the port registers is not valid and read data from the global and test
registers is valid. The data value read back from a port register should be ignored.
10.1.7 Interrupt and Pin Modes
The interrupt (INT) pin is configurable to drive high or float when not active. The GL.CR1.INTM bit controls the pin
configuration, when it is set the INT pin will drive high when not active. After reset, the INT pin will be in high
impedance mode until an interrupt source is active and enabled to drive the interrupt pin.
10.1.8 Interrupt Structure
The interrupt structure is designed to efficiently guide the user to the source of an enabled interrupt source. The
status bits in the global status (GL.SR) and global status latched register (GL.SRL) are read to determine if the
interrupt source is a global event like the UTOPIA/POS-PHY interface, global performance monitor update or
whether it came from one of the ports. If the interrupt event came from one of the ports then the port status register
(PORT.SR) and port status register latched (PORT.SRL) can be read to determine if the interrupt source is a
common port event like the performance monitor update or LIU or whether it came from one of the DS3/E3
Framers, PLCP Framer, ATM/PKT, BERT, HDLC, FEAC or Trail Trace status registers. If the interrupt came from
one of the DS3/E3 Framers, PLCP Framer, ATM/PKT, BERT, HDLC, FEAC or Trail Trace status registers, then
one of those registers will need to be read to determine the event that caused the interrupt.
The source of an interrupt can be determined by reading three status registers: global, port and block status
registers.
When a mode is not enabled, then interrupts from that source will not occur. For example, if PLCP framing is not
enabled then the potential interrupts from the latched status register in the PLCP block cannot occur. Similarly, if
E3 framing mode is enabled, an interrupt source that is defined in DS3 framing, but not in E3 framing, cannot
create a new interrupt. Note that when modes are changed, the latched status bits of the new mode, as well as any
other mode, may get set. If the data path reset is set during or after the mode change, the latched status bits will be
automatically cleared. If the data path reset is not used to clear the latched status bits, then the registers must be
cleared by reading or writing to them based on the register clear method selected.
97
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-1. Interrupt Structure
SRL bit
SRIE bit
SRL bit
PORT.ISR bit
SRIE bit
SRL bit
GL.ISR.PISRn
SRIE bit
GL.ISRIE.
PISRIEn
BLOCK LATCHED
STATUS and
INTERRUPT
ENABLE
REGISTERS
GLOBAL
INTERRUPT
STATUS REGISTER
and INTERRUPT
ENABLE REGISTER
PORT INTERRUPT
STATUS
REGISTER
PORT
INTERRUPTS
INT
TRANSMIT SYSTEM
INTERFACE INTERRUPTS
GLOBAL
INTERRUPTS
Figure 10-1 not only tells the user how to determine which event caused the interrupt, it also tells the user how to
enable a particular interrupt. Each block has a Status Register Interrupt Enable register that must be set in order to
enable an interrupt. The next step is to unmask the interrupt at the port level, on a per-port basis. This is controlled
in the Global Interrupt Status Register Interrupt Enable register (GL.ISRIE). Now the device is ready to drive the
INT pin low when a particular status bit gets set.
For example, in order to enable DS3 Out of Frame interrupts on Port 2, the following registers would need to be
written:
Register bit
Address
Value Written
Note
T3.RSRIE1.OOFIE
0x32C
0x0002
Unmask OOF interrupt on Port 2
GL.ISRIE.PISRIE2
0x012
0x0020
Unmask Port 2 interrupts
The following status registers bits will be set upon reception of OOF on Port 2:
Register bit
Address
Value Read
Note
T3.RSRL1.OOFL
0x328
0x0002
DS3 Out of Frame on Port 2
PORT.ISR.FMSR
0x250
0x0001
Framer Block Interrupt Active, Port 2
GL.ISR.PISR2
0x010
0x0020
Port 2 Interrupt Active
98
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.2 Clocks
10.2.1 Line Clock Modes
The system loopback (SLB) function does not affect the line clocks in any way.
10.2.1.1 Loop Timing Enabled
When loop timing is enabled (PORT.CR3.LOOPT), the transmit clock source is the same as the receive clock
source. The TCLKIn pins are not used as a clock source. Because loop timing is enabled, the loopback functions
(LLB, PLB and DLB) do not cause the clock sources to switch when they are activated. The transmit and receive
signal pins can be timed to a single clock reference without concern about having the clock source change during
loopbacks.
10.2.1.1.1 LIU Enabled, Loop Timing Enabled
In this mode, the receive LIU sources the clock for both the receive and transmit logic. The RCLKOn, TCLKOn and
TLCLKn clock output pins will be the same. The transmit or receive line, payload and fractional signal pins can be
timed to any of these clock. The use of the RCLKOn pin as the timing source is suggested. If RCLKOn is used as
the timing source, be sure to set PORT.CR3.RFTS = 0 for output timing.
10.2.1.1.2 LIU Disabled, Loop Timing Enabled
In this mode, the RLCLKn pins are the source of the clock for both the receive and transmit logic. The RCLKOn,
TCLKOn and TLCLKn clock output pins will both be the same as the RLCLKn clock. The transmit or receive line,
payload and fractional signals can be timed to any of these clock pins. The use of the RLCLKn pin as the timing
source is suggested. If RLCLKn is used as the timing source, be sure to set PORT.CR3.RFTS = 1 for input timing.
10.2.1.2 Loop Timing Disabled
When loop timing is disabled, the transmit clock source can be different than the receive clock source. The
loopback functions, LLB, PLB and DLB, will cause the clock sources to switch when they are activated. Care must
be taken when selecting the clock reference for the transmit and receive signals.
The most versatile clocking option has the receive line interface signals timed to RLCLKn, the transmit line
interface signals timed to TLCLKn, the receive framer and fractional signals timed to RCLKOn, and the transmit
framer and fractional signals timed to TCLKOn. This clocking arrangement works in all modes.
When LLB is enabled, the clock on the TLCLKn pins will switch to the clock from the RLCLKn pins or RX LIU. It is
recommended that the transmit line interface signals be timed to the TLCLKn pins. If TLCLKn is used as the timing
source, be sure to set PORT.CR3.TLTS = 0 for output timing.
When PLB is enabled, the TCLKIn pin will not be used and the internal transmit clock is switched to the internal
receive clock. The clock on the TCLKOn pins will switch to the clock from the RLCLKn pins or RX LIU. The framer
or fractional input signals will be ignored while PLB is enabled. It is recommended that the transmit line interface
signals be timed to the TCLKOn pins.
When DLB is enabled, the internal receive clock is switched to the internal transmit clock which is sourced from the
TCLKIn pins or one of the CLAD clocks, and the clock on the RLCLKn pins or from the RX LIU will not be used.
The clock on the RCLKOn pins will switch to the clock on the TCLKIn pins or one of the CLAD clocks. The receive
line signals from the RX LIU or line interface pins will be ignored. It is recommended that the receive framer and
fractional pins be timed to the RCLKOn pins. If TCLKOn is used as the timing source, be sure to set
PORT.CR3.TFTS = 0 for output timing.
When both DLB and LLB are enabled, the TLCLKn clock pins are connected to either the RX LIU recovered clock
or the RLCLKn clock pins, and the RCLKOn clock pins will be connected to the TCLKIn clock pins or one of the
CLAD clocks. It is recommended that the transmit line signals be timed to the TLCLKn pins, the receive line
interface signals be timed to the RLCLKn pins, the receive framer and fractional signals be timed to the RCLKOn
pins, and the transmit framer and fractional signals be timed to the TCLKOn pins.
10.2.1.2.1 LIU Enabled - CLAD Timing Disabled – no LB
In this mode, the receive LIU sources the clock for the receive logic and the TCLKIn pins source the clock for the
transmit logic.
99
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.2.1.2.2 LIU Enabled - CLAD Timing Enabled – no LB
In this mode, the receive LIU sources the clock for the receive logic and one of the CLAD clocks sources the clock
for the transmit logic.
10.2.1.2.3 LIU Disabled - CLAD Timing Disabled – no LB
In this mode, the RLCLKn pins source the clock for the receive logic and the TCLKIn pins source the clock for the
transmit logic.
10.2.1.2.4 LIU Disabled - CLAD Timing Enabled – no LB
In this mode, the RLCLKn pins source the clock for the receive logic and one of the CLAD clocks sources the clock
for the transmit logic.
10.2.2 Sources of Clock Output Pin Signals
The clock output pins can be sourced from many clock sources. The clock sources are the transmit input clocks
pins (TCLKIn), the receive clock input pins (RLCLKn), the recovered clock in the receive LIUs, and the clock
signals in the clock rate adapter circuit (CLAD). The default clock source for the receive logic is the RLCLKn pin if
the LIU is disabled; otherwise the default clock is sourced from the RX LIU clock when the RX LIU is enabled. The
default clock source for the transmit logic is the CLAD clocks.
The LIU is enabled based on the line mode bits (LM[2:0]) (See Table 10-33). The bits LM[2:0], LBM[2:0], LOOPT
and CLADC are located in the port configuration registers. LIUEN is not a register bit; it is a variable based on the
line mode bits. LIUEN is also zero (LIU disabled) when an “-OHM” mode is selected. Table 10-1 decodes the LM
bits for LIUEN selection.
Table 10-1. LIU Enable Table
LM[2:0]
LIUEN
000
001
010
011
1XX
0
1
1
1
0
LIU
STATUS
Disabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Table 10-2 identifies the framer clock source and the line clock source depending on the mode that the device is
configured. Putting the device in loopback will typically mux in a different clock than the normal clock source.
Table 10-2. All Possible Clock Sources Based on Mode and Loopback
RX FRAMER
CLOCK
SOURCE
RLCLKn or
RXLIU
RLCLKn or
RXLIU
RLCLKn or
RXLIU
RLCLKn or
RXLIU
MODE
LOOPBACK
Loop Timed
Any
Normal
None
Normal
LLB
Normal
PLB
Normal
DLB
Same as TX
Normal
LLB and DLB
Same as TX
TX FRAMER
CLOCK
SOURCE
TX LINE
CLOCK
SOURCE
Same as RX
Same as RX
TCLKIn or
CLAD
TCLKIn or
CLAD
Same as RX
TCLKIn or
CLAD
TCLKIn or
CLAD
100
Same as TX
Same as RX
Same as RX
Same as TX
RLCLKn or
RXLIUn
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-3 identifies the source of the output signal TLCLKn based on certain variables and register bits.
Table 10-3. Source Selection of TLCLK Clock Signal
SIGNAL
TLCLKn
LOOPT
PORT.CR3
LBM[2:0]
(PORT.CR4)
LLB OR
PLB?
LIUEN
CLADC
(PORT.CR3)
SOURCE
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
XXX
XXX
010
110
010
110
011
011
000
001
100
10X
111
000
001
100
10X
111
NA
NA
LLB
LLB
LLB
LLB
PLB
PLB
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
RX LIU
RLCLKn
RX LIU
RX LIU
RLCLKn
RLCLKn
RX LIU
RLCLKn
CLAD
CLAD
CLAD
CLAD
CLAD
TCLKIn
TCLKIn
TCLKIn
TCLKIn
TCLKIn
Figure 10-2 shows the source of the TCLKOn signals.
Figure 10-2. Internal TX Clock
PORT.CR3.
CLADC
CLAD
PAYLOAD
LOOPBACK
0
0
TCLKI
TCLKO
1
1
RCLKO
Table 10-4 identifies the source of the output signal TCLKOn based on certain variables and register bits.
101
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-4. Source Selection of TCLKOn (internal TX clock)
SIGNAL
LOOPT
PORT.CR3
LBM[2:0]
(PORT.CR4)
LIUEN
CLADC
(PORT.CR3)
SOURCE
1
1
0
0
0
0
XXX
XXX
PLB (011)
PLB (011)
PLB disabled
PLB disabled
1
0
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
1
RX LIU
RLCLKn
RX LIU
RLCLKn
CLAD
TCLKIn
TCLKOn
Figure 10-3 shows the source of the RCLKOn signals.
Figure 10-3. Internal RX Clock
LIUEN
RLCLK
DIAGNOSTIC
LOOPBACK
0
0
Rx LIU CLOCK
RCLKO
1
1
TCLKO
Table 10-5 identifies the source of the output signal RCLKOn based on certain variables and register bits.
Table 10-5. Source Selection of RCLKO Clock Signal (internal RX clock)
SIGNAL
RCLKOn
LOOPT
PORT.CR3
LBM[2:0]
(PORT.CR4)
1
1
0
XXX
XXX
DLB disabled
DLB disabled and
ALB disabled
DLB (1XX)
DLB (1XX) or ALB
(001)
DLB (1XX)
0
0
0
0
LIUEN
CLADC
(PORT.CR3)
SOURCE
1
0
1
X
X
X
RX LIU
RLCLKn
RX LIU
0
X
RLCLKn
X
0
CLAD
0
1
TCLKIn
1
1
TCLKIn
102
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.2.3 Line IO Pin Timing Source Selection
The line IO pins can use any input clock pin (RLCLKn or TCLKIn) or output clock pin (TLCLKn, RCLKOn, or
TCLKOn) for its clock pin and meet the AC timing specifications as long as the clock signal is valid for the mode the
part is in. The clock select bit for the transmit line IO signal group PORT.CR3.TLTS selects the correct input or
output clock timing.
10.2.3.1 Transmit Line Interface Pins Timing Source Selection
(TPOSn/TDATn, TNEGn/TOHMOn)
The transmit line interface signal pin group has the same functional timing clock source as the TLCLKn pin
described in Table 10-3. Other clock pins can be used for the external timing. The TLCLKn transmit line clock
output pin is always a valid output clock for external logic to use for these signals when PORT.CR3.TLTS=0.
The transmit line timing select bit (TLTS) is used to select input or output clock pin timing. When TLTS=0, output
clock timing is selected. When TLTS=1, input clock timing is selected. If TLTS is set for input clock timing and an
output clock pin is used, or if TLTS is set for output clock timing and an input clock pin is used, then the setup, hold
and delay timings, as specified in Table 18-1, will not be valid. There are some combinations of TLTS=1 and other
modes in which there is no input clock pin available for external timing since the clock source is derived internally
from the RX LIU or the CLAD.
0
0
0
0
TLTS
0
XXX
XXX
XXX
DLB (100)
LLB (010) or PLB (011)
DLB&LLB (110)
not DLB (100),
not LLB (010), not PLB (011)
and not LLB&DLB (110)
not LLB (010) and not PLB (011)
and not LLB&DLB (110)
not LLB (010) and not PLB (011)
and not LLB&DLB (110)
LLB (010) or PLB (011)
or DLB&LLB (110)
LLB (010) or PLB (011)
or DLB&LLB (110)
CLADC
1
1
1
0
0
0
LBM[2:0]
LIUEN
LOOPT
Table 10-6. Transmit Line Interface Signal Pin Valid Timing Source Select
X
0
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
1
1
0
0
0
TLCLKn, TCLKOn, RCLKOn
RLCLKn
No valid timing to any input clock pin
TLCLKn, TCLKOn, RCLKOn
TLCLKn, RCLKOn
TLCLKn
X
X
0
TLCLKn, TCLKOn (default)
X
0
1
No valid timing to any input clock pin
X
1
1
TCLKIn
0
X
1
RLCLKn
1
X
1
No valid timing to any input clock pin
VALID TIMING TO THESE CLOCK PINS
10.2.3.2 Transmit Framer and Fractional Pin Timing Source Selection
(TFOHn/TSERn, TFOHENIn/TPDENIn, TOHMIn/TSOFIn, TSOFOn/TDENn/TFOHENOn, TPDATn, TPDENOn)
The transmit framer and fractional signal pin group has the same functional timing clock source as the TCLKO pin
described in Table 10-4. Other clock pins can be used for the external timing. The TCLKO transmit clock output pin
is always a valid output clock for external logic to use for these signals when TFTS=0.
The transmit framer and fractional timing select bit (TFTS) is used to select input or output clock pin timing. When
TFTS=0, output clock timing is selected. When TFTS=1, input clock timing is selected. If TFTS is set for input clock
timing and an output clock pin is used, or If TFTS is set for output clock timing and an input clock pin is used, then
the setup, hold and delay timings, as specified in Table 18-1, will not be valid. There are some combinations of
TFTS=1 and other modes in which there is no input clock pin available for external timing since the clock source is
derived internally from the RX LIU or the CLAD.
103
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-7. Transmit Framer Pin Signal Timing Source Select
LOOPT
LBM[2:0]
LIUEN
CLADC
TFTS
1
1
XXX
XXX
X
0
X
X
0
1
1
XXX
1
X
1
VALID TIMING TO THESE
CLOCK PINS
TCLKOn, TLCLKn, RCLKOn
RLCLKn
No valid timing to any input
clock pin
0
X
0
TCLKOn, TLCLKn, RCLKOn
0
0
0
0
PLB (011) or DLB (100) or
ALB (001)
PLB (011) or DLB (100)
DLB&LLB (110)
LLB (010)
not LLB, DLB or PLB (00X)
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
not PLB (011)
X
0
1
0
0
not PLB (011)
PLB (011)
X
0
1
X
1
1
0
PLB (011)
1
X
1
TCLKOn, TLCLKn, RCLKOn
TCLKOn, RCLKOn
TCLKOn
TCLKOn, TLCLKn
No valid timing to any input
clock pin
TCLKIn
RLCLKn
No valid timing to any input
clock pin
0
10.2.3.3 Receive Line Interface Pin Timing Source Selection
(RPOSn/RDATn, RNEGn/RLCVn/ROHMIn)
The receive line interface signal pin group must clocked in with the RLCLK clock input pin. When the LIU is
enabled, the receive line interface pins are not used so there is no valid clock reference.
Table 10-8. Receive Line Interface Pin Signal Timing Source Select
LOOPT
LBM[2:0]
LIUEN
CLADC
X
X
XXX
XXX
0
1
X
X
VALID TIMING TO THESE
CLOCK PINS
RLCLKn
No valid timing to any clock pin
10.2.3.4 Receiver Framer and Fractional Pin Timing Source Selection
(RSERn, RSOFOn/RDENn/RFOHENOn, RFOHENIn/RPDENIn, RPDATn)
The receive framer and fractional signal pin group has the same functional timing clock source as the RCLKOn pin
described in Table 10-5.
Other clock pins can be used for the external timing. The RCLKOn receive clock output pin is always a valid output
clock for external logic to use for these signals when PORT.CR3.RFTS=0.
The receive framer and fractional timing select bit (RFTS) is used to select input or output clock pin timing. When
RFTS=0, output clock timing is selected. When RFTS=1, input clock timing is selected. If RFTS is set for input
clock timing and an output clock pin is used, or If RFTS is set for output clock timing and an input clock pin is used,
then the setup, hold and delay timings, as specified in Table 18-1, will not be valid. There are some combinations
of RFTS=1 and other modes in which there is no input clock pin available for external timing since the clock source
is derived internally from the RX LIU or the CLAD.
104
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-9. Receive Framer Pin Signal Timing Source Select
LOOPT
LBM[2:0]
LIUEN
CLADC
RFTS
1
1
XXX
XXX
X
0
X
X
0
1
1
XXX
1
X
1
VALID TIMING TO THESE
CLOCK PINS
RCLKOn, TLCLKn, TCLKOn
RLCLKn
No valid timing to any input clock
pin
0
X
0
RCLKOn, TLCLKn, TCLKOn
0
0
0
0
PLB (011) or DLB (100) or
ALB (001)
PLB (011) or DLB (100)
DLB&LLB (110)
LLB (010)
not LLB, DLB or PLB (00X)
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
DLB (100) or LLB&DLB(110)
X
0
1
0
DLB (100) or LLB&DLB(110)
not DLB (100) and
not LLB&DLB(110)
not DLB (100) and
not LLB&DLB(110)
X
1
1
RCLKOn, TLCLKn, TCLKOn
RCLKOn, TCLKOn
RCLKOn, TLCLKn
RCLKOn
No valid timing to any input clock
pin
TCLKIn
0
X
1
RLCLKn
1
X
1
No valid timing to any input clock
pin
0
0
0
10.2.4 Clock Structures On Signal IO Pins
The signals on the input pins (RFOHENIn, TOHMIn/TSOFIn, TFOHn/TSERn, TFOHENIn) can be used with any of
the clock pins for setup/hold timing on clock input and output pins. There will be a flop at each input whose clock is
connected to the signal from the input or output clock source pins with as little delay as possible from the signal on
the clock IO pins. This means using the input clock signal before the delays of the internal clock tree to clock the
input signals, and using the output clock signals used to drive the output clock pins to clock the input signals.
The signals on the output pins (TPOSn/TDATn, TNEGn/TOHMOn, TSOFOn/TDENn/TFOHENOn, RSERn,
RSOFOn/RDENn/RFOHENOn) can be used with any of the clock sources for delay timing. There will be a flop at
each output whose clock is connected to the signal from the input or output clock source pins with as little delay as
possible from the signal on the clock IO pins. This means using the input clock signal before the delays of the
internal clock tree to clock the input signals, and using the output clock signals to drive the output clock pins to
clock the input signals.
105
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-4. Example IO Pin Clock Muxing
TSER
D
PIN INVERT
SET
D
Q
Q
DELAY
0
1
TFTS
CLR
Q
CLR
INTERNAL
SIGNAL
D
SET
CLR
CLOCK TREE
TCLKI
SET
INTERNAL
SIGNAL
Q
D
Q
Q
SET
DELAY
0
CLR
TDEN
Q
Q
PIN INVERT
1
TFTS
TCLKO
PIN INVERT
PIN INVERT
INTERNAL
SIGNAL
RLCLK
PIN INVERT
D
SET
CLR
CLOCK TREE
D
Q
Q
SET
DELAY
0
CLR
TPOS
Q
Q
PIN INVERT
1
TLTS
TLCLK
RX LIU CLK
PIN INVERT
CLAD CLOCKS
DS3 CLK
E3 CLK
STS-1 CLK
INTERNAL
SIGNAL
D
CLOCK TREE
SET
CLR
D
Q
Q
SET
DELAY
0
CLR
RSER
Q
Q
PIN INVERT
1
RFTS
RCLKO
PIN INVERT
10.2.5 Gapped Clocks
The transmit and receive output clocks can be gapped in certain configurations. See Table 10-24 and Table 10-31
for the configuration settings. The gapped clocks are active during DS3 or E3 framed payload bits or DS3 or E3
fractional overhead bits depending on which mode the device is configured for.
In the internal DS3 or E3 fractional modes, the transmit gapped clock is created by the logical OR of the TCLKOn
and TFOHENOn signals creating a positive or negative clock edge for each fractional overhead bit, the receive
gapped clock is created by the logical OR of the RCLKOn and RFOHENOn signals. In the internal DS3 or E3 nonfractional modes, the transmit gapped clock is created by the logical OR of the TCLKOn and TDENn signals
creating a positive or negative clock edge for each payload bit, the receive gapped clock is created by the logical
OR of the RCLKOn and RDENn signals.
When the output clock is disabled, the gapped output signal is high during clock periods if the pin is not inverted;
otherwise it will be low.
The gapped clocks are very useful when the data being clocked does not need to be aligned with any frame
structure. The data is simply clocked one bit at a time as a continuous data stream.
106
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.3 Reset and Power-Down
The device can be reset at a global level via the GL.CR1.RST bit or the RST pin and at the port level via the
PORT.CR1.RST bit and each port can be explicitly powered down via the PORT.CR1.PD bit. The JTAG logic is
reset using the JTRST pin.
The external RST pin and the global reset bit in the global configuration register (GL.CR1.RST) are combined to
create an internal global reset signal. The global reset signal resets all the status and control registers on the chip,
except the GL.CR1.RST bit, to their default values and resets all the other flops in the system bus interface, global
logic and ports to their reset values. The processor bus output signals are also forced to be HIZ when the RST pin
is active (low). The global reset bit (GL.CR1.RST) stays set after a one is written to it, but is reset to zero when the
external RST pin is active or when a zero is written to it.
At the port level, the global reset signal combines with the port reset bit in the port control register
(PORT.CR1.RST) to create a port reset signal. The port reset signal resets all the status and control registers on
the port to their default values and resets all the other flops, except PORT.CR1.RST, to their reset values. The port
reset bit (PORT.CR1.RST) stays set after a one is written to it, but is reset to zero when the global reset signal is
active or when a zero is written to it.
The data path reset function is a little different from the “general” reset function. The data path reset signal does not
reset the control register bits, but it does reset all of the status registers, counters and flops, the “general” reset
signal resets everything including the control register bits, excluding the reset bit. All clocks are functional, being
controlled by configuration bits, while data path reset is active. The LIU and CLAD circuits will be operating
normally during data path reset, which allows the internal phase locked loops to settle as quickly as possible. The
LIU will be sending all zeroes (LOS) since data path reset will be forcing the transmit TPOSn and TNEGn to logic
zero. (NOTE: The BERT data path and control registers are reset when the global data path reset or the port data
path reset or the port power-down signal is active.)
The global data path reset bit (GL.CR1.RSTDP) gets set to one when the global reset signal is active. The port
data path reset bit (PORT.CR1.RSTDP) and the port power-down bit (PORT.CR1.PD) bit get set to one when the
global reset signal is active or the port reset signal is active. These control bits will be cleared when a zero is
written to them if the global reset signal or the port reset signal is not active. The global data path reset signal is
active when the global data path reset bit is set. The port data path reset signal is active when either the global
data path reset bit or the port data path reset bit is set. The port power-down signal is active when the port powerdown bit is set.
Figure 10-5. Reset Sources
Global Reset
RST pin
NOTE: Assumes
active high signals
Port Reset
D
SET
CLR
Q
D
GL.CR1. RST
Q
SET
CLR
Q
Q
PORT.CR1.
RST
Global Data Path Reset
D
SET
D
Q
SET
Q
Port Data Path Reset
GL.CR1. RSTDP
CLR
Q
CLR
Q
PORT.CR1.
RSTDP
D
SET
CLR
Q
Q
PORT.CR1. PD
107
Port Power Down
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-10. Reset and Power-Down Sources
Port power
Dan
P:PD
F1
F0
F1
F1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F1
F0
F1
F1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
F1
F1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
X
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
X
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
F1
F1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Port DP
reset
P:RSTDP
Port reset
P:RST
F0
Global
reset
G:RSTDP
0
RST
G:RST
Global DP
reset
Register bit states - F0: Forced to 0, F1: Forced to 1, 0: Set to 0, 1: Set to 1, X: Don’t care
Forced: Internally controlled
Set: User controlled
PIN
REGISTER BITS
INTERNAL SIGNALS
The reset signals in the device are asynchronous so they no not require a clock to put the logic into the reset state.
Clock signals may be needed to make the logic come out of the reset state.
The power-down function disables the appropriate clocks to cause the logic to generate a minimum of power. It
also puts the LIU circuits into the power-down mode. Note that the UTOPIA/POS-PHY system interface logic
cannot be powered down, the clocks cannot be stopped. The 8KREF and ONESEC circuits can be powered down
by disabling the 8KREF source. The CLAD can also be powered down by disabling it.
After a global reset, all of the control and status registers in all ports are set to their default values and all the other
flops are reset to their reset values. The global register GL.CR1.RSTDP, and the port register PORT.CR1.RSTDP
and PORT.CR1.PD bits in all ports, are set after the global reset. A valid initialization sequence would be to clear
the PORT.CR1.PD bits in the ports that are to be active, write to all of the configuration registers to set them in the
desired modes, then clear the GL.CR1.RSTDP and PORT.CR1.RSTDP bits. This would cause the logic in the
ports to start up in a repeatable sequence. The device can also be initialized by clearing the GL.CR1.RSTDP,
PORT.CR1.RSTDP and PORT.CR1.PD them writing to all of the configuration registers to set them in the desired
modes, and clearing all of the latched status bits. The second initialization scheme could cause the device to
temporarily go into modes of operation that were not requested, but will quickly go into the requested modes of
operation.
Some of the IO pins are put in a known state at reset. The transmit LIU outputs TXPn and TXNn are quiet and will
not drive positive or negative pulses. The global IO pins (GPIO[7:0]) are set as inputs at global reset. The port
output pins (TLCLKn, TPOSn/TDATn, TNEGn/TOHMOn, TOHCLKn, TOHSOFn, TPOHSOFn/TSOFOn/TDENn/
TFOHENOn,
TPOHCLKn/TCLKOn/TGCLKn,
ROHn,
ROHCLKn,
ROHSOFn,
RPOHn/RSERn,
RPOHSOFn/RSOFOn/RDENn/RFOHENOn, RPOHCLKn/RCLKOn/RGCLKn) are driven low at global or port reset
and should stay low until after the port power-down PORT.CR1.PD and port data path reset PORT.CR1.RSTDP
bits are cleared. The CLAD clock pins CLKA, CLKB and CLKC are the LIU reference clock inputs at global reset.
The system interface three-state output pins (TDXA[1]/TPXA, TSPA, RDATA[31:0], RPRTY, RDXA[1]/RPXA/RSX,
RSOX, REOP, RVAL, RMOD[1:0], RERR) are in the high impedance and the system interface output pins
(TDXA[4:2],RDXA[4:2]) are driven low at global reset. The processor port three-state output pins (D[15:0], RDY,
INT) are forced into the high impedance state when the RST pin is active, but not when the GL.CR1.RST bit is
active.
108
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
After reset, the device will be in the default configuration:: The latched status bits are enabled to be cleared on
write. The CLAD is disabled. The global 8KREF and one-second timers are disabled. The line interface is in B3ZS
mode and the LIU is disabled and the transmit line pins are also disabled. The frame mode is DS3 C-bit with
automatic downstream AIS on LOS or OOF is enabled and automatic RDI on LOF, LOS, SEF or AIS is enabled
and automatic FEBE is enabled. Transmit clock comes from the CLAD CLKA pin. Cell processing is enabled with
payload scrambling and HEC recalculation and Coset addition enabled. The transmit and receive FIFOs are held in
reset so no cell traffic will occur until the FIFOs are configured. The system interface is in 8-bit UTOPIA L2 with odd
parity enabled and HEC transfer disabled. The pin inversion on all pins is disabled.
Individual blocks are reset and powered down when not used determined by the settings in the line mode bits
PORT.CR2.LM[2:0] and framer mode bits PORT.CR2.FM[5:0].
10.4 Global Resources
10.4.1 Clock Rate Adapter (CLAD)
The clock rate adapter is used to create multiple clocks for LIU reference clocks or transmit clocks from a single
clock reference input on the CLKA pin. The clock frequency applied to this pin must be at the DS3 (44.736 MHz),
E3 (34.368 MHz) and STS-1 (51.84 MHz) clock rates. Given one of these clocks the other two clocks will be
generated. The internally generated signals can be driven on output pins (CLKB and CLKC) for external use.
The receive LIU is supplied a reference clock from the CLAD. The receive LIU selects the clock frequency based
upon the mode the user selects via the FM bits. The CLAD output is also available as a transmit clock source if
selected via the PORT.CR2.CLADC register bit.
The user must supply at least one of the three rates (DS3, E3, STS-1) to the CLKA pin. The CLAD[3:0] bits informs
the PLL of the frequency applied to the pins. Selection of the output clock of the CLAD applied to the LIU and
optionally the transmitter is controlled by the FM bits (located in PORT.CR2). The CLAD allows maximum flexibility
to the user. The user may supply any of the three clock rates and use the CLAD to convert the rate to the particular
clock rate needed for his application.
109
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-6. CLAD Block
DS3 clock
CLKA
CLKB
CLAD
E3 clock
CC52 clock
CLKC
CLAD MODE
The clock rate adapter can also be disabled and all three clocks supplied externally using the CLKA, CLKB and
CLKC pins as clock inputs. When the CLAD is disabled, the three reference clocks DS3, E3 and STS-1 will need to
be applied to the CLKA, CLKB and CLKC pins, respectively. If any of the three frequencies is not required, it does
not need to be applied to the CLAD CLK pins.
The CLAD MODE inputs to the clock rate adapter are composed of CLAD[3:0] control bits (located in the GL.CR2
Register) which determines which pins are input and output and which clock rate is on which pin. When
CLAD[3:0]=00XX, the PLL circuits are disabled and the signals on the input clock pins are used as the internal LIU
reference clocks. When CLAD[3:0]=(01XX or 10XX or 11XX), none, one or two PLL circuits are enabled to
generate the required clocks as determined by the CLAD[3:0] bits and the framing mode (FM[5:0]) and the line
mode (LM[2:0]) control bits. If a clock rate is not required on the CLAD output clock pins or for a reference clock for
any of the LIU, then the PLL used to generate that clock is disabled and powered down.
For example, in a design that only has the ports running at DS3 rates, then CLAD[3:0] can be set = 0100 and the
DS3 clock signal on the CLKA pin will be used as the DS3 LIU reference clock and no PLL circuit will be disabled.
110
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-11. CLAD IO Pin Decode
GL.CR2
CLAD[3:0]
00 XX
DS3 clock input
E3 clock input
STS-1 clock input
01 00
DS3 clock input
Low output
Low output
01 01
DS3 clock input
E3 clock output
Low output
01 10
DS3 clock input
Low output
STS-1 clock output
01 11
DS3 clock input
STS-1 clock output
E3 clock output
10 00
E3 clock input
Low output
Low output
10 01
E3 clock input
DS3 clock output
Low output
10 10
E3 clock input
Low output
STS-1 clock output
10 11
E3 clock input
STS-1 clock output
DS3 clock output
11 00
STS-1 clock input
Low output
Low output
11 01
STS-1 clock input
E3 output
Low output
11 10
STS-1 clock input
Low output
DS3 clock output
11 11
STS-1 clock input
DS3 clock output
E3 clock output
CLKA PIN
CLKB PIN
CLKC PIN
10.4.2 8 kHz Reference Generation
The 8KREF signal is used to control the rate of PLCP frames to precisely 8000 per second. The global 8KREF
signal is also used to generate the one-second-reference signal by dividing it by 8000. This signal can be derived
from almost any clock source on the chip as well as the general-purpose IO pin GPIO4. The port 8KREF signal can
be sourced from either the global 8KREF signal or from the transmit or receive port clock or from the receive
8KREF signal. The minimum input frequency stability of the 8KREF input pin is +/- 500 ppm.
The global 8KREF signal can come from an external 8000 Hz reference connected to the GPIO4 general-purpose
IO pin by setting the GL.CR2.G8KIS bit. The global 8KREF signal can be output on the GPIO2 general-purpose IO
pin when the GL.CR2.G8KOS bit is set.
The global 8KREF signal can be derived from the CLAD PLL or pins or come from any of the port 8KREF signals
by clearing GL.CR2.G8KIS bit and selecting the source using the GL.CR2.G8KRS[2:0] bits.
The port 8KREF signal can be derived from either the receive PLCP 8KREF signal or from the transmit clock input
pin or from the receive LIU or input clock pin. The PORT.CR3.P8KRS[1:0] bits are used to select which source.
The transmit PLCP 8KREF signal can be selected to be either the global 8KREF signal or the port 8KREF signal
using the PORT.CR3.P8KREF bit.
The 8KREF 8.000 kHz signal is a simple divisor of 51840 kHz (CC52 divided by 6480), 44736 kHz (DS3 divided by
5592) or 33368 kHz (E3 divided by 4296). The correct divisor for the port 8KREF source is selected by the mode
the port is configured for. The CLAD clock chosen for the clock source selects the correct divisor for the global
8KREF. The 8KREF signal is only as accurate as the clock source chosen to generate it.
Table 10-12 lists the selectable sources for global 8 kHz reference sources.
111
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-12. Global 8 kHz Reference Source Table
GL.CR2.
G8KIS
0
GL.CR2.
G8KRS[2:0]
000
SOURCE
None, the 8KHZ divider is disabled.
Derived from CLAD DS3 clock output or CLKA pin if CLAD
0
001
is disabled (Note: CLAD is disabled after reset)
Derived from CLAD E3 clock output or CLKB pin if CLAD is
0
010
disabled
Derived from CLAD STS-1 clock output or CLKC pin if CLAD
0
011
is disabled
0
100
Port 1 8KREF source selected by P8KRS[1:0]
0
101
Port 2 8KREF source selected by P8KRS[1:0]
0
110
Port 3 8KREF source selected by P8KRS[1:0]
0
111
Port 4 8KREF source selected by P8KRS[1:0]
1
XXX
GPIO4 pin
Table 10-13 lists the selectable sources for port 8 kHz reference sources.
Table 10-13. Port 8 kHz Reference Source Table
PORT.CR3.P8KRS[1:0]
0X
SOURCE
Receive PLCP 8kHZ output
Receive internal framer clock (based on RLCLKn
10
pin or RX LIU recovered clock)
Transmit internal framer clock (based on TCLKIn
11
pin or CLAD clock)
The 8 kHz reference logic tree is shown below.
Figure 10-7. 8KREF Logic
GL.CR2.
G8KRS[1:0]
FROM CLAD
DS3 CLK
E3 CLK
CC52 CLK
1
2
3
GL.CR2.G8KRS[2]
0
CLOCK DIVIDER
1
GL.CR2.G8KRS[1:0]
G8KREF
0
1
2
3
OTHER
PORT
8KREF
0
GLOBAL 8KREF
1
GPIO4
PORT.CR3.P8KREF
0
PORT.CR3.
P8KRS[1]
RX PLCP 8KREF
PORT.CR3.P8KRS[0]
RX CLOCK
TX CLOCK
0
0
1
1
CLOCK DIVIDER
FRAME MODE
(FM BITS)
112
1
TX PLCP 8KREF
PORT 8KREF
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.4.3 One-Second Reference Generation
The one-second-reference signal is used as an option to update the performance registers on a precise onesecond interval. The generated internal signal should be about 50% duty cycle and it is derived from the Global
8kHz reference signal by dividing it by 8000. The low to high edge on this signal will set the GL.SRL.ONESL
latched one second detect bit which can generate an interrupt when the GL.SRIE.ONESIE interrupt enable bit is
set. The low to high edge can also be used to generate performance monitor updates when GL.CR1.GPM[1:0]=1X.
10.4.4 General-Purpose IO Pins
There are eight general-purpose IO pins that can be used for general IO, global signals and per-port alarm signals.
Each pin is independently configurable to be a general-purpose input, general-purpose output, global signal or port
alarm. Two of the GPIO pins are assigned to each port and can be programmed to output one or two alarm
statuses using one or two GPIO pins. One of the two pins assigned to each port can be programmed as global
input or output signals. When the device is bonded out (or has ports powered down) to have 1, 2 or 3 ports active,
the GPIO pins associated with the disabled ports will still operate as either general-purpose inputs, generalpurpose outputs or global signals. When the ports are disabled and GL.GIOCR.GPIOx[1:0] = 01, the GPIO pin will
be an output driving low. The 8KREFI, TMEI, and PMU signals that can be sourced by the GPIO pin will be driven
low into the core logic when the GPIO pin is not selected for the source of the signal.
Table 10-14 lists the purpose and control thereof of the General-Purpose IO Pins.
Table 10-14. GPIO Global Signals
PIN
GLOBAL SIGNAL
CONTROL BIT
GPIO2
8KREFO output
GL.CR2.G8KOS
GPIO4
8KREFI input
GL.CR2.G8KIS
GPIO6
TMEI input
GL.CR1.MEIMS
GPIO8
PMU input
GL.CR1.GPM[1:0]
Table 10-15 describes the selection of mode for the GPIO Pins.
Table 10-15. GPIO Pin Global Mode Select Bits
GL.GIOCR.GPIOnSx
GPIO PIN MODE
00
Input
01
Port alarm status selected by port GPIO
10
Output logic 0
11
Output logic 1
n = port 1 to 4, x = A or B, valid when a GPIO pin is not selected for a global signal
Table 10-16 lists the various port alarm monitors that can be output on the GPIO pins. The GPIO(A/B)[3:0] bits are
located in the PORT.CR4 Register.
113
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
ATM LCD
ATM OCD
PLCP RAI
PLCP LOF
PLCP OOF
DS3 IDLE
DS3/E3 RAI
DS3/E3 AIS
DS3/E3 LOF
DS3/E3 OOF
PORT.CR4
GPIO(A/B)[3:0]
LINE LOS
Table 10-16. GPIO Port Alarm Monitor Select
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
10.4.5 Performance Monitor Counter Update Details
The performance monitor counters are designed to count at least one second of events before saturating to the
maximum count. There is a status bit associated with some of the performance monitor counters that is set when
the its counter is greater than zero, and a latched status bit that gets set when the counter changes from zero to
one. There is also a latched status bit that gets set on every event that causes the error counter to increment.
There is a read register for each performance monitor counter. The count value of the counter gets loaded into this
register and the counter is cleared when the update-clear operation is performed. If there is an event to be counted
at the exact moment (clock cycle) that the counter is to be cleared then the counter will be set to a value of one so
that that event will be counted.
The Performance Monitor Update signal affects the counter registers of the following blocks: the BERT, the DS3/E3
framer, the Line Encoder/Decoder, the DS3/E3 PLCP framer, the Cell Processor, and the Packet Processor.
The update-clear operation is controlled by the Performance Monitor Update signal (PMU). The update-clear
operation will update the error counter registers with the value of the error counter and also reset each counter.
The PMU signal can be created in hardware or software. The hardware sources can come from the one second
counter or one of the general-purpose IO pins, which can be programmed to source this signal. The software
sources can come from one of the per-port control register bits or one of the global control register bits. When
using the software update method, the PMU control bit should be set to initiate the process and when the PMS
status bit gets set, the PMU control bit should be cleared making it ready for the next update. When using the
hardware update method, the PMS bit will be set shortly after the hardware signal goes high, and cleared shortly
after the hardware signal goes low. The latched PMS signal can be used to generate an interrupt for reading the
count registers. If the port is not configured for global PMU signals, the PMS signal from that port should be
blocked from affecting the global PMS status.
114
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-8. Performance Monitor Update Logic
PORT.CR1.PMUM
other port counters
PORT.CR1.PMU
GL.CR1.GPMU
GPIO8(GPMU) PIN
ONE SEC
0
PMU
00
01
1X
1
PMS
PERF
COUNTER
other ports
GL.SR.GPMS
PORT.SR.PMS
GTZ
GL.CR1.GPM
10.4.6 Transmit Manual Error Insertion
Transmit errors can be inserted in some of the functional blocks. These errors can be inserted using register bits in
the functional blocks, using the global GL.CR1.TMEI bit, using the port PORT.CR1.TMEI bit, or by using the GPIO6
pin configured for TMEI mode.
There is a transmit error insertion register in the functional blocks that allow error insertion. The MEIMS bit controls
whether the error is inserted using the bits in the error insertion register or using error insertion signals external to
that block. When bit MEIMS=0, errors are inserted using other bits in the transmit error insertion register. When bit
MEIMS=1, errors are inserted using a signal generated in the port or global control registers or using the external
GPIO6 pin configured for TMEI operation.
115
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-9. Transmit Error Insert Logic
BERT.TEICR.MEIMS
BERT.TEICR error
insertion bit
0
PORT.CR.MEIMS
PORT.CR.TMEI
1
0
BERT ERROR
INSERT
T3.TEIR.MEIMS
GL.CR1.MEIMS
1
GL.CR1.TMEI
0
GPIO6 PIN
(TMEI)
1
T3.TEIR error
insertion bit
0
1
T3 ERROR
INSERT
0
1
10.5 Per-Port Resources
10.5.1 Loopbacks
There are several loopback paths available. The following table lists the loopback modes available for analog
loopback (ALB), line loopback (LLB), payload loopback (PLB) and diagnostic loopback (DLB). System loopback
(SLB) does not interact with these loopbacks and is given its own control bit. The LBM bits are located in
PORT.CR4.
Table 10-17. Loopback Mode Selections
LBM[2:0]
000
001
010
011
10X
110
111
ALB
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
LLB
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
PLB
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
DLB
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
116
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-10 highlights where each loopback mode is located and gives an overall view of the various loopback
paths available.
Figure 10-10. Loopback Modes
TAIS
TUA1
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
System
Interface
RX BERT
Rx Packet
Processor
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Clock Rate
Adapter
TX BERT
HDLC
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
SLB
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
TX FRAC/
PLCP
PLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
Tx Cell
Processor
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
RX FRAC/
PLCP
UA1
GEN
Rx Cell
Processor
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
10.5.1.1 Analog Loopback (ALB)
Analog loopback is enabled by setting PORT.CR4.LBM[2:0] = 001. Analog loopback mode will not be enabled
when the port is configured for loop timed mode (set via the PORT.CR3.LOOPT bit).
The analog loopback is a loopback as close to the pins as possible. When both the TX and RX LIU is enabled, it
loops back TXPn and TXNn to RXPn and RXNn, respectively. If the transmit signals on TXPn and TXNn are not
terminated properly, this loopback path may have data errors or loss of signal. When the LIU is not enabled, it
loops back TLCLKn, TPOSn / TDATn, TNEGn / TOHMOn to RLCLKn ,RPOSn / RDATn , RNEGn / ROHMIn.
Figure 10-11. ALB Mux
TXP
TXN
RXP
RXN
TX
LIU
RX
LIU
117
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.5.1.2 Line Loopback (LLB)
Line loopback is enabled by setting PORT.CR4.LBM[2:0] = X10. DLB and LLB are enabled at the same time when
LBM[2:0] = 110, and only LLB is enabled when LBM[2:0] = 010.
The clock from the receive LIU or the RLCLK pin will be output to the transmit LIU or TCLKOn pin. The POS and
NEG data from the receive LIU or the RPOS and RNEG pin will be sampled with the receive clock to time it to the
LIU or pin interface.
When LLB is enabled, unframed all ones AIS can optionally be automatically enabled on the receive data path.
This AIS signal will be output on the RSERn pin in flexible fractional mode, and sent to the receive cell or packet
processor in framer modes, effectively stopping cell or packet data flow. When DLB and LLB is enabled, the AIS
signal will not be transmitted. See Figure 10-10.
10.5.1.3 Payload Loopback (PLB)
Payload loopback is enabled by setting PORT.CR4.LBM[2:0] = 011.
The payload loopback copies the payload data from the receive framer to the transmit framer (before the fractional
logic) which then re-frames the payload before transmission. Payload loopback is operational in all framing modes
except “- OHM” modes.
When PLB is enabled, unframed all ones AIS transmission can optionally be automatically enabled on the receive
data path. This AIS signal will be output on the RSER pin in flexible fractional mode, and sent to the receive cell or
packet processor in framer modes, effectively stopping cell or packet data flow.
In all modes, the TSOFIn input pin is ignored.
The external transmit output pins TDENn and TSOFOn/TDENn can optionally be disabled by forcing a zero when
PLB is enabled.
In the framed modes, the data flow from the transmit cell or packet processor can be optionally disabled when PLB
is enabled. If the data flow is not disabled, the cells or packets from the system interface will be discarded. See
Figure 10-10.
10.5.1.4 Diagnostic Loopback (DLB)
Diagnostic loopback is enabled by setting PORT.CR4.LBM[2:0] = 1XX. DLB and LLB are enabled at the same time
when LBM[2:0] = 110, only DLB is enabled when LBM[2:0] = 10X or 111.
The Diagnostic loopback sends the transmit data, before line encoding, back to the receive side.
Transmit AIS can still be enabled using PORT.CR1.LAIS[2:0] even when DLB is enabled. See Figure 10-10.
10.5.1.5 System Loopback (SLB)
System loopback is enabled by setting the PORT.CR4.SLB bit. The system loopback sends the packets or cells
from the transmit UTOPIA or POS-PHY interface back to the receive UTOPIA or POS-PHY interface. Cells and
packets from the line interface will be discarded. See Figure 10-10.
10.5.2 Loss Of Signal Propagation
The Loss Of Signal (LOS) is detected in the line decoder logic if the device is set for HDB3 or B3ZS line encoding.
In unipolar (UNI) line interface modes and AMI modes LOS detection is disabled. The LOS signal from the line
decoder is sent to the DS3/E3 framer and the top level payload AIS logic except when DLB is activated. When DLB
is activated the LOS signal to the framer and AIS logic is never active. The LOS status in the line decoder status
register is valid in all frame and loopback modes, though it is always off in the line interface is in the UNI mode.
10.5.3 AIS Logic
There is AIS logic in both the framers and at the top level logic of the ports. The framer AIS is enabled by setting
the TAIS bit in the appropriate framer transmit control register (T3, E3-G.751, E3-G.832, or Clear Channel). The
top level AIS is enabled by setting the PORT.CR1.LAIS[2:0] bits (see Table 10-18). The AIS signal is an unframed
all ones pattern or a DS3 framed 101010… pattern depending on the FM[5:0] mode bits. The DS3 Framed Alarm
Indication Signal (AIS) is a DS3 signal with valid F-bits, M-bits, and P-bits (P1 and P2). The X-bits (X1 and X2) are
set to one, all C-bits (CXY) are set to zero, and the payload bits are set to a 1010 pattern starting with a one
118
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
immediately after each overhead bit. The DS3 framed AIS pattern is only available in DS3 modes. The unframed all
ones pattern is available in all framing and clear-channel modes including the DS3 modes. The transmit line
interface can send both unframed all ones AIS and DS3 framed AIS patterns from either the AIS generator in the
framer or the AIS generator at the top level.
The AIS signal generated in the framer can be initiated and terminated without introducing any errors in the signal.
When the unframed AIS signal is initiated or terminated, there will be no BPV or CV errors introduced, there will be
framing errors if a framed mode is enabled. When the DS3 framed AIS signal is initiated or terminated, in addition
to no BPV or CV errors, there should be no framing or P-bit (parity) or CP-bit errors introduced.
The AIS signal generated at the top level will not generate BPV errors but may generate P-bit and CP-bit errors
when the signal is initiated and terminated. The framed DS3 AIS signal will not cause the far end receiver to resync when the signal is initiated, but it may cause a re-sync when terminated if the DS3 frame position in the
framer is changed while the DS3 AIS signal is being generated. A sequence of events can be executed which will
enable the initiation and termination of DS3 AIS or unframed all ones at the top level without any errors introduced.
The sequence will only work when the automatic AIS generation is not enabled. CV and P-bit errors can occur
when AIS is automatically generated and cannot be avoided. This sequence to generate an error free DS# AIS at
the top level is to have the DS3 AIS or unframed all ones signal initiate in the DS3 framer, and a few frames sent
before initiating or terminating the DS3 AIS or unframed all ones at the top level. After the top level AIS signal is
activated, the AIS signal in the framer can be terminated, DLB activated and diagnostic patterns generated. The
DS3 AIS signal generated at the top level will not change frame alignment after starting even if the DS3 frame
position in the framer is changed.
The transmit line AIS generator at the top level can generate AIS signals even when the framer is looped back
using DLB, but not when the line is looped back using LLB. The AIS signal generated in the framer will be looped
back to the receive side when DLB is activated.
The receive framer can detect both unframed all ones AIS and DS3 framed AIS patterns. When in DS3 framing
modes, both framed DS3 AIS and unframed all ones can be detected. In E3 framing modes E3 AIS, which is
unframed all ones, is detected. In clear-channel modes, unframed all ones is detected.
The receive payload interface going to the RSERn pin or the PLCP, FRAC, BERT or ATM/PKT logic can have an
unframed all ones AIS signal replacing the receive signal, this is called Payload AIS. The all ones AIS signal is
generated from either the DS3/E3 framer or the downstream top level unframed all ones AIS generator. The
unframed all ones AIS signal generated in the framer will be looped back to the transmit side when PLB is
activated. The unframed all ones AIS signal generated at the top level will be sent to the RSERn pin and other
receive logic, but not to the transmit side while PLB is activated. The top level AIS generator is used when a
downstream AIS signal is desired while payload loopback is activated and is enabled by default after rest and must
be cleared during configuration. Note that the downstream AIS circuit in the framer, when a DS3 mode is selected,
enforces the OOF to be active for 2.5 ms before activating when automatic AIS in the framer is enabled. The top
level downstream AIS will be generated with no delay when OOF is detected when automatic AIS at the top level is
enabled.
There is no detection of any AIS signal on the transmit payload signal from the TSERn pin or anywhere on the
transmit data path.
The transmit AIS generator at the top level can also be activated with a software bit or automatically when DLB is
activated. The receive AIS generator in the framer can be activated with a software bit, and automatically when
AIS, LOS or OOF are detected. The receive payload AIS generator at the top level can be activated with a software
bit or automatically when LOS, DS3/E3 OOF, LLB or PLB is activated.
When the port is configured for “- OHM” modes, the transmit DS3 AIS signal pattern generation is paused when the
TOHMI signal is active. Also the receive DS3 AIS and unframed all ones detectors do not use the bits marked for
overhead from the ROHMIn signal when DLB is not activated or the TOHMIn signal when DLB is activated. The
payload unframed all ones overwrites the receive signal with all ones even in overhead bit positions.
119
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-12 shows the AIS signal flow through the device.
Figure 10-12. AIS Signal Flow
FRAMER
0
TRANSMIT
LINE
1
optional
B3ZS/
HDB3
encoder
TRANSMIT
PAYLOAD
0
0
0
1
1
1
TAIS
TAIS
DS3/
UA1
AIS
LLB
LINE/TRIBUTARY
SIDE
TSOFO
PLB
DS3/
UA1
AIS
SYSTEM/
TRUNK SIDE
DS3/UA1
AIS
detector
1
optional
B3ZS/
HDB3
decoder
RECEIVE
LINE
0
0
0
1
DLB
UA1
AIS
1
DAIS
UA1
AIS
DAIS
Table 10-18 lists the LAIS decodes for various line AIS enable modes.
Table 10-18. Line AIS Enable Modes
LAIS[1:0]
PORT.CR1
FRAME MODE
00
DS3
Automatic AIS when DLB is enabled
(PORT.CR4.LBM = 1XX)
DS3AIS
00
E3
Automatic AIS when DLB is enabled
UA1
00
Clear Channel
Automatic AIS when DLB is enabled
UA1
01
Any
Send UA1
UA1
10
DS3
Send AIS
DS3AIS
10
E3 or Clear
Channel
Send AIS
UA1
11
Any
Disable
none
DESCRIPTION
120
AIS CODE
RECEIVE
PAYLOAD
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-19 lists the PAIS decodes for various payload AIS enable modes.
Table 10-19. Payload (Downstream) AIS Enable Modes
PAIS[2:0]
PORT.CR1
WHEN AIS IS SENT
AIS CODE
000
Always
UA1
001
When LLB (no DLB) active
UA1
010
When PLB active
UA1
011
When LLB(no DLB) or PLB active
UA1
100
When LOS (no DLB) active
UA1
101
When OOF active
UA1
110
When OOF, LOS. LLB (no DLB), or
PLB active
UA1
111
Never
none
10.5.4 Loop Timing Mode
Loop timing mode is enabled by setting the PORT.CR3.LOOPT bit. This mode replaces the clock from the TCLKIn
pin with the internal receive clock from either the RLCLKn pin if the RX LIU is disabled, or the recovered clock from
the RX LIU if it is enabled. The loop timing mode can be activated in any framing or line interface mode.
10.5.5 HDLC Overhead Controller
There is a single HDLC controller for use in line maintenance protocols. The DS3, E3 and PLCP framers share the
same HDLC controller. Since the PLCP and DS3 or E3 framers can potentially use the HDLC controller at the
same time, there is a select bit in the port control register to chose which one uses the HDLC controller
(PORT.CR1.HDSEL). The port that does not get access to the HDLC controller will transmit all ones in the
overhead bits that the HDLC controller would connect to. The external overhead ports can be used to connect to
an external HDLC controller if both framers need the function.
The data signal to the receive HDLC controller will be forced to a one while still being clocked when the framer
(DS3, E3, or PLCP), to which the HDLC is connected, detects LOF or AIS. Forcing the data signal to all ones will
cause an HDLC packet abort if the data started to look like a packet instead of allowing a bad, and possibly very
long, HDLC packet.
10.5.6 Trail Trace
There is a single Trail Trace controller for use in line maintenance protocols. The E3-G.832 and PLCP framers can
use the trail trace controller and it is shared automatically since the E3-G.832 and PLCP framing cannot be
enabled at the same time.
10.5.7 BERT
There is a Bit Error Rate Test (BERT) circuit for each port for use in generating and detecting test signals in the
payload bits. The BERT can generate and detect PRBS patterns up to 2^32-1 bits as well as repeating patterns up
to 32 bits long. The generated BERT signal replaces the cells or packets from the system interface when the BERT
is enabled by setting the PORT.CR1.BENA.
The cells or packets from the system interface will still be processed using the same bit rate as when the BERT
was not enabled. Any transmit cells will be simply discarded when the BERT is enabled, and any cells or packets
on the line interface will be processed and sent to the system bus when the BERT is enabled. The TDENn and
RDENn pins will still be active but the data on the TSERn pin will be discarded when the BERT is enabled.
121
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.5.8 Fractional Payload Controller
The Fractional Payload Controller allows the user flexibility to control sub-rate datastreams. The Fractional Payload
Controller performs fractional overhead/payload data multiplexing. Fractional overhead is sourced from either an
internal register or the external interface. The allocation of the DS3/E3 payload is also controlled either internally
(internally controlled mode) or through the external interface (externally controlled mode).
The third option is Flexible Mode that allows the user to externally multiplex payload and overhead, bypassing the
Fractional Payload Controller.
10.5.9 PLCP/Fractional port pins
The PLCP/Fractional port pins are have multiple functions based on the framing mode the device is in as well as
other pin mode select bits.
10.5.9.1 Transmit PLCP/Fractional port pins
The transmit PLCP/Fractional pins are TSOFIn / TOHMIn, TPOHn / TFOHn / TSERn, TPOHENn / TFOHENIn /
TPDENIn, TPOHSOFn / TSOFOn / TDENn / TFOHENOn, TPDENOn, TPDATn, and TPOHCLKn / TCLKOn /
TGCLKn. They have different functions based on the framing mode and other pin mode bits. Unused input pin
functions should drive a logic zero into the device circuits expecting a signal from that pin. The control bits that
configure the pins’ modes are PORT.CR2.FM[5:0], PORT.CR3.TPFPE, PORT.CR3.TSOFOS and
PORT.CR3.TCLKS.
Table 10-20 to Table 10-26 describe the function selected by the FM bits and other pin mode bits for the
multiplexed pins.
Table 10-20. TSOFIn/TOHMIn Input Pin Functions
FM[5:0]
PORT.CR2
PIN
FUNCTION
0XXX00 (FRM)
TSOFIn
0XXX1X (FRM)
TSOFIn
0XXX01 (OHM)
TOHMIn
1XX0X1 (OHM)
TOHMIn
1XX0X0 (UFRM)
Not used
1XX1XX (UFRM)
Not used
Table 10-21. TSERn/TPOHn/TFOHn Input Pin Functions
FM[5:0] PORT.CR2
TPFPE
PORT.CR3
PIN
FUNCTION
0XX00X (FRM)
X
Not used
0XX010 (IFRAC)
0
Not used
0XX010 (IFRAC)
1
TFOHn
0XX011 (XFRAC)
X
TFOHn
0XX10X (PLCP)
0
Not used
0XX10X (PLCP)
1
TPOHn
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
TSERn
1XX0XX (CLR)
X
Not used
122
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-22. TPDENIn/TPOHENn/TFOHENIn Input Pin Functions
FM[5:0] PORT.CR2
TPFPE
PORT.CR3
PIN
FUNCTION
0XX00X (FRM)
X
Not used
0XX010 (IFRAC)
X
Not used
0XX011 (XFRAC)
X
TFOHENIn
0XX10X (PLCP)
0
Not used
0XX10X (PLCP)
1
TPOHENn
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
TPDENIn
1XXXXX (CLR)
X
Not used
Table 10-23. TSOFOn/TDENn/TPOHSOFn/TFOHENOn Output Pin Functions
TPFPE
PORT.CR3
TSOFOS
PORT.CR3
0XX00X (FRM)
0
X
Low
0XX00X (FRM)
1
0
TDENn
0XX00X (FRM)
1
1
TSOFOn
0XX010 (IFRAC)
0
X
Low
0XX010 (IFRAC)
1
X
TFOHENOn
0XX011 (XFRAC)
X
0
TDENn
0XX011 (XFRAC)
X
1
TSOFOn
0XX10X (PLCP)
0
X
Low
0XX10X (PLCP)
1
X
TPOHSOFn
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
0
TDENn
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
1
TSOFOn
1XX0XX (CLR)
X
X
Low
FM[5:0] PORT.CR2
PIN
FUNCTION
123
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-24. TCLKOn/TGCLKn/TPOHCLKn Output Pin Functions
FM[5:0]
PORT.CR2
TPFPE
PORT.CR3
TCLKS
PORT.CR3
PIN
FUNCTION
0XX00X (FRM)
0
X
Low
none
0XX00X (FRM)
1
0
TGCLKn
TDENn
0XX00X (FRM)
1
1
TCLKOn
none
0XX010 (IFRAC)
0
X
Low
none
0XX010 (IFRAC)
1
0
TGCLKn
TFOHENOn
0XX010 (IFRAC)
1
1
TCLKOn
none
0XX011 (XFRAC)
X
X
TCLKOn
none
0XX10X (PLCP)
0
X
Low
none
0XX10X (PLCP)
1
0
TPOHCLKn
none
0XX10X (PLCP)
1
1
TCLKOn
none
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
0
Low
none
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
1
TCLKOn
none
1XX0XX (CLR)
0
X
Low
none
1XX0XX (CLR)
1
X
TCLKOn
none
GAP SOURCE
Table 10-25. TPDATn Input Pin Functions
FM[5:0]
PORT.CR2
TPFPE
PORT.CR3
PIN
FUNCTION
0XX0XX (FRM)
X
Low
0XXX0X (FRM)
X
Low
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
TPDATn
1XXXXX (CLR)
X
Low
Table 10-26. TPDENOn Output Pin Functions
FM[5:0]
PORT.CR2
TPFPE
PORT.CR3
PIN
FUNCTION
0XX0XX (FRM)
X
Low
0XXX0X (FRM)
X
Low
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
TPDENOn
1XXXXX (CLR)
X
Low
10.5.9.2 Receive PLCP/Fractional port pins
The receive PLCP/Fractional pins are RPOHn / RSERn, RFOHENIn / RPDENIn, RPDATn, RPOHSOFn / RSOFOn
/ RDENn / RFOHENOn and RPOHCLKn / RCLKOn / RGCLKn. They have different functions based on the framing
mode and other pin mode bits. Unused input pin functions should drive a logic zero into the device circuits
expecting a signal from that pin. The control bits that configure these pins are PORT.CR2.FM[5:0],
PORT.CR3.RPFPE, PORT.CR3.RSOFOS and PORT.CR3.RCLKS.
Table 10-27 to Table 10-31 describe the function selected by the FM bits and other pin mode bits for the
multiplexed pins.
124
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-27. RSERn/RPOHn Output Pin Functions
FM[5:0]
PORT.CR2
RPFPE
PORT.CR3
PIN
FUNCTION
0XX00X (FRM)
0
Low
0XX00X (FRM)
1
RSERn
0XX010 (IFRAC)
0
Low
0XX010 (IFRAC)
1
RSERn
0XX011 (XFRAC)
X
RSERn
0XX10X (PLCP)
0
Low
0XX10X (PLCP)
1
RPOHn
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
RSERn
1XX0XX (CLR)
0
Low
1XX0XX (CLR)
1
RSERn
Table 10-28. RPDENIn/RFOHENIn Input Pin Functions
FM[5:0]
PORT.CR2
RPFPE
PORT.CR3
PIN
FUNCTION
0XX00X (FRM)
X
Not used
0XX010 (IFRAC)
X
Not used
0XX011 (XFRAC)
X
RFOHENIn
0XX10X (PLCP)
X
Not used
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
RPDENIn
1XXXXX (CLR)
X
Not used
Table 10-29. RPDATn Input Pin Functions
FM[5:0]
PORT.CR2
RPFPE
PORT.CR3
PIN
FUNCTION
0XX0XX (FRM)
X
Not used
0XXX0X (FRM)
X
Not used
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
RPDATn
1XXXXX (CLR)
X
Not used
125
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-30. RSOFOn/RDENn/RPOHSOFn/RFOHENOn Output Pin Functions
FM[5:0]
PORT.CR2
RPFPE
PORT.CR3
RSOFOS
PORT.CR3
PIN
FUNCTION
0XX00X (FRM)
0
X
Low
0XX00X (FRM)
1
0
RDENn
0XX00X (FRM)
1
1
RSOFOn
0XX010 (IFRAC)
0
X
Low
0XX010 (IFRAC)
1
X
RFOHENOn
0XX011 (XFRAC)
X
0
RDENn
0XX011 (XFRAC)
X
1
RSOFOn
0XX10X (PLCP)
0
X
Low
0XX10X (PLCP)
1
X
RPOHSOFn
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
0
RDENn
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
1
RSOFOn
1XX0XX (CLR)
X
X
Low
Table 10-31. RCLKOn/RGCLKn/RPOHCLKn Output Pin Functions
FM[5:0]
PORT.CR2
RPFPE
PORT.CR3
RCLKS
PORT.CR3
PIN
FUNCTION
0XX00X (FRM)
0
X
Low
none
0XX00X (FRM)
1
0
RGCLKn
RDEN
0XX00X (FRM)
1
1
RCLKOn
none
0XX010 (IFRAC)
0
X
Low
none
0XX010 (IFRAC)
1
0
RGCLKn
RFOHENOn
0XX010 (IFRAC)
1
1
RCLKOn
none
0XX011 (XFRAC)
X
X
RCLKOn
none
0XX10X (PLCP)
0
X
Low
none
0XX10X (PLCP)
1
0
RPOHCLKn
none
0XX10X (PLCP)
1
1
RCLKOn
none
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
0
Low
none
0XX110 (FFRAC)
X
1
RCLKOn
none
1XX0XX (CLR)
0
X
Low
none
1XX0XX (CLR)
1
X
RCLKOn
none
126
GAP SOURCE
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.5.10 Framing Modes
The framing modes are selected independently of the line interface modes using the PORT.CR2.FM[5:0] control
bits. Different blocks are used in different framing modes. The bit error test (BERT) function can be enabled in any
mode. The LIU, JA and line encoder/decoder blocks are selected by the line mode (LM[2:0]) code.
The “- OHM” mode, also known as “externally defined frame mode”, is a mode that allow the use of the external
frame overhead bit mask pins TOHMIn, TOHMOn and ROHMIn. This mode allows external logic to select bit
locations where another level of framing can add overhead bits such as SONET/SDH overhead bits. Payload
loopback (PLB) is disabled in this mode. The “Clear-Channel—OHM Octet aligned” modes perform octet alignment
to the overhead mask for ATM and packets and the packets become octet stuffed instead of bit stuffed.
See Table 10-32.
Table 10-32. Framing Mode Select Bits FM[5:0]
FM[5:0]
0 00 000
0 00 001
0 00 010
0 00 011
0 00 100
0 00 101
0 00 110
0 01 000
0 01 001
0 01 010
0 01 011
0 01 100
0 01 101
0 01 110
0 10 000
0 10 001
0 10 010
0 10 011
0 10 100
0 10 101
0 10 110
0 11 000
0 11 001
0 11 010
0 11 011
0 11 100
0 11 101
0 11 110
1 00 0X0
1 00 001
1 00 011
1 01 0X0
1 01 001
1 01 011
1 1X 0X0
1 1X 001
1 1X 011
DESCRIPTION
DS3 C-bit
DS3 C-bit—OHM
DS3 C-bit Internal Fractional
DS3 C-bit External Fractional
DS3 C-bit PLCP
DS3 C-bit PLCP—OHM
DS3 C-bit Flexible Fractional
DS3 M23
DS3 M23—OHM
DS3 M23 Internal Fractional
DS3 M23 External Fractional
DS3 M23 PLCP
DS3 M23 PLCP—OHM
DS3 M23 Flexible Fractional
E3 G.751
E3 G.751—OHM
E3 G.751 Internal Fractional
E3 G.751 External Fractional
E3 G.751 PLCP
E3 G.751 PLCP—OHM
E3 G.751 Flexible Fractional
E3 G.832
E3 G.832—OHM
E3 G.832 Internal Fractional
E3 G.832 External Fractional
Reserved
Reserved
E3 G.832 Flexible Fractional
DS3 Clear Channel
DS3 Clear-Channel—OHM
DS3 Clear-Channel—OHM Octet aligned
STS-1 Clear Channel
STS-1 Clear-Channel—OHM
STS-1 Clear-Channel—OHM Octet aligned
E3 Clear Channel
E3 Clear-Channel—OHM
E3 Clear-Channel—OHM Octet aligned
127
LINE CODE
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
HDB3/AMI/UNI
UNI
HDB3/AMI/UNI
HDB3/AMI/UNI
HDB3/AMI/UNI
UNI
HDB3/AMI/UNI
HDB3/AMI/UNI
UNI
HDB3/AMI/UNI
HDB3/AMI/UNI
SYSTEM
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM
ATM
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM
ATM
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM
ATM
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
FIGURE
Figure 6-1
Figure 6-2
Figure 6-3
Figure 6-4
Figure 6-6
Figure 6-7
Figure 6-5
Figure 6-1
Figure 6-2
Figure 6-3
Figure 6-4
Figure 6-6
Figure 6-7
Figure 6-5
Figure 6-1
Figure 6-2
Figure 6-3
Figure 6-4
Figure 6-6
Figure 6-7
Figure 6-5
Figure 6-1
Figure 6-2
Figure 6-3
Figure 6-4
HDB3/AMI/UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
UNI
UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
UNI
UNI
HDB3/AMI/UNI
UNI
UNI
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
ATM/PKT
Figure 6-5
Figure 6-8
Figure 6-9
Figure 6-10
Figure 6-8
Figure 6-9
Figure 6-10
Figure 6-8
Figure 6-9
Figure 6-10
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.5.11 Mapping Modes
Cells and packets are mapped into various internally generated frame structures or mapped with no framing or
mapped into an externally generated frame structure. When ATM cells are mapped into an internally generated
frame structure they are either directly mapped into a DS3 or E3 frame or they are mapped into a PLCP frame and
then the PLCP frame is mapped into a DS3 or E3 frame. ATM cells are always delineated using bit-by-bit HEC
searching except when byte aligned OHM modes are used, then HEC is searched for byte-by-byte. HDLC packets
are always use the bit stuffing protocol searching bit-by-bit except when byte aligned OHM modes are used, then
they use the byte stuffing protocol. PLCP framing is always searched for bit-by-bit.
The following sections give examples of the major framed mapping configurations:
10.5.11.1 DS3 C-Bit or DS3 M23 (with C-Bit Generation) Direct and PLCP Mapping
For direct mapping into DS3 C-bit and DS3 M23 (with C-bit generation) frames, ATM cells are nibble aligned or bit
aligned, HDLC packets are always bit aligned. For PLCP mapping into DS3 C-bit and DS3 M23 (with C-bit
generation) frames, the PLCP frame is always nibble aligned. The ATM cell nibble/bit alignment is controlled with
the NAD bit in the PORT.CR1 register.
Figure 10-13. DS3 C-Bit or DS3 M23 (with C-Bit Generation) Frame
X1
84
F11
bits
84
bits
X2
F21
C21
F22
C22
F23
C23
F24
P1
F31
C31
F32
C32
F33
C33
F34
P2
F41
C41
F42
C42
F43
C43
F44
M1
F51
C51
F52
C52
F53
C53
F54
M2
F61
C61
F62
C62
F63
C63
F64
M3
F71
C71
F72
C72
F73
C73
F74
C11
84
bits
F12
84
bits
C12
84
bits
F13
84
bits
C13
84
bits
F14
84
bits
7 SubFrames
680 Bits
In DS3 PLCP framing, the ATM cell is always cell aligned into the PLCP frame, HDLC packets cannot be mapped
into PLCP frames. The DS3 PLCP frame can only be mapped into a DS3 C-bit frame or DS3 M23 (with generated
C-bits) frame. The NAD control bit is ignored.
128
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-14. DS3 PLCP Frame
A1
A2 P11
Z6
53 Payload Bytes (1 cell)
A1
A2 P10
Z5
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P9
Z4
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P8
Z3
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P7
Z2
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P6
Z1
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P5
F1
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P4
B1
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P3
G1
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P2
M2
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P1
M1
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P0
C1
53 Payload Bytes
Subframe (57 Bytes)
12
Subframes
Trailer
13 or 14
Nibbles
10.5.11.2 DS3 M23 (with C-bits used as payload) Direct Mapping
For direct mapping into DS3 M23 (with the C-bits used as payload) frames, ATM cells must be bit aligned, HDLC
packets are always bit aligned. The NAD bit must be set to one in this mode when direct mapping ATM cells into
DS3 M23 (with the C-bits used as payload) frames.
NOTE: PLCP mapping into DS3 M23 (with the C-bits used as payload) frames will not operate correctly.
129
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-15. DS3 M23 (with C-Bits Used as Payload) Frame
X1
84
bits
F11
169
bits
169
bits
F12
F13
169
bits
F14
X2
F21
F22
F23
F24
P1
F31
F32
F33
F34
P2
F41
F42
F43
F44
M1
F51
F52
F53
F54
M2
F61
F62
F63
F64
M3
F71
F72
F73
F74
84
bits
7 SubFrames
680 Bits
10.5.11.3 E3 G.751 Direct and PLCP Mapping
For direct mapping into E3 G.751 frames, ATM cells and HDLC packets are bit aligned. ATM cells can also be
PLCP mapped to the E3 G.751 frame. When E3 PLCP mapping is used, the first four bits of the payload (E3 frame
bits 13,14,15 and 16) are forced to be 1100 and the rest of the payload is used for the PLCP frame that is
transmitted byte aligned and the NAD bit is ignored.
Figure 10-16. E3 G.751 Frame
FAS
A N
376 Payload Bits
384 Payload Bits
4 Rows
384 Payload Bits
384 Payload Bits
384 bits
In E3 PLCP framing, the ATM cell is always cell aligned into the PLCP frame, HDLC packets cannot be mapped
into PLCP frames. The E3 PLCP frame can only be mapped into a E3 G.751 frame. The NAD control bit is ignored.
130
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-17. E3 PLCP Frame
A1
A2
P8
Z3
53 Payload Bytes (1 cell)
A1
A2
P7
Z2
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P6
Z1
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P5
F1
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P4
B1
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P3
G1
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P2
M2
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P1
M1
53 Payload Bytes
A1
A2
P0
C1
53 Payload Bytes
Subframe
9 Subframes
Trailer
18 or 20
Bytes
10.5.11.4 Example E3 G.751 Internal Fractional Mapping
The example E3 G.751 internal fractional mapping shown in Figure 10-16 is accomplished using the internal
fractional block. The first four bits of the E3. G.751 payload is designated fractional overhead This is done by
setting Section A (FRAC.TDASR) register of the fractional block to be overhead and setting its size to be four bits.
The data group size (FRAC.TDGSR) register should be set to the length of the normal payload (1524) or any
number greater than that. The four bits of fractional overhead (E3 frame bits 13,14,15 and 16) can be set to all
ones, all zeros, or a 1010 pattern. Both ATM cell and HDLC packet mapping in this mode is bit aligned. The NAD
bit is ignored.
Figure 10-18. Example E3 G.751 Internal Fractional Frame
FAS
A N X X X X
372 Payload Bits
384 Payload Bits
4 Rows
384 Payload Bits
384 Payload Bits
384 bits
10.5.11.5 E3 G.832 Direct Mapping
For mapping into E3 G.832 frames ATM cells are byte aligned or bit aligned, HDLC packets are always bit aligned.
The ATM cell byte/bit alignment is controlled with the NAD bit in the PORT.CR1 register. The NAD bit is ignored
when HDLC packets are mapped into the E3 G.832 frame.
131
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-19. E3 G.832 Frame
FA1 FA2
58 Byte Payload
EM
59 Byte Payload
TR
59 Byte Payload
MA
59 Byte Payload
NR
59 Byte Payload
GC
59 Byte Payload
9 Subframes
59 Byte Payload
59 Byte Payload
59 Byte Payload
Subframe
10.5.12 Line Interface Modes
The line interface modes can be selected semi-independently of the framing modes using the PORT.CR2.LM[2:0]
control bits. The major blocks controlled are the transmit LIU (TX LIU), receive LIU (RX LIU), jitter attenuator (JA)
and the line encoder/decoder. The line encoder/decoder is used for B3ZS, HDB3 and AMI line interface encoding
modes. The line encoder-decoder block is not used for line encoding or decoding in the UNI mode but the BPV
counter in it can be used to count external pulses on the RNEGn / RCLVn / ROHMn pin. In “OHM” modes, the line
encoder-decoder does not count pulses on the RNEGn / RLCVn / ROHMn pin. The jitter attenuator (JA) can be off
(OFF) or put in either the transmit (TX) or receive (RX) path with the TX LIU or RX LIU. Both TX LIU and RX LIU
can be enabled (ON) or disabled (OFF).
The “Analog Loopback” (ALB) is available when the LIU is enabled or disabled. It is an actual loopback of the
analog positive and negative pulses from the TX LIU to the RX LIU when the LIU is enabled. If the LIU is disabled,
it is a digital loopback of the TLCLK, TPOS, TNEG signals to the RLCLK, RPOS and RNEG signals.
When the line is configured for B3ZS/HDB3/AMI line codes, the line codes are determined by the framing mode
and the TZCDS and RZCDS control the AMI line mode selection bits in the line encoder/decoder blocks. The DS3
and CC52 framing modes select the B3ZS line coding, the E3 framing modes select the HDB3 line codes. See
Table 10-33 for configuration.
132
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-33. Line Mode Select Bits LM[2:0]
LINE.TCR.TZSD
AND
LINE.RCR.RZSD
LM[2:0]
(PORT.CR2)
0
000
0
LINE CODE
LIU
JA
B3ZS/HDB3
OFF
OFF
001
B3ZS/HDB3
ON
OFF
0
010
B3ZS/HDB3
ON
TX
0
011
B3ZS/HDB3
ON
RX
1
000
AMI
OFF
OFF
1
001
AMI
ON
OFF
1
010
AMI
ON
TX
1
011
AMI
ON
RX
X
1XX
UNI
OFF
OFF
133
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.6 UTOPIA/POS-PHY/SPI-3 System Interface
10.6.1 General Description
The UTOPIA/POS-PHY system interface transports ATM cells or HDLC packets between the DS318x and an ATM
or Link Layer device. In UTOPIA mode, the DS318x is connected to an ATM layer device and cells are transported
via a UTOPIA L2 or UTOPIA L3 Bus. In POS-PHY packet mode, the DS318x is connected to a Link Layer device
and the packets are transported via a POS-PHY 2 or a POS-PHY 3 (or SPI-3) Bus. In POS-PHY cell mode, the
DS318x is connected to an ATM layer device and cells are transported via a POS-PHY 2 or a POS-PHY 3 (or SPI3) Bus. The system interface supports 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit transfers at a rate of 66MHz or less.
The receive direction removes cell/packet data for each port from the FIFO, and outputs the cell/packet data to the
ATM/Link Layer device via the system interface.
The transmit direction inputs the cell/packet data from the ATM/Link Layer device via the system interface, and
stores the cell/packet data for each port in the FIFO.
See Figure 10-20 for the location of the system interface block in the DS318x devices.
Figure 10-20. System Interface Functional Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
Clock Rate
Adapter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
Tx Packet
Processor
TX BERT
HDLC
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
RX BERT
RX FRAC/
PLCP
UA1
GEN
Tx
FIFO
System
Interface
Trail
Trace
Buf f er
PLB
FEAC
TX FRAC/
PLCP
Tx Cell
Processor
SLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
Rx Packet
Processor
Rx Cell
Processor
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
10.6.2 Features
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable system interface type – When performing cell mapping/demapping, the system interface can
be programmed as a UTOPIA Level 2 Bus, a UTOPIA Level 3 Bus, a POS-PHY Level 2 Bus, or a POS-PHY
Level 3 (or SPI-3) Bus. When performing packet mapping/demapping, the system interface can be
programmed as a POS-PHY Level 2 Bus or a POS-PHY Level 3 (or SPI-3) Bus.
Selectable system interface bus width – The data bus can be a 32-bit, 16-bit, or 8-bit bus at operations
speeds up to 66 MHz.
Supports multiple ports on the system interface – Each line has its own port address for access via the
system interface.
Supports per-port system loopback – Each port can be placed in system loopback which causes
cells/packets from the transmit FIFO to be looped back to the receive FIFO.
System interface byte reordering – In 16-bit and 32-bit modes, the received/transmitted order of the bytes
transferred across the system interface is programmable. i.e., the first byte received/transmitted by ATM cell /
packet processing can be transferred in [31:24] ([15:8]) or [7:0].
134
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.6.6 System Interface Bus Controller
The Transmit and Receive System Interface Bus Controller can be programmed to operate as a UTOPIA Level 2,
UTOPIA Level 3, POS-PHY Level 2, or POS-PHY Level 3 (or SPI-3) bus controller. It controls the system interface
bus timing and provides a common interface to the Transmit and Receive FIFO for FIFO status polling and
cell/packet data transfer. Normally, the first byte transmitted is transferred across the system interface as the most
significant byte (TDATA[31:24] in 32-bit mode or TDATA[15:8] in 16-bit mode). If byte reordering is enabled, the
first byte transmitted is transferred across the system interface as the least significant byte (TDATA[7:0]).On the
receive side, the first byte received is transferred across the system interface as the most significant byte
(RDATA[31:24] in 32-bit mode or RDATA[15:8] in 16-bit mode). If byte reordering is enabled, the first byte received
is transferred across the system interface as the least significant byte (RDATA[7:0]).
See Figure 10-21, Figure 10-22, Figure 10-23, and Figure 10-24. Byte reordering is ignored in 8-bit mode.
Figure 10-21. Normal Packet Format in 32-Bit Mode
Bit 31
Bit 0
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
1st Transfer
Byte 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8
2nd Transfer
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Byte 4n-7
Byte 4n-6
Byte 4n-5
Byte 4n-4
(n-1)th Transfer
Byte 4n-3
Byte 4n-2
Byte 4n-1
Byte 4n
nth Transfer
Figure 10-22. Normal Packet Format in 16-Bit Mode
Bit 15
Bit 0
Byte 1
Byte 2
1st Transfer
Byte 3
Byte 4
2nd Transfer
•
•
•
•
•
•
Byte 2n-3
Byte 2n-2
(n-1)th Transfer
Byte 2n-1
Byte 2n
nth Transfer
Figure 10-23. Byte Reordered Packet Format in 32-Bit Mode
Bit 31
Bit 0
Byte 4
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
1st Transfer
Byte 8
Byte 7
Byte 6
Byte 5
2nd Transfer
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Byte 4n-4
Byte 4n-5
Byte 4n-6
Byte 4n-7
(n-1)th Transfer
Byte 4n
Byte 4n-1
Byte 4n-2
Byte 4n-3
nth Transfer
135
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-24. Byte Reordered Packet Format in 16-Bit Mode
Bit 15
Bit 0
Byte 2
Byte 1
1st Transfer
Byte 4
Byte 3
2nd Transfer
•
•
•
•
•
•
Byte 2n-2
Byte 2n-3
(n-1)th Transfer
Byte 2n
Byte 2n-1
nth Transfer
10.6.6.4 UTOPIA Level 2, Transmit Side
In UTOPIA Level 2, an ATM layer device pushes cells across the system interface. The ATM layer device polls the
individual ports of the DS318x to determine which ports have space available for a cell, and selects a port for cell
transfer. More than one PHY layer device can be present on a UTOPIA Level 2 bus. Whether or not the HEC byte
is transferred with the cells is programmable.
The Transmit System Interface Bus Controller accepts a transmit clock (TSCLK), transmit address (TADR[4:0]),
transmit enable (TEN), and a transmit data bus consisting of transmit data (TDATA[31:0]), transmit parity (TPRTY),
and transmit start of cell (TSOX). It outputs transmit direct cell available (TDXA) and transmit polled cell available
(TPXA) signals. The transmit data bus is used to transfer cell data whenever one of the ports is selected for cell
data transfer. TSOX is asserted during the first transfer of a cell, cell data is transferred on TDATA, and the data
bus parity is indicated on TPRTY. All signals are sampled or updated using TSCLK. The TDXA and TPXA signals
are used to indicate when the Transmit FIFO has space available for a programmable number of cells. There is a
TDXA for each port in the device. TDXA goes high when the associated port's Transmit FIFO has more space
available than a programmable number of cells. TDXA goes low when the associated port's Transmit FIFO is full
(does not have space for another cell). TPXA reflects the current status of a port's TDXA signal when the port is
polled. The TPXA signal is tri-stated unless one of the ports is being polled for FIFO fill status.
10.6.6.5 UTOPIA Level 3, Transmit Side
In UTOPIA Level 3, the ATM layer device pushes cells across the system interface. The ATM layer device polls the
individual ports of the DS318x to determine which ports have space available for a cell, and selects a port for cell
transfer. Only one PHY layer device can be present on a UTOPIA Level 3 bus. Whether or not the HEC byte is
transferred with the cells is programmable.
The Transmit System Interface Bus Controller accepts a transmit clock (TSCLK), transmit address (TADR[7:0]),
transmit enable (TEN), and a transmit data bus consisting of transmit data (TDATA[31:0]), transmit parity (TPRTY),
and transmit start of cell (TSOX). It outputs transmit direct cell available (TDXA) and transmit polled cell available
(TPXA) signals. The transmit data bus is used to transfer cell data whenever one of the ports is selected for cell
data transfer. TSOX is asserted during the first transfer of a cell, cell data is transferred on TDATA, and the data
bus parity is indicated on TPRTY. All signals are sampled or updated using TSCLK. The TDXA and TPXA signals
are used to indicate when the Transmit FIFO has space available for a programmable number of cells.
There is a TDXA for each port in the device. TDXA goes high when the associated port's Transmit FIFO has more
space available than a programmable number of cells. TDXA goes low when the associated port's Transmit FIFO
is full (does not have space for another cell). TPXA reflects the current status of a port's TDXA signal when the port
is polled. The TPXA signal is always driven.
10.6.6.6 UTOPIA Level 2, Receive Side
In UTOPIA Level 2, the ATM layer device pulls cells across the system interface. The ATM layer device polls the
individual ports to determine which ports have cells available, and selects a port for cell transfer. More than one
PHY layer device can be present on a UTOPIA Level 2 bus. Whether or not the HEC byte is transferred with the
cells is programmable.
The Receive System Interface Bus Controller accepts a receive clock (RSCLK), receive address (RADR[4:0]), and
receive enable (REN). It outputs a receive data bus consisting of receive data (RDATA[31:0]), receive parity
(RPRTY), and receive start of cell (RSOX), as well as, receive direct cell available (RDXA) and receive polled cell
136
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
available (RPXA) signals. The receive bus is used to transfer cell data whenever one of the ports is selected for cell
data transfer. RSOX is asserted during the first transfer of a cell, cell data is transferred on RDATA, and the data
bus parity is indicated on RPRTY. All signals are sampled or updated using RSCLK. The data bus is tri-stated
unless REN is asserted (low) and one of the ports is selected for data transfer. The RDXA and RPXA signals are
used to indicate when the Receive FIFO has a programmable number of cells available for transfer. There is an
RDXA for each port in the device. RDXA goes high when the associated port's Receive FIFO contains more than a
programmable number of cells. RDXA goes low when the associated port's Receive FIFO is empty (does not
contain any cells). RPXA reflects the current status of a port's RDXA signal when the port is polled. The RPXA
signal is tri-stated unless one of the ports is being polled for FIFO fill status.
10.6.6.2 UTOPIA Level 3, Receive Side
In UTOPIA Level 3, the ATM layer device pulls cells across the system interface. The ATM layer device polls the
individual ports to determine which ports have cells available, and selects a port for cell transfer. Only one PHY
layer device can be present on a UTOPIA Level 3 bus. Whether or not the HEC byte is transferred with the cells is
programmable.
The Receive System Interface Bus Controller accepts a receive clock (RSCLK), receive address (RADR[7:0]), and
receive enable (REN). It outputs a receive data bus consisting of receive data (RDATA[31:0]), receive parity
(RPRTY), and receive start of cell (RSOX), as well as, receive direct cell available (RDXA) and receive polled cell
available (RPXA) signals. The receive data bus is used to transfer cell data whenever one of the ports is selected
for cell data transfer. RSOX is asserted during the first transfer of a cell, cell data is transferred on RDATA, and the
data bus parity is indicated on RPRTY. All signals are sampled or updated using RSCLK. The data bus is always
driven. The RDXA and RPXA signals are used to indicate when the Receive FIFO has a programmable number of
cells available for transfer. There is an RDXA for each port in the device. RDXA goes high when the associated
port's Receive FIFO contains more than a programmable number of cells. RDXA goes low when the associated
port's Receive FIFO is empty (does not contain any cell ends). RPXA reflects the current status of a port's RDXA
signal when the port is polled. The RPXA signal is always driven.
10.6.6.3 POS-PHY Level 2, Transmit Side
In POS-PHY Level 2, the Link layer device pushes packets across the system interface. The Link layer device
polls the individual ports of the DS318x to determine which ports have space available for packet data, and selects
a port for packet data transfer. More than one PHY layer device can be present on a POS-PHY Level 2 bus.
The Transmit System Interface Bus Controller accepts a transmit clock (TSCLK), transmit address (TADR[4:0]),
transmit enable (TEN), and a transmit data bus consisting of transmit data (TDATA[31:0]), transmit parity (TPRTY),
transmit start of packet (TSOX), transmit end of packet (TEOP), transmit error (TERR), and transmit modulus
(TMOD[1:0]). It outputs transmit direct packet available (TDXA), transmit polled packet available (TPXA), and
transmit selected packet available (TSPA) signals. The transmit data bus is used to transfer packet data whenever
one of the ports is selected for packet data transfer. TSOX is asserted during the first transfer of a packet, TEOP is
asserted during the last transfer of a packet, TERR is asserted when a packet has an error, TMOD indicates the
number of bytes transferred on TDATA during the last transfer of a packet, packet data is transferred on TDATA,
and the data bus parity is indicated on TPRTY. All signals are sampled and updated using TSCLK. The TDXA,
TPXA, and TSPA signals are used to indicate when the Transmit FIFO has space available for a programmable
number of bytes. There is a TDXA for each port in the device. TDXA goes high when the associated port's
Transmit FIFO has space available for more than a programmable number of bytes. TDXA goes low when the
associated port's Transmit FIFO is full. TPXA reflects the current status of a port's TDXA signal when the system
interface is in polled mode. TSPA reflects the current status of a port's TDXA signal when the port is selected. The
TSPA signal is tri-stated unless TEN is asserted (low) and one of the ports is selected for packet data transfer. The
TPXA signal is tri-stated unless one of the ports is being polled for FIFO fill status.
10.6.6.4 POS-PHY Level 3 (or SPI-3), Transmit Side
In POS-PHY Level 3 (or SPI-3), the Link layer device pushes packets across the system interface. The Link layer
device polls the individual ports of the DS318x to determine which ports have space available for packet data, and
selects a port for packet data transfer. Only one PHY layer device can be present on a POS-PHY Level 3 (or SPI3) bus.
The Transmit System Interface Bus Controller accepts a transmit clock (TSCLK), transmit enable (TEN), and a
transmit data bus consisting of transmit data (TDATA[31:0]), transmit parity (TPRTY), transmit start of packet
(TSOX), transmit end of packet (TEOP), transmit error (TERR), transmit start of transfer (TSX), and transmit
137
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
modulus (TMOD[1:0]). It outputs transmit direct packet available (TDXA), transmit polled packet available (TPXA),
and transmit selected packet available (TSPA) signals. The transmit bus is used to transfer packet data whenever
one of the ports is selected for packet data transfer. TSOX is asserted during the first transfer of a packet, TEOP is
asserted during the last transfer of a packet, TERR is asserted when a packet has an error, TMOD indicates the
number of bytes transferred on TDATA during the last transfer of a packet, TSX is asserted when the selected
FIFO's port address has been placed on TDATA, packet data is transferred on TDATA, and the data bus parity is
indicated on TPRTY. All signals are sampled and updated using TSCLK. The TDXA, TPXA, and TSPA signals are
used to indicate when the Transmit FIFO has space available for a programmable number of bytes. There is a
TDXA for each port in the device. TDXA goes high when the associated port's Transmit FIFO has space available
for more than a programmable number of bytes. TDXA goes low when the associated port's Transmit FIFO is full.
TPXA reflects the current status of a port's TDXA signal when the port is polled. TSPA reflects the current status of
a port's TDXA signal when the port is selected. The TPXA and TSPA signals are always driven.
10.6.6.5 POS-PHY Level 2, Receive Side
In POS-PHY Level 2, the Link layer device pulls packets across the system interface. The Link layer device polls
the individual ports to determine which ports have packet data available, and selects a port for packet data transfer.
More than one PHY layer device can be present on a POS-PHY Level 2 bus.
The Receive System Interface Bus Controller accepts a receive clock (RSCLK), receive address (RADR[4:0]), and
receive enable (REN). It outputs a receive data bus consisting of receive data (RDATA[31:0]), receive parity
(RPRTY), receive start of packet (RSOX), receive end of packet (REOP), receive error (RERR), receive data valid
(RVAL), and receive modulus (RMOD[1:0]), as well as, a receive direct packet available (RDXA) signal and a
receive polled packet available (RPXA) signal. The receive data bus is used to transfer packet data whenever one
of the ports is selected for packet data transfer. RSOX is asserted during the first transfer of a packet, REOP is
asserted during the last transfer of a packet, RERR is asserted when a packet has an error, RMOD indicates the
number of bytes transferred on RDATA during the last transfer of a packet, RVAL is asserted when the receive
data bus is valid, RDATA transfers packet data, and RPRTY indicates the data bus parity. All signals are sampled
and updated using RSCLK. The RDXA and RPXA signals are used to indicate when the Receive FIFO has a
programmable number of bytes or an end of packet available for transfer. There is an RDXA for each port in the
device. RDXA goes high when the associated port's Receive FIFO contains more than a programmable number of
bytes or an end of packet. RDXA goes low when the associated port's Receive FIFO is empty. RPXA reflects the
current status of a port's RDXA signal when the port is polled. The data bus is tri-stated unless REN is asserted
(low) and one of the ports is selected for packet data transfer. The RPXA signal is tri-stated unless one of the ports
is being polled for FIFO fill status.
10.6.6.6 POS-PHY Level 3 (or SPI-3), Receive Side
In POS-PHY Level 3, the DS318x pushes packets across the system interface. The DS318x selects a port for
packet data transfer when it has packet data available. Only one PHY layer device can be present on a POS-PHY
Level 3 (or SPI-3) bus.
The Receive System Interface Bus Controller accepts a receive clock (RSCLK) and receive enable (REN). It
outputs a receive data bus consisting of receive data (RDATA[31:0]), receive parity (RPRTY), receive start of
packet (RSOX), receive end of packet (REOP), receive error (RERR), receive data valid (RVAL), receive start of
transfer (RSX), and receive modulus (RMOD[1:0]). The receive data bus is used to transfer packet data whenever
one of the ports has packet data available for transfer. RSOX is asserted during the first transfer of a packet, REOP
is asserted during the last transfer of a packet, RERR is asserted when a packet has an error, RMOD indicates the
number of bytes transferred on RDATA during the last transfer of a packet, RSX is asserted when the Link layer
port address has been placed on RDATA, RVAL is asserted when the receive data bus is valid, RDATA transfers
packet data, and RPRTY indicates the data bus parity. All signals are sampled and updated using RSCLK. The
data bus is always driven.
In POS-PHY Level 3 (or SPI-3) the Receive System Interface Bus Controller determines which port to transfer data
from using a round-robin arbitration scheme (the ports are checked one after another in numerical order according
to their line number x (R[x]DT[1:8]). A transfer is initiated from a port when it is not almost empty (contains more
data than the almost empty level or contains an end of packet). Transfer from a port is terminated when the
maximum burst length has been transferred, the FIFO is emptied, or an end of packet is transferred while the
Receive FIFO is almost empty (contains the same or less data than the almost empty level and does not contain an
end of packet). When a transfer is terminated, a transfer is initiated from the next available port that is not almost
empty. At the end of a packet or between a transfer from one port and the transfer from the next port, RVAL will go
low for a programmable number of clock cycles (0-7) to allow the POS-PHY master to halt data transfer. At the end
138
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
of a packet, data transfer will continue from the same port if the port is not almost empty. When the maximum burst
length has been transferred, data transfer will continue from the same port if no other port has data available, and
the port is not almost empty. The maximum burst length is programmable (8 – 256 bytes in four byte increments),
or can be disabled.
10.7 ATM Cell/HDLC Packet Processing
10.7.1 General Description
The ATM cell/packet processing demaps the ATM cells or HDLC packets from the receive data stream and maps
ATM cells or HDLC packets into the transmit data stream. ATM cell / packet processing supports any framed or
unframed bit synchronous or byte synchronous (octet aligned) data stream with a bit or byte rate of 52 MHz or less.
The receive direction extracts the payload from physical data stream, performs cell/packet processing on the
individual lines, and stores the cell/packet data from each line in the FIFO.
The transmit direction removes the cell/packet data for each line from the FIFO, performs cell/packet processing for
each individual line and inserts the payload into the physical data stream.
See Figure 10-25 for the location of the Cell/Packet processing block in the DS318x devices.
Figure 10-25. ATM Cell/HDLC Packet Functional Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
Clock Rate
Adapter
TX BERT
HDLC
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
RX BERT
RX FRAC/
PLCP
UA1
GEN
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
System
Interface
Trail
Trace
Buf f er
PLB
FEAC
TX FRAC/
PLCP
Tx Cell
Processor
SLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
Rx Packet
Processor
Rx Cell
Processor
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
10.7.2 Features
10.7.2.1 General
•
•
•
Up to 4 data lines(ports) each with a bit or byte rate of 0-52 MHz
Supports bit or byte wide, framed or unframed data lines – Each port is programmable as bit synchronous
or octet aligned, the data stream can be framed or unframed, and the clock can be continuous or gapped.
Bit reordering – The received/transmitted order of the bits as transferred across the system interface is
programmable on a per-port basis. That is, in bit synchronous mode, the first bit received/transmitted by ATM
cell/packet processing can be transferred in bit position 7 (31, 23, 15, or 7) or bit position 0 (24, 16, 8, or 0). In
octet aligned mode, the bit received/transmitted by ATM cell/packet processing in bit position 7 can be
transferred in bit position 7 (31, 23, 15, or 7) or bit position 0 (24, 16, 8, or 0).
139
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.7.2.2 ATM Cell Processor
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable HEC insertion and extraction – The transmit side can be programmed to accept cells from
the system interface that do or do not contain a HEC byte. If cells are transferred without a HEC byte, the HEC
byte will be computed and inserted. If cells are transferred with a HEC byte, then the transferred HEC byte can
be programmed to be passed through or overwritten with a newly calculated HEC. The receive side can be
programmed to send cells to the system interface that do or don't contain the HEC byte.
Programmable erred cell insertion – An HEC error mask can be programmed for insertion of single or
multiple errors individually or continuously at a programmable rate.
Programmable transmit cell synchronization – The transmit data line can be provisioned to be bit
synchronous or octet aligned.
PLCP or HEC based cell delineation – Cell delineation is determined from the PLCP frame during PLCP
framing modes, and from the HEC during all other ATM modes.
Programmable header cell pass-through – Receive cell filtering can pass-through only those cells that
matching a programmable header value.
Selectable idle/unassigned/invalid/programmable header cell padding and filtering – Transmit cell
padding can be programmed for idle cell or programmable header cell padding. The padded cell payload byte
contents are also programmable. Receive cell filtering can be programmed for any combination of idle cell,
unassigned cell, invalid cell, or programmable header cell filtering. Or, all cell filtering can be disabled.
Optional header error correction – Receive side single bit header error correction can enabled.
Separate corrected and uncorrected erred cell counts – Separate counts of erred cells containing a
corrected HEC error, and cells containing non-corrected HEC errors are kept.
Optional HEC uncorrected erred cell filtering – Uncorrected erred cell extraction can be disabled.
Selectable cell scrambling/descrambling – Cell scrambling and/or descrambling can be disabled. The
scrambling can be a self-synchronous scrambler (x43 + 1) over the payload only, a self-synchronous scrambler
over the entire cell, or a Distributed Sample Scrambler (x31 + x28 + 1).
Optional HEC calculation coset polynomial addition – The performance of coset polynomial addition during
HEC calculation can be disabled.
10.7.2.3 HDLC Packet Processor
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable FCS insertion and extraction – The transmit side can be programmed to accept packets
from the system interface that do or don't contain FCS bytes. If packets are transferred without FCS bytes, the
FCS will be computed and appended to the packet. If packets are transferred with FCS bytes, then the FCS
can be programmed to be passed through or overwritten with a newly calculated FCS. The receive side can be
programmed to send packets to the system interface that do or don't contain FCS bytes.
Programmable transmit packet synchronization – The transmit data line can be provisioned to be bit
synchronous or octet aligned.
Programmable FCS type – The FCS can be programmed to be a 16-bit FCS or a 32-bit FCS.
Supports FCS error insertion – FCS error insertion can be programmed for insertion of errors individually or
continuously at a programmable rate.
Supports bit or byte stuffing/destuffing – The bit or byte synchronous (octet aligned) mode determines the
bit or byte stuffing/destuffing.
Programmable packet size limits – The receive side can be programmed to abort packets over a
programmable maximum size or under a programmable minimum size. The maximum packet size allowed is
65,535 bytes.
Selectable packet scrambling/descrambling – Packet scrambling and/or descrambling can be disabled.
Separate FCS erred packet and aborted packet counts – Separate counts of aborted packets, size violation
packets, and FCS erred packets are kept.
Optional erred packet filtering – Erred packet extraction can be disabled
Programmable inter-frame fill – The transmit inter-frame fill value is programmable.
10.7.3 Transmit Cell/Packet Processor
The Transmit Cell Processor and Transmit Packet Processor both receive the 32-bit parallel data stream from the
Transmit FIFO, however, only one of the processors will be enabled. Which processor is enabled is determined by
the system interface mode. In UTOPIA mode, the Transmit Cell Processor is enabled. In POS-PHY mode, if the
PORT.CR2.PMCPE bit is low, the Transmit Packet Processor is enabled. If the PORT.CR2.PMCPE bit
(PORT.CR2) is high, the Transmit Cell Processor is enabled.
140
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.7.4 Receive Cell/Packet Processor
The Receive Cell Processor and Receive Packet Processor both receive the incoming data stream from the
Receive Framer (minus all overhead and stuff data), however, only one of the processors will be enabled. The
other will be disabled. Which processor is enabled is determined by the system interface mode. In UTOPIA mode,
the Receive Cell Processor is enabled. In POS-PHY mode, if the PORT.CR2.PMCPE bit is low, the Receive
Packet Processor is enabled. If the PORT.CR2.PMCPE bit is high, the Receive Cell Processor is enabled.
The bits in a byte are received MSB first, LSB last. When they are output serially, they are output MSB first, LSB
last. The bits in a byte in an incoming signal are numbered in the order they are received , 1 (MSB) to 8 (LSB).
However, when a byte is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the highest numbered bit (7], and the LSB is
stored in the lowest numbered bit (0). This is to differentiate between a byte in a register and the corresponding
byte in a signal.
10.7.5 Cell Processor
10.7.5.1 Transmit Cell Processor
The Transmit Cell Processor accepts data from the Transmit FIFO and performs bit reordering, cell padding, HEC
processing, cell error insertion, and cell scrambling. The data output from the Transmit Cell Processor can be either
a serial data stream (bit synchronous mode) or an 8-bit parallel data stream (octet-aligned mode). Cell processing
can be disabled (clear-channel enable). Disabling cell processing disables cell padding, HEC processing, and cell
error insertion. Only bit reordering and cell scrambling are not disabled.
When cell processing is disabled, data is continually read out of the Transmit FIFO. When the Transmit FIFO is
empty, the output data stream is padded with FFh until the Transmit FIFO contains more data than the "almost
empty" level.
The 32-bit data words read from the Transmit FIFO are multiplexed into an 8-bit parallel data stream and passed
on to bit reordering.
Bit reordering changes the bit order of each byte. If bit reordering is enabled, the incoming 8-bit data stream
DT[7:0] with DT[7] being the MSB and DT[0] being the LSB is rearranged so that the MSB is in DT[0] and the LSB
is in DT[7] of the outgoing data stream DT[7:0]. In bit synchronous mode, DT[7] is the first bit transmitted. If cell
processing is disabled the data stream is passed on to cell scrambling, bypassing cell padding, HEC processing,
and cell error insertion.
Cell padding inserts fill cells. After a cell end, fill cells are inserted into the data stream if the Transmit FIFO does
not contain a complete cell. The fill cell type and fill cell payload value are programmable. The resulting data
stream is passed on to HEC processing. If cell processing is disabled, cell padding will not be performed.
HEC processing calculates a HEC and inserts it into the cell. HEC calculation is a CRC-8 calculation over the four
header bytes. The polynomial used is x8 + x2 + x + 1. The coset polynomial, x6 + x4 + x2 + 1, is added (modulo 2) to
the residue. The calculated HEC is then inserted into the byte immediately following the header. HEC coset
polynomial addition is programmable. If the cell received from the Transmit FIFO contains a HEC byte, the received
HEC byte can be passed through or overwritten with the calculated HEC byte. HEC byte pass through is
programmable. If the cell received from the Transmit FIFO does not contain a HEC byte, the calculated HEC byte
is inserted into the cell. If cell processing is disabled, HEC processing will not be performed.
Cell error insertion inserts errors into the HEC byte. The HEC bits to be errored are programmable. Error insertion
can be controlled by a register or by the manual error insertion input (TMEI). The error insertion initiation type
(register or input) is programmable. If a register controls error insertion, the number and frequency of the errors are
programmable. If cell processing is disabled, cell error insertion will not be performed.
Cell scrambling can scramble the 48-byte cell payload, scramble the entire cell data stream, or scramble the data
stream with a Distributed Sample Scrambler (DSS). If the payload or the entire data stream is scrambled, a selfsynchronous scrambler with a generation polynomial of x43 + 1 is used. For payload scrambling, the scrambler
scrambles the 48-byte payload, and does not scramble the four header or the HEC bytes. For a DSS scrambled
data stream, a distributed sample scrambler with a generation polynomial of x31 + x28 + 1 is used for scrambling.
The transmit DSS scrambler scrambles the 48-byte payload and the four byte header. Scrambles the first HEC bit
(HEC[1]) with the first transmit DSS scrambler sample (the transmit DSS scrambler bit from 211 bits earlier),
scrambles the second HEC bit (HEC[2]) with the second transmit DSS scrambler sample (the current transmit DSS
scrambler bit), and. Does not scramble the remaining HEC bits (HEC[3:8]). DSS scrambling can only be performed
141
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
in bit synchronous mode. Cell scrambling is programmable (payload, entire data stream, or DSS). If cell processing
is disabled, the entire data stream will be scrambled whenever scrambling is enabled
Once all cell processing has been completed, in bit synchronous mode, the 8-bit parallel data stream is multiplexed
into a serial data stream and passed on. In octet aligned mode, the 8-bit parallel data stream is passed on.
10.7.5.2 Receive Cell Processor
The Receive Cell Processor performs cell descrambling, cell delineation, cell filtering, header pattern comparison,
OCD detection, HEC error monitoring, HEC byte filtering, and bit reordering. The data coming in can be either a
serial data stream (bit synchronous mode) or an 8-bit parallel data stream (octet aligned mode). The type of data
stream received affects cell descrambling and cell delineation, however, it does not affect OCD detection, HEC
error monitoring, cell filtering, header pattern comparison, HEC byte filtering, or bit reordering. Cell processing can
be disabled (clear-channel enable). Disabling cell processing disables cell delineation, OCD detection, cell filtering,
header pattern comparison, HEC error monitoring, and HEC byte filtering. Only cell descrambling and bit reordering
are not disabled.
Cell descrambling can descramble the 48-byte cell payload, descramble the entire cell data stream, or descramble
a data stream scrambled by a Distributed Sample Scrambler (DSS). If the payload or the entire data stream is
descrambled, a self-synchronous scrambler with a generation polynomial of x43 + 1 is used for descrambling.
Payload descrambling descrambles the 48-byte payload, and does not descramble the four header bytes or the
HEC byte. For a DSS scrambled data stream, a distributed sample scrambler with a generation polynomial of x31 +
x28 + 1 is used for descrambling. The receive DSS scrambler is synchronized to the transmit DSS scrambler by
DSS scrambler synchronization. DSS descrambling can only be performed in bit synchronous mode. Cell
descrambling is programmable (payload, entire data stream, or DSS). In bit synchronous mode, descrambling is
performed one bit at a time, and the serial data stream is demultiplexed in to an 8-bit data stream before being
passed on. In octet aligned mode, descrambling is performed 8-bits at a time, and only payload or entire data
stream descrambling can be performed. When cell processing is disabled, the entire data stream will be
descrambled if descrambling is enabled.
DSS Scrambler Synchronization synchronizes the receive DSS scrambler with the transmit DSS scrambler used to
scramble the incoming data stream. The DSS Scrambler Synchronization state machine has three states:
"Acquisition", "Verification", and "Steady State". The "Acquisition" state adds the transmit DSS scrambler samples
from 16 incoming cells into the receive DSS scrambler (32 samples total). The samples are derived from the two
MSBs (HEC[1:2]) of the incoming HEC byte. Each time the samples in a cell are loaded into the receive DSS
scrambler, the confidence counter is incremented. When the confidence counter reaches 16, DSS scrambler
synchronization transitions to the “Verification” state. The "Verification" state verifies the samples in the incoming
cells by comparing the samples from the cell with the corresponding receive DSS scrambler bits. Each time both
samples from a cell match the corresponding receive DSS scrambler bits, the confidence counter is incremented.
Each time one of the samples from a cell does not match the corresponding receive DSS scrambler bit, the
confidence counter is decremented if the confidence counter reaches 24, DSS scrambler synchronization
transitions to the “Steady State” state. If the confidence counter reaches 8, DSS scrambler synchronization
transitions to the “Acquisition” state. The "Steady State" state continues to verify the samples in the incoming cells.
Each time both samples from a cell match the corresponding receive DSS scrambler bits, the confidence counter is
incremented (maximum count = 24). Each time one of the samples from a cell does not match the corresponding
receive DSS scrambler bit, the confidence counter is decremented. If the confidence counter reaches 16, DSS
scrambler synchronization transitions to the “Acquisition” state. The DSS scrambler synchronization state diagram
is shown in Figure 10-26. DSS scrambler synchronization starts in the “Acquisition” state. Note: All ATM cells are
discarded during the “Acquisition” and “Verification” states.
142
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-26. Receive DSS Scrambler Synchronization State Diagram
8C
Pas
ell
s
n
8C
io
cat
rifi
Ve
ail
sV
sF
ell
eri
fic
atio
n
Steady
State
8 Cells Fail Verification
Verification
Acquisition
32 Samples Loaded
If cell processing is disabled, a cell boundary is arbitrarily chosen, and the data is divided into "cells" whose size is
programmable. If HEC transfer is enabled in the receive system interface, the incoming data stream will be divided
into 53-byte "cells". If HEC transfer is disabled in the receive system interface, the data is divided into 52-byte
"cells". These cells are then passed on to bit reordering bypassing cell delineation, OCD detection, cell filtering,
header pattern comparison, HEC error monitoring, and HEC byte filtering.
Cell delineation determines the cell boundary by identifying the header bytes and the HEC byte of a cell, and
detects an out of cell delineation (OCD) condition or a change of cell delineation (COCD). Cell delineation is
performed off-line, and the data path cell boundary is only updated by cell delineation if an OCD condition is
present. Performing cell delineation off-line results in fewer cells being discarded when the cell boundary changes.
If DSS scrambling is enabled (bit synchronous mode only), only the six least significant bits (LSBs) of the HEC
(HEC[3:8]) are used for cell delineation, as the two most significant bits (MSBs) are scrambled. An OCD condition
is declared if seven consecutive cells are received with incorrect HEC bytes. An OCD condition is terminated if
“Delta” consecutive cells are received with correct HEC bytes, if cell delineation updates the data path cell
boundary, or if the PLCP framer updates the data path cell boundary (PLCP modes only). All ATM cells are
discarded during an OCD condition. A COCD is declared when Cell Delineation or the PLCP framer updates the
data path cell boundary with a cell boundary that is different from the current data path cell boundary .
Cell delineation has three states: "Hunt", "Presync", and "Sync". The "Hunt" state searches for the cell boundary.
Each time slot is checked for an HEC byte (six LSBs of the HEC byte if DSS is enabled). The cell boundary is set
once the header and HEC bytes are identified, and cell delineation transitions to the “Presync” state. The "Presync"
state verifies the cell boundary identified in the “Hunt” state. The HEC is checked in each incoming cell. If “Delta”
cells (including the "Hunt" to "Presync" transition cell) with a correct HEC are received, cell delineation transitions
to the “Sync” state. If a cell with an incorrect HEC is received, cell delineation transitions to the “Hunt” state. The
"Sync" state checks the HEC in each cell. If a cell with a correct HEC is received, cell delineation updates the data
path cell boundary if an OCD condition is present. If a cell with an incorrect HEC is received, cell delineation
transitions to the “Hunt” state. The cell delineation state diagram is shown in Figure 10-27. The cell delineation
process starts in the "Hunt" state. In octet-aligned mode, the HEC check is performed one byte at a time, so up to
53 checks may be needed to find the cell boundary. In bit synchronous mode, the HEC check is performed one bit
at a time, so up to 424 checks may be needed to find the cell boundary. HEC calculation coset polynomial addition
can be disabled. The cell delineation process can be programmed to ignore the first header byte (for DQDB
applications) when calculating the HEC. If cell processing is disabled, cell delineation will not be performed. A
“Delta” of eight is used during the DS3 clear-channel, STS-1 clear-channel, and E3 clear-channel modes. A “Delta”
143
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
of six is used during all other modes including the DS3 Clear-Channel—OHM; STS-1 Clear-Channel—OHM; and
E3 Clear-Channel—OHM modes. In bit synchronous mode, the serial data stream is demultiplexed into an 8-bit
parallel data stream (as determined by the data path cell boundary updated) before being passed on to cell
filtering.
Figure 10-27. Cell Delineation State Diagram
De
lta
Co
C
HE
ect
orr
Inc
rre
ct H
EC
s
Sync
Incorrect HEC
Presync
Hunt
Correct HEC
Cell filtering discards specific cell types. The 8-bit parallel data stream is monitored for idle, unassigned, and invalid
cells. (Cells discarded during cell delineation or DSS descrambling are not monitored for cell filtering.) If cell filtering
is enabled and the indicated cell type is found, the cell is discarded. Idle cell, unassigned cell, and invalid cell
filtering are programmable. Idle cells have a header value of 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000001.
Unassigned cells have a header value of xxxx0000 00000000 00000000 0000xxx0. Where x can be any value.
Invalid cells have a header value of xxxxyyyy yyyy0000 00000000 0000xxxx. Where x can be any value and
yyyyyyyy can be any value other than 00000000. All cells discarded are counted. If cell processing is disabled, cell
filtering will not be performed.
Header pattern comparison checks for a specific pattern in the header, and either discards and counts cells with a
matching header (discard match), discards and counts cells without a matching header (discard no match), counts
cells with a matching header (count match), or counts cells without a matching header (count no match). (Cells
discarded during OCD detection, DSS descrambling, or cell filtering processes are not monitored for header pattern
comparison.) The 8-bit parallel data stream is monitored for cells that have a header that matches the comparison
header. In discard match mode, cells with a matching header are counted and discarded. In discard no match
mode, cells without a matching header are counted and discarded. In count match mode, cells with a matching
header are counted and passed on. In count no match mode, cells without a matching header are counted and
passed on. The comparison header and comparison header pattern mode are programmable. If cell processing is
disabled, header pattern comparison will not be performed.
HEC error monitoring checks the HEC and detects errored and correctable cell headers. (Cells discarded during
OCD detection, DSS descrambling, cell filtering, or header pattern comparisons are not monitored for HEC errors.).
HEC Error Monitoring has two states, the "Correction" and "Detection" states. . In the “Correction” state, cells
received without any header errors (good cells) are passed on. Cells received with a single header error
(correctable cells) are corrected and passed on. The corrected cell count is incremented. Cells received with
multiple errors are considered errored cells. If errored cell extraction is enabled, errored cells are discarded, and
the errored cell count is incremented. If errored cell extraction is disabled, errored cells are passed on. If a cell is
144
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
received with an incorrect HEC, HEC error monitoring transitions to the “Detection” state. In the “Detection” state,
good cells are passed on. Cells received with one or more errors are considered errored cells. If m cells are
received with a correct HEC or the data path cell boundary is updated, HEC error monitoring will transition to the
“Correction” state. The value of m is programmable (1, 2, 4, or 8). The HEC Error Monitoring state diagram is
shown in Figure 10-28. HEC Error Monitoring starts in the “Correction” state. If header error correction is disabled,
HEC error monitoring will remain in the “Detection” state. If cell processing is disabled, HEC error monitoring will
not be performed.
Figure 10-28. HEC Error Monitoring State Diagram
corrected cell
m th good cell
C orrection
D etection
cell boundary update
errored cell
HEC byte filtering discards the HEC byte. If HEC transfer is disabled in the receive system interface, the HEC byte
is extracted from the cell and discarded. The resulting 52-byte cell is then passed on for storage in the Receive
FIFO. If HEC transfer is enabled, the 53-byte cell is passed on for storage in the Receive FIFO. If cell processing is
disabled, HEC byte filtering will not be performed.
Bit reordering changes the bit order of each byte. If bit reordering is enabled, the incoming 8-bit data stream
DT[7:0] with DT[7] being the MSB and DT[0] being the LSB is rearranged so that the MSB is in DT[0] and the LSB
is in DT[7] of the outgoing FIFO data stream DT[7:0]. In bit synchronous mode, DT[7] is the first bit received.
Once all cell processing has been completed, the 8-bit parallel data stream is demultiplexed into a 32-bit parallel
data stream and passed on to the Receive FIFO. Cells are stored in the Receive FIFO in a cell format. regardless
of whether or not they are transferred across a UTOPIA or POS-PHY interface. The cell format for a 53-byte cell
with a 32-bit bus is shown in Figure 10-29. The cell format for a 52-byte cell with a 32-bit bus is shown in Figure
10-30.
Figure 10-29. Cell Format for 53-Byte Cell With 32-Bit Data Bus
Bit 31
Bit 0
Header 1
Header 2
Header 3
Header 4
1st Transfer
HEC
00h
00h
00h
2nd Transfer
Payload 1
Payload 2
Payload 3
Payload 4
3rd Transfer
Payload 5
Payload 6
Payload 7
Payload 8
4th Transfer
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Payload 41
Payload 42
Payload 43
Payload 44
13th Transfer
Payload 45
Payload 46
Payload 47
Payload 48
14th Transfer
145
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-30. Cell Format for 52-Byte Cell With 32-Bit Data Bus
Bit 31
Bit 0
Header 1
Header 2
Header 3
Header 4
1st Transfer
Payload 1
Payload 2
Payload 3
Payload 4
2nd Transfer
Payload 5
Payload 6
Payload 7
Payload 8
3rd Transfer
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Payload 41
Payload 42
Payload 43
Payload 44
12th Transfer
Payload 45
Payload 46
Payload 47
Payload 48
13th Transfer
10.7.6 Packet Processor
10.7.6.1 Transmit Packet Processor
The Transmit Packet Processor accepts data from the Transmit FIFO performs bit reordering, FCS processing,
packet error insertion, stuffing, packet abort sequence insertion, inter-frame padding, and packet scrambling. The
data output from the Transmit Packet Processor can be either a serial data stream (bit synchronous mode) or an 8bit parallel data stream (octet-aligned mode). The type of data stream output from the Transmit Packet Processor
affects stuffing, abort insertion, inter-octet padding, inter-frame padding, and packet scrambling, however, it does
not affect bit reordering, FCS processing, or packet error insertion. Packet processing can be disabled (clearchannel enable). Disabling packet processing disables FCS processing, packet error insertion, stuffing, packet
abort sequence insertion, and inter-frame padding. Only bit reordering and packet scrambling are not disabled.
When packet processing is disabled, data is continually read out of the Transmit FIFO. When the Transmit FIFO is
read empty, the output data stream will be padded with FFh until the Transmit FIFO contains more data than the
"almost empty" level. The 32-bit data words read from the Transmit FIFO are multiplexed into an 8-bit parallel data
stream and passed on to bit reordering.
Bit reordering changes the bit order of each byte. If bit reordering is enabled, the incoming 8-bit data stream
DT[7:0] with DT[7] being the MSB and DT[0] being the LSB is rearranged so that the MSB is in DT[0] and the LSB
is in DT[7] of the outgoing data stream DT[7:0]. In bit synchronous mode, DT[7] is the first bit transmitted. If packet
processing is disabled the data stream is passed on to packet scrambling, bypassing FCS processing, packet error
insertion, stuffing, packet abort sequence insertion, and inter-frame padding. If packet processing is disabled in bit
synchronous mode, the serial data stream is demultiplexed in to an 8-bit data stream before being passed on.
FCS processing calculates a FCS and appends it to the packet. FCS calculation is a CRC-16 or CRC-32
calculation over the entire packet. The polynomial used for FCS-16 is x16 + x12 + x5 + 1. The polynomial used for
FCS-32 is x32 + x26 + x23 + x22 + x16 + x12 + x11 + x10 + x8 + x7 + x5 + x4 + x2 + x + 1. The FCS is inverted after
calculation. The FCS type is programmable. If FCS append is enabled, the calculated FCS is appended to the
packet. If FCS append is disabled, the packet is transmitted without a FCS. The FCS append mode is
programmable. If packet processing is disabled, FCS processing is not performed.
Packet error insertion inserts errors into the FCS bytes. A single FCS bit is corrupted in each errored packet. The
FCS bit corrupted is changed from errored packet to errored packet. Error insertion can be controlled by a register
or by the manual error insertion input (TMEI). The error insertion initiation type (register or input) is programmable.
If a register controls error insertion, the number and frequency of the errors are programmable. If FCS append is
disabled, packet error insertion will not be performed. If packet processing is disabled, packet error insertion is not
performed.
Stuffing inserts control data into the packet to prevent packet data from mimicking flags. Stuffing is performed from
the beginning of a packet until the end of a packet. In bit synchronous mode, the 8-bit parallel data stream is
multiplexed into a serial data stream, and bit stuffing is performed. Bit stuffing consists of inserting a '0' directly
following any five contiguous '1's. In octet aligned mode, byte stuffing is performed. Byte stuffing consists of
detecting bytes that mimic flag and escape sequence bytes (7Eh and 7Dh), and replacing the mimic bytes with an
escape sequence (7Dh) followed by the mimic byte exclusive ORed with 20h. If packet processing is disabled,
stuffing is not performed.
146
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Inter-frame padding inserts start flags, end flags and inter-frame fill between packets. There will be at least one flag
plus a programmable number of additional flags between packets. In octet aligned mode, the inter-frame fill is flags.
In bit synchronous mode, the inter-frame fill can be flags or all 1s followed by a start flag. If the inter-frame fill is all
'1's, the number of '1's between the end and start flags may not be an integer number of bytes, however, there will
be at least 15 consecutive '1's between the end and start flags. The bit synchronous mode inter-frame padding type
is programmable. If packet processing is disabled, inter-frame padding is not performed.
Packet abort insertion inserts a packet abort sequences as necessary. If a packet abort indication is detected, a
packet abort sequence is inserted and inter-frame padding is done until a packet start flag is detected. In bit
synchronous mode, the abort sequence is FFh. In octet aligned mode, the abort sequence is 7D7Eh. If packet
processing is disabled, packet abort insertion is not performed.
The packet scrambler is a x43 + 1 self-synchronous scrambler that scrambles the entire packet data stream. Packet
scrambling is programmable.
Once all packet processing has been completed, in bit synchronous mode, the 8-bit parallel data stream is
multiplexed into a serial data stream and passed on. In octet aligned mode, the 8-bit parallel data stream is passed
on.
10.7.6.2 Receive Packet Processor
The Receive Packet Processor performs packet descrambling, packet delineation, inter-frame fill filtering, packet
abort detection, destuffing, packet size checking, FCS error monitoring, FCS byte extraction, and bit reordering.
The data coming in can be either a serial data stream or an 8-bit parallel data stream, depending on the framing
mode (see Table 10-32 for configuration information). The type of data stream received affects packet
descrambling, packet delineation, inter-frame fill filtering, packet abort detection, and destuffing, however, it does
not affect packet size checking, FCS error monitoring, FCS byte extraction, or bit reordering. Packet processing
can be disabled (clear-channel enable). Disabling packet processing disables packet delineation, inter-frame fill
filtering, packet abort detection, destuffing, packet size checking, FCS error monitoring, and FCS byte extraction.
Only packet descrambling and bit reordering are not disabled.
The packet descrambler is a self-synchronous x43 + 1 descrambler that descrambles the entire packet data stream.
Packet descrambling is programmable. If packet processing is disabled in bit synchronous mode, the serial data
stream is demultiplexed in to an 8-bit data stream before being passed on.
If packet processing is disabled, a packet boundary is arbitrarily chosen, and the data is divided into "packets"
whose size is programmable (maximum packet size setting). These packets are then passed on to bit reordering
bypassing packet delineation, inter-frame fill filtering, packet abort detection, destuffing, packet size checking, FCS
error monitoring, and FCS byte extraction.
Packet delineation determines the packet boundary by identifying a packet start or end flag. Each time slot is
checked for a flag sequence (7Eh). Once a flag is found, it is identified as a start or end flag, and the packet
boundary is set. If packet processing is disabled, packet delineation is not performed.
Inter-frame fill filtering removes the inter-frame fill between packets. When a packet end flag is detected, all data is
discarded until a packet start flag is detected. In bit synchronous mode, the inter-frame fill can be flags or all '1's.
When the interframe fill is all ‘1’s, the number of '1's between the start and end flags does not need to be an integer
number of bytes. In bit synchronous mode when inter-frame fill is flags, there may be only one flag between
packets, or the flags may have a shared zero (011111101111110). In octet aligned mode, the inter-frame fill can
only be flags, and there may be only one flag between packets. If packet processing is disabled, inter-frame fill
filtering is not performed.
Packet abort detection searches for a packet abort sequence. Between a packet start flag and a packet end flag, if
an abort sequence is detected, the packet is marked with an abort indication, the aborted packet count is
incremented, and all subsequent data is discarded until a packet start flag is detected. In bit synchronous mode,
the abort sequence is seven consecutive ones. In octet aligned mode, the abort sequence is 7D7Eh. If packet
processing is disabled, packet abort detection is not performed.
Destuffing removes the extra data inserted to prevent data from mimicking a flag or an abort sequence. In bit
synchronous mode, bit destuffing is performed. Bit destuffing consists of discarding any '0' that directly follows five
contiguous '1's. In octet aligned mode, byte destuffing is performed. Byte destuffing consists of detecting an escape
sequence (7Dh), discarding it and exclusive ORing the next byte with 20h. In bit synchronous mode, after
destuffing is completed, the serial bit stream is demultiplexed into an 8-bit parallel data stream and passed on to
packet size checking. If there is less than eight bits in the last byte, an invalid packet flag is raised, the packet is
147
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
tagged with an abort indication, and the packet size violation count is incremented. In octet aligned mode, after
destuffing is completed, the 8-bit parallel data stream is passed on to packet size checking. If packet processing is
disabled, destuffing is not performed.
Packet size checking checks each packet for a programmable maximum and programmable minimum size. As the
packet data comes in, the total number of bytes is counted. If the packet length is below the minimum size limit, the
packet is marked with an aborted indication, and the packet size violation count is incremented. If the packet length
is above the maximum size limit, the packet is marked with an aborted indication, the packet size violation count is
incremented, and all packet data is discarded until a packet start is received. The minimum and maximum lengths
include the FCS bytes, and are determined after destuffing has occurred. If packet processing is disabled, packet
size checking is not performed.
FCS error monitoring checks the FCS and aborts errored packets. If a FCS error is detected, the FCS errored
packet count is incremented and the packet is marked with an aborted indication. The FCS type (16-bit or 32-bit) is
programmable. If FCS processing or packet processing is disabled, FCS byte extraction is not performed.
FCS byte extraction discards the FCS bytes. If FCS extraction is enabled, the FCS bytes are extracted from the
packet and discarded. If FCS extraction is disabled, the FCS bytes are stored in the receive FIFO with the packet.
If FCS processing or packet processing is disabled, FCS byte extraction is not performed.
Bit reordering changes the bit order of each byte. If bit reordering is enabled, the incoming 8-bit data stream
DT[7:0] with DT[7] being the MSB and DT[0] being the LSB is rearranged so that the MSB is in DT[0] and the LSB
is in DT[7] of the outgoing FIFO data stream DT[7:0]. In bit synchronous mode, DT[7] is the first bit received.
Once all packet processing has been completed, the 8-bit parallel data stream is demultiplexed into a 32-bit parallel
data stream and passed on to the Receive FIFO.
10.7.7 FIFO
10.7.7.1 Transmit FIFO
The Transmit FIFO block contains memory for 64 32-bit data words. The Transmit FIFO separates the transmit
system interface timing from the transmit physical interface timing. The Transmit FIFO functions include filling the
memory, tracking the memory fill level, maintaining the memory read and write pointers, and detecting memory
overflow and underflow conditions. The number of data transfers that can occur after the Transmit FIFO "full"
indication is deasserted is programmable. The Transmit FIFO port address used for selection and polling by the
Transmit System Interface Bus Controller is programmable. In system loopback, the data from the Transmit FIFO is
looped back to the Receive FIFO, and a FIFO empty indication is passed on to the Transmit Cell/Packet Processor.
In cell processing mode, all operations are cell based. The Transmit FIFO is considered empty when it does not
contain any data. The Transmit FIFO is considered "almost empty" when it does not contain a cell. The Transmit
FIFO is considered "almost full" when it does not have space available to store a programmable number of cells.
The Transmit FIFO is considered full when it does not have space available for a complete cell. When the Transmit
FIFO level drops below the “almost full” indication, the TDXA[n] is asserted. The Transmit FIFO accepts cell
transfers from the Transmit System Interface Bus Controller until it is full. If a start of cell is received while full, the
cell is discarded and a FIFO overflow condition is declared. Once a FIFO overflow condition is declared, the
Transmit FIFO will discard cell data until a start of cell is received while the FIFO has more space available than
the "almost full" level. If the Transmit FIFO receives cell data other than a start of cell after a complete cell has
been received, an invalid transfer is declared and all cell data is discarded until a start of cell is received. If a start
of cell is received before a previous cell transfer has been completed, the current cell is discarded and a short
transfer is declared. The new cell is processed normally. If the Transmit Cell Processor attempts a read while the
Transmit FIFO is empty, a FIFO underflow condition is declared. Once a FIFO underflow condition is declared, the
Transmit FIFO data will be discarded until a start of cell is received.
In packet processing mode, all operations are byte based. The Transmit FIFO is considered empty when its
memory does not contain any data. The Transmit FIFO is considered "almost empty" when its memory does not
contain a packet end and there is a programmable number of bytes or less stored in the memory. The Transmit
FIFO is considered "almost full" when its memory has a programmable number of bytes or less available for
storage. When the Transmit FIFO has more bytes available for storage than the “almost full” level the TDXA[n] or
TPXA pin will be asserted to signal to the POS device that it is ready to receive more packet data. The Transmit
FIFO is considered full when it does not have any space available for storage. When the Transmit FIFO is full, the
TDXA[n] pin will be deasserted. The Transmit FIFO accepts data from the Transmit System Interface Bus
Controller until full. If a start of packet or short packet (32-bit data word with a start of packet and end of packet) is
148
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
received while full, the data is discarded and a FIFO overflow condition is declared. If any other packet data is
received while full, the current packet being transferred is marked with an abort indication, and a FIFO overflow
condition is declared. Once a FIFO overflow condition is declared, the Transmit FIFO will discard data until a start
of packet is received while the FIFO has more space available than the "almost full" level. If a packet error (a
transfer with TERR and TEOP asserted) is received from the Transmit System Interface Bus Controller, an aborted
transfer is declared, the data is stored in memory with a packet abort indication, and the Transmit FIFO will discard
data until a start of packet is received. If an end of a packet has been received and the Transmit FIFO receives
packet data other than a start of packet, an invalid transfer is declared, and all packet data is discarded until a start
of packet is received. If a start of packet is received before a previous packet transfer has been completed (an end
of packet was never received), the current packet being transferred is marked with an abort indication and a short
transfer is declared. The new packet is processed normally. If the Transmit Packet Processor attempts a read while
the Transmit FIFO is empty, a FIFO underflow condition is declared. Once a FIFO underflow condition is declared,
the Transmit FIFO data will be discarded until a start of cell is received.
10.7.7.2 Receive FIFO
The Receive FIFO block contains memory for 64 32-bit data words. The Receive FIFO separates the receive
system interface timing from the receive physical interface timing. The Receive FIFO functions include filling the
memory, tracking the memory fill level, maintaining the memory read and write pointers, and detecting memory
overflow and underflow conditions. The Receive FIFO port address used for selection and polling by the Receive
System Interface Bus Controller is programmable. In system loopback, data is looped back from the Transmit FIFO
to the Receive FIFO.
In cell processing mode, all operations are cell based. The Receive FIFO is considered empty unless it contains a
cell. The Receive FIFO is considered "almost empty" when it contains a programmable number of cells or less.
When the Receive FIFO level has more data available for transfer than the “almost empty” level, the RDXA[n] pin is
asserted. The Receive FIFO is considered "almost full" when it does not have space available to store a complete
cell. The Receive FIFO is considered full when it does not have any space available. The Receive FIFO accepts
cell data from the Receive Cell Processor until full. If cell data is received while the FIFO is full, the cell is discarded
and a FIFO overflow condition is declared. Once a FIFO overflow condition is declared, the Receive FIFO will
discard cell data until a cell start is received while the FIFO has space available to store a complete cell. If the
Receive System Interface Bus Controller attempts a read while the FIFO is empty, the read is ignored.
In packet processing mode, all operations are 32-bit word based. The Receive FIFO is considered empty when it
does not contain any data. The Receive FIFO is considered "almost empty" when its memory does not contain a
packet end and there is a programmable number of words or less stored in the memory. When the Receive FIFO
has more bytes available for transfer than the “almost empty” level or has an end of packet, the RDXA[n] pin is
asserted (POS-PHY Level 2). The Receive FIFO is considered "almost full" when its memory has a programmable
number of words or less available for storage. The Receive FIFO is considered full when it does not have any
space available for storage. The Receive FIFO accepts data from the Receive Packet Processor until full. If a
packet start or short packet is received while full, the data is discarded and a FIFO overflow condition is declared. If
any other packet data (packet end or middle) is received while full, the current packet being received is marked
with an abort indication, and a memory overflow condition is declared. Once a memory overflow condition is
declared, the Receive FIFO will discard data until a packet start is received while the FIFO has more space
available than the "almost full" level. If the Receive System Interface Bus Controller attempts a read while the FIFO
is empty, the read is ignored.
10.7.8
System Loopback
There is a system loopback available in the ATM/HDLC Mapper. The loopback can be performed on a per-port
basis. When a port is placed in system loopback, the data coming in from the System Interface is looped back from
the Transmit FIFO to the Receive FIFO, a FIFO empty indication is passed on to the Transmit Cell/Packet
Processor, and all data coming from the Receive Cell/Packet Processor is discarded. The maximum throughput of
a single port is limited to half of the Receive System Interface bandwidth in 32-bit mode. A loss of data may occur if
the Receive System Interface clock (RSCLK) has a frequency that is greater than one and one half times the
Transmit System Interface clock (TSCLK).
149
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.8 DS3/E3 PLCP Framer
10.8.1 General Description
The PLCP Framer demaps the ATM cells from the DS3/E3 PLCP data stream in the receive direction and maps
ATM cells into the DS3/E3 PLCP data stream in the transmit direction.
The receive direction extracts the PLCP frame from the DS3/E3 data stream, performs frame processing, and
outputs the cells with a beginning of cell indication via the payload interface.
The transmit direction inputs the cells via the payload interface, generates the frame, and inserts the PLCP frame
into the DS3/E3 data stream. See Figure 10-31 for the location of the PLCP framer in the DS318x devices.
Figure 10-31. PLCP Framer Functional Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
Clock Rate
Adapter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
Tx Packet
Processor
TX BERT
HDLC
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
RX BERT
RX FRAC/
PLCP
UA1
GEN
Tx
FIFO
System
Interface
Trail
Trace
Buf f er
PLB
FEAC
TX FRAC/
PLCP
Tx Cell
Processor
SLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
Rx Packet
Processor
Rx Cell
Processor
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
10.8.2 Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DS3 PLCP frame ATM cell extraction and insertion – Accepts a DS3 payload and performs DS3 PLCP
overhead termination and generation.
E3 PLCP frame ATM cell extraction and insertion – Accepts a G.751 E3 payload and performs E3 PLCP
overhead termination and generation.
Generates and detects alarms and errors – In the receive direction, PLCP alarm conditions (OOF, LOF,
COFA, and RAI) and errors (framing, parity, and REI) are detected on the receive signal. In the transmit
direction, alarm conditions and errors can be inserted into the transmit data stream.
Receive overhead extraction port – Extracts all PLCP overhead from the receive signal and outputs it on a
serial interface (RPOH pin).
Externally controlled transmit overhead insertion port – Can insert all PLCP overhead into the transmit
signal from a serial interface. Overhead insertion is fully controlled via the serial overhead interface (TPOH,
TPOHEN, TPOHSOF, TPOHCLK).
Full Duplex serial HDLC channel extraction/insertion – An HDLC channel can be extracted from and/or
inserted into the F1, M1, M2, or M1 and M2 bytes in the PLCP data stream.
Full Duplex serial Trail Trace extraction/insertion – A trail trace can be extracted from and/or inserted into
the F1 byte in the PLCP data stream.
150
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.8.3 Transmit PLCP Frame Processor
The Transmit PLCP Frame Processor receives the ATM cells from the ATM/Packet Processor performs trailer
generation, framing generation, error insertion, and overhead insertion.
The bits in a byte are transmitted MSB first, LSB last. When they are input serially, they are input in the order they
are to be transmitted. The bits in a byte in an outgoing signal are numbered in the order they are transmitted, 1
(MSB) to 8 (LSB). However, when a byte is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the highest numbered bit (7),
and the LSB is stored in the lowest numbered bit (0). This is to differentiate between a byte in a register and the
corresponding byte in a signal.
10.8.4 Receive PLCP Frame Processor
The Receive PLCP Frame Processor accepts the data stream from the DS3/E3 Framer and extracts the entire
DS3/E3 overhead and processes only the PLCP frame data.
The bits in a byte are received MSB first, LSB last. When they are output serially, they are output in the order they
are received. The bits in a byte in an incoming signal are numbered in the order they are received, 1 (MSB) to 8
(LSB). However, when a byte is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the highest numbered bit (7), and the LSB
is stored in the lowest numbered bit (0). This is to differentiate between a byte in a register and the corresponding
byte in a signal.
Some bits, bit groups, or bytes (data) are integrated. Integration requires the data to have a new value for five
consecutive occurrences before the new data value will be stored in the data register. Integrated data may have an
associated unstable indication. Integrated data is considered unstable if for eight consecutive occurrences the
received data value does not match the currently stored (integrated) data value or the previously received data
value.
10.8.5 Transmit DS3 PLCP Frame Processor
The DS3 PLCP frame format is shown in Figure 10-32. A1 and A2 are the sub-frame alignment bytes that have a
value of F6h and 28h respectively. P11 – P0 are the Path Overhead Identifier (POI) bytes that indicate the path
overhead byte contained in the current sub-frame. Z6 – Z1 are growth bytes reserved for future use. F1 is the Path
User Channel byte allocated for user communications purposes (This byte is undefined in ATM). B1 is the Bit
Interleaved Parity-8 (BIP-8) byte used for PLCP path error monitoring. G1 is the PLCP Path Status Byte (See
Figure 10-33) used for far-end path status and performance monitoring (bits 6 – 8 are undefined in ATM). M2 and
M1 are the DQDB Layer Management Information bytes used for DQDB layer management communications
(These bytes are undefined in ATM). C1 is the Cycle/Stuff Counter byte used as for PLCP superframe alignment
and stuff indication.
151
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-32. DS3 PLCP Frame Format
A1
A2 P11
Z6
First Cell
A1
A2 P10
Z5
Second Cell
A1
A2
P9
Z4
Third Cell
A1
A2
P8
Z3
Fourth Cell
A1
A2
P7
Z2
Fifth Cell
A1
A2
P6
Z1
Sixth Cell
A1
A2
P5
F1
Seventh Cell
A1
A2
P4
B1
Eight Cell
A1
A2
P3
G1
Ninth Cell
A1
A2
P2
M2
Tenth Cell
A1
A2
P1
M1
Eleventh Cell
A1
A2
P0
C1
Twelfth Cell
Trailer
Subframe (57 Bytes)
13 or 14
Nibbles
12
Subframes
Figure 10-33. DS3 PLCP G1 Byte Format
G1
MSB
1
REI
REI
REI
REI
LSB
8
RAI
LSS
LSS
LSS
REI - Remote Error Indicator
RAI - Remote Alarm Indicator
LSS - Link Status Signal
10.8.5.1 Transmit DS3 PLCP Trailer Generation
DS3 PLCP trailer generation inserts the DS3 PLCP frame trailer immediately following sub-frame 0 (POI equals
01h), and generates the C1 byte. The trailer size is determined by the DS3 PLCP superframe counter, and the 8
kHz reference clock. The DS3 PLCP superframe counter is a free running counter that indicates the current frame
of the three-frame superframe. In the first frame of the superframe, the trailer size is set to 13, and C1 is set to FFh.
In the second frame of the superframe, the trailer size is set to 14, and C1 is set to 00h. In the third frame of the
superframe, the trailer size is variable. The trailer size is controlled by the 8kHz reference clock. If the indicated
trailer size is 13, C1 is set to 66h. If the indicated trailer size is 14, C1 is set to 99h, and the indicated number of
nibbles (13 or 14) are added after sub-frame 0. The trailer nibbles are all set to 1100.
152
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.8.5.2 Transmit DS3 PLCP Frame Generation
DS3 PLCP frame generator receives the incoming PLCP payload data stream, and overwrites all of the overhead
byte locations.
The first two bytes of each sub-frame are overwritten with the frame alignment bytes A1 and A2, which have a
value of F6h and 28h respectively.
The third byte of sub-frame # is overwritten with POI byte # (P#). The value of P# is 00####0Pb (0 = a logic zero,
#### = the hexadecimal value of #, and P = the odd parity bit).
The fourth byte of sub-frames #11 – 6 are overwritten with the Z6 – Z1 bytes from the corresponding registers.
The fourth byte of sub-frame 5 is overwritten with the F1 byte from the corresponding register, the trail trace byte
input from the transmit trail trace controller, or the HDLC Overhead Processor. The F1 byte source is
programmable PLCP.TCR.TF1C[1:0] (trail trace controller, HDLC, or register).
The fourth byte of sub-frame 4 is overwritten with the calculated BIP-8. The BIP-8 is calculated over all of the path
overhead bytes and cell bytes of the previous frame after all PLCP processing (frame generation, error insertion,
and overhead insertion) has been completed.
The first four bits of the fourth byte of sub-frame 3 are overwritten with the G1 byte REI bits (G1[1:4]). The Remote
Error Indication (REI) bits can be generated automatically or inserted from the G1 register bits. The REI source is
programmable (auto or register). If the REI bits are generated automatically, they are set to zero when the receive
side B1 byte exactly matches the BIP-8 calculated for the previous receives side frame. Otherwise, the REI is set to
a value of one to eight to indicate the number of parity errors (BIP-8 errors) detected in the receive PLCP frame (B1
byte).
The fifth bit of the fourth byte of sub-frame 3 is overwritten with the G1 byte RAI bit (G1[5]). The Remote Alarm
Indication (RAI) bit is sourced from a register.
The last three bits of the fourth byte of sub-frame 3 are overwritten with the G1 byte LSS bits (G1[6:8]). The Link
Status Signal (LSS) bits are sourced from a register. The three register bits are inserted in the sixth, seventh, and
eighth bits of the G1 byte in each frame.
The fourth byte of sub-frames 2 and 1 are overwritten with the M2 and M1 bytes respectively. Each byte can be
individually sourced from a register, or from the transmit HDLC controller. The M2 byte and M1 byte sources are
each programmable (register or HDLC). If both bytes are programmed to be sourced from the transmit HDLC
controller, they are concatenated as a single data link as opposed to two separate data links.
The fourth byte of sub-frame 0 is overwritten with the C1 byte created during trailer generation.
Once all of the overhead bytes have been overwritten, the data stream is passed on to error insertion.
10.8.5.3 Transmit DS3 PLCP Error Insertion
Error insertion inserts various types of errors into the different overhead bytes. The types of errors that can be
inserted are framing errors, BIP-8 parity errors, and Remote Error Indication (REI) errors.
The type of framing error(s) inserted is programmable (frame bit error or framing byte error). A framing bit error is a
single bit error in a frame alignment byte (A1 or A2) or POI byte (P#). A framing byte error is an error in all eight bits
of a frame alignment byte (A1 or A2) or path overhead indicator (POI) byte (P#). Framing error(s) can be inserted
one error at a time, or in two consecutive bytes (A1 & A2 or P# & P#+1). The framing error insertion rate (single A1
or A2, single P#, A1 & A2, or P# & P#+1) is programmable.
The type of BIP-8 error(s) inserted is programmable (errored BIP-8 bit or errored BIP-8 byte). An errored BIP-8 bit
is inverting a single bit error in the B1 byte. An errored BIP-8 byte is inverting all eight bits in the B1 byte. BIP-8
error(s) can be inserted one error at a time, or continuously. The BIP-8 error insertion rate (single or continuous) is
programmable.
The type of REI error(s) inserted is programmable (single REI error or eight REI errors). A single REI error is
generated by setting the first four bits of the G1 byte to a value of 1h. Eight REI errors are generated by setting the
first four bits of the G1 byte to a value of 8h. REI error(s) can be inserted one error at a time, or continuously. The
REI error insertion rate (single or continuous) is programmable.
153
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Error insertion can be initiated by a register bit (PLCP.TEIR.TSEI) or initiated by the manual error insertion input
(TMEI). Each error type is individually enabled by a register bit. The error insertion initiation type (register or input)
is programmable. Once all error insertion has been performed, the data stream is passed on to overhead insertion.
10.8.5.4 Transmit DS3 PLCP Overhead Insertion
Overhead insertion can insert any (or all) of the path overhead bytes into the DS3 PLCP frame. The overhead
bytes Z6 – Z1, F1, B1, G1, M1, M2, and C1 can be sourced from the transmit overhead interface (TPOHCLK,
TPOH, TPOHEN, and TPOHSOF). The B1 and C1 bytes are sourced as error masks (modulo 2 addition of the
input B1/C1 byte and the generated B1/C1 byte). The overhead insertion is fully controlled by the transmit
overhead interface. If the transmit PLCP overhead data enable signal (TPOHEN) is driven high, then the bit on the
transmit PLCP overhead signal (TPOH) is inserted into the output data stream. Insertion of bits using the TPOH
signal overwrites internal overhead insertion.
10.8.6 Receive DS3 PLCP Frame Processor
The DS3 PLCP frame format is shown in Figure 10-32. A1 and A2 are the sub-frame Alignment bytes that have a
value of F6h and 28h respectively. P11 – P0 are the Path Overhead Identifier (POI) bytes that indicate the path
overhead byte contained in the current sub-frame. Z6 – Z1 are growth bytes reserved for future use. F1 is the Path
User Channel byte allocated for user communications purposes (This byte is undefined in ATM). B1 is the Bit
Interleaved Parity-8 (BIP-8) byte used for PLCP path error monitoring. G1 is the PLCP Path Status Byte (See
Figure 10-33) used for far-end path status and performance monitoring (bits 6 – 8 are undefined in ATM). M1 and
M2 are the DQDB Layer Management Information bytes used for DQDB layer management communications
(These bytes are undefined in ATM). C1 is the Cycle/Stuff Counter byte used as for PLCP superframe alignment
and stuff indication.
10.8.6.1 Receive DS3 PLCP Framing
DS3 PLCP framing determines the DS3 PLCP frame boundary. The frame boundary is found by identifying the
frame alignment bytes (A1 & A2), and the path overhead indicator (POI) byte (P#). The framer is an off-line framer
that updates the data path frame counters when an out of frame (OOF) condition is present. The use of an off-line
framer reduces the number of ATM cells discarded during the framing process. The framer continually searches for
two consecutive sets of alignment bytes (A1 and A2), and two sequential POI bytes (P#) are identified. The data
path frame counters are updated if an OOF condition is present. The maximum average reframe time is 17 µs.
10.8.6.2 Receive DS3 PLCP Nibble Destuffing
Nibble destuffing discards the DS3 PLCP frame trailer immediately following sub-frame 0 (POI equals 01h). The
trailer size is determined by the DS3 PLCP superframe counter, and the cycle counter byte (C1). The trailer is 13
nibbles in the first frame of the superframe (C1 equals FFh). The trailer is 14 nibbles in the second frame of the
superframe (C1 equals 00h). The trailer length is variable in the third frame of the superframe. It is 14 nibbles if C1
equals 66h and 14 nibbles if C1 equals 99h. The superframe counter is updated immediately upon receiving an
error free C1. In the third superframe, majority voting (5 of 8) is used to determine the trailer size. Once the trailer
size has been determined, the trailer nibbles are discarded.
10.8.6.3 Receive DS3 PLCP Performance Monitoring
Performance monitoring checks the DS3 PLCP frame for errors and alarm conditions. The alarm conditions
detected are OOF, LOF, COFA, and RAI. All alarm conditions are defect conditions. The PLCP Framer does not
integrate alarms for failure conditions.
An Out Of Frame (OOF) condition is declared when two consecutive framing bytes (A1 and A2) or two consecutive
POI bytes (P0 - P11) are erred. An OOF condition is terminated when two sequential POI bytes and two
consecutive framing words (A1 and A2) are error free or the DS3 PLCP framer updates the data path frame
counters.
If the Loss Of Frame (LOF) integration counter is disabled, an LOF condition is declared when an OOF condition
has been continuously present for 1 ms. If the LOF integration counter is enabled, an LOF condition is declared by
the LOF integration counter when the counter has been active for a total of 1 ms. The LOF integration counter is
active (increments count) when an OOF condition is present, it is inactive (holds count) when an OOF condition is
absent, and it is reset when an OOF condition is continuously absent for 1 ms. An LOF condition is terminated
when an OOF condition is continuously absent for 1 ms.
154
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
A Change Of Frame Alignment (COFA) is declared when the DS3 PLCP framer updates the data path frame
counters with a frame alignment that is different from the current data path frame alignment.
A Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) condition is declared when ten consecutive frames are received with the RAI bit
(fifth bit of G1) set to one. An RAI condition is terminated when ten consecutive frames are received with the RAI
bit set to zero.
Three types of errors are accumulated, framing errors, BIP-8 errors and Remote Error Indication (REI) errors.
Framing errors are determined by comparing A1, A2, and P# to their expected values. The type of framing errors
accumulated is programmable (OOF, bit, byte, or word). An OOF error increments the count whenever an OOF
condition is first detected (up to 1 per 3 sub-frames). A bit error increments the count once for each bit in A1, each
bit in A2, and each bit in P# that does not match its expected value (up to 24 per sub-frame). A byte error
increments the count once for each A1 byte, A2 byte, and P# byte that does not match its expected value (up to 3
per sub-frame). A word error increments the count once for each frame alignment word (A1, A2, and P#) that does
not match its expected value (up to 1 per sub-frame). The detection of POI byte (P#) framing errors is
programmable (on or off).
BIP-8 errors are determined by calculating the BIP-8 of the current frame (path overhead and cell bytes), and
comparing the calculated BIP-8 to the B1 byte in the next frame. The type of BIP-8 errors accumulated is
programmable (bit or block). A bit error increments the count once for each bit in the B1 byte that does not match
the corresponding bit in the calculated BIP-8 (up to 8 per frame). A block error increments the count if any bit in the
B1 byte does not match the corresponding bit in the calculated BIP-8 (up to 1 per frame).
REI errors are determined by the four REI bits (first four bits of G1). The REI error count is incremented by the
value of the four REI bits (up to 8 per frame). Values of 9h - Fh are treated as zero errors.
10.8.6.4 Receive DS3 PLCP Overhead Extraction
Overhead extraction extracts all of the DS3 PLCP path overhead bytes from the DS3 PLCP frame. All of the PLCP
path overhead (POH) bytes (Z6 – Z1, F1, B1, G1, M2, M1, and C1) are output on the receive overhead bus
(RPOHCLK, RPOH, and RPOHSOF). The B1 byte is output as an error indication (modulo 2 addition of the
calculated BIP-8 and the B1 byte). In addition, the Z6 – Z1, F1, G1 (6:8), M2, and M1 bytes are integrated and
stored in registers along with change indications. G1 (6:8) has an unstable indication as well. The F1 byte is sent to
the receive trail trace buffer, and can also be sent to the receive HDLC controller. The M2 byte and/or M1 byte can
be sent to the receive HDLC controller. The source of the data transferred to the receive HDLC controller is
programmable (F1, M2, M1, or M2 & M1). If both the M2 and M1 byte are programmed to be the source for the
receive HDLC controller, they are concatenated as a single data link as opposed to two separate data links.
Once all frame processing has been completed, the ATM cells are passed on to the ATM/Packet Processor with a
start of cell indication.
10.8.7 Transmit E3 PLCP Frame Processor
The E3 PLCP frame format is shown in Figure 10-34. A1 and A2 are the sub-frame Alignment bytes that have a
value of F6h and 28h, respectively. P8–P0 are the Path Overhead Identifier (POI) bytes that indicate the path
overhead byte contained in the current sub-frame. Z3–Z1 are growth bytes reserved for future use. F1 is the Path
User Channel byte allocated for user communications purposes (This byte is undefined in ATM). B1 is the Bit
Interleaved Parity-8 (BIP-8) byte used for PLCP path error monitoring. G1 is the PLCP Path Status Byte (See
Figure 10-35) used for far-end path status and performance monitoring (bits 6–8 are undefined in ATM). M2 and
M1 are the DQDB Layer Management Information bytes used for DQDB layer management communications
(These bytes are undefined in ATM). C1 is the Cycle/Stuff Counter byte used as for stuff indication.
155
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-34. E3 PLCP Frame Format
A1
A2
P8
Z3
First Cell
A1
A2
P7
Z2
Second Cell
A1
A2
P6
Z1
Third Cell
A1
A2
P5
F1
Fourth Cell
A1
A2
P4
B1
Fifth Cell
A1
A2
P3
G1
Sixth Cell
A1
A2
P2
M2
Seventh Cell
A1
A2
P1
M1
Eight Cell
A1
A2
P0
C1
Ninth Cell
57 Columns
9 Rows
Trailer
18 or 20
Bytes
Figure 10-35. E3 PLCP G1 Byte Format
G1
MSB
1
REI
REI
REI
REI
LSB
8
RAI
LSS
LSS
LSS
REI - Remote Error Indicator
RAI - Remote Alarm Indicator
LSS - Link Status Signal
10.8.7.1 Transmit E3 PLCP Trailer Generation
E3 PLCP trailer generation inserts the E3 PLCP frame trailer immediately following sub-frame 0 (POI equals 01h),
and generates the C1 byte. The trailer size is determined by the phase relationship of the G.751 E3 frame and
PLCP frame and by the transmit 8 kHz reference clock. The trailer size is variable in all frames. The trailer size can
be 17, 18, 19, 20, or 21 bytes. C1 is set to 3Bh, 4Fh, 75h, 9Dh, or A7h respectively, and the indicated number of
bytes (17 – 21) are added after sub-frame 0. The trailer bytes are all set to 11001100.
10.8.7.2 Transmit E3 PLCP Frame Generation
E3 PLCP frame generation receives the incoming PLCP payload data stream, and overwrites all of the overhead
byte locations.
The first two bytes of each sub-frame are overwritten with the frame alignment bytes A1 and A2, which have a
value of F6h and 28h respectively.
The third byte of sub-frame # is overwritten with POI byte # (P#). The value of P# is 00####0Pb (0 = a logic zero,
#### = the hexadecimal value of #, and P = the odd parity bit).
The fourth byte of sub-frames #8 – 6 are overwritten with the Z3 – Z1 bytes from the corresponding registers.
156
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
The fourth byte of sub-frame 5 is overwritten with the F1 byte from the corresponding register or the trail trace byte
input from the transmit trail trace controller. The F1 byte from the corresponding register, the trail trace byte input
from the transmit trail trace controller, or the HDLC Overhead Processor interface). The F1 byte source is
programmable (PLCP.TCR.TF1C[1:0]) (trail trace data link, HDLC, or register).
The fourth byte of sub-frame 4 is overwritten with the B1 byte, which is a BIP-8, calculated over all of the path
overhead bytes and cell bytes of the previous frame after all PLCP processing (frame generation, error insertion,
and overhead insertion) has been completed.
The first four bits of the fourth byte of sub-frame 3 are overwritten with the G1 byte REI bits (G1[1:4]). The Remote
Error Indication (REI) bits can be generated automatically or inserted from the G1 register bits. The REI source is
programmable (auto or register). If the REI bits are generated automatically, they are set to zero when the receive
side B1 byte exactly matches the BIP-8 calculated for the previous receives side frame. Otherwise, the REI is set to
a value of one to eight to indicate the number of parity errors (BIP-8 errors) detected in the receive PLCP frame (B1
byte).
The fifth bits of the fourth byte of sub-frame 3 is overwritten with the G1 byte RAI bit (G1[5]). The Remote Alarm
Indication (RAI) bit is sourced from a register.
The last three bits of the fourth byte of sub-frame 3 are overwritten with the G1 byte LSS bits (G1[6:8]). The Link
Status Signal (LSS) bits are sourced from a register. The three register bits are inserted in the sixth, seventh, and
eighth bits of the G1 byte in each frame.
The fourth byte of sub-frames 2 and 1 are overwritten with the M2 and M1 bytes respectively. Each byte can be
individually sourced from a register, or from the transmit HDLC Overhead Processor. The M2 byte and M1 byte
sources are each programmable (register or HDLC). If both bytes are programmed to be sourced from the transmit
HDLC controller, they are concatenated as a single data link as opposed to two separate data links.
The fourth byte of sub-frame 0 is overwritten with the C1 byte created during trailer generation.
Once all of the overhead bytes have been overwritten, the data stream is passed on to error insertion.
10.8.7.3 Transmit E3 PLCP Error Insertion
Error insertion inserts various types of errors into the different overhead bytes. The types of errors that can be
inserted are framing errors, BIP-8 parity errors, and Remote Error Indication (REI) errors.
The type of framing error(s) inserted is programmable (frame bit error or framing byte error). A framing bit error is a
single bit error in a frame alignment byte (A1 or A2) or POI byte (P#). A framing byte error is an error in all eight bits
of a frame alignment byte (A1 or A2) or path overhead indicator (POI) byte (P#). Framing error(s) can be inserted
one error at a time, or in two consecutive bytes (A1 & A2 or P# & P#+1). The framing error insertion rate (single A1
or A2, single P#, A1 & A2, or P# & P#+1) is programmable.
The type of BIP-8 error(s) inserted is programmable (errored BIP-8 bit or errored BIP-8 byte). An errored BIP-8 bit
is inverting a single bit error in the B1 byte. An errored BIP-8 byte is inverting all eight bits in the B1 byte. BIP-8
error(s) can be inserted one error at a time, or continuously. The BIP-8 error insertion rate (single or continuous) is
programmable.
The type of REI error(s) inserted is programmable (single REI error or eight REI errors). A single REI error is
generated by setting the first four bits of the G1 byte to a value of 1h. Eight REI errors are generated by setting the
first four bits of the G1 byte to a value of 8h. REI error(s) can be inserted one error at a time, or continuously. The
REI error insertion rate (single or continuous) is programmable.
Error insertion can be initiated by a register bit (PLCP.TEIR.TSEI) or initiated by the manual error insertion input
(TMEI). Each error type is individually enabled by a register bit. The error insertion initiation type (register or input)
is programmable. Once all error insertion has been performed, the data stream is passed on to overhead insertion.
10.8.7.4 Transmit E3 PLCP Overhead Insertion
Overhead insertion can insert any (or all) of the path overhead bytes into the E3 PLCP frame. The overhead bytes
Z3 – Z1, F1, B1, G1, M1, M2, and C1 can be sourced from the transmit overhead interface (TPOHCLK, TPOH,
TPOHEN, and TPOHSOF). The B1 and C1 bytes are sourced as error masks (modulo 2 addition of the input
B1/C1 byte and the generated B1/C1 byte). The overhead insertion is fully controlled by the transmit overhead
interface. If the transmit PLCP overhead data enable signal (TPOHEN) is driven high, then the bit on the transmit
PLCP overhead signal (TPOH) is inserted into the output data stream. Insertion of bits using the TPOH signal
overwrites internal overhead insertion.
157
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.8.8 Receive E3 PLCP Frame Processor
The Receive E3 PLCP Frame Processor performs E3 PLCP framing, byte destuffing, performance monitoring and
overhead extraction.
The E3 PLCP frame format is shown in Figure 10-34. A1 and A2 are the sub-frame Alignment bytes that have a
value of F6h and 28h respectively. P8 – P0 are the Path Overhead Identifier (POI) bytes that indicate the path
overhead byte contained in the current sub-frame. Z3 – Z1 are growth bytes reserved for future use. F1 is the Path
User Channel byte allocated for user communications purposes (This byte is undefined in ATM). B1 is the Bit
Interleaved Parity-8 (BIP-8) byte used for PLCP path error monitoring. G1 is the PLCP Path Status Byte (See
Figure 10-35) used for far-end path status and performance monitoring (bits 6 – 8 are undefined in ATM). M1 and
M2 are the DQDB Layer Management Information bytes used for DQDB layer management communications
(These bytes are undefined in ATM). C1 is the Cycle/Stuff Counter byte used as for PLCP stuff indication.
10.8.8.1 Receive E3 PLCP Framing
E3 PLCP framing determines the E3 PLCP frame boundary. The frame boundary is found by identifying the frame
alignment bytes (A1 & A2), and the path overhead indicator (POI) byte (P#). The framer is an off-line framer that
updates the data path frame counters when an out of frame (OOF) condition is present. The use of an off-line
framer reduces the number of ATM cells discarded during the framing process. The continually searches for two
consecutive sets of alignment bytes (A1 and A2), and two sequential POI bytes (P#) are identified. The data path
frame counters are updated if an OOF condition is present). The maximum average reframe time is 23 µs.
10.8.8.2 Receive E3 PLCP Byte Destuffing
Byte destuffing discards the E3 PLCP frame trailer immediately following sub-frame 0 (POI equals 01h). The trailer
size is determined by the cycle counter byte (C1). The trailer is 17 to 21 bytes. It is 17 bytes if C1 equals 3Bh; 18
bytes if C1 equals 4Fh; 19 bytes if C1 equals 75h; 20 bytes if C1 equals 9Dh; and 21 bytes if C1 equals A7h. The
C1 codes provide error correction capability, and the C1 byte is corrected if required, and then used to determine
the trailer size. Once the trailer size has been determined, the trailer bytes are discarded.
10.8.8.3 Receive E3 PLCP Performance Monitoring
Performance monitoring checks the E3 PLCP frame for errors and alarm conditions. The alarm conditions detected
are OOF, LOF, COFA, and RAI. All alarm conditions are defect conditions. The FEAC Controller does not integrate
alarms for failure conditions.
An Out Of Frame (OOF) condition is declared when an error is detected in both bytes in a framing word (A1 and
A2) or two consecutive POI bytes (P0 - P11) are erred. An OOF condition is terminated when two sequential POI
bytes and two consecutive framing words (A1 and A2) are error free or the E3 PLCP framer updates the data path
frame counters.
If the Loss Of Frame (LOF) integration counter is disabled, an LOF condition is declared when an OOF condition
has been continuously present for 1 ms. If the LOF integration counter is enabled, an LOF condition is declared by
the LOF integration counter when the counter has been active for a total of 1 ms. The LOF integration counter is
active (increments count) when an OOF condition is present, it is inactive (holds count) when an OOF condition is
absent, and it is reset when an OOF condition is continuously absent for 1 ms. An LOF condition is terminated
when an OOF condition is continuously absent for 1 ms.
A Change Of Frame Alignment (COFA) is declared when the E3 PLCP framer updates the data path frame
counters with a frame alignment that is different from the current data path frame alignment.
A Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) condition is declared when ten consecutive frames are received with the RAI bit
(fifth bit of G1) set to one. An RAI condition is terminated when ten consecutive frames are received with the RAI
bit set to zero.
Three types of errors are accumulated: framing errors, BIP-8 errors and Remote Error Indication (REI) errors.
Framing errors are determined by comparing A1, A2, and P# to their expected values. The type of framing errors
accumulated is programmable (OOF, bit, byte, or word). An OOF error increments the count whenever an OOF
condition is first detected (up to 1 per 3 sub-frames). A bit error increments the count once for each bit in A1, each
bit in A2, and each bit in P# that does not match its expected value (up to 24 per sub-frame). A byte error
increments the count once for each A1 byte, A2 byte, and P# byte that does not match its expected value (up to 3
per sub-frame). A word error increments the count once for each frame alignment word (A1, A2, and P#) that does
158
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
not match its expected value (up to 1 per sub-frame). The detection of POI byte (P#) framing errors is
programmable (on or off).
BIP-8 errors are determined by calculating the BIP-8 of the current frame (path overhead and cell bytes), and
comparing the calculated BIP-8 to the B1 byte in the next frame. The type of BIP-8 errors accumulated is
programmable (bit or block). A bit error increments the count once for each bit in the B1 byte that does not match
the corresponding bit in the calculated BIP-8 (up to 8 per frame). A block error increments the count if any bit in the
B1 byte does not match the corresponding bit in the calculated BIP-8 (up to 1 per frame).
REI errors are determined by the four REI bits (first four bits of G1). The count is incremented by the value of the
four REI bits (up to 8 per frame). Values of 9h - Fh are treated as zero errors.
10.8.8.4 Receive E3 PLCP Overhead Extraction
Overhead extraction extracts all of the E3 PLCP path overhead bytes from the E3 PLCP frame. All of the PLCP
path overhead (POH) bytes (Z3 – Z1, F1, B1, G1, M1, M2, and C1) are output on the receive overhead bus
(RPOHCLK, RPOH, and RPOHSOF). The B1 byte is output as an error indication (modulo 2 addition of the
calculated BIP-8 and the B1 byte). In addition, the Z3 – Z1, F1, G1 (6:8), M1, and M2 bytes are integrated and
stored in registers along with change indications. G1 (6:8) has an unstable indication as well. The F1 byte is sent to
the receive trail trace buffer, and can also be sent to the receive HDLC controller. The M2 byte and/or M1 byte can
be sent to the receive HDLC controller. The source of the data transferred to the receive HDLC controller is
programmable (F1, M2, M1, or M2 & M1). If both the M2 and M1 bytes are programmed to be the source for the
receive HDLC controller, they are concatenated as a single data link as opposed to two separate data links.
Once all frame processing has been completed, the ATM cells are passed on to the ATM/Packet Processor with a
start of cell indication.
159
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.9 Fractional Payload Controller
10.9.1 General Description
The Fractional Payload Controller uses a fraction of the DS3/E3 payload for ATM cell or HDLC packets. The
unused DS3/E3 payload is considered fractional overhead and can be used as a proprietary data link. The
allocation given to the fractional payload is programmable controlled using internal counters or controlled
externally. The fractional overhead data can optionally be programmed to transmit all 0’s, all 1’s, a 1010 pattern, or
insert data from an external source.
The Fractional Payload Controller demaps fractional payload and overhead data from the DS3/E3 payload in the
receive direction and maps fractional payload and overhead data into the DS3/E3 payload in the transmit direction.
The receive direction extracts the fractional payload and fractional overhead data bits from the receive DS3/E3
payload, performs fractional payload/overhead data demultiplexing, sends the fractional payload to the ATM/Packet
processor, and sends the fractional overhead data to an external interface.
The transmit direction accepts the fractional overhead from an internal register or the external interface and
fractional payload data from the ATM/Packet processor, performs fractional overhead/payload data multiplexing,
and inserts the fractional overhead and payload data into the transmit DS3/E3 payload.
See Figure 10-36 for the location of the Fractional Payload Controller in the DS318x devices.
Figure 10-36. Fractional Payload Controller Detailed Block Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
Clock Rate
Adapter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
Tx Packet
Processor
TX BERT
HDLC
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
RX BERT
RX FRAC/
PLCP
UA1
GEN
Tx
FIFO
System
Interface
Trail
Trace
Buf f er
PLB
FEAC
TX FRAC/
PLCP
Tx Cell
Processor
SLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
Rx Packet
Processor
Rx Cell
Processor
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
10.9.2 Features
•
•
•
Programmable payload allocation – The payload data and fractional overhead allocation can be
programmed via registers.
Externally controlled payload allocation – The payload data and fractional overhead allocation can be
controlled by an external source via pins.
Fractional overhead extraction and insertion – Extracts all fractional overhead from the DS3/E3 payload
and sends it to an external serial interface. Inserts all fractional overhead from a serial interface and into the
transmit DS3/E3 payload. Optionally, the transmit fractional overhead can be set to insert all 0’s, all 1’s, or a
1010 pattern.
160
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.9.3 Transmit Fractional Interface
The Transmit Fractional Interface receives the payload data stream from the ATM/Packet Processor and inserts a
fractional overhead stream.
The incoming fractional overhead stream consists of fractional overhead (TFOHn), input fractional overhead enable
(TFOHENIn), and output fractional overhead enable (TFOHENOn). TFOHn, TFOHENOn and TFOHENIn are
typically referenced to TCLKIn (but also could be referenced to the TLCLKn, TCLKOn/TGCLKn, RCLKOn or
RLCLKn clock pins). If external control is enabled, TFOHENIn marks the fractional overhead periods, and
TFOHENOn is held low. If internal control is enabled, TFOHENOn marks the fractional overhead periods, and
TFOHENIn is ignored. Fractional overhead control is programmable (internal or external). The fractional overhead
source is programmable (all 0's, all 1's, a 10 pattern, or TFOH). See the FRAC.TCR Register Definition.
See Section 8.3.3 above for specific timing relationships between these pins.
10.9.4 Transmit Fractional Controller
The Transmit Fractional Controller generates the transmit fractional overhead enable output (TFOHENOn) used in
internal control mode to insert fractional overhead. The outgoing transmit data stream to the DS3/E3 Framer is
divided into frames. Each frame is composed of data groups that have a programmable size (1 – 8191 bits). Each
data group is divided into two sections. The first section (Section A) has a programmable size (0 – 8191 bits). The
second section (Section B) contains the remaining bits (g – a bits). See Figure 10-37. The section that contains
fractional overhead is programmable (Section A or Section B by setting the FRAC.TCR.TSASS register bit).
TFOHENOn is high during the fractional overhead section of the data group, and low during the payload section of
the data group. TFOHENOn is also low during line overhead/stuff periods.
10.9.5 Receive Fractional Interface
The Receive Fractional Interface receives the DS3/E3 payload from the DS3/E3 Framer, and performs fractional
overhead extraction on the payload.
The receive fractional overhead pins are the input fractional overhead enable (RFOHENIn), and the output
fractional overhead enable (RFOHENOn). RFOHENIn is sampled on the rising edge of RCLKOn, typically, or it can
be referenced to the RLCLKn pin. RFOHENOn is updated on the rising edge of RCLKOn (or alternatively the
RLCLKn pin).
If external control is enabled, the receive fractional overhead enable input (RFOHENIn) marks the fractional
overhead bits contained in the DS3/E3 payload. RFOHENIn is high while a fractional overhead period is available
on RSERn. RFOHENIn is low during payload data or line overhead/stuff periods.
If internal control is enabled, the receive fractional overhead enable output (RFOHENOn) marks the fractional
overhead bits in the received DS3/E3 payload. RFOHENOn is high during a fractional overhead bit period on
RSERn. RFOHENOn is low during a payload data or line overhead/stuff period. See Section 8.3.3 above for
specific timing relationships between these pins.
10.9.6 Receive Fractional Controller
The Receive Fractional Controller generates the receive fractional overhead enable output (RFOHENOn) used in
internal control mode to extract fractional overhead to the RFOHn pin. The DS3/E3 payload is divided into frames
composed of data groups that have a programmable size (1 – 8191 bits). Each data group is divided into two
sections. The first section (Section A) has a programmable size (a, 0 – 8191 bits). The second section (Section B)
contains the remaining bits (g – a bits). See Figure 10-37. The section that contains fractional overhead is
programmable (Section A or Section B by setting the FRAC.RCR.RSASS register bit). RFOHENOn is high during
the fractional overhead section of the data group, and low during the payload section of the data group.
RFOHENOn is also low during line overhead/stuff periods.
The first bit of a frame is the first bit of a data group. If a frame does not contain an integer number of data groups (f
/ g is not an integer), the last data group in the frame will be a short data group. The last bit of the short data group
will be the last data period before the start of frame period.
161
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-37. Data Group Format
Data Group (g bits)
Section A (a bits)
Section B (g-a bits)
Figure 10-38. Frame Format
Frame (f bits)
Data Group
Data Group
Data Group
•••
Data Group
162
Data Group
Data Group
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.10 DS3/E3 Framer/Formatter
10.10.1 General Description
The Receive DS3/E3 Framer receives a unipolar DS3/E3 signal, determines frame alignment and extracts the
DS3/E3 overhead in the receive direction. The Transmit DS3/E3 Formatter receives a DS3/E3 payload, generates
framing, inserts DS3/E3 overhead, and outputs a unipolar DS3/E3 signal in the transmit direction.
The Receive DS3/E3 Framer receives a DS3/E3 signal, determines the frame alignment, extracts the DS3/E3
overhead, and outputs the payload with frame and overhead
The Transmit DS3/E3 Formatter receives a DS3/E3 payload from the ATM/Packet Processor, generates a DS3/E3
frame, optionally inserts DS3/E3 overhead, and transmits the DS3/E3 signal.
See Figure 10-39 for the location of the DS3/E3 Framer/Formatter blocks in the DS318x devices.
Figure 10-39. Framer Detailed Block Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Clock Rate
Adapter
TX BERT
RX BERT
RX FRAC/
PLCP
UA1
GEN
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
HDLC
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
Tx Cell
Processor
System
Interface
Trail
Trace
Buf f er
PLB
FEAC
TX FRAC/
PLCP
SLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
Rx Packet
Processor
Rx Cell
Processor
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
10.10.2 Features
10.10.2.1 Transmit Formatter
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable DS3 or E3 formatter – Accepts a DS3 (M23 or C-bit) or E3 (G.751 or G.832) signal and
performs DS3/E3 overhead generation.
Arbitrary framing format support – Generates a signal with an arbitrary framing format. The line
overhead/stuff periods are added into the data stream using an overhead mask signal.
Generates alarms and errors – DS3 alarm conditions (AIS, RDI, and Idle) and errors (framing, parity, and
FEBE), or E3 alarm conditions (AIS and RDI/RAI) and errors (framing, parity, and REI) can be inserted into the
outgoing data stream.
Externally controlled serial DS3/E3 overhead insertion port – Can insert all DS3 or E3 overhead via a
serial interface. DS3/E3 overhead insertion is fully controlled via the serial overhead interface.
HDLC overhead insertion – An HDLC channel can be inserted into the DS3 or E3 data stream.
FEAC insertion – A FEAC channel can be inserted into the DS3 or E3 data stream.
Trail Trace insertion – Inputs and inserts the G.832 E3 TR byte.
10.10.2.2 Receive Framer
•
Programmable DS3 or E3 framer – Accepts a DS3 (M23 or C-bit) or E3 (G.751 or G.832) signal and performs
DS3/E3 overhead termination.
163
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
•
•
•
•
•
•
Arbitrary framing format support – Accepts a signal with an arbitrary framing format. The Line overhead/stuff
periods are removed from the data stream using an overhead mask signal.
Detects alarms and errors – Detects DS3 alarm conditions (SEF, OOMF, OOF, LOF, COFA, AIS, AIC, RDI,
and Idle) and errors (framing, parity, and FEBE), or E3 alarm conditions (OOF, LOF, COFA, AIS, and RDI/RAI)
and errors (framing, parity, and REI).
Serial DS3/E3 overhead extraction port – Extracts all DS3 or E3 overhead and outputs it on a serial
interface.
HDLC overhead extraction – An HDLC channel can be extracted from the DS3 or E3 data stream.
FEAC extraction – A FEAC channel can be extracted from the DS3 or E3 data stream.
Trail Trace extraction – Extracts and outputs the G.832 E3 TR byte.
10.10.3 Transmit Formatter
The Transmit Formatter receives a DS3, E3 or CC52 clear-channel data stream and performs framing generation,
error insertion, overhead insertion, and AIS/Idle generation for C-bit DS3, M23 DS3, G.751 E3, G.832 E3, or CC52
clear-channel framing protocols. In clear-channel mode, only AIS/Idle generation is performed.
The bits in a byte are transmitted MSB first, LSB last. When they are input serially, they are input in the order they
are to be transmitted. The bits in a byte in an outgoing signal are numbered in the order they are transmitted, 1
(MSB) to 8 (LSB). However, when a byte is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the highest numbered bit (7),
and the LSB is stored in the lowest numbered bit (0). This is to differentiate between a byte in a register and the
corresponding byte in a signal.
After all frame formatting is completed, the frame processor inserts a DS3/E3 (or Clear Channel) data stream into a
line data stream (OHM modes only). The line data stream is an upper level signal with a DS3, E3, or clear-channel
data stream embedded within the upper level frame. For example, if a DS3 signal has two line overhead/stuff
periods occur between the beginning of one frame and the beginning of the next frame, there will be 4762 clock
periods between the beginnings of the two frames (4760 for the DS3 data periods plus two for the line
overhead/stuff periods).
10.10.4 Receive Framer
The Receive Framer receives the incoming DS3, E3, or clear-channel line/tributary data stream, performs
appropriate framing, terminates and extracts the associated overhead bytes, and extracts the DS3, E3, or clearchannel payload data stream (OHM modes only). The line data stream is an upper-level signal with a DS3, E3, or
clear-channel data stream embedded within the upper level frame. For example, if a DS3 signal has two line
overhead/stuff periods occur between the beginning of one frame and the beginning of the next frame, there will be
4762 clock periods between the beginnings of the two frames (4760 for the DS3 data periods plus two for the line
overhead/stuff periods).
The Receive Framer processes a C-bit format DS3, M23 format DS3, G.751 format E3, G.832 format E3, or clearchannel data stream, performing framing, performance monitoring, overhead extraction, and generates
downstream AIS, if necessary. In clear-channel mode, only performance monitoring and downstream AIS
generation are performed.
The bits in a byte are received MSB first, LSB last. When they are output serially, they are output MSB first, LSB
last. The bits in a byte in an incoming signal are numbered in the order they are received, 1 (MSB) to 8 (LSB).
However, when a byte is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the highest numbered bit (7), and the LSB is
stored in the lowest numbered bit (0). This is to differentiate between a byte in a register and the corresponding
byte in a signal.
Some bits, bit groups, or bytes (data) are integrated before being stored in a register. Integration requires the data
to have the same new data value for five consecutive occurrences before the new data value will be stored in the
data register. Unless stated otherwise, integrated data may have an associated unstable indication. Integrated data
is considered unstable if the received data value does not match the currently stored (integrated) data value or the
previously received data value for eight consecutive occurrences. The unstable condition is terminated when the
same value is received for five consecutive occurrences.
10.10.4.1.1 Receive DS3 Framing
DS3 framing determines the DS3 frame boundary. In order to identify the DS3 frame boundary, first the sub-frame
boundary must be found. The sub-frame boundary is found by identifying the sub-frame alignment bits FX1, FX2, FX3,
and FX4, which have a value of one, zero, zero, and one respectively. See Figure 10-40. Once the sub-frame
164
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
boundary is found, the multiframe frame boundary can be found. The multiframe boundary is found by identifying
the multiframe alignment bits M1, M2, and M3, which have a value of zero, one, and zero respectively. The DS3
framer is an off-line framer that only updates the data path frame counters when either an out of frame (OOF) or an
out of multiframe (OOMF) condition is present. The use of an off-line framer reduces the average time required to
reframe, and reduces data loss caused by burst error. The DS3 framer has a Maximum Average Reframe Time
(MART) of approximately 1.0ms.
Figure 10-40. DS3 Frame Format
X1
F11
C11
F12
C12
F13
C13
F14
X2
F21
C21
F22
C22
F23
C23
F24
P1
F31
C31
F32
C32
F33
C33
F34
P2
F41
C41
F42
C42
F43
C43
F44
M1
F51
C51
F52
C52
F53
C53
F54
M2
F61
C61
F62
C62
F63
C63
F64
M3
F71
C71
F72
C72
F73
C73
F74
7 SubFrames
680 Bits
The sub-frame framer continually searches four adjacent bit positions for a sub-frame boundary. A sub-frame
alignment bit (F-bit) checker checks each bit position. All four-bit positions must fail before any other bit positions
are checked for a sub-frame boundary. There are 170 possible bit positions that must be checked, and four
positions are checked simultaneously. Therefore up to 43 checks may be needed to identify the sub-frame
boundary. The sub-frame framer enables the multiframe frame once it has identified a sub-frame boundary. See
Figure 10-41 for the sub-frame framer state diagram.
165
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-41. DS3 Sub-Frame Framer State Diagram
its
F-b
16
iled
s fa
o si
tio
on
siti
it p
po
3b
bit
ns
l4
Al
fai
led
or
ver
ifie
d
Sync
All 4 bit positions failed
Verify
Load
2 F-bits loaded
The multiframe framer checks for a multiframe boundary. When the multiframe framer identifies a multiframe
boundary, it updates the data path frame counters if either an OOF or OOMF condition is present. The multiframe
framer waits until a sub-frame boundary has been identified. Then, each bit position is checked for the multiframe
boundary. The multiframe boundary is found by identifying the three multiframe alignment bits (M-bits). Since there
are seven multiframe bits and three bits are required to identify the multiframe boundary, up to 9 checks may be
needed to find the multiframe boundary. Once the multiframe boundary is identified, it is checked in each
subsequent frame. The data path frame counters are updated if the three multiframe alignment bits are error free,
and an OOF or OOMF condition exists. If the multiframe framer checks more than 15 multiframe bit (X-bits, P-bits,
and M-bits) positions without identifying the multiframe boundary, the multiframe framer times out, and forces the
sub-frame framer back into the load state. See Figure 10-42 for the multiframe framer state diagram.
10.10.4.1.2 Receive DS3 Performance Monitoring
Performance monitoring checks the DS3 frame for alarm conditions and errors. The alarm conditions detected are
OOMF, OOF, SEF, LOF, COFA, LOS, AIS, Idle, RUA1, and RDI. The errors accumulated are framing, P-bit parity,
C-bit parity (C-bit format only), and Far-End Block Error (FEBE) (C-bit format only) errors.
An Out Of Multiframe (OOMF) condition is declared when a multiframe alignment bit (M-bit) error has been
detected in two or more of the last four consecutive DS3 frames, or when a manual - is requested. An OOMF
condition is terminated when no M-bit errors have been detected in the last four consecutive DS3 frames, or when
the DS3 framer updates the data path frame counters. See Figure 10-42 for the multiframe framer state diagram.
166
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-42. DS3 Multiframe Framer State Diagram
bit
Mor
err
eou
Mbit
tim
err
or
and
Mbi t
s id
ent
ifie
d
Sync
t
Timeout
Verify
Load
2 multiframe loaded
If multiframe alignment OOF is disabled, an Out Of Frame (OOF) condition is declared when three or more out of
the last 16 consecutive sub-frame alignment bits (F-bits) have been errored, or a manual resynchronization is
requested. If multiframe alignment OOF is enabled, an OOF condition is declared when three or more out of the
last 16 consecutive F-bits have been errored, when an OOMF condition is declared, or when a manual
resynchronization is requested. If multiframe alignment OOF is disabled, an OOF condition is terminated when
none of the last 16 consecutive F-bits has been errored, or when the DS3 framer updates the data path frame
counters. If multiframe alignment OOF is enabled, an OOF condition is terminated when an OOMF condition is not
active and none of the last 16 consecutive F-bits has been errored, or when the DS3 framer updates the data path
frame counters. Multiframe alignment OOF is programmable (on or off).
A Severely Errored Frame (SEF) condition is declared when three or more out of the last 16 consecutive F-bits
have been errored, or when a manual resynchronization is requested. An SEF condition is terminated when an
OOF condition is absent.
A Loss Of Frame (LOF) condition is declared by the LOF integration counter when it has been active for a total of T
ms. The LOF integration counter is active (increments count) when an OOF condition is present, it is inactive (holds
count) when an OOF condition is absent, and it is reset when an OOF condition is absent for T continuous ms. T is
programmable (0, 1, 2, or 3). An LOF condition is terminated when an OOF condition is absent for T continuous
ms.
A Change Of Frame Alignment (COFA) is declared when the DS3 framer updates the data path frame counters
with a frame alignment that is different from the current data path DS3 frame alignment.
A Loss Of Signal (LOS) condition is declared when the B3ZS encoder is active, and it declares a LOS condition. A
LOS condition is terminated when the B3ZS encoder is inactive, or it terminates a LOS condition.
An Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) is a DS3 signal with valid F-bits and M-bits. The X-bits (X1 and X2) are set to one,
the P-bits (P1 and P2) are set to zero, all C-bits (CXY) are set to zero, and the payload bits are set to a 1010 pattern
starting with a one immediately after each DS3 overhead bit. An AIS signal is present when a DS3 frame is
received with valid F-bits and M-bits, both X-bits set to one, both P-bits set to zero, all C-bits set to zero, and all but
seven or fewer payload data bits matching the DS3 overhead aligned 1010 pattern. An AIS signal is absent when a
DS3 frame is received that does not meet the aforementioned criteria for an AIS signal being present. The AIS
integration counter declares an AIS condition when it has been active for a total of 10 to 17 DS3 frames. The AIS
integration counter is active (increments count) when an AIS signal is present, it is inactive (holds count) when an
167
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
AIS signal is absent, and it is reset when an AIS signal is absent for 10 to 17 consecutive DS3 frames. An AIS
condition is terminated when an AIS signal is absent for 10 to 17 consecutive DS3 frames.
A Receive Unframed All 1’s (RUA1) condition is declared if in each of 4 consecutive 2047 bit windows, five or less
zeros are detected and an OOF condition is continuously present. A RUA1 condition is terminated if in each of 4
consecutive 2047-bit windows, six or more zeros are detected or an OOF condition is continuously absent.
An Idle Signal (Idle) is a DS3 signal with valid F-bits, M-bits, and P-bits (P1 and P2). The X-bits (X1 and X2) are set
to one, C31, C32, and C33 are set to zero, and the payload bits are set to a 1100 pattern starting with 11 immediately
after each overhead bit. In C-bit mode, an Idle signal is present when a DS3 frame is received with valid F-bits, Mbits, and P-bits, both X-bits set to one, C31, C32, and C33 set to zero, and all but seven or fewer payload data bits
matching the overhead aligned 1100 pattern. In M23 mode, an Idle signal is present when a DS3 frame is received
with valid F-bits, M-bits, and P-bits, both X-bits set to one, and all but seven or fewer payload data bits matching
the T3 overhead aligned 1100 pattern. An Idle signal is absent when a DS3 frame is received that does not meet
aforementioned criteria for an Idle signal being present. The Idle integration counter declares an Idle condition
when it has been active for a total of 10 to 17 DS3 frames. The Idle integration counter is active (increments count)
when an Idle signal is present, it is inactive (holds count) when an Idle signal is absent, and it is reset when an Idle
signal is absent for 10 to 17 consecutive DS3 frames. An Idle condition is terminated when an Idle signal is absent
for 10 to 17 consecutive DS3 frames.
A Remote Defect Indication (RDI) condition (also called a far-end SEF/AIS defect condition) is declared when four
consecutive DS3 frames are received with the X-bits (X1 and X2) set to zero. An RDI condition is terminated when
four consecutive DS3 frames are received with the X-bits set to one.
A DS3 Framing Format Mismatch (DS3FM) condition is declared when the DS3 format programmed (M23, C-bit)
does not match the incoming DS3 signal-framing format. A DS3FM condition is terminated when the incoming DS3
signal-framing format is the same format as programmed. Framing errors are determined by comparing F-bits and
M-bits to their expected values. The type of framing errors accumulated is programmable (OOF, F & M, F, or M).
An OOF error increments the count whenever OOF condition is first detected. An F & M error increments the count
once for each F-bit or M-bit that does not match its expected value (up to 31 per DS3 frame). An F error increments
the count once for each F-bit that does not match its expected value (up to 28 per DS3 frame). An M error
increments the count once for each M-bit that does not match its expected value (up to 3 per DS3 frame).
P-bit parity errors are determined by calculating the parity of the current DS3 frame (payload bits only), and
comparing the calculated parity to the P-bits (P1 and P2) in the next DS3 frame. If the calculated parity does not
match P1 or P2, a single P-bit parity error is declared.
C-bit parity errors (C-bit format only) are determined by calculating the parity of the current DS3 frame (payload bits
only), and comparing the calculated parity to the C-bits in sub-frame three (C31, C32, and C33) in the next DS3
frame. If the calculated parity does not match C31, C32, or C33, a single C-bit parity error is declared.
FEBE errors (C-bit format only) are determined by the C-bits in sub-frame four (C41, C42, and C43). A value of 111
indicates no error and any other value indicates an error.
10.10.5 C-bit DS3 Framer/Formatter
10.10.5.1 Transmit C-bit DS3 Frame Processor
The C-bit DS3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-40. Table 10-34 shows the function of each overhead bit in the
DS3 Frame
168
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-34. C-Bit DS3 Frame Overhead Bit Definitions
BIT
DEFINITION
X1, X2
Remote Defect Indication
(RDI)
P1, P2
Parity Bits
M1, M2, and M3
Multiframe Alignment Bits
FXY
Sub-frame Alignment Bits
C11
Application Identification
Channel (AIC)
C12
Reserved
C13
Far-End Alarm and Control
(FEAC) signal
C21, C22, and C23
Unused
C31, C32, and C33
C-bit parity bits
C41, C42, and C43
Far-End Block Error (FEBE)
bits
C51, C52, and C53
Path Maintenance Data Link
(or HDLC) bits
C61, C62, and C63
Unused
C71, C72, and C73
Unused
X1 and X2 are the Remote Defect Indication (RDI) bits (also referred to as the far-end SEF/AIS bits). P1 and P2 are
the parity bits used for line error monitoring. M1, M2, and M3 are the multiframe alignment bits. FXY are the subframe alignment bits. C11 is the Application Identification Channel (AIC). C12 is reserved for future network use, and
has a value of one. C13 is the Far-End Alarm and Control (FEAC) signal. C21, C22, and C23 are unused, and have a
value of one. C31, C32, and C33 are the C-bit parity bits used for path error monitoring. C41, C42, and C43 are the FarEnd Block Error (FEBE) bits used for remote path error monitoring. C51, C52, and C53 are the path maintenance
data link (or HDLC) bits. C61, C62, and C63 are unused, and have a value of one. C71, C72, and C73 are unused, and
have a value of one. The X-bit, P-bit, M-bit, C-bit, and F-bit positions are overhead bits, and the other bit positions
in the DS3 frame are payload bits.
10.10.5.2 Transmit C-bit DS3 Frame Generation
C-bit DS3 frame generation receives the incoming payload data stream, and overwrites the entire overhead bit
locations.
The multiframe alignment bits (M1, M2, and M3) are overwritten with the values zero, one, and zero (010)
respectively.
The sub-frame alignment bits (FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4) are overwritten with the values one, zero, zero, and one
(1001) respectively.
The X-bits (X1 and X2) are both overwritten with the Remote Defect Indicator (RDI). The RDI source is
programmable (automatic, 1, or 0). If the T3.TCR.ARDID is one then the T3.TCR.TRDI register bit controls this bit.
If the RDI is generated automatically (T3.TCR.ARDID=0), the X-bits are set to zero when one or more of the
indicated alarm conditions is present, and set to one when all of the indicated alarm conditions are absent.
Automatically setting RDI on LOS, SEF, LOF, or AIS is individually programmable (on or off).
The P-bits (P1 and P2) are both overwritten with the calculated payload parity from the previous DS3 frame. The
payload parity is calculated by performing modulo 2 addition of all of the payload bits after all frame processing has
been completed. P-bit generation is programmable (on or off) via the T3.TCR.PBGE register bit. The P-bits will be
generated if either P-bit generation is enabled or frame generation is enabled.
The bits C11, C12, C21, C22, C23, C61, C62, C63, C71, C72, and C73 are all overwritten with a one.
169
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
The bit C13 is overwritten with the Far-End Alarm and Control (FEAC) data input from the transmit FEAC controller.
The bits C31, C32, and C33 are all overwritten with the calculated payload parity from the previous DS3 frame.
The bits C41, C42, and C43 are all overwritten with the Far-End Block Error (FEBE) bit. The FEBE bit can be
generated automatically or inserted from a register bit. The FEBE bit source is programmable (automatic or
register). If the T3.TCR.AFEBED register bit is one then the T3.TCR.TFEBE register bit controls this bit. If the
FEBE bit is generated automatically, it is zero when at least one C-bit parity error has been detected during the
previous frame.
The bits C51, C52, and C53 are overwritten with the path maintenance data link input from the HDLC controller.
Once all of the DS3 overhead bits have been overwritten, the data stream is passed on to error insertion. If frame
generation is disabled, the incoming DS3 signal is passed on to error insertion. Frame generation is programmable
(on or off). Note: P-bit generation may still be performed even if frame generation is disabled.
10.10.5.3 Transmit C-bit DS3 Error Insertion
Error insertion inserts various types of errors into the different DS3 overhead bits. The types of errors that can be
inserted are framing errors, P-bit parity errors, C-bit parity errors, and Far-End Block Error (FEBE) errors.
The framing error insertion mode is programmable (F-bit, M-bit, SEF, or OOMF). An F-bit error is a single subframe alignment bit (FXY) error. An M-bit error is a single multiframe alignment bit (M1, M2, or M3) error. An SEF
error is an error in all the sub-frame alignment bits in a sub-frame (FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4). An OOMF error is a
single multiframe alignment bit (M1, M2, or M3) error in two consecutive DS3 frames.
A P-bit parity error is generated by is inverting the value of the P-bits (P1 and P2) in a single DS3 frame. P-bit parity
error(s) can be inserted one error at a time, or continuously. The P-bit parity error insertion mode (single or
continuous) is programmable.
A C-bit parity error is generated by is inverting the value of the C31, C32, and C33 bits in a single DS3 frame. C-bit
parity error(s) can be inserted one error at a time, or continuously. The C-bit parity error insertion mode (single or
continuous) is programmable.
A FEBE error is generated by forcing the C41, C42, and C43 bits in a single multiframe to zero. FEBE error(s) can be
inserted one error at a time, or continuously. The FEBE error insertion rate (single or continuous) is programmable.
Each error type (framing, P-bit parity, C-bit parity, or FEBE) has a separate enable. Continuous error insertion
mode inserts errors at every opportunity. Single error insertion mode inserts an error at the next opportunity when
requested. The framing multi-error modes (SEF or OOMF) insert the indicated number of error(s) at the next
opportunities when requested; i.e., a single request will cause multiple errors to be inserted. The requests can be
initiated by a register bit (TSEI) or by the manual error insertion input (TMEI). The error insertion initiation type
(register or input) is programmable. The insertion of each particular error type is individually enabled. Once all error
insertion has been performed, the data stream is passed on to overhead insertion.
10.10.5.4 Transmit C-bit DS3 Overhead Insertion
Overhead insertion can insert any (or all) of the DS3 overhead bits into the DS3 frame. The DS3 overhead bits X1,
X2, P1, P2, MX, FXY, and CXY can be sourced from the transmit overhead interface (TOHCLKn, TOHn, TOHENn, and
TOHSOFn). The P-bits (P1 and P2) and C31, C32, and C33 bits are received as an error mask (modulo 2 addition of
the input bit and the internally generated bit). The DS3 overhead insertion is fully controlled by the transmit
overhead interface. If the transmit overhead data enable signal (TOHENn) is driven high, then the bit on the
transmit overhead signal (TOHn) is inserted into the output data stream. Insertion of bits using the TOHn signal
overwrites internal overhead insertion.
10.10.5.5 Transmit C-bit DS3 AIS/Idle Generation
C-bit DS3 AIS/Idle generation overwrites the data stream with AIS or an Idle signal. If transmit Idle is enabled, the
data stream payload is forced to an 1100 pattern with two ones immediately following each DS3 overhead bit. M1,
M2, and M3 bits are overwritten with the values zero, one, and zero (010) respectively. FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4 bits are
overwritten with the values one, zero, zero, and one (1001) respectively. X1 and X2 are overwritten with 11. And,
P1, P2, C31, C32, and C33 are overwritten with the calculated payload parity from the previous output DS3 frame.
If transmit AIS is enabled, the data stream payload is forced to a 1010 pattern with a one immediately following
each DS3 overhead bit. M1, M2, and M3 bits are overwritten with the values zero, one, and zero (010) respectively.
FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4 bits are overwritten with the values one, zero, zero, and one (1001) respectively. X1 and X2
170
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
are overwritten with 11. P1, P2, C31, C32, and C33 are overwritten with the calculated payload parity from the previous
output DS3 frame. And, CX1, CX2, and CX3 (X ≠ 3) are overwritten with 000. AIS will overwrite a transmit Idle signal.
10.10.5.5.1 Receive C-bit DS3 Frame Format
The DS3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-40. X1 and X2 are the Remote Defect Indication (RDI) bits (also
referred to as the far-end SEF/AIS bits). P1 and P2 are the parity bits used for line error monitoring. M1, M2, and M3
are the multiframe alignment bits that define the multiframe boundary. FXY are the sub-frame alignment bits that
define the sub-frame boundary. Note: Both the M-bits and F-bits define the DS3 frame boundary. C11 is the
Application Identification Channel (AIC). C12 is reserved for future network use, and has a value of one. C13 is the
Far-End Alarm and Control (FEAC) signal. C21, C22, and C23 are unused, and have a value of one. C31, C32, and C33
are the C-bit parity bits used for path error monitoring. C41, C42, and C43 are the Far-End Block Error (FEBE) bits
used for remote path error monitoring. C51, C52, and C53 are the path maintenance data link (or HDLC) bits. C61,
C62, and C63 are unused, and have a value of one. C71, C72, and C73 are unused, and have a value of one.
10.10.5.5.2 Receive C-bit DS3 Overhead Extraction
Overhead extraction extracts all of the DS3 overhead bits from the C-bit DS3 frame. All of the DS3 overhead bits
X1, X2, P1, P2, MX, FXY, and CXY are output on the receive overhead interface (ROH, ROHSOF, and ROHCLK). The
P1, P2, C31, C32, and C33 bits are output as an error indication (modulo 2 addition of the calculated parity and the
bit). In addition, the Application Identification Channel (AIC), which is stored in a register bit, is determined from the
C11 bit. The AIC is set to one (C-bit format) if the C11 bit is set to one in 31 consecutive multiframes. The AIC is set
to zero (M23 format) if the C11 bit is set to zero in four of the last 31 consecutive multiframes. Note: The stored AIC
bit must not change when a LOS, OOF, or AIS condition is present. The C13 bit is sent over to the receive FEAC
controller. The C51, C52, and C53 bits are sent to the receive HDLC overhead controller.
10.10.6 M23 DS3 Framer/Formatter
10.10.6.1 Transmit M23 DS3 Frame Processor
The M23 DS3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-40. Table 10-35 defines the framing bits for M23 DS3. X1 and X2
are the Remote Defect Indication (RDI) bits (also referred to as the far-end SEF/AIS bits). P1 and P2 are the parity
bits used for line error monitoring. M1, M2, and M3 are the multiframe alignment bits. FXY are the sub-frame
alignment bits. C11 is the Application Identification Channel (AIC). CX1, CX2, and CX3 are the stuff control bits for
tributary #X. The X-bit, P-bit, M-bit, C-bit, and F-bit positions are overhead bits, and the other bit positions in the
DS3 frame are payload bits.
Table 10-35. M23 DS3 Frame Overhead Bit Definitions
BIT
DEFINITION
X1, X2
Remote Defect Indication
(RDI)
P1, P2
Parity Bits
M1, M2, and M3
Multiframe Alignment Bits
FXY
Sub-frame Alignment Bits
C11
Application Identification
Channel (AIC)
CX1, CX2, and CX3
Stuff Control Bits for Tributary
#X
171
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.10.6.2 Transmit M23 DS3 Frame Generation
M23 DS3 frame generation receives the incoming payload data stream, and overwrites the entire DS3 overhead bit
locations.
The multiframe alignment bits (M1, M2, and M3) are overwritten with the values zero, one, and zero (010)
respectively.
The sub-frame alignment bits (FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4) are overwritten with the values one, zero, zero, and one
(1001) respectively.
The X-bits (X1 and X2) are both overwritten with the Remote Defect Indicator (RDI). The RDI source is
programmable (automatic, 1, or 0). If the T3.TCR.ARDID is one then the T3.TCR.TRDI register bit controls this bit.
If the RDI is generated automatically (T3.TCR.ARDID=0), the X-bits are set to zero when one or more of the
indicated alarm conditions is present, and set to one when all of the indicated alarm conditions are absent.
Automatically setting RDI on LOS, SEF, LOF, or AIS is individually programmable (on or off).
The P-bits (P1 and P2) are both overwritten with the calculated payload parity from the previous DS3 frame. The
payload parity is calculated by performing modulo 2 addition of all of the payload bits after all frame processing has
been completed. P-bit generation is programmable (on or off). The P-bits will be generated if either P-bit generation
is enabled or frame generation is enabled.
If C-bit generation is enabled (T3.TCR.CBGD), the bit C11 is overwritten with an alternating one zero pattern, and
all of the other C-bits (CXY) are overwritten with zeros. If C-bit generation is disabled, then all of the C-bit timeslots
(CXY) will be treated as payload data, and passed through. C-bit generation is programmable (on or off). Note:
Overhead insertion may still overwrite the C-bit time slots even if C-bit generation is disabled.
Once all of the DS3 overhead bits have been overwritten, the data stream is passed on to error insertion. If frame
generation is disabled, the incoming DS3 signal is passed on directly to error insertion. Frame generation is
programmable (on or off). Note: P-bit generation may still be performed even if frame generation is disabled.
10.10.6.3 Transmit M23 DS3 Error Insertion
Error insertion inserts various types of errors into the different DS3 overhead bits. The types of errors that can be
inserted are framing errors and P-bit parity errors.
The framing error insertion mode is programmable (F-bit, M-bit, SEF, or OOMF). An F-bit error is a single subframe alignment bit (FXY) error. An M-bit error is a single multiframe alignment bit (M1, M2, or M3) error. An SEF
error is an error in all the sub-frame alignment bits in a sub-frame (FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4). An OOMF error is a
single multiframe alignment bit (M1, M2, or M3) error in each of two consecutive DS3 frames.
A P-bit parity error is generated by is inverting the value of the P-bits (P1 and P2) in a single DS3 frame. P-bit parity
error(s) can be inserted one error at a time, or continuously. The P-bit parity error insertion mode (single or
continuous) is programmable.
Each error type (framing or P-bit parity) has a separate enable. Continuous error insertion mode inserts errors at
every opportunity. Single error insertion mode inserts an error at the next opportunity when requested. The framing
multi-error insertion modes (SEF or OOMF) insert the indicated number of error(s) at the next opportunities when
requested; i.e., a single request will cause multiple errors to be inserts. The requests can be initiated by a register
bit (TSEI) or by the manual error insertion input (TMEI). The error insertion request source (register or input) is
programmable. The insertion of each particular error type is individually enabled. Once all error insertion has been
performed, the data stream is passed on to overhead insertion.
10.10.6.4 Transmit M23 DS3 Overhead Insertion
Overhead insertion can insert any (or all) of the DS3 overhead bits into the DS3 frame. The DS3 overhead bits X1,
X2, P1, P2, MX, FXY, and CXY can be sourced from the transmit overhead interface (TOHCLK, TOH, TOHEN, and
TOHSOF). The P-bits (P1 and P2) are received as an error mask (modulo 2 addition of the input bit and the
internally generated bit). The DS3 overhead insertion is fully controlled by the transmit overhead interface. If the
transmit overhead data enable signal (TOHEN) is driven high, then the bit on the transmit overhead signal (TOH) is
inserted into the output data stream. Insertion of bits using the TOH signal overwrites internal overhead insertion.
172
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.10.6.5 Transmit M23 DS3 AIS/Idle Generation
M23 DS3 AIS/Idle generation overwrites the data stream with AIS or an Idle signal. If transmit Idle is enabled, the
data stream payload is forced to an 1100 pattern with two ones immediately following each DS3 overhead bit. M1,
M2, and M3 bits are overwritten with the values zero, one, and zero (010) respectively. FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4 bits are
overwritten with the values one, zero, zero, and one (1001) respectively. X1 and X2 are overwritten with 11.. P1 and
P2 are overwritten with the calculated payload parity from the previous output DS3 frame. And, C31, C32, and C33
are overwritten with 000.
If transmit AIS is enabled, the data stream payload is forced to a 1010 pattern with a one immediately following
each DS3 overhead bit. M1, M2, and M3 bits are overwritten with the values zero, one, and zero (010) respectively.
FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4 bits are overwritten with the values one, zero, zero, and one (1001) respectively. X1 and X2
are overwritten with 11. P1 and P2 are overwritten with the calculated payload parity from the previous DS3 frame.
And, CX1, CX2, and CX3 are overwritten with 000. AIS will overwrite a transmit Idle signal.
10.10.6.5.1 Receive M23 DS3 Frame Format
The DS3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-40. The X1 and X2 are the Remote Defect Indication (RDI) bits (also
referred to as the far-end SEF/AIS bits). P1 and P2 are the parity bits used for line error monitoring. M1, M2, and M3
are the multiframe alignment bits that define the multiframe boundary. FXY are the sub-frame alignment bits that
define the sub-frame boundary. Note: Both the M-bits and F-bits define the DS3 frame boundary. C11 is the
Application Identification Channel (AIC). CX1, CX2, and CX3 are the stuff control bits for tributary #X.
10.10.6.5.2 Receive M23 DS3 Overhead Extraction
Overhead extraction extracts all of the DS3 overhead bits from the M23 DS3 frame. All of the DS3 overhead bits
X1, X2, P1, P2, MX, FXY, and CXY are output on the receive overhead interface (ROH, ROHSOF, and ROHCLK). The
P1 and P2 bits are output as an error indication (modulo 2 addition of the calculated parity and the bit). In addition,
the Application Identification Channel (AIC) is extracted from the C11 bit and stored in a register. The AIC is set to
one (C-bit format) if the C11 bit is set to one in 31 consecutive multiframes. The AIC is set to zero (M23 format) if
the C11 bit is set to zero in four of the last 31 consecutive multiframes. Note: The stored AIC bit must not change
when a LOS, OOF, or AIS condition is present.
10.10.6.5.3 Receive DS3 Downstream AIS Generation
Downstream DS3 AIS (all ‘1’s) can be automatically generated on an OOF, LOS, or AIS condition or manually
inserted. If automatic downstream AIS is enabled, downstream AIS is inserted when an LOS or AIS condition is
declared, or no earlier than 2.25 ms and no later than 2.75 ms after an OOF condition is declared. Automatic
downstream AIS is programmable (on or off). If manual downstream AIS insertion is enabled, downstream AIS is
inserted. Manual downstream AIS insertion is programmable (on or off). Downstream AIS is removed when all
OOF, LOS, and AIS conditions are terminated and manual downstream AIS insertion is disabled.
173
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.10.7 G.751 E3 Framer/Formatter
10.10.7.1 Transmit G.751 E3 Frame Processor
The G.751 E3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-43. FAS is the Frame Alignment Signal. A is the Alarm indication
bit used to indicate the presence of an alarm to the remote terminal equipment. N is the National use bit reserved
for national use.
Figure 10-43. G.751 E3 Frame Format
FAS
A N
4 Rows
1524 Bit Payload
384 bits
10.10.7.2 Transmit G.751 E3 Frame Generation
G.751 E3 frame generation receives the incoming payload data stream, and overwrites the entire E3 overhead bit
locations.
The first 10 bits of the frame are overwritten with the frame alignment signal (FAS), which has a value of
1111010000b.
The 11th bit of the frame is overwritten with the alarm indication (A) bit. The A bit can be generated automatically,
sourced from the transmit FEAC controller, set to one, or set to zero. The A bit source is programmable (automatic,
FEAC, 1, or 0). If the A bit is generated automatically, it is set to one when one or more of the indicated alarm
conditions is present, and set to zero when all of the indicated alarm conditions are absent. Automatically setting
RDI on LOS, LOF, or AIS is individually programmable (on or off).
The twelfth bit of the frame is overwritten with the national use (N) bit. The N bit can be sourced from the transmit
FEAC controller, sourced from the transmit HDLC overhead controller, set to one, or set to zero. The N bit source
is programmable (FEAC, HDLC, 1, or 0). Note: The FEAC controller will source one bit per frame regardless of
whether the A bit only, the N bit only, or both are programmed to be sourced from the FEAC controller.
Once all of the E3 overhead bits have been overwritten, the data stream is passed on to error insertion. If frame
generation is disabled, the incoming E3 signal is passed on directly to error insertion. Frame generation is
programmable (on or off).
10.10.7.3 Transmit G.751 E3 Error Insertion
Error insertion inserts framing errors into the frame alignment signal (FAS). The type of error(s) inserted into the
FAS is programmable (errored FAS bit or errored FAS). An errored FAS bit is a single bit error in the FAS. An
errored FAS is an error in all ten bits of the FAS (a value of 0000101111b is inserted in the FAS). Framing error(s)
can be inserted one error at a time, or in four consecutive frames. The framing error insertion number (single or
four) is programmable.
Single error insertion mode inserts an error at the next opportunity when requested. The multi-error insertion mode
inserts the indicated number of errors at the next opportunities when requested. That is, a single request will cause
multiple errors to be inserted. The requests can be initiated by a register bit (TSEI) or by the manual error insertion
input (TMEI). The error insertion initiation type (register or input) is programmable. The insertion of each particular
error type is individually enabled.
Once all error insertion has been performed, the data stream is passed on to overhead insertion.
174
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.10.7.4 Transmit G.751 E3 Overhead Insertion
Overhead insertion can insert any (or all) of the E3 overhead bits into the E3 frame. The FAS, A bit, and N bit can
be sourced from the transmit overhead interface (TOHCLK, TOH, TOHEN, and TOHSOF). The E3 overhead
insertion is fully controlled by the transmit overhead interface. If the transmit overhead data enable signal (TOHEN)
is driven high, then the bit on the transmit overhead signal (TOH) is inserted into the output data stream. Insertion
of bits using the TOH signal overwrites internal overhead insertion.
10.10.7.5 Transmit G.751 E3 AIS Generation
G.751 E3 AIS generation overwrites the data stream with AIS. If transmit AIS is enabled, the data stream (payload
and E3 overhead) is forced to all ones.
10.10.7.6 Receive G.751 E3 Frame Processor
The G.751 E3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-43. FAS is the Frame Alignment Signal. A is the Alarm indication
bit used to indicate the presence of an alarm to the remote terminal equipment. N is the National use bit reserved
for national use.
10.10.7.6.1 Receive G.751 E3 Framing
G.751 E3 framing determines the G.751 E3 frame boundary. The frame boundary is found by identifying the frame
alignment signal (FAS), which has a value of 1111010000b. The framer is an off-line framer that updates the data
path frame counters when an out of frame (OOF) condition has been detected. The use of an off-line framer
reduces the average time required to reframe, and reduces data loss caused by burst error. The G.751 E3 framer
checks each bit position for the FAS. The frame boundary is set once the FAS is identified. Since, the FAS check is
performed one bit at a time, up to 1536 checks may be needed to find the frame boundary. The data path frame
counters are updated if an error free FAS is received for two additional frames, and an OOF condition is present, or
if a manual frame re-synchronization has been initiated.
10.10.7.6.2 Receive G.751 E3 Performance Monitoring
Performance monitoring checks the E3 frame for alarm conditions. The alarm conditions detected are OOF, LOF,
COFA, LOS, AIS, RUA1, and RAI. An Out Of Frame (OOF) condition is declared when four consecutive frame
alignment signals (FAS) contain one or more errors or at the next FAS check when a manual reframe is requested.
An OOF condition is terminated when three consecutive FASs are error-free or the G.751 E3 framer updates the
data path frame counters.
A Loss Of Frame (LOF) condition is declared by the LOF integration counter when it has been active for a total of T
ms. The LOF integration counter is active (increments count) when an OOF condition is present, it is inactive (holds
count) when an OOF condition is absent, and it is reset when an OOF condition is absent for T continuous ms. T is
programmable (0, 1, 2, or 3). An LOF condition is terminated when an OOF condition is absent for T continuous
ms.
A Change Of Frame Alignment (COFA) is declared when the G.751 E3 framer updates the data path frame
counters with a frame alignment that is different from the current data path frame alignment.
A Loss Of Signal (LOS) condition is declared when the HDB3 encoder is active, and it declares a LOS condition. A
LOS condition is terminated when the HDB3 encoder is inactive, or it terminates a LOS condition.
An Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) condition is declared when 4 or less zeros are detected in each of two consecutive
frame periods. An AIS condition is terminated when 5 or more zeros are detected in each of two consecutive frame
periods.
A Receive Unframed All 1’s (RUA1) condition is declared if in each of 4 consecutive 2047 bit windows, five or less
zeros are detected and an OOF condition is continuously present. A RUA1 condition is terminated if in each of 4
consecutive 2047-bit windows, six or more zeros are detected or an OOF condition is continuously absent.
A Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) condition is declared when four consecutive frames are received with the A bit
(first bit after the FAS) set to one. An RAI condition is terminated when four consecutive frames are received with
the A bit set to zero.
Only framing errors are accumulated. Framing errors are determined by comparing the FAS to its expected value.
The type of framing errors accumulated is programmable (OOF, bit, or word). An OOF error increments the count
whenever an OOF condition is first detected. A bit error increments the count once for each bit in the FAS that does
175
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
not match its expected value (up to 10 per frame. A word error increments the count once for each FAS that does
not match its expected value (up to 1 per frame).
The receive alarm indication (RAI) signal is high when one or more of the indicated alarm conditions is present, and
low when all of the indicated alarm conditions are absent. Setting the receive alarm indication on LOS, OOF, LOF,
or AIS is individually programmable (on or off).
10.10.7.6.3 Receive G.751 E3 Overhead Extraction
Overhead extraction extracts all of the E3 overhead bits from the G.751 E3 frame. The FAS, A bit, and N bit are
output on the receive overhead interface (ROH, ROHSOF, and ROHCLK). In addition, the A bit is integrated and
stored in a register along with a change indication, and can be output over the receive FEAC controller. The N bit is
integrated and stored in a register along with a change indication, is sent to the receive HDLC overhead controller,
and can also be sent to the receive FEAC controller. The bit sent to the receive FEAC controller is programmable
(A or N).
10.10.7.6.4 Receive G.751 Downstream AIS Generation
Downstream G.751 E3 AIS can be automatically generated on an OOF, LOS, or AIS condition or manually
inserted. If automatic downstream AIS is enabled, downstream AIS is inserted when a LOS, OOF, or AIS condition
is declared. Automatic downstream AIS is programmable (on or off). If manual downstream AIS insertion is
enabled, downstream AIS is inserted. Manual downstream AIS insertion is programmable (on or off). Downstream
AIS is removed when all OOF, LOS, and AIS conditions are terminated and manual downstream AIS insertion is
disabled. RPDT will be forced to all ones during downstream AIS.
10.10.8 G.832 E3 Framer/Formatter
10.10.8.1 Transmit G.832 E3 Frame Processor
The G.832 E3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-44.
Figure 10-44. G.832 E3 Frame Format
FA1 FA2
EM
TR
MA
NR
530 Byte Payload
GC
59 Columns
176
9 Rows
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-45. MA Byte Format
MSB
1
LSB
8
RDI
REI
SL
SL
SL
MI
MI
TM
RDI - Remote Defect Indicator
REI - Remote Error Indicator
SL - Signal Label
MI - Multi-frame Indicator
TM - Timing Marker
Table 10-36 shows the function of each overhead bit in the DS3 Frame.
Table 10-36. G.832 E3 Frame Overhead Bit Definitions
BYTE
FA1, FA2
DEFINITION
Frame Alignment bytes
EM
Error Monitoring byte
TR
Trail Trace byte
MA
Maintenance and Adaptation
byte
NR
Network Operator byte
GC
General-Purpose
Communication Channel byte
FA1 and FA2 are the Frame Alignment bytes. EM is the Error Monitoring byte used for path error monitoring. TR is
the Trail Trace byte used for end-to-end connectivity verification. MA is the Maintenance and Adaptation byte used
for far-end path status and performance monitoring.
NR is the Network Operator byte allocated for network operator maintenance purposes. GC is the General-Purpose
Communications Channel byte allocated for user communications purposes.
10.10.8.2 Transmit G.832 E3 Frame Generation
G.832 E3 frame generation receives the incoming payload data stream, and overwrites all of the E3 overhead byte
locations.
The first two bytes of the first row in the frame are overwritten with the frame alignment bytes FA1 and FA2, which
have a value of F6h and 28h respectively.
The first byte in the second row of the frame is overwritten with the EM byte which is a BIP-8 calculated over all of
the bytes of the previous frame after all frame processing (frame generation, error insertion, overhead insertion,
and AIS generation) has been performed. The first byte in the third row of the frame is overwritten with the TR byte
which is input from the transmit trail trace controller.
The first byte in the fourth row of the frame is overwritten with the MA byte (see Figure 10-45), which consists of the
RDI bit, REI bit, payload type, multiframe indicator, and timing source indicator.
The RDI (remote defect indicator) bit can be generated automatically, set to one, or set to zero. The RDI source is
programmable (automatic, 1, or 0). If the RDI is generated automatically, it is set to one when one or more of the
indicated alarm conditions are detected on the receive side, and set to zero when all of the indicated alarm
conditions are absent. Automatically setting RDI on LOS, LOF, or AIS is individually programmable (on or off).
The REI (remote error indicator) bit can be generated automatically or inserted from a register bit
(E3G832.TCR.TFEBE). The REI source is programmable (automatic or register bit). If REI is generated
177
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
automatically, it is set to one when at least one parity error has been detected on the receive side during the
previous frame.
The payload type is sourced from a register. The three register bits are inserted in the third, fourth, and fifth bits of
the MA byte in each frame.
The multiframe indicator and timing marker bits can be directly inserted from a 3-bit register or generated from a 4bit register. The multiframe indicator and timing marker insertion type is programmable (direct or generated). When
the multiframe indicator and timing marker bits are directly inserted, the three register bits are inserted in the last
three bits of the MA byte in each frame. When the multiframe indicator and timing marker bits are generated, the
four timing source indicator bits are transferred in a four-frame multiframe, MSB first. The multiframe indicator bits
(sixth and seventh bits of the MA byte) identify the phase of the multiframe (00, 01, 10, or 11), and the timing
marker bit (eighth bit of the MA byte) contains the corresponding timing source indicator bit (TMABR register bits
TTI3, TTI2, TTI1, or TTI0 respectively). Note: The initial phase of the multiframe is arbitrarily chosen.
The first byte in the fifth row of the frame is overwritten with the NR byte which can be sourced from a register, from
the transmit FEAC controller, or from the transmit HDLC controller. The NR byte source is programmable (register,
FEAC, or HDLC). Note: The HDLC controller will source eight bits per frame period regardless of whether the NR
byte only, GC byte only, or both are programmed to be sourced from the HDLC controller.
The first byte in the sixth row of the frame is overwritten with the GC byte which can be sourced from a register or
from the transmit HDLC controller. The GC byte source is programmable (register or HDLC).
Once all of the E3 overhead bytes have been overwritten, the data stream is passed on to error insertion. If frame
generation is disabled, the incoming E3 signal is passed on directly to error insertion. Frame generation is
programmable (on or off).
10.10.8.3 Transmit G.832 E3 Error Insertion
Error insertion inserts various types of errors into the different E3 overhead bytes. The types of errors that can be
inserted are framing errors, BIP-8 parity errors, and Remote Error Indication (REI) errors.
The type of framing error(s) inserted is programmable (errored frame alignment bit or errored frame alignment
word). A frame alignment bit error is a single bit error in the frame alignment word (FA1 or FA2). A frame alignment
word error is an error in all 16 bits of the frame alignment word (the values 09h and D7h are inserted in the FA1
and FA2 bytes, respectively). Framing error(s) can be inserted one error at a time, or four consecutive frames. The
framing error insertion mode (single or four) is programmable.
The type of BIP-8 error(s) inserted is programmable (errored BIP-8 bit or errored BIP-8 byte). An errored BIP-8 bit
is inverting a single bit error in the EM byte. An errored BIP-8 byte is inverting all eight bits in the EM byte. BIP-8
error(s) can be inserted one error at a time, or continuously. The BIP-8 error insertion mode (single or continuous)
is programmable.
An REI error is generated by forcing the second bit of the MA byte to a one. REI error(s) can be inserted one error
at a time, or continuously. The REI error insertion mode (single or continuous) is programmable.
Each error type (framing, BIP-8, or REI) has a separate enable. Continuous error insertion mode inserts errors at
every opportunity. Single error insertion mode inserts an error at the next opportunity when requested. The framing
multi-error insertion mode inserts the indicated number of errors at the next opportunities when requested. I.e., a
single request will cause multiple errors to be inserted. The requests can be initiated by a register bit (TSEI) or by
the manual error insertion input (TMEI). The error insertion request source (register or input) is programmable. The
insertion of each particular error type is individually enabled. Once all error insertion has been performed, the data
stream is passed on to overhead insertion.
10.10.8.4 Transmit G.832 E3 Overhead Insertion
Overhead insertion can insert any (or all) of the E3 overhead bytes into the E3 frame. The E3 overhead bytes FA1,
FA2, EM, TR, MA, NR, and GC can be sourced from the transmit overhead interface (TOHCLK, TOH, TOHEN, and
TOHSOF). The EM byte is sourced as an error mask (modulo 2 addition of the input EM byte and the generated
EM byte). The E3 overhead insertion is fully controlled by the transmit overhead interface. If the transmit overhead
data enable signal (TOHEN) is driven high, then the bit on the transmit overhead signal (TOH) is inserted into the
output data stream. Insertion of bits using the TOH signal overwrites internal overhead insertion.
178
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.10.8.5 Transmit G.832 E3 AIS Generation
G.832 E3 AIS generation overwrites the data stream with AIS. If transmit AIS is enabled, the data stream (payload
and E3 overhead) is forced to all ones.
10.10.8.6 Receive G.832 E3 Frame Processor
The G.832 E3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-44. FA1 and FA2 are the Frame Alignment bytes. EM is the Error
Monitoring byte used for path error monitoring. TR is the Trail Trace byte used for end-to-end connectivity
verification. MA is the Maintenance and Adaptation byte used for far-end path status and performance monitoring
(See Figure 10-45). NR is the Network Operator byte allocated for network operator maintenance purposes. GC is
the General-Purpose Communications Channel byte allocated for user communications purposes.
10.10.8.7 Receive G.832 E3 Framing
G.832 E3 framing determines the G.832 E3 frame boundary. The frame boundary is found by identifying the frame
alignment bytes FA1 and FA2, which have a value of F6h and 28h, respectively. The framer is an off-line framer
that updates the data path frame counters when an out of frame (OOF) condition has been detected. The use of an
off-line framer reduces the average time required to reframe, and reduces data loss caused by burst error. The
G.832 E3 framer checks each bit position for the frame alignment word (FA1 and FA2). The frame boundary is set
once the frame alignment word is identified. Since, the frame alignment word check is performed one bit at a time;
up to 4296 checks may be needed to find the frame boundary. The data path frame counters are updated if an
error free frame alignment word is received for two additional frames, and an OOF condition is present.
10.10.8.8 Receive G.832 E3 Performance Monitoring
Performance monitoring checks the E3 frame for alarm conditions and errors. The alarm conditions detected are
OOF, LOF, COFA, LOS, AIS, RUA1, and RDI. The errors accumulated are framing, parity, and Remote Error
Indication (REI) errors. An Out Of Frame (OOF) condition is declared when four consecutive frame alignment
words (FA1 and FA2) contain one or more errors, when 986 or more frames out of 1,000 frames has a BIP-8 block
error, or at the next framing word check when a manual reframe is requested. An OOF condition is terminated
when three consecutive frame alignment words (FA1 and FA2) are error free or the G.832 E3 framer updates the
data path frame counters.
A Loss Of Frame (LOF) condition is declared by the LOF integration counter when it has been active for a total of T
ms. The LOF integration counter is active (increments count) when an OOF condition is present, it is inactive (holds
count) when an OOF condition is absent, and it is reset when an OOF condition is absent for T continuous ms. T is
programmable (0, 1, 2, or 3). An LOF condition is terminated when an OOF condition is absent for T continuous
ms.
A Change Of Frame Alignment (COFA) is declared when the G.832 E3 framer updates the data path frame
counters with a frame alignment that is different from the current data path frame alignment.
A Loss Of Signal (LOS) condition is declared when the HDB3 encoder is active, and it declares a LOS condition. A
LOS condition is terminated when the HDB3 encoder is inactive, or it terminates a LOS condition.
An Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) condition is declared when 7 or less zeros are detected in each of two consecutive
frame periods that do not contain a frame alignment word. An AIS condition is terminated when 8 or more zeros are
detected in each of two consecutive frame periods.
A Receive Unframed All 1’s (RUA1) condition is declared if in each of 4 consecutive 2047 bit windows, five or less
zeros are detected and an OOF condition is continuously present. A RUA1 condition is terminated if in each of 4
consecutive 2047-bit windows, six or more zeros are detected or an OOF condition is continuously absent.
A Remote Defect Indication (RDI) condition is declared when four consecutive frames are received with the RDI bit
(first bit of MA byte) set to one. An RDI condition is terminated when four consecutive frames are received with the
RDI bit set to zero.
Three types of errors are accumulated, framing, parity, and Remote Error Indication (REI) errors. Framing errors
are determined by comparing FA1 and FA2 to their expected values. The type of framing errors accumulated is
programmable (OOF, bit, byte, or word). An OOF error increments the count whenever an OOF condition is first
detected. A bit error increments the count once for each bit in FA1 and each bit in FA2 that does not match its
expected value (up to 16 per frame). A byte error increments the count once for each FA byte (FA1 or FA2) that
does not match its expected value (up to 2 per frame). A word error increments the count once for each FA word
(both FA1 and FA2) that does not match its expected value (up to 1 per frame).
179
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Parity errors are determined by calculating the BIP-8 (8-Bit Interleaved Parity) of the current E3 frame (overhead
and payload bytes), and comparing the calculated BIP-8 to the EM byte in the next frame. The type of parity errors
accumulated is programmable (bit or block). A bit error increments the count once for each bit in the EM byte that
does not match the corresponding bit in the calculated BIP-8 (up to 8 per frame). A block error increments the
count if any bit in the EM byte does not match the corresponding bit in the calculated BIP-8 (up to 1 per frame).
REI errors are determined by the REI bit (second bit of MA byte). A one indicates an error and a zero indicates no
errors.
The receive defect indication (RDI) alarm is transmitted when the receive framer detects one or more of the
indicated alarm conditions. The RDI bit is not transmitted when all of the indicated alarm conditions are absent. The
RDI bit in the MA byte of the G.832 overhead is set high in the transmit formatter to transmit the alarm. Setting the
receive defect indication on LOS, OOF, LOF, or AIS is individually programmable (on or off).
The receive error indication (REI) bit of the MA byte in the transmit frame will transition from low to high once for
each frame in which a parity error is detected by the receive framer.
10.10.8.9 Receive G.832 E3 Overhead Extraction
Overhead extraction extracts all of the E3 overhead bytes from the G.832 E3 frame. All of the E3 overhead bytes
FA1, FA2, EM, TR, MA, NR, and GC are output on the receive overhead interface (ROH, ROHSOF, and
ROHCLK).
The EM byte is output as an error indication (modulo 2 addition of the calculated BIP-8 and the EM byte.
The TR byte is sent to the receive trail trace controller.
The payload type (third, fourth, and fifth bits of the MA byte) is integrated and stored in a register with change and
unstable indications. The integrated received payload type is also compared against an expected payload type. If
the received and expected payload types do not match (See Table 10-37), a mismatch indication is set.
Table 10-37. Payload Label Match Status
EXPECTED
000
RECEIVED
000
STATUS
Match
000
001
Mismatch
000
XXX
Mismatch
001
000
Mismatch
001
001
Match
001
XXX
Match
XXX
000
Mismatch
XXX
001
Match
XXX
XXX
Match
XXX
YYY
Mismatch
XXX and YYY equal any value other than 000 or 001; XXX ≠ YYY
The multiframe indicator and timing marker bits (sixth, seventh, and eighth bits of the MA byte) can be integrated
and stored in three register bits or extracted, integrated, and stored in four register bits. The bits (three or four) are
stored with a change indication. The multiframe indicator and timing marker storage type is programmable
(integrated or extracted). When the multiframe indicator and timing marker bits are integrated, the last three bits of
the MA byte are integrated and stored in three register bits. When the multiframe indicator and timing marker bits
are extracted, four timing source indicator bits are transferred in a four-frame multiframe, MSB first. The multiframe
indicator bits (sixth and seventh bits of the MA byte) identify the phase of the multiframe (00, 01, 10, or 11). The
timing marker bit (eighth bit of the MA byte) contains the timing source indicator bit indicated by the multiframe
indicator bits (first, second, third, or fourth bit, respectively). The four timing source indicator bits are extracted from
the multiframe, integrated, and stored in four register bits with unstable and change indications.
180
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
The NR byte is integrated and stored in a register along with a change indication, it is sent to the receive FEAC
controller, and it can be sent to the receive HDLC controller. The byte sent to the receive HDLC controller is
programmable (NR or GC).
The GC byte is integrated and stored in a register along with a change indication, and can be sent to the receive
HDLC controller. The byte sent to the receive HDLC controller is programmable (NR or GC).
10.10.8.10 Receive G.832 Downstream AIS Generation
Downstream G.832 E3 AIS can be automatically generated on an OOF, LOS, or AIS condition or manually
inserted. If automatic downstream AIS is enabled, downstream AIS is inserted when a LOS, OOF, or AIS condition
is declared. Automatic downstream AIS is programmable (on or off). If manual downstream AIS insertion is
enabled, downstream AIS is inserted. Manual downstream AIS insertion is programmable (on or off). Downstream
AIS is removed when all OOF, LOS, and AIS conditions are terminated and manual downstream AIS insertion is
disabled. RPDT will be forced to all ones during downstream AIS.
10.10.9 Clear-Channel Frame Processor
10.10.9.1 Transmit Clear-Channel AIS Generation
Clear-channel AIS generation overwrites the data stream with AIS. If transmit AIS is enabled, the data stream
(payload) is forced to all ones.
10.10.9.2 Receive Clear-Channel Performance Monitoring
Performance monitoring checks the clear-channel signal for alarm conditions. The alarm conditions detected are
LOS and RUA1. A Loss Of Signal (LOS) condition is declared when the B3ZS/HDB3 encoder is active, and it
declares a LOS condition. A LOS condition is terminated when the B3ZS/HDB3 encoder is inactive, or it terminates
a LOS condition.
A Receive Unframed All 1’s (RUA1) condition is declared if in each of 4 consecutive 2047 bit windows, five or less
zeros are detected. A RUA1 condition is terminated if in each of 4 consecutive 2047 bit windows, six or more zeros
are detected.
10.10.9.3 Receive Clear-Channel Downstream AIS Generation
Downstream clear-channel AIS can be automatically generated on a LOS condition or manually inserted. If
automatic downstream AIS is enabled, downstream AIS is inserted when a LOS condition is declared. Automatic
downstream AIS is programmable (on or off). If manual downstream AIS insertion is enabled, downstream AIS is
inserted. Manual downstream AIS insertion is programmable (on or off). Downstream AIS is removed when all LOS
conditions are terminated and manual downstream AIS insertion is disabled. All bits will be forced to ones during
downstream AIS.
10.11 HDLC Overhead Controller
10.11.1 General Description
The DS318x devices contain built-in HDLC controllers (one per port) with 256-byte FIFOs for insertion/extraction of
DS3 PMDL, G.751 Sn bit and G.832 NR/GC bytes and PLCP NR/GC bytes.
The HDLC Overhead Controller demaps HDLC overhead packets from the DS3/E3 data stream in the receive
direction and maps HDLC packets into the DS3/E3 data stream in the transmit direction.
The receive direction performs packet processing and stores the packet data in the FIFO. It removes packet data
from the FIFO and outputs the packet data to the microprocessor via the register interface.
The transmit direction inputs the packet data from the microprocessor via the register interface and stores the
packet data in the FIFO. It removes the packet data from the FIFO and performs packet processing.
The bits in a byte are received MSB first, LSB last. When they are output serially, they are output MSB first, LSB
last. The bits in a byte in an incoming signal are numbered in the order they are received, 1 (MSB) to 8 (LSB).
However, when a byte is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the lowest numbered bit (0), and the LSB is
stored in the highest numbered bit (7). This is to differentiate between a byte in a register and the corresponding
byte in a signal.
181
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
See Figure 10-46 for the location of HDLC controllers within the DS318x devices.
Figure 10-46. HDLC Controller Block Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
TX BERT
HDLC
Clock Rate
Adapter
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
RX BERT
RX FRAC/
PLCP
UA1
GEN
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
System
Interface
Trail
Trace
Buf f er
PLB
FEAC
TX FRAC/
PLCP
Tx Cell
Processor
SLB
DLB
LLB
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
ALB
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
Rx Packet
Processor
Rx Cell
Processor
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
10.11.2 Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable inter-frame fill – The inter-frame fill between packets can be all 1’s or flags.
Programmable FCS generation/monitoring – A FCS-16 can be generated and appended to the end of the
packet, and the FCS can be checked and removed from the end of the packet.
Programmable bit reordering – The packet data can be can be output MSB first or LSB first from the FIFO.
Programmable data inversion – The packet data can be inverted immediately after packet processing on the
transmit, and immediately before packet processing on the receive.
Fully independent transmit and receive paths
Fully independent Line side and register interface timing – The data storage can be read from or written to
via the microprocessor interface while all line side clocks and signals are inactive, and read from or written to
via the line side while all microprocessor interface clocks and signals are inactive.
10.11.3 Transmit FIFO
The Transmit FIFO block contains memory for 256 bytes of data with data status information and controller circuitry
for reading and writing the memory. The Transmit FIFO controller functions include filling the memory, tracking the
memory fill level, maintaining the memory read and write pointers, and detecting memory overflow and underflow
conditions. The Transmit FIFO receives data and status from the microprocessor interface, and stores the data
along with the data status information in memory. The Transmit Packet Processor reads the data and data status
information from the Transmit FIFO. The Transmit FIFO also outputs FIFO fill status (empty/data storage
available/full) via the microprocessor interface. All operations are byte based. The Transmit FIFO is considered
empty when its memory does not contain any data. The Transmit FIFO is considered to have data storage
available when its memory has a programmable number of bytes or more available for storage. The Transmit FIFO
is considered full when it does not have any space available for storage. The Transmit FIFO accepts data from the
register interface until full. If the Transmit FIFO is written to while the FIFO is full, the write is ignored, and a FIFO
overflow condition is declared. The Transmit Packet Processor reads the Transmit FIFO. If the Transmit Packet
Processor attempts to read the Transmit FIFO while it is empty, a FIFO underflow condition is declared.
10.11.4 Transmit HDLC Overhead Processor
The Transmit HDLC Overhead Processor accepts data from the Transmit FIFO, performs bit reordering, FCS
processing, stuffing, packet abort sequence insertion, and inter-frame padding.
A byte is read from the Transmit FIFO with a packet end status. When a byte is marked with a packet end
indication, the output data stream will be padded with FFh and marked with a FIFO empty indication if the Transmit
182
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
FIFO contains less than two bytes or transmit packet start is disabled. Transmit packet start is programmable (on
or off). When the Transmit Packet Processor reads the Transmit FIFO while it is empty, the output data stream is
marked with an abort indication. Once the Transmit FIFO is empty, the output data stream will be padded with
interframe fill until the Transmit FIFO contains two or more bytes of data and transmit packet start is enabled.
Bit reordering changes the bit order of each byte. If bit reordering is disabled, the outgoing 8-bit data stream
DT[1:8] with DT[1] being the MSB and DT[8] being the LSB is input from the Transmit FIFO with the MSB in TFD[0]
and the LSB in TFD[7] of the transmit FIFO data TFD[7:0]. If bit reordering is enabled, the outgoing 8-bit data
stream DT[1:8] is input from the Transmit FIFO with the MSB in TFD[7] and the LSB in TFD[0] of the transmit FIFO
data TFD[7:0]. DT[1] is the first bit transmitted on the outgoing data stream.
FCS processing calculates a FCS and appends it to the packet. FCS calculation is a CRC-16 calculation over the
entire packet. The polynomial used for the CRC-16 is x16 + x12 + x5 + 1. The CRC-16 is inverted after calculation,
and appended to the packet. For diagnostic purposes, a FCS error can be inserted. This is accomplished by
appending the calculated CRC-16 without inverting it. FCS error insertion is programmable (on or off). When FCS
processing is disabled, the packet is output without appending a FCS. FCS processing is programmable (on or off).
Stuffing inserts control data into the packet to prevent packet data from mimicking flags. Stuffing is halted during
FIFO empty periods. The 8-bit parallel data stream is multiplexed into a serial data stream, and bit stuffing is
performed. Bit stuffing consists of inserting a '0' directly following any five contiguous '1's. Stuffing is performed
from a packet start until a packet end.
Inter-frame padding inserts inter-frame fill between the packet start and end flags when the FIFO is empty. The
inter-frame fill can be flags or '1's. If the inter-frame fill is flags, flags (minimum two) are inserted until a packet start
is received. If the inter-frame fill is all '1's, an end flag is inserted, ‘1’s are inserted until a packet start is received,
and a start flag is inserted after the ‘1’s. The number of '1's between the end flag and start flag may not be an
integer number of bytes, however, the inter-frame fill will be at least 15 consecutive '1's. If the FIFO is not empty
between a packet end and a packet start, then two flags are inserted between the packet end and packet start. The
inter-frame padding type is programmable (flags or ‘1’s).
Packet abort insertion inserts a packet abort sequences as necessary. If a packet abort indication is detected, a
packet abort sequence is inserted and inter-frame padding is done until a packet start is detected. The abort
sequence is FFh.
Once all packet processing has been completed, the datastream is inserted into the DS3/E3 datastream at the
proper locations. If transmit data inversion is enabled, the outgoing data is inverted after packet processing is
performed. Transmit data inversion is programmable (on or off).
10.11.5 Receive HDLC Overhead Processor
The Receive HDLC Overhead Packet Processor accepts data from the DS3/E3 Framer or the PLCP Framer and
performs packet delineation, inter-frame fill filtering, packet abort detection, destuffing, FCS processing, and bit
reordering. If receive data inversion is enabled, the incoming data is inverted before packet processing is
performed. Receive data inversion is programmable (on or off).
Packet delineation determines the packet boundary by identifying a packet start flag. Each time slot is checked for
a flag sequence (7Eh). Once a flag is found, if it is identified as a start or end flag, and the packet boundary is set.
There may be a single flag (both end and start) between packets, there may be an end flag and a start flag with a
shared zero (011111101111110) between packets, there may be an end flag and a start flag (two flags) between
packets, or there may be an end flag, inter-frame fill, and a start flag between packets. The flag check is performed
one bit at a time.
Inter-frame fill filtering removes the inter-frame fill between a start flag and an end flag. All inter-frame fill is
discarded. The inter-frame fill can be flags (01111110) or all '1's. When inter-frame fill is all ‘1’s, the number of '1's
between the end flag and the start flag may not be an integer number of bytes. When inter-frame fill is flags, the
number of bits between the end flag and the start flag will be an integer number of bytes (flags). Any time there is
less than 16 bits between two flags, the data will be discarded.
Packet abort detection searches for a packet abort sequence. Between a packet start flag and a packet end flag, if
an abort sequence is detected, the packet is marked with an abort indication, and all subsequent data is discarded
until a packet start flag is detected. The abort sequence is seven consecutive ones.
183
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Packet abort detection searches for a packet abort sequence. Between a packet start flag and a packet end flag, if
an abort sequence is detected, the packet is marked with an abort indication, and all subsequent data is discarded
until a packet start flag is detected. The abort sequence is seven consecutive ones.
Destuffing removes the extra data inserted to prevent data from mimicking a flag or an abort sequence. After a start
flag is detected, destuffing is performed until an end flag is detected. Destuffing consists of discarding any '0' that
directly follows five contiguous '1's. After destuffing is completed, the serial bit stream is demultiplexed into an 8-bit
parallel data stream and passed on with packet start, packet end, and packet abort indications. If there is less than
eight bits in the last byte, an invalid packet status is set, and the packet is tagged with an abort indication.
FCS processing checks the FCS, discards the FCS bytes, and marks FCS erred packets. The FCS is checked for
errors, and the last two bytes are removed from the end of the packet. If a FCS error is detected, the packet is
marked with a FCS error indication. The HDLC CONTROLLER performs FCS-16 checking. FCS processing is
programmable (on or off). If FCS processing is disabled, FCS checking is not performed, and all of the packet data
is passed on.
Bit reordering changes the bit order of each byte. If bit reordering is disabled, the incoming 8-bit data stream
DT[1:8] with DT[1] being the MSB and DT[8] being the LSB is output to the Receive FIFO with the MSB in RFD[0]
and the LSB in RFD[7] of the receive FIFO data RFD[7:0]. If bit reordering is enabled, the incoming 8-bit data
stream DT[1:8] is output to the Receive FIFO with the MSB in RFD[7] and the LSB in RFD[0] of the receive FIFO
data RFD[7:0]. DT[1] is the first bit received from the incoming data stream.
Once all of the packet processing has been completed, The 8-bit parallel data stream is passed on to the Receive
FIFO with packet start, packet end, and packet error indications.
10.11.6 Receive FIFO
The Receive FIFO block contains memory for 256 bytes of data with data status information and controller circuitry
for reading and writing the memory. The Receive FIFO Controller controls filling the memory, tracking the memory
fill level, maintaining the memory read and write pointers, and detecting memory overflow and underflow
conditions. The Receive FIFO accepts data and data status from the Receive Packet Processor and stores the
data along with data status information in memory. The data is read from the receive FIFO via the microprocessor
interface. The Receive FIFO also outputs FIFO fill status (empty/data available/full) via the microprocessor
interface. All operations are byte based. The Receive FIFO is considered empty when it does not contain any data.
The Receive FIFO is considered to have data available when there is a programmable number of bytes or more
stored in the memory. The Receive FIFO is considered full when it does not have any space available for storage.
The Receive FIFO accepts data from the Receive Packet Processor until full. If a packet start is received while full,
the data is discarded and a FIFO overflow condition is declared. If any other packet data is received while full, the
current packet being transferred is marked with an abort indication, and a FIFO overflow condition is declared.
Once a FIFO overflow condition is declared, the Receive FIFO will discard incoming data until a packet start is
received while the Receive FIFO has 16 or more bytes available for storage. If the Receive FIFO is read while the
FIFO is empty, the read is ignored, and an invalid data indication given.
10.12 Trail Trace Controller
10.12.1 General Description
Each port has a dedicated Trail Trace Buffer for E3-G.832 or DS3/E3 PLCP link management
The Trail Trace Controller performs extraction and storage of the incoming G.832 or PLCP trail access point
identifier in a 16-byte receive register.
The Trail Trace Controller extracts/inserts E3-G.832 or PLCP trail access point identifiers using a 16-byte register
(one for transmit, one for receive). (E3-G.832 and PLCP Framing are mutually exclusive; therefore one controller
can be used for both.)
The Trail Trace Controller demaps a 16-byte trail trace identifier from the E3-G.832 TR Byte of the overhead or
PLCP datastream in the receive direction and maps a trace identifier into the E3-G.832 or PLCP datastream in the
transmit direction.
The receive direction inputs the trace ID data stream, performs trace ID processing, and stores the trace identifier
data in the data storage using line timing. It removes trace identifier data from the data storage and outputs the
184
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
trace identifier data to the microprocessor via the microprocessor interface using register timing. The data is forced
to all ones during LOS, LOF and AIS detection to eliminate false messages
The transmit direction inputs the trace identifier data from the microprocessor via the microprocessor interface and
stores the trace identifier data in the data storage using register timing. It removes the trace identifier data from the
data storage, performs trace ID processing, and outputs the trace ID data stream. See Figure 10-47 for the location
of the Trail Trace Controller with the DS318x devices.
Figure 10-47. Trail Trace Controller Block Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
TX BERT
HDLC
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Clock Rate
Adapter
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
RX BERT
RX FRAC/
PLCP
UA1
GEN
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
System
Interface
Trail
Trace
Buf f er
PLB
FEAC
TX FRAC/
PLCP
Tx Cell
Processor
SLB
DLB
LLB
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
ALB
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
Rx Packet
Processor
Rx Cell
Processor
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
10.12.2 Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable trail trace ID – The trail trace ID controller can be programmed to handle a 16-byte trail trace
identifier (trail trace mode).
Programmable transmit trace ID – All 16 bytes of the transmit trail trace identifier are programmable.
Programmable receive expected trace ID – A 16-byte expected trail trace identifier can be programmed.
Both a mismatch and unstable indication are provided.
Programmable trace ID multiframe alignment – The transmit side can be programmed to perform trail trace
multiframe alignment insertion. The receive side can be programmed to perform trail trace Multiframe
synchronization.
Programmable bit reordering – The trace identifier data can be output MSB first or LSB first from the data
storage.
Programmable data inversion – The trace identifier data can be inverted immediately after trace ID
processing on the transmit side, and immediately before trail ID processing on the receive side.
Fully independent transmit and receive sides
Fully independent Line side and register interface timing – The data storage can be read from or written to
via the microprocessor interface while all line side clocks and signals are inactive, and read from or written to
via the line side while all microprocessor interface clocks and signals are inactive.
10.12.3 Functional Description
The bits in a byte are received most significant bit (MSB) first and least significant bit (LSB) last. When they are
output serially, they are output MSB first and LSB last. The bits in a byte in an incoming signal are numbered in the
order they are received, 1 (MSB) to 8 (LSB). However, when a byte is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the
highest numbered bit (7), and the LSB is stored in the lowest numbered bit (0). This is to differentiate between a
byte in a register and the corresponding byte in a signal.
185
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.12.4 Transmit Data Storage
The Transmit Data Storage block contains memory for 16 bytes of data and controller circuitry for reading and
writing the memory. The Transmit Data Storage controller functions include filling the memory and maintaining the
memory read and write pointers. The Transmit Data Storage receives data from the microprocessor interface, and
stores the data in memory. The Transmit Trace ID Processor reads the data from the Transmit Data Storage. The
Transmit Data Storage contains the transmit trail trace identifier. Note: The contents of the transmit trail (path) trace
identifier memory will be random data immediately after power-up, and will not change during a reset (RST or DRST
low).
10.12.5 Transmit Trace ID Processor
The Transmit Trace ID Processor accepts data from Transmit Data Storage, processes the data according to the
Transmit Trace ID mode, and outputs the serial trace ID data stream.
10.12.6 Transmit Trail Trace Processing
The Transmit Trail Trace Processing accepts data from the Transmit Data Storage performs bit reordering and
multiframe alignment insertion.
Bit reordering changes the bit order of each byte. If bit reordering is disabled, the outgoing 8-bit data stream
DT[1:8] with DT[1] being the MSB and DT[8] being the LSB is input from the Transmit Data Storage with the MSB
in TTD[7] and the LSB in TTD[0] of the transmit trace ID data TTD[7:0]. If bit reordering is enabled, the outgoing 8bit data stream DT[1:8] is input from the Transmit Data Storage with the MSB is in TTD[0] and the LSB is in TTD[7]
of the transmit trace ID data TTD[7:0]. DT[1] is the first bit transmitted on the outgoing data stream.
Multiframe alignment insertion overwrites the MSB of each trail trace byte with the multiframe alignment signal. The
MSB of the first byte in the trail trace identifier is overwritten with a one, the MSB of the other 15 bytes in the trail
trace identifier are overwritten with a zero. Multiframe alignment insertion is programmable (on or off).
If transmit data inversion is enabled, the outgoing data is inverted after trail trace processing is performed. Transmit
data inversion is programmable (on or off). If transmit trail trace identifier idle (Idle) is enabled, the trail trace data is
overwritten with all zeros. Transmit Idle is programmable (on or off).
10.12.7 Receive Trace ID Processor
The Receive Trace ID Processor receives the incoming serial trace ID data stream and processes the incoming
data according to the Receive Trace ID mode, and passes the trace ID data on to Receive Data Storage.
The bits in a byte are received MSB first, LSB last. The bits in a byte in an incoming signal are numbered in the
order they are received, 1 (MSB) to 8 (LSB). However, when a byte is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the
highest numbered bit (7), and the LSB is stored in the lowest numbered bit (0). This is to differentiate between a
byte in a register and the corresponding byte in a signal.
10.12.8 Receive Trail Trace Processing
The Receive Trail Trace Processing accepts an incoming data line and performs trail trace alignment, trail trace
extraction, expected trail trace comparison, and bit reordering. If receive data inversion is enabled, the incoming
data is inverted before trail trace processing is performed. Receive data inversion is programmable (on or off).
Trail trace alignment determines the trail trace identifier boundary by identifying the multiframe alignment signal.
The multiframe alignment signal (MAS) is located in the MSB of each byte (see Figure 10-48). The MAS bits are
each checked for the multiframe alignment start bit, which is a one. Once a multiframe alignment start bit is found,
the remaining 15 bits of the MAS are verified as being zero. The MAS check is performed one byte at a time.
Multiframe alignment is programmable (on or off). When multiframe alignment is disabled, the incoming bytes are
sequentially stored starting with a random byte.
186
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-48. Trail Trace Byte (DT = Trail Trace Data)
Bit 1
MSB
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
Bit 8
LSB
MAS or
DT[1]
DT[2]
DT[3]
DT[4]
DT[5]
DT[6]
DT[7]
DT[8]
Trail trace extraction extracts the trail trace identifier from the incoming trail trace data stream, generates a trail
trace identifier change indication, detects a trail trace identifier idle (Idle) condition, and detects a trail trace
identifier unstable (TIU) condition. The trail trace identifier bytes are stored sequentially with the first byte (MAS
equals 1 if trail trace alignment is enabled) being stored in the first byte of memory. If the exact same non-zero trail
trace identifier is received five consecutive times and it is different from the receive trail trace identifier, a receive
trail trace identifier update is performed, and the receive trail trace identifier change indication is set.
An Idle condition is declared when an all zeros trail trace identifier is received five consecutive times. An Idle
condition is terminated when a non-zero trail trace identifier is received five consecutive times or a TIU condition is
declared. A TIU condition is declared if eight consecutive trail trace identifiers are received that do not match either
the receive trail trace identifier or the previously stored current trail trace identifier. The TIU condition is terminated
when a non-zero trail trace identifier is received five consecutive times or an Idle condition is declared.
Expected trail trace comparison compares the received and expected trail trace identifiers. The comparison is a 7bit comparison of the seven least significant bits (DT[2:8] (see Figure 10-48) of each trail trace identifier byte (The
multiframe alignment signal is ignored). If the received and expected trail trace identifiers do not match, a trail trace
identifier mismatch (TIM) condition is declared. If they do match the TIM condition is terminated. The 16-byte
expected trail trace identifier is programmable. Expected trail trace comparison is programmable (on or off). If
multiframe alignment is disabled, expected trail trace comparison is disabled. Immediately after a reset, the receive
trail trace identifier is invalid. All comparisons between the receive trail trace identifier and expected trail trace
identifier will match (a TIM condition cannot occur) until after the first receive trail trace identifier update occurs.
Bit reordering changes the bit order of each byte. If bit reordering is disabled, the incoming 8-bit data stream
DT[1:8] with DT[1] being the MSB and DT[8] being the LSB is output to the Receive Data Storage with the MSB in
RTD[7] and the LSB in RTD[0] of the receive trace ID data RTD[7:0]. If bit reordering is enabled, the incoming 8-bit
data stream DT[1:8] is output to the Receive Data Storage with the MSB in RTD[0] and the LSB in RTD[7] of the
receive trace ID data RTD[7:0]. DT[1] is the first bit received from the incoming data stream.
Once all of the trail trace processing has been completed, The 8-bit parallel data stream is passed on to the
Receive Data Storage.
10.12.9 Receive Data Storage
The Receive Data Storage block contains memory for 48 bytes of data, maintains data status information, and has
controller circuitry for reading and writing the memory. The Receive Data Storage controller functions include filling
the memory and maintaining the memory read and write pointers. The Receive Data Storage accepts data and
data status from the Receive Trace ID Processor, stores the data in memory, and maintains data status
information. The data is read from the Receive Data Storage via the microprocessor interface. The Receive Data
Storage contains the current trail trace identifier, the receive trail trace identifier, and the expected trail trace
identifier.
187
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.13 FEAC Controller
10.13.1 General Description
The FEAC Controller demaps FEAC codewords from a DS3/E3 data stream in the receive direction and maps
FEAC codewords into a DS3/E3 data stream in the transmit direction. The transmit direction demaps FEAC
codewords from a DS3/E3 data stream.
The receive direction performs FEAC processing, and stores the codewords in the FIFO using line timing. It
removes the codewords from the FIFO and outputs them to the microprocessor via the register interface.
The transmit direction inputs codewords from the microprocessor via the register interface and stores the
codewords. It removes the codewords and performs FEAC processing. See Figure 10-49 for the location of the
FEAC Controller in the block diagram
Figure 10-49. FEAC Controller Block Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Clock Rate
Adapter
System
Interface
TX BERT
RX BERT
Rx Packet
Processor
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
HDLC
PLB
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
TX FRAC/
PLCP
SLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
Tx Cell
Processor
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
RX FRAC/
PLCP
UA1
GEN
Rx Cell
Processor
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
10.13.2 Features
•
•
•
•
Programmable dual codeword output – The transmit side can be programmed to output a single codeword
ten times, one codeword ten times followed by a second codeword ten times, or a single codeword
continuously.
Four codeword receive FIFO
Fully independent transmit and receive paths
Fully independent Line side and register side timing – The FIFO can be read from or written to at the
register interface side while all line side clocks and signals are inactive, and read from or written to at the line
side while all register interface side clocks and signals are inactive.
10.13.3 Functional Description
The bits in a code are received MSB first, LSB last. When they are output serially, they are output MSB first, LSB
last. The bits in a code in an incoming signal are numbered in the order they are received, 1 (MSB) to 6 (LSB).
However, when a code is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the lowest numbered bit (0), and the LSB is
stored in the highest numbered bit (5). This is to differentiate between a code in a register and the corresponding
code in a signal.
10.13.3.1 Transmit Data Storage
The Transmit Data Storage block contains the registers for two FEAC codes (C[1:6]) and controller circuitry for
reading and writing the memory. The Transmit Data Storage receives data from the microprocessor interface, and
stores the data in memory. The Transmit FEAC Processor reads the data from the Transmit Data Storage.
188
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.13.3.2 Transmit FEAC Processor
The Transmit FEAC Processor accepts data from the Transmit Data Storage performs FEAC processing. The
FEAC codes are read from Transmit Data Storage with the MSB (C[1]) in TFCA[0] or TFCB[0], and the LSB (C[6])
in TFCA[5] or TFCB[5].
FEAC processing has four modes of operation (Idle, single code, dual code, and continuous code). In Idle mode, all
ones are output on the outgoing FEAC data stream. In single code mode, the code from TFCA[5:0] is inserted into
a codeword (See Figure 10-50), and sent ten consecutive times. Once the ten codewords have been sent, all ones
are output. In dual code mode, the code from TFCA[5:0] is inserted into a codeword, and sent ten consecutive
times. Then the code from TFCB[5:0] is inserted into a codeword, and sent ten consecutive times. Once both
codewords have both been sent ten times, all ones are output. In continuous mode, the code from TFCA[5:0] is
inserted into a codeword, and sent until the mode is changed
10.13.3.3 Receive FEAC Processor
The Receive FEAC Processor accepts an incoming data line and extracts all overhead and performs FEAC code
extraction, and Idle detection.
Figure 10-50. FEAC Codeword Format
LSB
16
0
MSB
1
Receive/Transmit Order
C6 C5 C4 C3 C2 C1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cx - FEAC Code
FEAC code extraction determines the codeword boundary by identifying the codeword sequence and extracts the
FEAC code. A FEAC codeword is a repeating 16-bit pattern (See Figure 10-50). The codeword sequence is the
pattern (0xxxxxx011111111) that contains each FEAC code (C[6:1]). Each time slot is checked for a codeword
sequence. Once a codeword sequence is found, the FEAC code is checked. If the same FEAC code is received in
three consecutive codewords without errors, the FEAC code detection indication is set, and the FEAC code is
stored in the Receive FIFO with the MSB (C[1]) in RFF[0], and the LSB (C[6]) in RFF[5]. The FEAC code detection
indication is cleared if two consecutively received FEAC codewords differ from the current FEAC codeword, or a
FEAC Idle condition is detected.
Idle detection detects a FEAC Idle condition. A FEAC idle condition is declared if 16 consecutive ones are
received. The FEAC Idle condition is terminated when the FEAC code detection indication is set.
10.13.3.4 Receive FEAC FIFO
The Receive FIFO block contains memory for four FEAC codes (C[1:6]) and controller circuitry for reading and
writing the memory. The Receive FIFO controller functions include filling the memory, tracking the memory fill level,
maintaining the memory read and write pointers, and detecting memory overflow and underflow conditions. The
Receive FIFO accepts data from the Receive FEAC Processor and stores the data in memory. The data is read
from the receive FIFO via the microprocessor interface. The Receive FIFO also outputs FIFO fill status (empty) via
the microprocessor interface. All operations are code based (six bits). The Receive FIFO is considered empty when
it does not contain any data. The Receive FIFO accepts data from the Receive FEAC Processor until full. If a
FEAC code is received while full, the data is discarded and a FIFO overflow condition is declared. If the Receive
FIFO is read while the FIFO is empty, the read is ignored.
189
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.14 Line Encoder/Decoder
10.14.1 General Description
The B3ZS/HDB3 Decoder converts a bipolar signal to a unipolar signal in the receive direction. B3ZS/HDB3
Encoder converts a unipolar signal to a bipolar signal in the transmit direction.
In the transmit direction, the Encoder converts the unipolar signal to a bipolar signal, optionally performing zero
suppression encoding (HDB3/B3ZS), optionally inserting errors, and outputs the bipolar signal.
In the receive direction, the Decoder receives a bipolar signal, monitors it for alarms and errors, optionally
performing zero suppression decoding (HDB3/B3ZS), and converts it to a unipolar signal.
If the port line interface is configured for a Unipolar mode and the framer is not configured for one of the “-OHM”
modes, the BPV detector will count pulses on the RLCVn pin. Figure 10-51 shows the locations of the Line
Encoder/Decoder block in the DS318x devices.
Figure 10-51. Line Encoder/Decoder Block Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Clock Rate
Adapter
System
Interface
TX BERT
RX BERT
Rx Packet
Processor
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
HDLC
PLB
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
TX FRAC/
PLCP
SLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
Tx Cell
Processor
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
RX FRAC/
PLCP
UA1
GEN
Rx Cell
Processor
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
10.14.2 Features
•
•
•
•
Performs bipolar to unipolar encoding and decoding – Converts a unipolar signal into an AMI bipolar signal
(POS data, and NEG data) and vice versa.
Programmable zero suppression – B3ZS or HDB3 zero suppression encoding and decoding can be
performed, or the bipolar data stream can be left as an AMI encoded data stream.
Programmable receive zero suppression code format – The signature of B3ZS or HDB3 is selectable.
Generates and detects alarms and errors – In the receive direction, detects LOS alarm condition BPV
errors, and EXZ errors. In the transmit direction, errors can be inserted into the outgoing data stream.
10.14.3 B3ZS/HDB3 Encoder
B3ZS/HDB3 Encoder performs unipolar to bipolar conversion and zero suppression encoding.
Unipolar to bipolar conversion converts the unipolar data stream into an AMI bipolar data stream (POS and NEG).
In an AMI bipolar data stream a zero is represented by a zero on both the POS and NEG signals, and a one is
represented by a one on a bipolar signal (POS or NEG), and a zero on the other bipolar signal (NEG or POS).
Successive ones are represented by ones that are alternately output on the POS and NEG signals. I.e., if a one is
represented by a one on POS and a zero on NEG, the next one will be represented by a one on NEG and a zero
on POS.
190
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Zero suppression encoding converts an AMI bipolar data stream into a B3ZS or HDB3 encoded bipolar data
stream. A B3ZS encoded bipolar signal is generated by inserting a B3ZS signature into the bipolar data stream if
both the POS and NEG signals are zero for three consecutive clock periods. An HDB3 encoded bipolar signal is
generated by inserting an HDB3 signature into the bipolar data stream if both the POS and NEG signals are zero
for four consecutive clock periods. Zero suppression encoding can be disabled which will result in AMI-coded data.
Error insertion is also performed. Error insertion inserts bipolar violation (BPV) or excessive zero (EXZ) errors onto
the bipolar signal. A BPV error will be inserted when three consecutive ones occur. An EXZ error will be inserted
when three (or four) consecutive zeros on the bipolar signal occur by inhibiting the insertion of a B3ZS (HDB3)
signature. There will be at least one intervening pulse between consecutive BPV or EXZ errors. A single BPV or
EXZ error inserted will be detected as a single BPV/EXZ error at the far-end, and will not cause any other type of
error to be detected. For example, if a BPV error is inserted, the far-end should not also detect a data error.
10.14.4 Transmit Line Interface
The Transmit Line Interface accepts a bipolar data stream from the B3ZS/HDB3 Encoder, performs error insertion,
and transmits the bipolar data stream.
Error insertion inserts BPV or EXZ errors into the bipolar signal. When a BPV error is to be inserted, the Transmit
Line Interface waits for the next occurrence of three consecutive ones. The first bipolar one is generated according
to the normal AMI rules. The second bipolar one is generated by transmitting the same values on TPOS and TNEG
as the values for the first one. The third bipolar one is generated according to the normal AMI rules. When an EXZ
error is to be inserted, the Transmit Line Interface waits for the next occurrence of three (four) consecutive zeros on
the bipolar signal, and inhibits the insertion of a B3ZS (HDB3) signature. There must be at least one intervening
one between consecutive BPV or EXZ errors. A single BPV or EXZ error inserted must be detected as a single
BPV/EXZ error at the far-end, and not cause any other type of error to be detected. For example, if a BPV error is
inserted, the far-end should not also detect a data error. If a second error insertion request of a given type (BPV or
EXZ) is initiated before a previous request has been completed, the second request will be ignored.
The outgoing bipolar data stream consists of positive pulse data (TPOSn) and negative pulse data (TNEGn).
TPOSn and TNEGn are updated on the rising edge of TLCLKn.
10.14.5 Receive Line Interface
The Receive Line Interface receives a bipolar signal. The incoming bipolar data line consists of positive pulse data
(RPOSn), negative pulse data (RNEGn), and clock (RLCLKn) signals. RPOSn and RNEGn are sampled on the
rising edge of RLCLKn. The incoming bipolar signal is checked for a Loss Of Signal (LOS) condition, and passed
on to B3ZS/HDB3 Decoder. An LOS condition is declared if both RPOSn and RNEGn do not have any transitions
for 192 clock cycles. The LOS condition is terminated after 192 clock cycles without any EXZ errors. Note: When
zero suppression (B3ZS or HDB3) decoding is disabled, the LOS condition is cleared, and cannot be detected.
10.14.6 B3ZS/HDB3 Decoder
The B3ZS/HDB3 Decoder receives a bipolar signal from the LIU (or the RPOS/RNEG pins). The incoming bipolar
signal is checked for a Loss of Signal (LOS) condition. A LOS condition is declared if both the positive pulse data
and negative pulse data signals do not have any transitions for 192 clock cycles. The LOS condition is terminated
after 192 clock cycles without any EXZ errors.
B3ZS/HDB3 Decoder performs EXZ detection, zero suppression decoding, BPV detection, and bipolar to unipolar
conversion.
EXZ detection checks the bipolar data stream for excessive zeros (EXZ) errors. In B3ZS mode, an EXZ error is
declared whenever there is an occurrence of 3 or more zeros. In HDB3 mode, an EXZ error is declared whenever
there is an occurrence of 4 or more zeros. EXZ errors are accumulated in the EXZ counter (LINE.REXZCR
register).
Zero suppression decoding converts B3ZS or HDB3 encoded bipolar data into an AMI bipolar signal. In B3ZS
mode, the encoded bipolar signal is checked for a B3ZS signature. If a B3ZS signature is found, it is replaced with
three zeros. In HDB3 mode, the encoded bipolar signal is checked for an HDB3 signature. If an HDB3 signature is
found, it is replaced with four zeros. The format of both an HDB3 signature and a B3ZS signature is programmable.
When LINE.RCR.REZSF = 0, the decoder will search for a zero followed by a BPV in B3ZS mode, and in HDB3
mode it will search for two zeros followed by a BPV. If LINE.RCR.REZSF = 1, the same criteria is applied with an
additional requirement that the BPV must be the opposite polarity of the previous BPV. See Figure 10-52 and
191
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-53. Zero suppression decoding is also programmable (on or off). Note: Immediately after a reset or a
LOS condition, the first B3ZS/HDB3 signature to be detected will not depend upon the polarity of any BPV
contained within the signature.
Figure 10-52. B3ZS Signatures
RLCLK
(RX DATA)
RPOS
RNEG
V
B3ZS SIGNATURE WHEN
LINE.RCR.REZSF = 0
RLCLK
(RX DATA)
RPOS
V
RNEG
V
B3ZS SIGNATURE WHEN
LINE.RCR.REZSF = 1
Figure 10-53. HDB3 Signatures
RLCLK
(RX DATA)
RPOS
RNEG
V
HDB3 SIGNATURE WHEN
LINE.RCR.REZSF = 0
RLCLK
(RX DATA)
RPOS
RNEG
V
V
HDB3 SIGNATURE WHEN
LINE.RCR.REZSF = 1
BPV detection checks the bipolar signal for bipolar violation (BPV) errors and E3 code violation (CV) errors. A BPV
error is declared if two 1’s are detected on RXP or RXN without an intervening 1 on RXN or RXP, and the 1’s are
not part of a B3ZS/HDB3 signature, or when both RXP and RXN are a one. An E3 coding violation is declared if
consecutive BPVs of the same polarity are detected (ITU O.161 definition). E3 CVs are accumulated in the BPV
counter (LINE.RBPVCR register) if E3 CV detection has been enabled (applicable only in HDB3 mode), otherwise,
BPVs are accumulated in the BPV counter. If zero code suppression is disabled, the BPV counter will count all
bipolar violations. The BPV counter will count pulses on the RLCVn pin when the device is configured for unipolar
mode.
192
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Note: Immediately after a reset (or datapath reset) or a LOS condition, a BPV will not be declared when the first
valid one (RPOS high and RNEG low, or RPOS low and RNEG high) is received. Bipolar to unipolar conversion
converts the AMI bipolar data into a unipolar signal by ORing together the RXP and RXN signals.
10.15 BERT
10.15.1 General Description
The BERT is a software-programmable test-pattern generator and monitor capable of meeting most error
performance requirements for digital transmission equipment. It will generate and synchronize to pseudo-random
patterns with a generation polynomial of the form xn + xy + 1, where n and y can take on values from 1 to 32 and to
repetitive patterns of any length up to 32 bits.
The transmit direction generates the programmable test pattern, and inserts the test pattern payload into the data
stream.
The receive direction extracts the test pattern payload from the receive data stream, and monitors the test pattern
payload for the programmable test pattern. Figure 10-54 shows the location of the BERT Block within the DS318x
devices.
Figure 10-54. BERT Block Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
Clock Rate
Adapter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
System
Interface
TX BERT
RX BERT
Rx Packet
Processor
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
HDLC
PLB
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
TX FRAC/
PLCP
SLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
Tx Cell
Processor
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
RX FRAC/
PLCP
UA1
GEN
Rx Cell
Processor
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
10.15.2 Features
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable PRBS pattern – The Pseudo Random Bit Sequence (PRBS) polynomial (xn + xy + 1) and seed
are programmable (length n = 1 to 32, tap y = 1 to n - 1, and seed = 0 to 2n - 1).
Programmable repetitive pattern – The repetitive pattern length and pattern are programmable (the length n
= 1 to 32 and pattern = 0 to 2n - 1).
24-bit error count and 32-bit bit count registers
Programmable bit error insertion – Errors can be inserted individually, on a pin transition, or at a specific
rate. The rate 1/10n is programmable (n = 1 to 7).
Pattern synchronization at a 10-3 BER – Pattern synchronization will be achieved even in the presence of a
random Bit Error Rate (BER) of 10-3.
10.15.3 Configuration and Monitoring
Set PORT.CR1.BENA = 1 to enable the BERT. The BERT must be enabled before the pattern is loaded for the
pattern load operation to take affect.
The following tables show how to configure the on-board BERT to send and receive common patterns.
193
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-38. Pseudorandom Pattern Generation
PATTERN TYPE
29-1 O.153 (511 type)
211-1 O.152 and O.153
(2047 type)
215-1 O.151
BERT.PCR REGISTER
PTF[4:0]
PLF[4:0]
PTS
QRSS
(hex)
(hex)
04
08
0
0
BERT.
PCR
BERT.
SPR2
BERT.
SPR1
0x0408
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
BERT.CR
TPIC,
RPIC
0
08
0A
0
0
0x080A
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0
0D
0E
0
0
0x0D0E
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
1
20
10
13
0
0
0x1013
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0
20
02
13
0
1
0x0253
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0
23
11
16
0
0
0x1116
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
1
2 -1 O.153
2 -1 O.151 QRSS
2 -1 O.151
Table 10-39. Repetitive Pattern Generation
PATTERN TYPE
all 1s
BERT.PCR REGISTER
PTF[4:0] PLF[4:0]
PTS QRSS
(hex)
(hex)
NA
00
1
0
BERT.
PCR
BERT.
SPR2
BERT.
SPR1
0x0020
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
all 0s
NA
00
1
0
0x0020
0xFFFF
0xFFFE
alternating 1s and 0s
NA
01
1
0
0x0021
0xFFFF
0xFFFE
double alternating and 0s
NA
03
1
0
0x0023
0xFFFF
0xFFFC
3 in 24
NA
17
1
0
0x0037
0xFF20
0x0022
1 in 16
NA
0F
1
0
0x002F
0xFFFF
0x0001
1 in 8
NA
07
1
0
0x0027
0xFFFF
0xFF01
1 in 4
NA
03
1
0
0x0023
0xFFFF
0xFFF1
After configuring these bits, the pattern must be loaded into the BERT. This is accomplished via a zero-to-one
transition on BERT.CR.TNPL and BERT.CR.RNPL.
Monitoring the BERT requires reading the BERT.SR Register that contains the Bit Error Count (BEC) bit and the
Out of Synchronization (OOS) bit. The BEC bit will be one when the bit error counter is one or more. The OOS will
be one when the receive pattern generator is not synchronized to the incoming pattern, which will occur when it
receives a minimum 6 bit errors within a 64 bit window. The Receive BERT Bit Count Register (BERT.RBCR1) and
the Receive BERT Bit Error Count Register (BERT.RBECR1) will be updated upon the reception of a Performance
Monitor Update signal (e.g., BERT.CR.LPMU). This signal will update the registers with the values of the counters
since the last update and will reset the counters. See Section 10.4.5 for more details of the PMU.
10.15.4 Receive Pattern Detection
When the Receive BERT is enabled it can be used as an off-line monitor. The incoming datastream flows to the
receive BERT as well as the Cell/Packet Processor. If it is not desired that the datastream flows to the Cell/Packet
processor, the user should disable the Receive FIFO by setting the FIFO.RCR.RFRST bit.
The Receive BERT receives only the payload data and synchronizes the receive pattern generator to the incoming
pattern. The receive pattern generator is a 32-bit shift register that shifts data from the least significant bit (LSB) or
bit 1 to the most significant bit (MSB) or bit 32. The input to bit 1 is the feedback. For a PRBS pattern (generating
polynomial xn + xy + 1), the feedback is an XOR of bit n and bit y. For a repetitive pattern (length n), the feedback is
bit n. The values for n and y are individually programmable (1 to 32). The output of the receive pattern generator is
the feedback. If QRSS is enabled, the feedback is an XOR of bits 17 and 20, and the output will be forced to one if
the next 14 bits are all zeros. QRSS is programmable (on or off). For PRBS and QRSS patterns, the feedback will
be forced to one if bits 1 through 31 are all zeros. Depending on the type of pattern programmed, pattern detection
performs either PRBS synchronization or repetitive pattern synchronization.
194
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.15.4.1 Receive PRBS Synchronization
PRBS synchronization synchronizes the receive pattern generator to the incoming PRBS or QRSS pattern. The
receive pattern generator is synchronized by loading 32 data stream bits into the receive pattern generator, and
then checking the next 32 data stream bits. Synchronization is achieved if all 32 bits match the incoming pattern. If
at least six incoming bits in the current 64-bit window do not match the receive pattern generator, automatic pattern
re-synchronization is initiated. Automatic pattern re-synchronization can be disabled.
See Figure 10-55 for the PRBS synchronization diagram.
Figure 10-55. PRBS Synchronization State Diagram
Sync
th
wi
its
wit
ho
its
ut
4b
err
ors
f6
6o
32
b
ors
err
1 bit error
Verify
Load
32 bits loaded
10.15.4.2 Receive Repetitive Pattern Synchronization
Repetitive pattern synchronization synchronizes the receive pattern generator to the incoming repetitive pattern.
The receive pattern generator is synchronized by searching each incoming data stream bit position for the
repetitive pattern, and then checking the next 32 data stream bits. Synchronization is achieved if all 32 bits match
the incoming pattern. If at least six incoming bits in the current 64-bit window do not match the receive PRBS
pattern generator, automatic pattern re-synchronization is initiated. Automatic pattern re-synchronization can be
disabled. See Figure 10-56 for the repetitive pattern synchronization state diagram.
195
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 10-56. Repetitive Pattern Synchronization State Diagram
Sync
th
wi
its
wi
tho
its
ut
4b
err
ors
f6
6o
32
b
ors
err
1 bit error
Verify
Match
Pattern Matches
10.15.4.3 Receive Pattern Monitoring
Receive pattern monitoring monitors the incoming data stream for both an OOS condition and bit errors and counts
the incoming bits. An Out Of Synchronization (OOS) condition is declared when the synchronization state machine
is not in the “Sync” state. An OOS condition is terminated when the synchronization state machine is in the “Sync”
state.
Bit errors are determined by comparing the incoming data stream bit to the receive pattern generator output. If they
do not match, a bit error is declared, and the bit error and bit counts are incremented. If they match, only the bit
count is incremented. The bit count and bit error count are not incremented when an OOS condition exists.
10.15.5 Transmit Pattern Generation
Pattern Generation generates the outgoing test pattern, and passes it onto Error Insertion. The transmit pattern
generator is a 32-bit shift register that shifts data from the least significant bit (LSB) or bit 1 to the most significant
bit (MSB) or bit 32. The input to bit 1 is the feedback. For a PRBS pattern (generating polynomial xn + xy + 1), the
feedback is an XOR of bit n and bit y. For a repetitive pattern (length n), the feedback is bit n. The values for n and
y are individually programmable (1 to 32). The output of the receive pattern generator is the feedback. If QRSS is
enabled, the feedback is an XOR of bits 17 and 20, and the output will be forced to one if the next 14 bits are all
zeros. QRSS is programmable (on or off). For PRBS and QRSS patterns, the feedback will be forced to one if bits
1 through 31 are all zeros. When a new pattern is loaded, the pattern generator is loaded with a seed/pattern value
before pattern generation starts. The seed/pattern value is programmable (0 – 2n - 1).
10.15.5.1 Transmit Error Insertion
Error insertion inserts errors into the outgoing pattern data stream. Errors are inserted one at a time or at a rate of
one out of every 10n bits. The value of n is programmable (1 to 7 or off). Single bit error insertion can be initiated
from the microprocessor interface, or by the manual error insertion input (TMEI). The method of single error
insertion is programmable (register or input). If pattern inversion is enabled, the data stream is inverted before the
overhead/stuff bits are inserted. Pattern inversion is programmable (on or off).
196
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.16 Line Interface Unit (LIU)
10.16.1 General Description
The line interface units (LIUs) perform the functions necessary for interfacing at the physical layer to DS3, E3, or
STS-1 lines. Each LIU has independent receive and transmit paths and a built-in jitter attenuator. See Figure 10-57
for the location within the DS318x device of the LIU.
Figure 10-57. LIU Functional Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
Clock Rate
Adapter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
System
Interface
TX BERT
RX BERT
Rx Packet
Processor
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
Tx
FIFO
Tx Packet
Processor
HDLC
PLB
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
TX FRAC/
PLCP
SLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
Tx Cell
Processor
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
RX FRAC/
PLCP
Rx Cell
Processor
UA1
GEN
Rx
FIFO
Microprocessor
Interface
10.16.2 Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Each Port Independently Configurable
Perform Receive Clock/Data Recovery and Transmit Waveshaping
Jitter Attenuators can be Placed in Either the Receive or Transmit Paths
Interface to 75Ω Coaxial Cable at Lengths Up to 380 meters (DS3), 440 meters (E3), or 360 meters (STS-1)
Use 1:2 Transformers on TX and RX
Require Minimal External Components
Local and Remote Loopbacks
10.16.2.1 Transmitter
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Gapped clock capable up to 52MHz
Wide 50 ±20% transmit clock duty cycle
Clock inversion for glue-less interfacing
Unframed all-ones generator (E3 AIS)
Line build-out (LBO) control
Tri-state line driver outputs support protection switching applications
Per-channel power-down control
Output driver monitor
10.16.2.2 Receiver
•
•
•
•
•
•
AGC/equalizer block handles from 0 to 15dB of cable loss
Loss-of-lock (LOL) PLL status indication
Interfaces directly to a DSX monitor signal (~20dB flat loss) using built-in preamp
Digital and analog loss-of-signal (LOS) detectors (ANSI T1.231 and ITU G.775)
Clock inversion for glue-less interfacing
Per-channel power-down control
197
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.16.3 Detailed Description
The receiver performs clock and data recovery from an alternate mark inversion (AMI) coded signal or a B3ZS- or
HDB3-coded AMI signal and monitors for loss of the incoming signal. The transmitter drives standard pulse-shape
waveforms onto 75Ω coaxial cable. See Figure 10-58 for a detailed functional block diagram of the DS3/E3/STS-1
LIU. The jitter attenuator can be mapped into the receiver data path, mapped into the transmitter data path, or be
disabled. The DS3/E3/STS1 LIU conforms to the telecommunications standards listed in Table 4-1. Figure 1-1
shows the external components required for proper operation.
Figure 10-58. DS3/E3/STS-1 LIU Block Diagram
CLKA CLKB CLKC
VSS
Clock Rate
Adapter
Automatic
Gain
Control
+
Adaptive
Equalizer
RXPn
RXNn
Preamp
FROM DS3/E3/
STS-1 LINE
Power
Supply
Clock &
Data
Recovery
ALOS
squelch
Analog
Local
Loopback
TXPn
TXNn
Line Driver
TO DS3/E3/STS-1
LINE
Waveshaping
Driver
Monitor
Jitter Attenuator
(can be placed in either the receive path or the transmit path)
VDD
TO B3ZS/HDB3
DECODER
FROM B3ZS/HDB3
ENCODER
10.16.4 Transmitter
10.16.4.1 Transmit Clock
The clock used in the LIU Transmitter is typically based on either the CLAD clock or TCLKI, selected by the
CLADC bit in PORT.CR3.
10.16.4.2 Waveshaping, Line Build-Out, Line Driver
The waveshaping block converts the transmit clock, positive data, and negative data signals into a single AMI
signal with the waveshape required for interfacing to DS3/E3/STS1 lines. Table 18-8 through Table 18-12 and
Figure 18-9 (AC Timing Section) show the waveform template specifications and test parameters.
Because DS3 and STS-1 signals must meet the waveform templates at the cross-connect through any cable length
from 0 to 450ft, the waveshaping circuitry includes a selectable LBO feature. For cable lengths of 225ft or greater,
the TLBO configuration bit (PORT.CR2.TLBO) should be low. When TLBO is low, output pulses are driven onto the
coaxial cable without any pre-attenuation. For cable lengths less than 225ft, TLBO should be high to enable the
LBO circuitry. When TLBO is high, pulses are pre-attenuated by the LBO circuitry before being driven onto the
coaxial cable. The LBO circuitry provides attenuation that mimics the attenuation of 225ft of coaxial cable.
The transmitter line driver can be disabled and the TXPn and TXNn outputs tri-stated by asserting the LTS
configuration bit (PORT.CR2.LTS). Powering down the transmitter through the TPD configuration bit (CPU bus
mode) also tri-states the TXPn and TXNn outputs.
198
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
10.16.4.3 Interfacing to the Line
The transmitter interfaces to the outgoing DS3/E3/STS-1 coaxial cable (75Ω) through a 2:1 step-down transformer
connected to the TXPn and TXNn pins. Figure 1-1 shows the arrangement of the transformer and other
recommended interface components. Table 10-40 specifies the required characteristics of the transformer.
10.16.4.4 Transmit Driver Monitor
If the transmit driver monitor detects a faulty transmitter, it sets the PORT.SR.TDM status bit. When the transmitter
is tri-stated, the transmit driver monitor is also disabled. The transmitter is declared to be faulty when the
transmitter outputs see a load of less than ~25Ω.
10.16.4.5 Transmitter Power-Down
To minimize power consumption when the transmitter is not being used, assert the PORT.CR1.PD configuration
bit. When the transmitter is powered down, the TXPn and TXNn pins are put in a high-impedance state and the
transmit amplifiers are powered down.
10.16.4.6 Transmitter Jitter Generation (Intrinsic)
The transmitter meets the jitter generation requirements of all applicable standards, with or without the jitter
attenuator enabled.
10.16.4.7 Transmitter Jitter Transfer
Without the jitter attenuator enabled in the transmit side, the transmitter passes jitter through unchanged. With the
jitter attenuator enabled in the transmit side, the transmitter meets the jitter transfer requirements of all applicable
telecommunication standards. See Table 4-1.
10.16.5 Receiver
10.16.5.1 Interfacing to the Line
The receiver can be transformer-coupled or capacitor-coupled to the line. Typically, the receiver interfaces to the
incoming coaxial cable (75Ω) through a 1:2 step-up transformer. Figure 1-1 shows the arrangement of the
transformer and other recommended interface components. Table 10-40 specifies the required characteristics of
the transformer. Figure 10-58 shows a general overview of the LIU block. The receiver expects the incoming signal
to be in B3ZS- or HDB3-coded AMI format.
Table 10-40. Transformer Characteristics
PARAMETER
Turns Ratio
Bandwidth 75Ω
VALUE
1:2ct ±2%
0.250MHz to 500MHz (typ)
Primary Inductance
19µH (min)
Leakage Inductance
0.12µH (max)
Interwinding Capacitance
Isolation Voltage
10pF (max)
1500VRMS (min)
199
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 10-41. Recommended Transformers
PART
TEMP
RANGE
Pulse Engineering
PE-65968
0°C to +70°C
Pulse Engineering
PE-65969
0°C to +70°C
MANUFACTURER
Halo Electronics
Halo Electronics
TG070206NS
TD070206NE
0°C to +70°C
0°C to +70°C
PIN-PACKAGE/
SCHEMATIC
6 SMT
LS-1/C
6 Thru-Hole
LC-1/C
6 SMT
SMD/B
6 DIP
DIP/B
OCL
PRIMARY
(µH) (min)
LL
(µH)
(max)
BANDWIDTH
75Ω (MHz)
19
0.06
0.250 to 500
19
0.06
0.250 to 500
19
0.06
0.250 to 500
19
0.06
0.250 to 500
Note: Table subject to change. Industrial temperature range and multiport transformers are also available. Contact the manufacturers for details
at www.pulseeng.com and www.haloelectronics.com.
10.16.5.2 Optional Preamp
The receiver can be used in monitoring applications, which typically have series resistors with a resistive loss of
approximately 20dB. When the PORT.CR2.RMON bit is high, the receiver compensates for this resistive loss by
applying flat gain to the incoming signal before sending the signal to the AGC/ equalizer block.
10.16.5.3 Automatic Gain Control (AGC) and Adaptive Equalizer
The AGC circuitry applies flat (frequency independent) gain to the incoming signal to compensate for flat losses in
the transmission channel and variations in transmission power. Since the incoming signal also experiences
frequency-dependent losses as it passes through the coaxial cable, the adaptive equalizer circuitry applies
frequency-dependent gain to offset line losses and restore the signal. The AGC/equalizer circuitry automatically
adapts to coaxial cable losses from 0 to 15dB, which translates into 0 to 380 meters (DS3), 0 to 440 meters (E3), or
0 to 360 meters (STS-1) of coaxial cable (AT&T 734A or equivalent). The AGC and the equalizer work
simultaneously but independently to supply a signal of nominal amplitude and pulse shape to the clock and data
recovery block. The AGC/equalizer block automatically handles direct (0 meters) monitoring of the transmitter
output signal.
10.16.5.4 Clock and Data Recovery (CDR)
The CDR block takes the amplified, equalized signal from the AGC/equalizer block and produces a separate clock,
positive data, and negative data signals. The CDR requires a master clock. This clock is derived from CLKA,
CLKB, or CLKC depending on the CLAD configuration (DS3, E3, STS-1). If, however, there is no clock source on
CLKA, CLKB, or CLKC the CDR block will automatically switch to TCLKIn to use as its master clock.
The receive clock is locked using a clock recovery PLL. The status of the PLL lock is indicated in the RLOL
(PORT.SR) status bit. The receive loss-of-lock status bit (RLOL) is set when the difference between the recovered
clock frequency and the master clock frequency is greater than 7900ppm and cleared when the difference is less
than 7700ppm. A change of state of the PORT.SR.RLOL status bit can cause an interrupt on the INT pin if enabled
to do so by the PORT.SRIE.RLOLIE interrupt-enable bit. Note that if the master clock is not present, or the master
clock is high and TCLK is not present, RLOL is not set.
10.16.5.5 Loss-of-Signal (LOS) Detector
The receiver contains analog and digital LOS detectors. The analog LOS detector resides in the AGC/equalizer
block. If the incoming signal level is less than a signal level approximately 24dB below nominal, analog LOS
(ALOS) is declared. The ALOS signal cannot be directly examined, but when ALOS occurs the AGC/equalizer
mutes the recovered data, forcing all zeros out of the data recovery circuitry and causing digital LOS (DLOS).
DLOS is determined by the Line Decoder block (see 10.14.4) and indicated by the LOS status bit (LINE.RSR.LOS).
ALOS clears when the incoming signal level is greater than or equal to a signal level approximately 18dB below
nominal.
200
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
For E3 LOS Assertion:
The ALOS detector in the AGC/equalizer block detects that the incoming signal is less than or equal to a signal
level approximately 24dB below nominal, and mutes the data coming out of the clock and data recovery block.
(24dB below nominal in the “tolerance range” of G.775, where LOS may or may not be declared.)
For E3 LOS Clear:
The ALOS detector in the AGC/equalizer block detects that the incoming signal is greater than or equal to a signal
level approximately 18dB below nominal, and enables data to come out of the CDR block. (18dB is in the
“tolerance range” of G.775, where LOS may or may not be declared.)
10.16.5.6 Receiver Power-Down
To minimize power consumption when the receiver is not being used, write a one to the PORT.CR1.PD bit. When
the receiver is powered down, the RCLKO pin is tri-stated. In addition, the RXP and RXN pins become high
impedance.
10.16.5.7 Receiver Jitter Tolerance
The receiver exceeds the input jitter tolerance requirements of all applicable telecommunication standards in Table
4-1. See Figure 10-59.
Figure 10-59. Receiver Jitter Tolerance
JITTER TOLERANCE (UIP-P)
15
10
STS-1 GR253
DS3 GR-499 Cat II
10
DS3 GR-499 Cat I
5
DS318x JITTER TOLERANCE
1.5
E3 G.823
1.0
0.3
0.15
0.1
0.1
30
10
300
100
669
2.3k
1k
FREQUENCY (Hz)
201
22.3k
10k
60k
300k
100k
800k
1M
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
11 OVERALL REGISTER MAP
The register addresses of the global, test and all four ports are concatenated to cover the address range of 000 to
7FF. The address map requires 11 bits of address, ADR[10:0]. The upper address bit A[10] is decoded for the
DS3184 and DS3183 devices. The upper address bit A[10] it is not used by the DS3182 and DS3181 devices and
must be tied low at the pin.
The register banks that are not marked with an “X” are not writeable and read back all zeroes. Bits that are
underlined are read-only; all other bits are read-write.
After Global Reset, all Registers will be reset to their default values.
When writing to registers with unused bits marked with “—“, always write a zero to these unused bits and
ignore the value read back from these bits.
Configuration registers can be written to and read from during a data path reset (DRST low, and RST high).
However, all changes to these registers will be ignored during the data path reset. As a result, all initiating action
requiring a “0 to 1” transition must be re-initiated after the data path reset is released.
All counters saturate at their maximum count. A counter register is updated by asserting (low to high transition) the
performance monitoring update signal (RPMU). During the counter register update process, the performance
monitoring status signal (RPMS) will be deasserted. The counter register update process consists of loading the
counter register with the current count, resetting the counter, forcing the zero count status indication low for one
clock period, and then asserting RPMS. No events shall be missed during an update procedure.
A latched bit is set when the associated event occurs, and remains set until it is cleared. Once cleared, a latched
bit will not be set again until the associated event reoccurs (goes away and comes back). A latched on change bit
is a latched bit that is set when the event occurs, and when it goes away. A latched status bit can be cleared using
clear on read or clear on write techniques, selectable by the GL.CR1.LSBCRE bit. When clear on read is selected,
the latched bits in a latched status register will be cleared after the register is read from. If the device is configured
for 16-bit mode, all 16 latched status bits will be cleared. If the device is configured for 8-bit mode, only the 8 bits
being accessed will be cleared. When clear on write is selected, the latched bits in a latched status register will be
cleared when a logic 1 is written to that bit position. For example, writing a FFFFh to a 16-bit latched status register
will clear any latched status bit, whereas writing a 0001h will only clear latched bit 0 of the latched status register.
Reserved bits and registers are implemented in a different mode. Reserved configuration bits and registers can be
written and read, however they will not effect the operation of the current mode. Reserved status bits will be zero.
Reserved latched status bits cannot be set, however, they may remain set or get set during a mode change.
Reserved interrupt enable bits can be written and read, and can cause an interrupt if the associated latched status
bit is set. Reserved counter registers and the associated counter will retain the values held before a mode change,
however, the associated counter cannot be incremented. A performance monitor update will operate normally. If
the data path reset is set during or after a mode change, the latched status bits and counter registers (with the
associated counters) will be automatically cleared. If the data path reset is not used, then the latched status bits
must be cleared via the register interface in the normal manner. And, the counter registers must be cleared by
performing two performance monitor updates. The first to clear the associated counter, and load the current count
into the counter register, and the second to clear the counter register.
202
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 11-1. Global and Test Register Address Map
ADDRESS
DESCRIPTION
000–01F
Global Registers, Section 12.1
020–02F
Unused
030–037
UTOPIA/POS-PHY Transmit System Bus, Section 12.3
038–03F
UTOPIA/POS-PHY Receive System Bus, Section 12.3.2
040–1FF
Port 1 Register Map
200–23F
Test Registers
240–3FF
Port 2 Register Map
400–43F
Test Registers
440–5FF
Port 3 Register Map
600–63F
Unused
640–6FF
Port 4 Register Map
Each port has a relative address range of 040h to 1FFh. The lower 000h to 03Fh address range is used for global,
test and reserved registers. The following table is a map of the registers for each port. The address offset is from
the start of each port range of 000h, 200h, 400h and 600h. In a DS3183, writes to registers in port 4 will be ignored
and reads from port 4 registers will read back zero values. Similarly, in a DS3181, writes to registers in port 2 will
be ignored and reads from port 2 will read back zero values.
Note: The RDY signal will not go active if the user attempts to read or write unused ports or unused registers not assigned to
any design blocks. The RDY signal will go active if the user writes or reads reserved registers or unused registers within design
blocks.
Table 11-2. Per-Port Register Address Map
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Port 4
040–1FF
240–3FF
440–5FF
640–7FF
ADDRESS
OFFSET
ADDRESS
OFFSET
DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
040–05F
Port Common Registers
100– 117
Reserved
060–07F
BERT
118–11F
DS3/E3 Framer Transmit
080–08B
Reserved
120–13F
DS3/E3 Framer Receive
08C–08F
B3ZS/HDB3 Transmit Line Encoder
140–147
DS3/E3 Fractional Transmit
090–09F
B3ZS/HDB3 Receive Line Decoder
148–14F
DS3/E3 Fractional Receive
0A0–0AF
HDLC Transmit
150–15F
DS3/E3 PLCP Transmit
0B0–0BF
HDLC Receive
160–17F
DS3/E3 PLCP Receive
0C0–0CF
FEAC Transmit
180–18F
UTOPIA/POS-PHY Transmit FIFO
0D0–0DF
FEAC Receive
190–19F
UTOPIA/POS-PHY Receive FIFO
0E0–0E7
Reserved
1A0–1BF
Transmit Cell/Packet Processor
0E8–0EF
Trail Trace Transmit
1C0–1FF
Receive Cell/Packet Processor
0F0–0FF
Trail Trace Receive
203
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12 REGISTER MAPS AND DESCRIPTIONS
12.1 Registers Bit Maps
Note: In 8-bit mode, register bits[15:8] correspond to the upper byte, and register bits[7:0] correspond to the lower
byte. For example, address 001h is the upper byte (bits [15:8]) and address 000h is the lower byte (bits [7:0]) for
register GL.IDR in 8-bit mode. All registers listed, including those designated Unused and Reserved, will cause the
RDY signal to go low when written to or read from. The “—“ designation indicates that the bit is not assigned.
12.1.1 Global Register Bit Map
Table 12-1. Global Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
000
000
001
002
002
003
004
004
005
006- 006008 009
00A
00A
00B
00C
00C
00D
010
010
011
012
012
013
014
014
015
016
016
017
018
018
019
01A
01A
01B
01C
01C
01D
01E
01E
01F
Register
Type
GL.IDR
R
GL.CR1
RW
GL.CR2
RW
UNUSED
GL.GIOCR
RW
UNUSED
GL.ISR
R
GL.ISRIE
RW
GL.SR
R
GL.SRL
RL
GL.SRIE
R
UNUSED
GL.GIORR
UNUSED
R
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
ID7
ID15
ID6
ID14
ID5
ID13
ID4
ID12
ID3
ID11
ID2
ID10
ID1
ID9
ID0
ID8
TMEI
GWRM
—
MEIMS
INTM
—
GPM1
DIREN
—
GPM0
—
—
PMU
SIW1
CLAD3
LSBCRE
SIW0
CLAD2
RSTDP
SIM1
CLAD1
RST
SIM0
CLAD0
—
—
—
G8KRS2 G8KRS1 G8KRS0 G8K0S
G8KIS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
GPIO4S1 GPIO4S0 GPIO3S1 GPIO3S0 GPIO2S1 GPIO2S0 GPIO1S1 GPIO1S0
GPIO8S1 GPIO8S0 GPIO7S1 GPIO7S0 GPIO6S1 GPIO6S0 GPIO5S1 GPIO5S0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
PISR4
PISR3
PISR2
PISR1
—
—
TSSR
GSR
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
PISRIE4 PISRIE3 PISRIE2 PISRIE1
—
—
TSSRIE
GSRIE
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8KREFL
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CLADL
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ONESL
—
ONESIE
—
—
—
CLOL
—
CLOLL
—
CLOLIE
—
—
—
GPMS
—
GPMSL
—
GPMSIE
—
—
—
GPIO8
GPIO7
GPIO6
GPIO5
GPIO4
GPIO3
GPIO2
GPIO1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
204
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 12-2. System Interface Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
030
030
031
032
032
033
034
034
035
036
036
037
038
038
039
03A
03A
03B
03C
03C
03D
03E
03E
03F
Register
Type
SI.TCR
RW
SI.TSRL
RL
SI.TSRIE
RW
UNUSED
SI.RCR1
RW
SI.RCR2
RW
SI.RSRL
RL
UNUSED
R
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RLBL7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RXAD2
—
RLBL6
—
—
—
TXAD5
—
—
—
—
—
—
RXAD1
—
RLBL5
RMBL5
—
—
TXAD4
—
—
—
—
—
—
RXAD0
—
RLBL4
RMBL4
—
TPARP
TXAD3
—
—
—
—
—
—
RPARP
—
RLBL3
RMBL3
—
TFLVI
TSBRE
THECT
TXAD2
TXAD1
TXAD0
—
TSCLKAL TPREL
—
—
—
—
—
TPREIE
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RFLVI
RSBRE RHECT
RMDT2 RMDT1 RMDT0
RLBL2
RLBL1
RLBL0
RMBL2
RMBL1
RMBL0
—
—
RSCLKA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
TMEI
NAD
MEIM
PAIS2
—
PAIS1
PMUM
PAIS0
PMU
LAIS1
PD
LAIS0
RSTDP
BENA
RST
HDSEL
FM5
FM4
FM3
FM2
FM1
FM0
LM2
RFTS
TCLKS
GPIOA2
LBM2
—
—
TLCKI
TPOHI
RLCKI
RPOHI
—
—
CPSR
—
TDM
—
TDML
—
TDMIE
—
LM1
TFTS
TSOFOS
GPIOA1
LBM1
—
—
TCKOI
TOHSI
RCKOI
ROHSI
—
—
PPSR
PSR
RLOL
—
RLOLL
—
RLOLIE
—
LM0
TLTS
TPFPE
GPIOA0
LBM0
—
—
TCKII
TOHEI
—
—
—
—
FMSR
LCSR
PMS
—
PMSL
—
PMSIE
—
Table 12-3. Port Register Bit Map
Note: J and K are variable dependent upon port.
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Port 4
J
0
2
4
6
K
1
3
5
7
Address
16-bit 8-bit
J40
J40
J41
J42
J42
J43
J44
J44
J45
J46
J46
J47
J48
J48
J49
J4A
J4B
J4C
J4D
J4E
J4E
J4F
J50
J50
J51
J52
J52
J53
J54
J54
J55
J56
J56
J57
Register
Type
PORT.CR1
RW
PORT.CR2
RW
PORT.CR3
RW
PORT.CR4
RW
UNUSED
UNUSED
PORT.ISR
R
PORT.SR
R
PORT.SRL
RL
PORT.SRIE
RW
RCDIS PMCPE
TLEN
LTS
RMON
TLBO
RCDV8
P8KRS1 P8KRS0 P8KREF LOOPT CLADC
—
—
RCLKS RSOFOS RPFPE
GPIOB3 GPIOB2 GPIOB1 GPIOB0 GPIOA3
—
—
—
—
SLB
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TOHI
TOHCKI TSOFII
TNEGI
TPOSI
TPDEI
TPDTI
TPOHSI TPOHEI
—
ROHI
ROHCKI
—
RNEGI
RPOSI
—
RPDTI RFOHEI RPOHSI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TTSR
FSR
HSR
BSR
SFSR
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RLCLKA TCLKIA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
205
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Address
Register
16-bit 8-bit
J58- J58UNUSED
J5E J5F
Type
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bit 7
Bit 15
PMUM
Bit 6
Bit 14
LPMU
Bit 5
Bit 13
RNPL
Bit 4
Bit 12
RPIC
Bit 3
Bit 11
MPR
Bit 2
Bit 10
APRD
Bit 1
Bit 9
TNPL
Bit 0
Bit 8
TPIC
—
—
—
BSP7
BSP15
BSP23
BSP31
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BEC7
BEC15
BEC23
—
BC7
BC15
BC23
BC31
—
—
—
QRSS
—
BSP6
BSP14
BSP22
BSP30
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BEC6
BEC14
BEC22
—
BC6
BC14
BC22
BC30
—
—
—
PTS
—
BSP5
BSP13
BSP21
BSP29
TEIR2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BEC5
BEC13
BEC21
—
BC5
BC13
BC21
BC29
—
—
—
PLF4
PTF4
BSP4
BSP12
BSP20
BSP28
TEIR1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BEC4
BEC12
BEC20
—
BC4
BC12
BC20
BC28
—
—
—
PLF3
PTF3
BSP3
BSP11
BSP19
BSP27
TEIR0
—
—
—
PMS
—
PMSL
—
PMSIE
—
—
—
BEC3
BEC11
BEC19
—
BC3
BC11
BC19
BC27
—
—
—
PLF2
PTF2
BSP2
BSP10
BSP18
BSP26
BEI
—
—
—
—
—
BEL
—
BEIE
—
—
—
BEC2
BEC10
BEC18
—
BC2
BC10
BC18
BC26
—
—
—
PLF1
PTF1
BSP1
BSP9
BSP17
BSP25
TSEI
—
—
—
BEC
—
BECL
—
BECIE
—
—
—
BEC1
BEC9
BEC17
—
BC1
BC9
BC17
BC25
—
—
—
PLF0
PTF0
BSP0
BSP8
BSP16
BSP24
MEIMS
—
—
—
OOS
—
OOSL
—
OOSIE
—
—
—
BEC0
BEC8
BEC16
—
BC0
BC8
BC16
BC24
—
—
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TZSD
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
EXZI
—
—
—
E3CVE
—
—
—
EXZC
—
BPVI
—
—
—
REZSF
—
—
—
—
—
TSEI
—
—
—
RDZSF
—
—
—
BPVC
—
MEIMS
—
—
—
RZSD
—
—
—
LOS
—
Table 12-4. BERT Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
J60
J60
J61
J62
J62
J63
J64
J64
J65
J66
J66
J67
J68
J68
J69
J6A
J6A
J6B
J6C
J6C
J6D
J6E
J6E
J6F
J70
J70
J71
J72
J72
J73
J74
J74
J75
J76
J76
J77
J78
J78
J79
J7A
J7A
J7B
J7C- J7C
J7E J7F
Register
Type
BERT.CR
RW
BERT.PCR
RW
BERT.SPR1
RW
BERT.SPR2
RW
BERT.TEICR
RW
UNUSED
BERT.SR
R
BERT.SRL
RL
BERT.SRIE
RW
UNUSED
BERT.RBECR1
R
BERT.RBECR2
R
BERT.RBCR1
R
BERT.RBCR2
R
UNUSED
Table 12-5. LINE Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
J8C
J8C
J8D
J8E
J8E
J8F
J90
J90
J91
J92
J92
J93
J94
J94
J95
Register
LINE.TCR
Type
RW
UNUSED
LINE.RCR
RW
UNUSED
LINE.RSR
R
206
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Address
16-bit 8-bit
J96
J96
J97
J98
J98
J99
J9A
J9A
J9B
J9C
J9C
J9D
J9E
J9E
J9F
Register
Type
LINE.RSRL
RL
LINE.RSRIE
RW
UNUSED
LINE.RBPVCR
R
LINE.REXZCR
R
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
—
—
—
—
—
—
ZSCDL
—
ZSCDIE
EXZL
—
EXZIE
EXZCL
—
EXZCIE
BPVL
—
BPVIE
BPVCL
—
BPVCIE
LOSL
—
LOSIE
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BPV7
BPV15
EXZ7
EXZ15
BPV6
BPV14
EXZ6
EXZ14
BPV5
BPV13
EXZ5
EXZ13
BPV4
BPV12
EXZ4
EXZ12
BPV3
BPV11
EXZ3
EXZ11
BPV2
BPV10
EXZ2
EXZ10
BPV1
BPV9
EXZ1
EXZ9
BPV0
BPV8
EXZ0
EXZ8
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
—
—
—
TFD7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RFOL
—
RFOIE
—
—
—
—
RFD7
—
—
TPSD
—
—
TFD6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RFD6
—
—
TFEI
—
—
TFD5
—
TFFL5
TFOL
—
TFOIE
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RFD5
—
—
TIFV
TDAL4
—
TFD4
—
TFFL4
TFUL
—
TFUIE
—
—
—
—
RDAL4
—
—
—
—
RPEL
—
RPEIE
—
—
—
—
RFD4
—
—
TBRE
TDAL3
—
TFD3
—
TFFL3
TPEL
—
TPEIE
—
—
—
RBRE
RDAL3
—
—
—
—
RPSL
—
RPSIE
—
—
—
RPS2
RFD3
—
—
TDIE
TDAL2
—
TFD2
TFF
TFFL2
—
—
—
—
—
—
RDIE
RDAL2
—
—
RFF
—
RFFL
—
RFFIE
—
—
—
RPS1
RFD2
—
—
12.1.2 HDLC Register Bit Map
Table 12-6. HDLC Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
JA0
JA0
JA1
JA2
JA2
JA3
JA4
JA4
JA5
JA6
JA6
JA7
JA8
JA8
JA9
JAA- JAA
JAE JAF
JB0
JB0
JB1
JB2
JB2
JB3
JB4
JB4
JB5
JB6
JB6
JB7
JB8
JB8
JB9
JBA
JBA
JBB
JBC
JBC
JBD
JBE
JBE
JBF
Register
Type
HDLC.TCR
RW
HDLC.TFDR
RW
HDLC.TSR
R
HDLC.TSRL
RL
HDLC.TSRIE
RW
UNUSED
HDLC.RCR
RW
UNUSED
HDLC.RSR
R
HDLC.RSRL
RL
HDLC.RSRIE
RW
UNUSED
HDLC.RFDR
UNUSED
R
207
TFPD
TFRST
TDAL1
TDAL0
—
TDPE
TFD1
TFD0
TFE
THDA
TFFL1
TFFL0
TFEL
THDAL
—
—
TFEIE
THDAIE
—
—
—
—
—
—
RFPD
RFRST
RDAL1
RDAL0
—
—
—
—
RFE
RHDA
—
—
—
RHDAL
—
—
—
RHDAIE
—
—
—
—
—
—
RPS0
RFDV
RFD1
RFD0
—
—
—
—
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 12-7. FEAC Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
JC0
JC0
JC1
JC2
JC2
JC3
JC4
JC4
JC5
JC6
JC6
JC7
JC8
JC8
JC9
JCA- JCA
JCE JCF
JD0
JD0
JD1
JD2
JD2
JD3
JD4
JD4
JD5
JD6
JD6
JD7
JD8
JD8
JD9
JDA
JDA
JDB
JDC
JDC
JDD
JDE
JDE
JDF
Register
Type
FEAC.TCR
RW
FEAC.TFDR
RW
FEAC.TSR
R
FEAC.TSRL
RL
FEAC.TSRIE
RW
UNUSED
FEAC.RCR
RW
UNUSED
FEAC.RSR
R
FEAC.RSRL
RL
FEAC.RSRIE
RW
UNUSED
FEAC.RFDR
R
UNUSED
Bit 7
Bit 15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RFFI
—
—
—
Bit 6
Bit 14
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bit 5
Bit 13
—
—
TFCA5
TFCB5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RFF5
—
—
—
Bit 4
Bit 12
—
—
TFCA4
TFCB4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RFF4
—
—
—
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 11
Bit 10
—
TFCL
—
—
TFCA3 TFCA2
TFCB3 TFCB2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RFFE
—
—
—
—
RFFOL
—
—
—
RFFOIE
—
—
—
—
—
—
RFF3
RFF2
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bit 1
Bit 0
Bit 9
Bit 8
TFS1
TFS0
—
—
TFCA1 TFCA0
TFCB1 TFCB0
—
TFI
—
—
—
TFIL
—
—
—
TFIIE
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RFR
—
—
—
—
—
—
RFCD
RFI
—
—
RFCDL
RFIL
—
—
RFCDIE RFIIE
—
—
—
—
—
—
RFF1
RFF0
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 12-8. Trail Trace Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
JE8
JE8
JE9
JEA
JEA
JEB
JEC
JEC
JED
JEE
JEE
JEF
JF0
JF0
JF1
JF2
JF2
JF3
JF4
JF4
JF5
JF6
JF6
JF7
Register
Type
TT.TCR
RW
TT.TTIAR
R
TT.TIR
R
UNUSED
TT.RCR
RW
TT.RTIAR
R
TT.RSR
R
TT.RSRL
RL
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
—
—
—
—
TTD7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TTD6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Reserved
—
TTD5
—
—
—
Reserved
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
—
—
Reserved
—
Reserved
—
TTD4
—
—
—
Reserved
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
—
—
TMAD
—
TTIA3
—
TTD3
—
—
—
RMAD
—
RTIA3
ETIA3
—
—
RTICL
—
TIDLE
—
TTIA2
—
TTD2
—
—
—
RETCE
—
RTIA2
ETIA2
RTIM
—
RTIML
—
TDIE
—
TTIA1
—
TTD1
—
—
—
RDIE
—
RTIA1
ETIA1
RTIU
—
RTIUL
—
TBRE
—
TTIA0
—
TTD0
—
—
—
RBRE
—
RTIA0
ETIA0
RIDL
—
RIDLL
—
208
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Address
16-bit 8-bit
JF8
JF8
JF9
JFA
JFA
JFB
JFC
JFC
JFD
JFE
JFE
JFF
K00- K00K16 K117
Register
TT.RSRIE
Type
RW
UNUSED
TT.RIR
R
TT.EIR
R
RESERVED
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
—
—
—
—
RTD7
—
ETD7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RTD6
—
ETD6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RTD5
—
ETD5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RTD4
—
ETD4
—
—
—
RTICIE
—
—
—
RTD3
—
ETD3
—
—
—
RTIMIE
—
—
—
RTD2
—
ETD2
—
—
—
RTIUIE
—
—
—
RTD1
—
ETD1
—
—
—
RIDLIE
—
—
—
RTD0
—
ETD0
—
—
—
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
—
—
Reserved
—
—
—
RAILE
—
—
—
OOMF
Reserved
—
—
OOMFL
Reserved
—
—
OOMFIE
Reserved
—
—
—
—
FE7
FE15
PE7
PE15
FBE7
FBE15
CPE7
CPE15
—
—
—
—
CPEIE
—
—
—
RAILD
COVHD
—
—
SEF
Reserved
—
—
SEFL
Reserved
—
—
SEFIE
Reserved
—
—
—
—
FE6
FE14
PE6
PE14
FBE6
FBE14
CPE6
CPE14
—
—
TFEBE
—
PEI
—
—
—
RAIOD
MAOD
—
—
—
—
—
—
COFAL
Reserved
—
—
COFAIE
Reserved
—
—
—
—
FE5
FE13
PE5
PE13
FBE5
FBE13
CPE5
CPE13
—
—
AFEBED
PBGE
FEIC1
—
—
—
RAIAD
MDAISI
—
—
LOF
Reserved
—
—
LOFL
Reserved
—
—
LOFIE
Reserved
—
—
—
—
FE4
FE12
PE4
PE12
FBE4
FBE12
CPE4
CPE12
—
—
TRDI
TIDLE
FEIC0
CCPEIE
—
—
ROMD
AAISD
—
—
RAI
T3FM
CPEC
—
RAIL
T3FML
CPECL
CPEL
RAIIE
T3FMIE
CPECIE
CPEIE
—
—
FE3
FE11
PE3
PE11
FBE3
FBE11
CPE3
CPE11
—
—
ARDID
CBGD
FEI
CPEI
—
—
LIP1
ECC
—
—
AIS
AIC
FBEC
—
AISL
AICL
FBECL
FBEL
AISIE
AICIE
FBECIE
FBEIE
—
—
FE2
FE10
PE2
PE10
FBE2
FBE10
CPE2
CPE10
—
—
12.1.3 T3 Register Bit Map
Table 12-9. T3 Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
K18
K18
K19
K1A
K1A
K1B
K1C- K1C
K1E K1F
K20
K20
K21
K22
K22
K23
K24
K24
K25
K26
K26
K27
K28
K28
K29
K2A
K2A
K2B
K2C
K2C
K2D
K2E
K2E
K2F
K30- K30
K32 K33
K34
K34
K35
K36
K36
K37
K38
K38
K39
K3A
K3A
K3B
K3C- K3C
K3E K3F
Register
Type
T3.TCR
RW
T3.TEIR
RW
RESERVED
T3.RCR
RW
RESERVED
T3.RSR1
R
T3.RSR2
R
T3.RSRL1
RL
T3.RSRL2
RL
T3.RSRIE1
RW
T3.RSRIE2
RW
RESERVED
T3.RFECR
R
T3.RPECR
R
T3.RFBECR
R
T3.RCPECR
R
UNUSED
209
TFGD
TAIS
—
—
TSEI
MEIMS
CFBEIE
FBEI
—
—
—
—
LIP0
FRSYNC
FECC1
FECC0
—
—
—
—
OOF
LOS
IDLE
RUA1
PEC
FEC
—
—
OOFL
LOSL
IDLEL
RUA1L
PECL
FECL
PEL
FEL
OOFIE
LOSIE
IDLEIE RUA1IE
PECIE
FECIE
PEIE
FEIE
—
—
—
—
FE1
FE0
FE9
FE8
PE1
PE0
PE9
PE8
FBE1
FBE0
FBE9
FBE8
CPE1
CPE0
CPE9
CPE8
—
—
—
—
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.1.4 E3 G.751 Register Bit Map
Table 12-10. E3 G.751 Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
K18
K18
K19
K1A
K1A
K1B
K1C- K1C
K1E K1F
K20
K20
K21
K22
K22
K23
K24
K24
K25
K26
K26
K27
K28
K28
K29
K2A
K2A
K2B
K2C
K2C
K2D
K2E
K2E
K2F
K30- K30
K32 K33
K34
K34
K35
K36- K36K3A K3B
K3C- K3CK3E K3F
Register
Type
E3G751.TCR
RW
E3G751.TEIR
RW
RESERVED
E3G751.RCR
RW
RESERVED
E3G751.RSR1
R
E3G751.RSR2
R
E3G751.RSRL1
RL
E3G751.RSRL2
RL
E3G751.RSRIE1
RW
E3G751.RSRIE2 RW
RESERVED
E3G751.RFECR
RESERVED
UNUSED
R
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
—
—
Reserved Reserved TABC1
TABC0
TFGD
TAIS
Reserved
—
—
Reserved Reserved Reserved TNBC1
TNBC0
Reserved Reserved Reserved FEIC1
FEIC0
FEI
TSEI
MEIMS
—
—
—
—
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RAILE
RAILD
RAIOD
RAIAD
ROMD
LIP1
LIP0
FRSYNC
Reserved Reserved
DLS
MDAISI
AAISD
ECC
FECC1
FECC0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RAB
RNB
—
LOF
RAI
AIS
OOF
LOS
Reserved Reserved
—
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved RUA1
—
—
—
—
Reserved Reserved Reserved
FEC
—
—
—
—
—
—
ACL
NCL
COFAL
LOFL
RAIL
AISL
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
—
—
—
—
Reserved Reserved
—
—
—
—
Reserved Reserved
ACIE
NCIE
COFAIE
LOFIE
RAIIE
AISIE
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
—
—
—
—
Reserved Reserved
—
—
—
—
Reserved Reserved
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
FE7
FE6
FE5
FE4
FE3
FE2
FE15
FE14
FE13
FE12
FE11
FE10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
210
—
—
OOFL
LOSL
Reserved RUA1L
Reserved FECL
Reserved
FEL
OOFIE
LOSIE
Reserved RUA1IE
Reserved FECIE
Reserved
FEIE
—
—
—
—
FE1
FE0
FE9
FE8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.1.5 E3 G.832 Register Bit Map
Table 12-11. E3 G.832 Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
K18
K18
K19
K1A
K1A
K1B
K1C
K1C
K1D
K1E
K1E
K1F
K20
K20
K21
K22
K22
K23
K24
K24
K25
K26
K26
K27
K28
K28
K29
K2A
K2A
K2B
K2C
K2C
K2D
K2E
K2E
K2F
K30
K30
K31
K32
K32
K33
K34
K34
K35
K36
K36
K37
K38
K38
K39
K3A
K3A
K3B
K3C- K3CK3E K3F
Register
Type
E3G832.TCR
RW
E3G832.TEIR
RW
E3G832.TMAB
RW
R
E3G832.TNGB
RW
R
E3G832.RCR
RW
E3G832.RMACR RW
E3G832.RSR1
R
E3G832.RSR2
R
E3G832.RSRL1
RL
E3G832.RSRL2
RL
E3G832.RSRIE1 RW
E3G832.RSRIE2 RW
E3G832.RMABR R
E3G832.RNGBR R
E3G832.RFECR
R
E3G832.RPECR
R
E3G832.RFBER
R
RESERVED
UNUSED
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
—
—
TFEBE
Reserved
—
—
Reserved Reserved Reserved
—
—
—
TPT2
TPT1
TPT0
—
—
—
TNR7
TNR6
TNR5
TGC7
TGC6
TGC5
RDILE
RDILD
RDIOD
Reserved
PEC
DLS
—
—
—
—
—
—
Reserved Reserved
—
Reserved
TIU
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
GCL
NRL
COFAL
Reserved
TIUL
TIL
—
—
—
—
—
—
GCIE
NRIE
COFAIE
Reserved
—
TIIE
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RPT2
RPT1
—
—
—
RNR7
RNR6
RNR5
RGC7
RGC6
RGC5
FE7
FE6
FE5
FE15
FE14
FE13
PE7
PE6
PE5
PE15
PE14
PE13
FBE7
FBE6
FBE5
FBE15
FBE14
FBE13
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
211
Bit 4
Bit 12
AFEBED
Reserved
FEIC1
—
TTIGD
—
TNR4
TGC4
RDIAD
MDAISI
—
—
LOF
RPTU
—
—
LOFL
RPTUL
—
—
LOFIE
RPTUIE
—
—
RPT0
—
RNR4
RGC4
FE4
FE12
PE4
PE12
FBE4
FBE12
—
—
—
—
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
TRDI
ARDID
TFGD
TAIS
Reserved TGCC
TNRC1 TNRC0
FEIC0
FEI
TSEI
MEIMS
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
TTI3
TTI2
TTI1
TTI0
—
—
—
—
TNR3
TNR2
TNR1
TNR0
TGC3
TGC2
TGC1
TGC0
ROMD
LIP1
LIP0
FRSYNC
AAISD
ECC
FECC1
FECC0
EPT2
EPT1
EPT0
TIED
—
—
—
—
RAI
AIS
OOF
LOS
RPTM Reserved Reserved RUA1
Reserved FBEC
PEC
FEC
—
—
—
—
RAIL
AISL
OOFL
LOSL
RPTML
RPTL Reserved RUA1L
Reserved FBECL
PECL
FECL
Reserved FBEL
PEL
FEL
RAIIE
AISIE
OOFIE
LOSIE
RPTMIE RPTIE Reserved RUA1IE
Reserved FBECIE
PECIE
FECIE
Reserved FBEIE
PEIE
FEIE
TI3
TI2
TI1
TI0
—
—
—
—
RNR3
RNR2
RNR1
RNR0
RGC3
RGC2
RGC1
RGC0
FE3
FE2
FE1
FE0
FE11
FE10
FE9
FE8
PE3
PE2
PE1
PE0
PE11
PE10
PE9
PE8
FBE3
FBE2
FBE1
FBE0
FBE11
FBE10
FBE9
FBE8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.1.6 Clear-Channel Register Bit Map
Table 12-12. Clear-Channel Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
K18
K18
K19
K1A- K1A
K1E K1F
K20
K20
K21
K22
K22
K23
K24
K24
K25
K26
K26
K27
K28
K28
K29
K2A
K2A
K2B
K2C
K2C
K2D
K2E- K2EK3A K3B
K3C- K3CK3E K3F
Register
CC.TCR
Type
RW
RESERVED
CC.RCR
RW
RESERVED
CC.RSR1
R
RESERVED
CC.RSRL1
RL
RESERVED
CC.RSRIE1
RW
RESERVED
UNUSED
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
—
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
—
—
Reserved
—
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
—
—
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
MDAISI
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
AAISD
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
—
—
TAIS
Reserved
—
—
Reserved
Reserved
—
—
LOS
RUA1
—
—
LOSL
RUA1L
—
—
LOSIE
RUA1IE
—
—
—
—
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
12.1.7 Fractional Register Bit Map
Table 12-13. Fractional Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
K40
K40
K41
K42
K42
K43
K44
K44
K45
K46
K46
K47
K48
K48
K49
K4A
K4A
K4B
K4C
K4C
K4D
K4E
K4E
K4F
Register
FRAC.TCR
Type
RW
FRAC.TDGSR RW
FRAC.TSASR RW
UNUSED
FRAC.RCR
RW
FRAC.RDGSR RW
FRAC.RSASR RW
UNUSED
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
—
—
TDGS7
—
TSAS7
—
—
—
—
—
RDGS7
—
RSAS7
—
—
—
—
—
TDGS6
—
TSAS6
—
—
—
—
—
RDGS6
—
RSAS6
—
—
—
—
—
TDGS5
—
TSAS5
—
—
—
—
—
RDGS5
—
RSAS5
—
—
—
—
—
TDGS4
TDGS12
TSAS4
TSAS12
—
—
—
—
RDGS4
RDGS12
RSAS4
RSAS12
—
—
—
—
TDGS3
TDGS11
TSAS3
TSAS11
—
—
—
—
RDGS3
RDGS11
RSAS3
RSAS11
—
—
212
TFOSC1 TFOSC0
—
—
TDGS2 TDGS1
TDGS10 TDGS9
TSAS2
TSAS1
TSAS10 TSAS9
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RDGS2 RDGS1
RDGS10 RDGS9
RSAS2
RSAS1
RSAS10 RSAS9
—
—
—
—
TSASS
—
TDGS0
TDGS8
TSAS0
TSAS8
—
—
RSASS
—
RDGS0
RDGS8
RSAS0
RSAS8
—
—
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 12-14. PLCP Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
K50
K50
K51
K52
K52
K53
K54
K54
K55
K56
K56
K57
K58
K58
K59
K5A
K5A
K5B
K5C
K5C
K5D
K5E
K5E
K5F
K60
K60
K61
K62
K62
K63
K64
K64
K65
K66
K66
K67
K68
K68
K69
K6A
K6A
K6B
K6C
K6C
K6D
K6E
K6E
K6F
K70
K70
K71
K72
K72
K73
K74
K74
K75
K76
K76
K77
K78
K78
K79
K7A
K7A
K7B
K7C
K7C
K7D
K7E
K7E
K7F
Register
Type
PLCP.TCR
RW
PLCP.TEIR
RW
PLCP.TFGBR
RW
PLCP.TM12BR
RW
PLCP.TZ12BR
RW
PLCP.TZ34BR
RW
PLCP.TZ56BR
RW
UNUSED
PLCP.RCR
RW
UNUSED
PLCP.RSR1
R
PLCP.RSR2
R
PLCP.RSRL1
RL
PLCP.RSRL2
RL
PLCP.RSRIE1
RW
PLCP.RSRIE2
RW
PLCP.RFECR
R
PLCP.RPECR
R
PLCP.RREICR
R
PLCP.RFGBR
R
PLCP.RM12BR
R
PLCP.RZ12BR
R
PLCP.RZ34BR
R
PLCP.RZ56BR
R
Bit 7
Bit 15
—
—
—
—
TREI3
TF17
TM17
TM27
TZ17
TZ27
TZ37
TZ47
TZ57
TZ67
—
—
Bit 6
Bit 14
—
—
—
—
TREI2
TF16
TM16
TM26
TZ16
TZ26
TZ36
TZ46
TZ56
TZ66
—
—
Bit 5
Bit 13
—
—
FEE
REIME
TREI1
TF15
TM15
TM25
TZ15
TZ25
TZ35
TZ45
TZ55
TZ65
—
—
Bit 4
Bit 12
TMC1
—
FEIC1
CREIIE
TREI0
TF14
TM14
TM24
TZ14
TZ24
TZ34
TZ44
TZ54
TZ64
—
—
—
—
RLIE
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RZ3L
—
—
—
RZ3IE
—
FE7
FE15
PE7
PE15
REI7
REI15
—
RF17
RM17
RM27
RZ17
RZ27
RZ37
RZ47
RZ57
RZ67
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RZ2L
—
—
—
RZ2IE
—
FE6
FE14
PE6
PE14
REI6
REI14
—
RF16
RM16
RM26
RZ16
RZ26
RZ36
RZ46
RZ56
RZ66
—
—
REIC
—
—
—
REICL
REIL
RZ1L
—
REICIE
REIIE
RZ1IE
—
FE5
FE13
PE5
PE13
REI5
REI13
—
RF15
RM15
RM25
RZ15
RZ25
RZ35
RZ45
RZ55
RZ65
213
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 11
Bit 10
TMC0 TF1C1
—
—
FEIC0
FEI
REIEI
PBEE
TRAI TLSS2
TF13
TF12
TM13
TM12
TM23
TM22
TZ13
TZ12
TZ23
TZ22
TZ33
TZ32
TZ43
TZ42
TZ53
TZ52
TZ63
TZ62
—
—
—
—
Bit 1
Bit 9
TF1C0
—
TSEI
CPEIE
TLSS1
TF11
TM11
TM21
TZ11
TZ21
TZ31
TZ41
TZ51
TZ61
—
—
Bit 0
Bit 8
AREID
—
MEIMS
PEI
TLSS0
TF10
TM10
TM20
TZ10
TZ20
TZ30
TZ40
TZ50
TZ60
—
—
PECC
—
FEPD
—
ECC
RHSC1
FRSYNC
RHSC0
—
—
PEC
—
—
—
PECL
PEL
RM2L
—
PECIE
PEIE
RM2IE
—
FE4
FE12
PE4
PE12
REI4
REI12
—
RF14
RM14
RM24
RZ14
RZ24
RZ34
RZ44
RZ54
RZ64
—
—
FEC
—
—
—
FECL
FEL
RM1L
—
FECIE
FEIE
RM1IE
—
FE3
FE11
PE3
PE11
REI3
REI11
—
RF13
RM13
RM23
RZ13
RZ23
RZ33
RZ43
RZ53
RZ63
FECC
—
—
—
—
—
RAI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RAIL
COFAL
—
—
RF1L LSSL
RZ5L
RZ6L
RAIIE COFAIE
—
—
RF1IE LSSIE
RZ6IE RZ5IE
FE2
FE1
FE10
FE9
PE2
PE1
PE10
PE9
REI2
REI1
REI10
REI9
LSS2
LSS1
RF12
RF11
RM12
RM11
RM22
RM21
RZ12
RZ11
RZ22
RZ21
RZ32
RZ31
RZ42
RZ41
RZ52
RZ51
RZ62
RZ61
—
—
OOF
LOF
LSSU
—
OOFL
LOFL
LSSUL
RZ4L
OOFIE
LOFIE
LSSUIE
RZ4IE
FE0
FE8
PE0
PE8
REI0
REI8
LSS0
RF10
RM10
RM20
RZ10
RZ20
RZ30
RZ40
RZ50
RZ60
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 12-15. FIFO Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
K80
K80
K81
K82
K82
K83
K84
K84
K85
K86
K86
K87
K88
K88
K89
K8A
K8A
K8B
K8C- K8C
K8F K8F
K90
K90
K91
K92
K92
K93
K94
K94
K95
K96
K96
K97
K98
K98
K99
K9A
K9A
K9B
K9C- K9C
K9F K9F
Register
Type
FF.TCR
RW
FF.TLCR
RW
FF.TPAC
RW
UNUSED
FF.TSRL
RL
FF.TSRIE
RW
UNUSED
FF.RCR
RW
FF.RLCR
RW
FF.RFPAC
RW
UNUSED
FF.RSRL
RL
FF.RSRIE
RW
UNUSED
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TFAF5
TFAE5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RFAF5
RFAE5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TFAF4
TFAE4
TPA4
—
—
—
TFATL
—
TFATIE
—
—
—
—
—
RFAF4
RFAE4
RPA4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TFAF3
TFAE3
TPA3
—
—
—
TFSTL
—
TFSTIE
—
—
—
—
—
RFAF3
RFAE3
RPA3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TFAF2
TFAE2
TPA2
—
—
—
TFITL
—
TFITIE
—
—
—
—
—
RFAF2
RFAE2
RPA2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TFAF1
TFAE1
TPA1
—
—
—
TFUL
—
TFUIE
—
—
—
—
—
RFAF1
RFAE1
RPA1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TFRST
—
TFAF0
TFAE0
TPA0
—
—
—
TFOL
—
TFOIE
—
—
—
RFRST
—
RFAF0
RFAE0
RPA0
—
—
—
RFOL
—
RFOIE
—
—
—
214
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.1.8 Transmit Cell Processor Bit Map
Table 12-16. Transmit Cell Processor Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
KA0
KA0
KA1
KA2
KA2
KA3
KA4
KA4
KA5
KA6
KA6
KA7
KAA
KAA
KA9
KAA
KAA
KAB
KAC
KAC
KAD
KAE
KAE
KAF
KB0
KB0
KB1
KB2
KB2
KB3
KB4
KB4
KB5
KB6
KB6
KB7
KB8- KB8KBE KBF
KBC- KBCKBE KBF
Register
CP.TCR
Type
RW
RESERVED
CP.TECC
RW
CP.THMRC
RW
CP.THPC1
RW
CP.THPC2
RW
CP.TFPPC
RW
CP.TSR
R
CP.TSRL
RL
CP.TSRIE
RW
CP.TCCR1
R
CP.TCCR2
R
RESERVED
UNUSED
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
TSD
TDHE
—
—
TCEN2
TCER2
THEM2
—
THP2
THP10
THP18
THP26
TBRE
THPE
—
—
TCEN1
TCER1
THEM1
—
THP1
THP9
THP17
THP25
TPTE
TCPAD
—
—
TCEN0
TCER0
THEM0
—
THP0
THP8
THP16
THP24
—
—
TFCH
TFCP
—
—
—
—
—
—
TCEN7
MEIMS
THEM7
—
THP7
THP15
THP23
THP31
—
—
TCEN6
TCER6
THEM6
—
THP6
THP14
THP22
THP30
—
—
TCEN5
TCER5
THEM5
—
THP5
THP13
THP21
THP29
—
—
TCEN4
TCER4
THEM4
—
THP4
THP12
THP20
THP28
THSE
TDSE
—
—
TCEN3
TCER3
THEM3
—
THP3
THP11
THP19
THP27
TFPP7
TFPP6
TFPP5
TFPP4
TFPP3
TFPP2
TFPP1
TFPP0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TCC7
TCC15
TCC23
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TCC6
TCC14
TCC22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TCC5
TCC13
TCC21
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TCC4
TCC12
TCC20
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TCC3
TCC11
TCC19
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TCC2
TCC10
TCC18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TCC1
TCC9
TCC17
—
—
—
—
—
—
TECF
—
TECFL
—
TECFIE
—
TCC0
TCC8
TCC16
—
—
—
—
—
215
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.1.9 Transmit Packet Processor Bit Map
Table 12-17. Transmit Packet Processor Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
KA0
KA0
KA1
KA2
KA2
KA3
KA4
KA4
KA5
KA6- KA6KAC KAD
KAE
KAE
KAF
KB0
KB0
KB1
KB2
KB2
KB3
KB4
KB4
KB5
KB6
KB6
KB7
KB8
KB8
KB9
KBA
KBA
KBB
KBC- KBCKBE KBF
Register
Type
PP.TCR
RW
PP.TIFGC
RW
PP.TEPC
RW
RESERVED
PP.TSR
R
PP.TSRL
RL
PP.TSRIE
RW
PP.TPCR1
R
PP.TPCR2
R
PP.TBCR1
R
PP.TBCR2
R
RESERVED
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
—
—
TIFG7
—
TPEN7
MEIMS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TPC7
TPC15
TPC23
—
TBC7
TBC15
TBC23
TBC31
—
—
—
—
TIFG6
—
TPEN6
TPER6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TPC6
TPC14
TPC22
—
TBC6
TBC14
TBC22
TBC30
—
—
TFAD
—
TIFG5
—
TPEN5
TPER5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TPC5
TPC13
TPC21
—
TBC5
TBC13
TBC21
TBC29
—
—
TF16
—
TIFG4
—
TPEN4
TPER4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TPC4
TPC12
TPC20
—
TBC4
TBC12
TBC20
TBC28
—
—
TIFV
RES
TIFG3
—
TPEN3
TPER3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TPC3
TPC11
TPC19
—
TBC3
TBC11
TBC19
TBC27
—
—
TSD
RES
TIFG2
—
TPEN2
TPER2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TPC2
TPC10
TPC18
—
TBC2
TBC10
TBC18
TBC26
—
—
TBRE
RES
TIFG1
—
TPEN1
TPER1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TPC1
TPC9
TPC17
—
TBC1
TBC9
TBC17
TBC25
—
—
TPTE
RES
TIFG0
—
TPEN0
TPER0
—
—
TEPF
—
TEPFL
—
TEPFIE
—
TPC0
TPC8
TPC16
—
TBC0
TBC8
TBC16
TBC24
—
—
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
Table 12-18. Receive Cell Processor Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
KC0
KC0
KC1
KC2
KC2
KC3
KC4
KC4
KC5
KC6
KC6
KC7
KC8
KC8
KC9
KCA
KCA
KCB
KCC
KCC
KCD
KCE
KCE
KCF
KD0
KD0
KD1
Register
CP.RCR1
Type
RW
RESERVED
CP.RHPC1
RW
CP.RHPC2
RW
CP.RHPMC1
RW
CP.RHPMC2
RW
CP.RLTC
RW
CP.RSR
R
CP.RSRL
RL
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
RROC1 RROC0 RCPAD RHECD
RHDE
RDD
RBRE
RPTE
RDDE
RDHE
RECED RHPM1 RHPM0
RICFD
RUCFE
RICFE
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RHP7
RHP6
RHP5
RHP4
RHP3
RHP2
RHP1
RHP0
RHP15
RHP14
RHP13
RHP12
RHP11
RHP10
RHP9
RHP8
RHP23
RHP22
RHP21
RHP20
RHP19
RHP18
RHP17
RHP16
RHP31
RHP30
RHP29
RHP28
RHP27
RHP26
RHP25
RHP24
RHPD7 RHPD6 RHPD5 RHPD4 RHPD3 RHPD2 RHPD1 RHPD0
RHPD15 RHPD14 RHPD13 RHPD12 RHPD11 RHPD10 RHPD9 RHPD8
RHPD23 RHPD22 RHPD21 RHPD20 RHPD19 RHPD18 RHPD17 RHPD16
RHPD31 RHPD30 RHPD29 RHPD28 RHPD27 RHPD26 RHPD25 RHPD24
RLT7
RLT6
RLT5
RLT4
RLT3
RLT2
RLT1
RLT0
RLT15
RLT14
RLT13
RLT12
RLT11
RLT10
RLT9
RLT8
—
—
—
—
—
RECC
RHPC
RCHC
—
—
—
—
OOS
—
OCD
LCD
RECL
RCHL
RIDL
RUDL
RIVDL
RECCL RHPCL RCHCL
—
—
—
—
OOSL
COCDL OCDCL LCDCL
216
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Address
16-bit 8-bit
KD2
KD2
KD3
KD4
KD4
KD5
KD6
KD6
KD7
KD8
KD8
KD9
KDA
KDA
KDB
KDC
KDC
KDD
KDE
KDE
KDF
KE0
KE0
KE1
KE2
KE2
KE3
KE4
KE4
KE5
KE6
KE6
KE7
KE8- KE8KEE KEF
KF0- KF0KFE KFF
Register
Type
CP.RSRIE
RW
CP.RCCR1
R
CP.RCCR2
R
CP.RECCR1
R
CP.RECCR2
R
CP.RHPCR1
R
CP.RHPCR2
R
CP.RCCCR1
R
CP.RCCCR2
R
CP.RFCCR1
R
CP.RFCCR2
R
RESERVED
UNUSED
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
RECIE
—
RCC7
RCC15
RCC23
—
RECC7
RECC15
RECC23
—
RHPC7
RHPC15
—
RHPC23
RCHC7
RCHC15
RCHC23
—
RFCC7
RFCC15
RFCC23
—
—
—
—
—
RCHIE
—
RCC6
RCC14
RCC22
—
RECC6
RECC14
RECC22
—
RHPC6
RHPC14
—
RHPC22
RCHC6
RCHC14
RCHC22
—
RFCC6
RFCC14
RFCC22
—
—
—
—
—
RIDIE
—
RCC5
RCC13
RCC21
—
RECC5
RECC13
RECC21
—
RHPC5
RHPC13
—
RHPC21
RCHC5
RCHC13
RCHC21
—
RFCC5
RFCC13
RFCC21
—
—
—
—
—
RUDIE
—
RCC4
RCC12
RCC20
—
RECC4
RECC12
RECC20
—
RHPC4
RHPC12
—
RHPC20
RCHC4
RCHC12
RCHC20
—
RFCC4
RFCC12
RFCC20
—
—
—
—
—
RIVDIE
OOSIE
RCC3
RCC11
RCC19
—
RECC3
RECC11
RECC19
—
RHPC3
RHPC11
—
RHPC19
RCHC3
RCHC11
RCHC19
—
RFCC3
RFCC11
RFCC19
—
—
—
—
—
RECCIE
COCDIE
RCC2
RCC10
RCC18
—
RECC2
RECC10
RECC18
—
RHPC2
RHPC10
—
RHPC18
RCHC2
RCHC10
RCHC18
—
RFCC2
RFCC10
RFCC18
—
—
—
—
—
RHPCIE
OCDCIE
RCC1
RCC9
RCC17
—
RECC1
RECC9
RECC17
—
RHPC1
RHPC9
—
RHPC17
RCHC1
RCHC9
RCHC17
—
RFCC1
RFCC9
RFCC17
—
—
—
—
—
RCHCIE
LCDCIE
RCC0
RCC8
RCC16
—
RECC0
RECC8
RECC16
—
RHPC0
RHPC8
—
RHPC16
RCHC0
RCHC8
RCHC16
—
RFCC0
RFCC8
RFCC16
—
—
—
—
—
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
RDD
RMNS2
RMX2
RMX10
—
—
REPC
Reserved
REPCL
Reserved
REPCIE
Reserved
RPC2
RPC10
RPC18
—
RFPC2
RFPC10
RFPC18
—
RBRE
RMNS1
RMX1
RMX9
—
—
RAPC
Reserved
RAPCL
Reserved
RAPCIE
Reserved
RPC1
RPC9
RPC17
—
RFPC1
RFPC9
RFPC17
—
RPTE
RMNS0
RMX0
RMX8
—
—
RSPC
Reserved
RSPCL
Reserved
RSPCIE
Reserved
RPC0
RPC8
RPC16
—
RFPC0
RFPC8
RFPC16
—
Table 12-19. Receive Packet Processor Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
KC0
KC0
KC1
KC2
KC2
KC3
KC4- KC4KCC KCD
KCE
KCE
KCF
KD0
KD0
KD1
KD2
KD2
KD3
KD4
KD4
KD5
KD6
KD6
KD7
KD8
KD8
KD9
KDA
KDA
KDB
Register
Type
PP.RCR
RW
PP.RMPSC
RW
RESERVED
PP.RSR
R
PP.RSRL
RL
PP.RSRIE
RW
PP.RPCR1
R
PP.RPCR2
R
PP.RFPCR1
R
PP.RFPCR2
R
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Reserved
RMNS7
RMX7
RMX15
—
—
—
—
REPL
—
REPIE
—
RPC7
RPC15
RPC23
—
RFPC7
RFPC15
RFPC23
—
Reserved
RMNS6
RMX6
RMX14
—
—
—
—
RAPL
—
RAPIE
—
RPC6
RPC14
RPC22
—
RFPC6
RFPC14
RFPC22
—
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
RFPD
RF16
RFED
RMNS5 RMNS4 RMNS3
RMX5
RMX4
RMX3
RMX13 RMX12 RMX11
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Reserved
RIPDL
RSPDL
RLPDL
—
—
Reserved
RIPDIE RSPDIE RLPDIE
—
—
Reserved
RPC5
RPC4
RPC3
RPC13
RPC12
RPC11
RPC21
RPC20
RPC19
—
—
—
RFPC5
RFPC4
RFPC3
RFPC13 RFPC12 RFPC11
RFPC21 RFPC20 RFPC19
—
—
—
217
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Address
16-bit 8-bit
KDC
KDC
KDD
KDE
KDE
KDF
KE0
KE0
KE1
KE2
KE2
KE3
KE4- KE4
KE6 KE7
KE8
KE8
KE9
KEA
KEA
KEB
KEC
KEC
KED
KEE
KEE
KEF
KF0- KF0KFE KFF
Register
Type
PP.RAPCR1
R
PP.RAPCR2
R
PP.RSPCR1
R
PP.RSPCR2
R
RESERVED
PP.RBCR1
R
PP.RBCR2
R
PP.REBCR1
R
PP.REBCR2
R
UNUSED
Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
RAPC7
RAPC15
RAPC23
—
RSPC7
RSPC15
RSPC23
—
—
—
RBC7
RBC15
RBC23
RBC31
REBC7
REBC15
REBC23
REBC31
—
—
RAPC6
RAPC14
RAPC22
—
RSPC6
RSPC14
RSPC22
—
—
—
RBC6
RBC14
RBC22
RBC30
REBC6
REBC14
REBC22
REBC30
—
—
RAPC5
RAPC13
RAPC21
—
RSPC5
RSPC13
RSPC21
—
—
—
RBC5
RBC13
RBC21
RBC29
REBC5
REBC13
REBC21
REBC29
—
—
RAPC4
RAPC12
RAPC20
—
RSPC4
RSPC12
RSPC20
—
—
—
RBC4
RBC12
RBC20
RBC28
REBC4
REBC12
REBC20
REBC28
—
—
RAPC3
RAPC11
RAPC19
—
RSPC3
RSPC11
RSPC19
—
—
—
RBC3
RBC11
RBC19
RBC27
REBC3
REBC11
REBC19
REBC27
—
—
RAPC2
RAPC10
RAPC18
—
RSPC2
RSPC10
RSPC18
—
—
—
RBC2
RBC10
RBC18
RBC26
REBC2
REBC10
REBC18
REBC26
—
—
RAPC1
RAPC9
RAPC17
—
RSPC1
RSPC9
RSPC17
—
—
—
RBC1
RBC9
RBC17
RBC25
REBC1
REBC9
REBC17
REBC25
—
—
RAPC0
RAPC8
RAPC16
—
RSPC0
RSPC8
RSPC16
—
—
—
RBC0
RBC8
RBC16
RBC24
REBC0
REBC8
REBC16
REBC24
—
—
Bits that are underlined are read-only; all other bits are read-write.
218
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.2 Global Registers
Table 12-20. Global Register Map
ADDRESS
000h
002h
004h
006h
008h
00Ah
00Ch
00Eh
010h
012h
014h
016h
018h
01Ah
01Ch
01Eh
REGISTER
GL.IDR
GL.CR1
GL.CR2
—
—
GL.GIOCR
—
—
GL.ISR
GL.ISRIE
GL.SR
GL.SRL
GL.SRIE
—
GL.GIORR
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Global ID Register
Global Control Register 1
Global Control Register 2
Unused
Unused
Global General-Purpose IO Control Register
Unused
Unused
Global Interrupt Status Register
Global Interrupt Status Register Interrupt Enable
Global Status Register
Global Status Register Latched
Global Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
Global General-Purpose IO Read register
Unused
12.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
GL.IDR
Global ID Register
000h
Bit #
Name
15
ID15
14
ID14
13
ID13
12
ID12
11
ID11
10
ID10
9
ID9
8
ID8
Bit #
Name
7
ID7
6
ID6
5
ID5
4
ID4
3
ID3
2
ID2
1
ID1
0
ID0
Bits 15 to 12: Device REV ID Bits 15 to 12 (ID15 to ID12). These bits of the device ID register has same
information as the four bits of JTAG REV ID portion of the JTAG ID register. JTAG ID[31:28].
Bits 11 to 0: Device CODE ID Bits 11 to 0 (ID11 to ID0). These bits of the device code ID register has same
information as the lower 12 bits of JTAG CODE ID portion of the JTAG ID register. JTAG ID[23:12].
219
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
GL.CR1
Global Control Register 1
002h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
GWRM
0
14
INTM
0
13
DIREN
0
12
—
0
11
SIW1
0
10
SIW0
0
9
SIM1
0
8
SIM0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TMEI
0
6
MEIMS
0
5
GPM1
0
4
GPM0
0
3
PMU
0
2
LSBCRE
0
1
RSTDP
1
0
RST
0
Bit 15: Global Write Mode (GWRM) This bit enables the global write mode. When this bit is set, a write to the
register of any port will write to the same register in all the ports. Reading the registers of any port is not supported
and will read back undefined data.
0 = Normal write mode
1 = Global write mode
Bit 14: INT pin mode (INTM) This bit determines the inactive mode of the INT pin. The INT pin always drives low
when active.
0 = Pin is high impedance when not active
1 = Pin drives high when not active
Bit 13: Direct Status Enable (DIREN) This bit selects between the direct status and polled status modes for
UTOPIA and POS-PHY.
0 = Polled status mode
1 = Direct status mode
Bits 11 and 10: System Interface Bus Width (SIW[1:0]) These bits configure the system bus width.
00 = 8-bit
01 = 16-bit
1X = 32-bit
Bits 9 and 8: System Interface Mode (SIM[1:0]) These bits configure the system bus mode.
00 = UTOPIA L2
01 = UTOPIA L3
10 = POS-PHY L2
11 = POS-PHY L3 or SPI-3
Bit 7: Transmit Manual Error Insert (TMEI) This bit is used insert an error in all ports and error insertion logic
configured for global error insertion. An error(s) is inserted at the next opportunity when this bit transitions from low
to high. The GL.CR1.MEIMS bit must be clear for this bit to operate.
Bit 6: Transmit Manual Error Insert Select (MEIMS) This bit is used to select the source of the global manual
error insertion signal
0 = Global error insertion using TMEI bit
1 = Global error insertion using the GPIO6 pin
Bits 5 and 4: Global Performance Monitor Update Mode (GPM[1:0]) These bits select the global performance
monitor register update mode.
00 = Global PM update using the PMU bit
01 = Global PM update using the GPIO8 pin
1x = One second PM update using the internal one second counter
Bit 3: Global Performance Monitor Update Register (PMU) This bit is used to update all of the performance
monitor registers configured to use this bit. When this bit is toggled from low to high the performance registers
configured to use this signal will be updated with the latest count value from the counters, and the counters will be
reset. The bit should remain high until the performance register update status bit (GL.SR.PMS) goes high, then it
should be brought back low which clears the PMS status bit.
220
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 2: Latched Status Bit Clear on Read Enable (LSBCRE). This signal determines when latched status register
bits are cleared.
0 = Latched status register bits are cleared on a write
1 = Latched status register bits are cleared on a read
Bit 1: Reset Data Path (RSTDP). When this bit is set, it will force all of the internal data path registers in all ports
to their default state. This bit must be set high for a minimum of 100ns. See Section 10.3. Note: The default state is
a 1 (after a general reset, this bit will be set to one).
0 = Normal operation
1 = Force all data path registers to their default values
Bit 0: Reset (RST). When this bit is set, all of the internal data path and status and control registers (except this
RST bit), on all of the ports, will be reset to their default state. This bit must be set high for a minimum of 100ns.
See Section 10.3.
0 = Normal operation
1 = Force all internal registers to their default values
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
GL.CR2
Global Control Register 2
004h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
G8KRS2
0
11
G8KRS1
0
10
G8KRS0
0
9
G8K0S
0
8
G8KIS
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
CLAD3
0
2
CLAD2
0
1
CLAD1
0
0
CLAD0
0
Bits 12 to 10: Global 8KHz Reference Source [2:0] (G8KRS[2:0]). These bits determine the source for the
internally generated 8 kHz reference as well as the internal one-second reference, which is derived from the Global
8kHz reference. The source is selected from one of the CLAD clocks or from one of the port 8KREF clock sources.
These bits are ignored when the G8KIS bit = 1. See Table 10-12.
Bit 9: Global 8KHz Reference Output Select (G8KOS). This bit determines whether GPIO2 pin is used for the
global 8KREFO output signal, or is used as specified by GL.GIOCR.GPIO2S[1:0].
0 = GPIO2 pin mode selected by GL.GIOCR.GPIO2S[1:0]
1 = GPIO2 is the global 8KREFO output signal selected by GL.CR2.8KRS[2:0]
Bit 8: Global 8KHz Reference Input Select (G8KIS). This bit determines whether GPIO4 pin is used for the global
8KREFI input signal, or is used as specified by GL.GIOCR.GPIO4S[1:0]. G8KREFI signal will be low if not
selected. Global 8KREF pin signal will be low if not selected.
0 = GPIO4 pin mode selected by GL.GIOCR.GPIO4S[1:0]
1 = GPIO4 is the global 8KREFI input signal for one second timer and ports to use
Bits 3 to 0: CLAD IO Mode [3:0] (CLAD[3:0]). These bits control the CLAD clock IO pins CLKA, CLKB and CLKC.
Note: These bits control which clock is used to recover the RX Clock from the line in the LIU. See Table 10-11.
221
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
GL.GIOCR
Global General-Purpose IO Control Register
00Ah
Bit #
Name
Default
15
GPIO8S1
0
14
GPIO8S0
0
13
GPIO7S1
0
12
GPIO7S0
0
11
GPIO6S1
0
10
GPIO6S0
0
9
GPIO5S1
0
8
GPIO5S0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
GPIO4S1
0
6
GPIO4S0
0
5
GPIO3S1
0
4
GPIO3S0
0
3
GPIO2S1
0
2
GPIO2S0
0
1
GPIO1S1
0
0
GPIO1S0
0
Bits 15 to 14: General-Purpose IO 8 Select [1:0] (GPIO8S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO8
pin. These selections are only valid if GL.CR1.GPM[1:0] is not set to 01.
00 = Input
01 = Port 4 B status output selected by PORT.CR4:GPIOB[3:0] in port control registers
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
Bits 13 to 12: General-Purpose IO 7 Select [1:0] (GPIO7S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO7
pin.
00 = Input
01 = Port 4 A status output selected by PORT.CR4:GPIOA[3:0] in port control registers
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
Bits 11 to 10: General-Purpose IO 6 Select [1:0] (GPIO6S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO6
pin. These selections are only valid if GL.CR1.MEIMS=0.
00 = Input
01 = Port 3 B status output selected by PORT.CR4:GPIOB[3:0] in port control registers
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
Bits 9 to 8: General-Purpose IO 5 Select [1:0] (GPIO5S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO5
pin.
00 = Input
01 = Port 3 A status output selected by PORT.CR4:GPIOA[3:0] in port control registers
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
Bits 7 to 6: General-Purpose IO 4 Select [1:0] (GPIO4S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO4
pin. These selections are only valid if GL.CR2 .G8KRIS=0.
00 = Input
01 = Port 2 B status output selected by PORT.CR4:GPIOB[3:0] in port control registers
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
Bits 5 to 4: General-Purpose IO 3 Select [1:0] (GPIO3S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO3
pin.
00 = Input
01 = Port 2 A status output selected by PORT.CR4:GPIOA[3:0] in port control registers
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
Bits 3 to 2: General-Purpose IO 2 Select [1:0] (GPIO2S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO2
pin. These selections are only valid if GL.CR2.GKROS=0.
00 = Input
01 = Port 1 B status output selected by PORT.CR4:GPIOB[3:0] in port control registers
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
222
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bits 1 to 0: General-Purpose IO 1 Select [1:0] (GPIO1S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO1
pin.
00 = Input
01 = Port 1 A status output selected by PORT.CR4:GPIOA[3:0] in port control registers
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
GL.ISR
Global Interrupt Status Register
010h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
PISR4
6
PISR3
5
PISR2
4
PISR1
3
—
2
—
1
TSSR
0
GSR
Bits 15 to 8: Not Used (—)
Bits 7 to 4: Port Interrupt Status Register [4:1] (PISR[4:1] ) The corresponding bit is set when any of the bits in
the port interrupt status registers (PORT.ISR) are set. The INT interrupt pin will be driven low when any bit is set
and the corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] interrupt enable bit is enabled.
Bit 1: Transmit System Interface Status Register Interrupt Status (TSSR) This bit is set when any of the
latched status register bits in the transmit system interface are set and enabled for interrupt. The INT pin will be
driven low when this bit is set and the GL.ISRIE.TSSRIE interrupt enable bit is enabled.
Bit 0: Global Status Register Interrupt Status (GSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register bits in
the global latched status register (GL.SRL) are set and enabled for interrupt. The INT interrupt pin will be driven low
when this bit is set and the GL.ISRIE.GSRIE interrupt enable bit is enabled.
223
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
GL.ISRIE
Global Interrupt Status Register Interrupt Enable
012h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
PISRIE4
0
6
PISRIE3
0
5
PISRIE2
0
4
PISRIE1
0
3
—
0
2
—
0
1
TSSRIE
0
0
GSRIE
0
Bits 15 to 8: Not Used (—)
Bits 7 to 4: Port Interrupt Status Register Interrupt Enable [4:1] (PISRIE[4:1]) When any interrupt enable bit in
this group is enabled corresponding to a status bit set in the GL.ISR.PISR[4:1] status bit group, the INT pin will be
driven low.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Transmit System Interface Status Register Interrupt Status Interrupt Enable (TSSRIE). When this bit is
enabled, and the GL.ISR.TSSR status bit is set, the INT pin will be driven low.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Global Status Register Interrupt Status Interrupt Enable (GSRIE) When this interrupt enable bit is
enabled, and the GL.ISR.GSR status bit is set, the INT pin will be driven low.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
GL.SR
Global Status Register
014h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
CLOL
0
GPMS
Bit 1: CLAD Loss of Lock (CLOL) – This bit is set when any of the PLLs in the CLAD are not locked to the
reference frequency.
Bit 0: Global Performance Monitoring Update Status (GPMS) This bit is set when all of the port performance
register update status bits (PORT.SR.PMS), that are enabled for global update control (PORT.CR1.PMUM=1), are
set. It is an “AND” of all the globally enabled port PMU status bits. In global software update mode, the global
update request bit (GL.CR1.PMU) should be held high until this status bit goes high.
0 = The associated update request signal is low or not all register updates are completed
1 = The requested performance register updates are all completed
224
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
GL.SRL
Global Status Register Latched
016h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
8KREFL
3
CLADL
2
ONESL
1
CLOLL
0
GPMSL
Bit 4: 8K Reference Activity Status Latched (8KREFL) This bit will be set when the 8 kHz reference signal on
the GPIO4 pin is active. The GL.CR2.G8KIS bit must be set for the activity to be monitored.
Bit 3: CLAD Reference Clock Activity Status Latched (CLADL) This bit will be set when the CLAD PLL
reference clock signal on the CLKA pin is active.
Bit 2: One Second Status Latched (ONESL) This bit will be set once a second. The GL.ISR.GSR status bit will
be set when this bit is set and the GL.SRIE.ONESIE bit is enabled. The INT pin will be driven low if this bit is set
and the GL.SRIE.ONESIE bit and the GL.ISRIE.GSRIE bit are enabled.
Bit 1: CLAD Loss Of Lock Latched (CLOLL) This bit will be set when the GL.SR.CLOL status bit changes from
low to high. The GL.ISR.GSR bit will be set when this bit is set and the GL.SRIE.CLOLIE bit is set and the INT pin
will be driven low if the GL.ISRIE.GSRIE bit is also enabled.
Bit 0: Global Performance Monitoring Update Status Latched (GPMSL) This bit will be set when the
GL.SR.GPMS status bit changes from low to high. This bit will set the GL.ISR.GSR status bit if the
GL.SRIE.GPMSIE is enabled. This bit will drive the interrupt pin low if the GL.SRIE.GPMSIE bit and the
GL.ISRIE.GSRIE bit are enabled.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
GL.SRIE
Global Status Register Interrupt Enable
018h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
ONESIE
0
1
CLOLIE
0
0
GPMSIE
0
Bit 2: One-Second Interrupt Enable (ONESIE) This bit will drive the interrupt pin low when this bit is enabled, the
GL.SRL.ONESL bit is set, and the GL.ISRIE.GSRIE bit is enabled.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: CLAD Loss Of Lock Interrupt Enable (CLOLIE) The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is enabled, the
GL.SRL.CLOLL is set, and GL.ISRIE.GSRIE bit is enabled.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Global Performance Monitoring Update Status Interrupt Enable (GPMSIE) The interrupt pin will be
driven when this bit is enabled and the GL.SRL.GPMSL bit is set and the GL.ISRIE.GSRIE bit is enabled.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
225
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
GL.GIORR
Global General-Purpose IO Read Register
01Ch
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
GPIO8
6
GPIO7
5
GPIO6
4
GPIO5
3
GPIO4
2
GPIO3
1
GPIO2
0
GPIO1
Bits 7 to 0: General-Purpose IO Status [8:1]] (GPIO[8:1] ) These bits reflect the input or output signal on the 8
general-purpose IO pins.
226
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.3 UTOPIA/POS-PHY System Interface
12.3.1 Transmit System Interface
The transmit system interface block has three registers.
12.3.1.1 Register Map
Table 12-21. Transmit System Interface Register Map
ADDRESS
030h
032h
034h
036h
REGISTER
SI.TCR
SI.TSRL
SI.TSRIE
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
System Interface Transmit Control Register
System Interface Transmit Status Register Latched
System Interface Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
12.3.1.2 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
SI.TCR
System Interface Transmit Control Register
030h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
TXAD5
0
12
TXAD4
0
11
TXAD3
0
10
TXAD2
0
9
TXAD1
0
8
TXAD0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
TPARP
0
2
TFLVI
0
1
TSBRE
0
0
THECT
0
Bits 13 to 8: Transmit Cell/Packet Available Deassertion Time (TXAD[5:0]) –
These six bits indicate the amount of data that can be transferred after the cell/packet available signal is
deasserted. If more than the indicated amount of data is transferred, a Transmit FIFO overflow may occur.
In UTOPIA mode, only TXAD[2:0] are valid, and they indicate the number of transfers into the FIFO before the
Transmit FIFO is full. For UTOPIA Level 2, a value of 00h enables the default mode, which is 5 (TDXA will
transition low on the edge that samples payload byte 43 in 8-bit mode, payload bytes 37 and 38 in 16-bit mode,
and payload bytes 25, 26, 27, and 28 in 32-bit mode). For UTOPIA Level 3, a value of 00h or 01h enables the
default mode. The default for UTOPIA Level 3 is for TDXA to transition low on the clock edge following the edge
that samples the start of a cell.
In POS-PHY mode, TXAD[5:0] indicate the number four byte data groups that can be written into the Transmit
FIFO before it is full (maximum value 56 or 38h). In POS-PHY Level 2, a value of 00h enables the default mode,
which is 1 (For an x-byte transfer, TDXA and TSPA will transition low on the edge that samples byte x-4 in 8-bit
mode, bytes x-5 and x-4 in 16-bit mode, and bytes x-7, x-6, x-5, and x-4 in 32-bit mode). In POS-PHY Level 3 (or
SPI-3) 8-bit, a value of 00h enables the default mode, which is 1 (For a x-byte transfer, TDXA and TSPA will
transition low on the edge that samples byte x-4). For POS-PHY Level 3 (or SPI-3) 16-bit and 32-bit mode, a value
of 00h or 01h enables the default mode, which is 2 (For an x-byte transfer, TDXA and TSPA will transition low on
the edge that samples bytes x-9 and x-8 in 16-bit mode and bytes x-11, x-10, x-9, and x-8 in 32-bit mode). Note: A
packet that is 4x+1, 4x+2, 4x+3, or 4x+4 (where x is an integer) bytes long consumes x+1 four byte data groups of
space in the FIFO. This includes 2-byte and 3-byte packets, which consume a four-byte data group of space in the
FIFO.
Bit 3: Transmit System Parity Polarity (TPARP) – When 0, the TPAR signal will maintain odd parity (for all 0''s,
TPAR is high). When 1, the TPAR signal will maintain even parity (for all 0''s, TPAR is low).
227
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 2: Transmit System Fill Level Inversion (TFLVI) – When 0, the polarity of the TPXA, TDXA, and TSPA
signals will be normal (high for data available). When 1, the polarity of the TPXA, TDXA, and TSPA signals will be
inverted (low for data available).
Bit 1: Transmit System Interface Byte Reordering Enable (TSBRE) – When 0, byte reordering is disabled, and
the first byte transmitted is transferred across the system interface as the most significant byte (TDATA[31:24] in
32-bit mode or TDATA[15:8] in 16-bit mode). When 1, byte reordering is enabled, and the first byte transmitted is
transferred across the system interface as the least significant byte (TDATA[7:0]).
Bit 0: Transmit System HEC Transfer (THECT) – When 0, The HEC byte is not transferred across the transmit
system interface. When 1, the HEC byte is transferred across the transmit system interface with the cell data.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
SI.TSRL
System Interface Transmit Status Register Latched
032h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
TSCLKAL
0
TPREL
Bit 1: Transmit System Interface Clock Active (TSCLKAL) – This bit is set when TSCLK is active.
Bit 0: Transmit System Interface Parity Error Latched (TPREL) – This bit is set when a parity error is detected
during a data transfer on the Transmit System Interface bus.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
SI.TSRIE
System Interface Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable
034h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
—
0
1
—
0
0
TPREIE
0
Bit 0: Transmit System Interface Parity Error Interrupt Enable (TPREIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
TPREL bit in the TSISRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
228
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.3.2 Receive System Interface Register Map
The receive system interface block has three registers.
Table 12-22. Receive System Interface Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
038h
03Ah
03Ch
03Eh
SI.RCR1
SI.RCR2
SI.RSRL
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
System Interface Receive Control Register 1
System Interface Receive Control Register 2
System Interface Receive Status Register Latched
Unused
12.3.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
SI.RCR1
System Interface Receive Control Register 1
038h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
RMDT2
0
9
RMDT1
0
8
RMDT0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
RXAD2
0
5
RXAD1
0
4
RXAD0
0
3
RPARP
0
2
RFLVI
0
1
RSBRE
0
0
RHECT
0
Bits 10 to 8: Receive System RVAL Minimum Deassertion Time (RMDT[2:0]) – These three bits indicate the
minimum number of clock cycles that RVAL must remain deasserted between packets transferred from the same
port, a transfer of data equal to the maximum burst depth length (if enabled), or before RSX can be asserted. A
value of zero, means that RVAL will not deassert between packets transferred from the same port or between
transfers of the maximum burst length when no other port has data available. These bits are ignored in UTOPIA
and POS-PHY Level 2 modes. Note: The RVAL minimum deassertion time is for optionally extending the time
between packet transfers and port changes to allow a POS-PHY Level 3 Link Layer device enough time to
deassert REN and pause the next data transfer.
Bits 6 to 4: Receive Cell Available Deassertion Time (RXAD[2:0]) – These three bits indicate the number of
transfers that will occur after the selected Receive FIFO indicates it is "empty". A value of 000, enables the default
mode. The default for UTOPIA Level 2 is 0 (RDXA will transition low on the clock edge following the clock edge that
outputs payload byte 48 in 8-bit mode, payload bytes 47 and 48 in 16-bit mode, and payload bytes 45, 46, 47, and
48 in 32-bit mode). The default for UTOPIA Level 3 is for RDXA to transition low on the clock edge that outputs the
start of cell. These bits are ignored in POS-PHY mode.
Bit 3: Receive System Parity Polarity (RPARP) – When 0, the RPRTY signal will maintain odd parity (for all 0''s,
RPRTY is high). When 1, the RPRTY signal will maintain even parity (for all 0''s, RPRTY is low).
Bit 2: Receive System Fill Level Inversion (RFLVI) – When 0, the polarity of the RPXA and RDXA signals will be
normal (high for data available). When 1, the polarity of the RPXA and RDXA signals will be inverted (low for data
available).
Bit 1: Receive System Interface Byte Reordering Enable (RSBRE) – When 0, byte reordering is disabled, and
the first byte received is transferred across the system interface as the most significant byte (RDATA[31:24] in 32bit mode or RDATA[15:8] in 16-bit mode). When 1, byte reordering is enabled, and the first byte received is
transferred across the system interface as the least significant byte (RDATA[7:0]).
Bit 0: Receive System HEC Transfer Enable (RHECT) – When 0, The HEC byte is not transferred across the
receive system interface. When 1, the HEC byte is transferred across the receive system interface with the cell
data.
229
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
SI.RCR2
System Interface Receive Control Register 2
03Ah
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
RMBL5
0
12
RMBL4
0
11
RMBL3
0
10
RMBL2
0
9
RMBL1
0
8
RMBL0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RLBL7
0
6
RLBL6
0
5
RLBL5
0
4
RLBL4
0
3
RLBL3
0
2
RLBL2
0
1
RLBL1
0
0
RLBL0
0
Bits 13 to 8: Receive Maximum Burst Length (RMBL[5:0]) – In POS-PHY Level 3, these six bits limit the
maximum number of four byte data groups that can be transferred from a port before switching to another port. The
maximum number of transfers is RMBL[5:0]+1 in 32-bit mode, 2 x (RMBL[5:0]+1} in 16-bit mode, and
4*(RMBL[5:0]+1} in 8-bit mode. Note: if no other port is ready to start a transfer, transfer from the current port will
continue if the port contains more data than the almost empty level or contains an end of packet. These bits are
ignored in POS-PHY Level 2 or UTOPIA mode. A value of 00h disables the maximum burst length. In 32-bit mode,
a value of 01h is treated as 02h.
Bits 7 to 0: Receive System Loopback Bandwidth Limit (RLBL[7:0]) – These eight bits limit the maximum
bandwidth of a single port during system loopback. For RLBL[7:0] equals x, the bandwidth will be limited to 1/x of
the maximum system interface bandwidth. In 8-bit and 16-bit mode, a value of 00h is treated as 01h. In 32-bit
mode, a value of 01h or 00h is treated as 02h.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
SI.RSRL
System Interface Receive Status Register Latched
03Ch
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
—
0
RSCLKAL
Bit 0: Receive System Interface Clock Active Latched (RSCLKAL) – This bit is set when RSCLK is active.
230
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.4 Per-Port Common
12.4.1 Per-Port Common Register Map
Table 12-23. Per-Port Common Register Map
ADDRESS
(0,2,4,6)40h
(0,2,4,6)42h
(0,2,4,6)44h
(0,2,4,6)46h
(0,2,4,6)48h
(0,2,4,6)4Ah
(0,2,4,6)4Ch
(0,2,4,6)4Eh
(0,2,4,6)50h
(0,2,4,6)52h
(0,2,4,6)54h
(0,2,4,6)56h
(0,2,4,6)58h
(0,2,4,6)5Ah
(0,2,4,6)5Ch
(0,2,4,6)5Eh
REGISTER
PORT.CR1
PORT.CR2
PORT.CR3
PORT.CR4
—
PORT.INV1
PORTINV2
—
PORT.ISR
PORT.SR
PORT.SRL
PORT.SRIE
—
—
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Port Control Register 1
Port Control Register 2
Port Control Register 3
Port Control Register 4
Unused
Port IO Invert Control Register 1
Port IO Invert Control Register 2
Unused
Port Interrupt Status Register
Port Status Register
Port Status Register Latched
Port Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
12.4.2 Per-Port Common Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PORT.CR1
Port Control Register 1
(0,2,4,6)40h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
NAD
0
14
PAIS2
0
13
PAIS1
0
12
PAIS0
0
11
LAIS1
0
10
LAIS0
0
9
BENA
0
8
HDSEL
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TMEI
0
6
MEIM
0
5
—
—
4
PMUM
0
3
PMU
0
2
PD
1
1
RSTDP
1
0
RST
0
Bit 15: Nibble Align Disable (NAD). This bit is used to disable the nibble alignment of the transmit ATM cells in
direct mapped DS3 or E3 G.832 framing modes. It must be set when in DS3 M23 mode and the C-bits are used for
ATM payload.
0 = Nibble alignment enabled
1 = Nibble alignment disabled
Bits 14 to 12: Payload AIS Select [2:0] (PAIS[2:0]). This bit controls when an unframed all ones signal is forced
on the receive data path after the receive framer and payload loopback mux. Default: Payload AIS always sent.
See Table 10-19.
Bits 11 to 10: Line AIS Select [1:0] (LAIS[1:0). These bits control when a DS3 framed AIS or an unframed all
ones signal is to be transmitted on TPOSn/TNEGn and/or TXPn/TXNn. The signal on TPOSn/TNEGn can be AMI
or unipolar. This signal is sent even when in diagnostic loopback and always over-rides signals from the framers.
Default: AIS sent if DLB is enabled. See Table 10-18.
Bit 9: BERT Enable (BENA). This bit is used to enable the BERT logic. The BERT pattern will be the payload data
replacing the cell or packet data from the system interface.
0 = BERT logic disabled and powered down
1 = BERT logic enabled
231
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Note: Data on the receive side will flow to the Cell/Packet processor regardless of the setting of BENA. The packet
processor could detect packets even if not desired. To disable possible packets on the system interface, set the
FIFO.RCR.RFRST bit.
Bit 8: HDLC Select (HDSEL). This bit is used to select the source of the receive HDLC controller and the
destination of the transmit HDLC controller when in DS3 or E3 PLCP mode. When not in any PLCP mode, this bit
has no meaning and the HDLC controllers are connected to the DS3 or E3 framers if in DS3 or E3 mode.
0 = Connect HDLC controller to DS3 or E3 framers
1 = Connect HDLC controller to PLCP framers
Bit 7: Transmit Manual Error Insert (TMEI) This bit is used to insert errors in all error insertion logic configured to
use this bit when PORT.CR1.MEIM=0. The error(s) will be inserted when this bit is toggled low to high.
Bit 6: Transmit Manual Error Insert Mode (MEIM). These bits select the method transmit manual error insertion
for this port for error generators configured to use the external TMEI signal. The global updates are controlled by
the GL.CR1.MEIMS bit.
0 = Port software update via PORT.CR1.TMEI
1 = Global update source
Bit 4: Performance Monitor Update Mode (PMUM). These bits select the method of updating the performance
monitor registers. The global updates are controlled by the GL.CR1.GPM[1:0] bits.
0 = Port software update
1 = Global update
Bit 3: Performance Monitor Register Update (PMU) This bit is used to update all of the performance monitor
registers configured to use this bit when PORT.CR1.PMUM=0. The performance registers configured to use this
signal will be updated with the latest count value and the counters reset when this bit is toggled low to high. The bit
should remain high until the performance register update status bit (PORT.SR.PMS) goes high, then it should be
brought back low which clears the PMS status bit.
Bit 2: Power-Down (PD). When this bit is set, the LIU and digital logic for this port are powered down and
considered “out of service.” The logic is powered down by stopping the clocks. See Section 10.3.
0 = Normal operation
1 = Power-down port circuits (default state)
Bit 1: Reset Data Path (RSTDP). When this bit is set, it will force all of the internal data path registers in this port
to their default state. This bit must be set high for a minimum of 100ns and then set back low. See Section 10.3.
Note: The Default State of this bit is 1 (after a general reset (port or global), this bit will be set to one).
0 = Normal operation
1 = Force all data path registers to their default values
Bit 0: Reset (RST). When this bit is set, it will force all of the internal data path and status and control registers
(except this RST bit) of this port to their default state. See Section 10.3. This bit must be set high for a minimum of
100ns and then set back low. This software bit is logically ORed with the inverted hardware signal RST and the
GL.CR1.RST bit.
0 = Normal operation
1 = Force all internal registers to their default values
232
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PORT.CR2
Port Control Register 2
(0,2,4,6)42h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TLEN
0
14
TTS
0
13
RMON
0
12
TLBO
0
11
RCDV8
0
10
LM2
0
9
LM1
0
8
LM0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RCDIS
0
6
PMCPE
0
5
FM5
0
4
FM4
0
3
FM3
0
2
FM2
0
1
FM1
0
0
FM0
0
Bit 15: Transmit Line IO Signal Enable (TLEN). This bit is used to enable to transmit line interface output pins
TLCLKn, TPOSn/TDATn and TNEGn.
0 = Disable, force outputs low
1 = Enable normal operation
Bit 14: Transmit LIU Tri-State (TTS) This bit is used to tri-state the transmit TXPn and TXNn pins. The LIU is still
powered up when the pins are tri-stated. It has no effect when the LIU is disabled and powered down.
0 = TXPn and TXNn driven
1 = TXPn and TXNn tri-stated
Bit 13: Receive LIU Monitor Mode (RMON) This bit is used to enable the receive LIU monitor mode pre-amplifier.
Enabling the pre-amplifier adds about 20 dB of linear amplification for use in monitor applications where the signal
has been reduced 20 dB using resistive attenuator circuits.
0 = Disable the 20 dB pre-amp
1 = Enable the 20 dB pre-amp
Bit 12: Transmit LIU LBO (TLBO) This bit is used enable the transmit LBO circuit which causes the transmit
signal to have a wave shape that approximates about 225 feet of cable. This is used to reduce near end crosstalk
when the cable lengths are short. This signal is only valid in DS3 and STS-1 LIU modes.
0 = TXPn and TXNn have full amplitude signals
1 = TXPn and TXNn signals approximate 225 feet of cable
Bit 11: Receive ATM Cell Delineation Verify 8 Enable (RCDV8). This bit determines the number of good cells
required for the ATM cell delineator state machine to transition from the “Verify” state to the “Update” state. This
setting also determines how many valid cells required to clear the OCD status bit.
0 = Six valid ATM cells are required (typical for framed cells)
1 = Eight valid ATM cells are required (typical for unframed cells)
Bits 10 to 8: Port Interface Mode (LM[2:0]). The LM[2:0] bits select main port interface operational modes. The
default state disables the LIU and the JA. See Table 10-33.
Bit 7: Receive Cell Delineator Disable (RCDIS). This bit determines if the ATM cell delineator in the ATM cell
processor is active in PLCP modes. This ATM cell delineator in the ATM cell processor is always active in nonPLCP ATM cell modes.
0 = ATM cell delineation is determined in the ATM cell processor
1 = ATM cell delineation is determined in the PLCP framer
Note: RCDIS = 1 is not a recommended mode.
Bit 6: POS-PHY Mode Cell Processor Enable (PMCPE). This bit determines the associated transmit and receive
port interface processing (cell/packet) to be performed in the POS-PHY mode. It is only active in POS-PHY mode
when PLCP is not enabled. When PLCP is enabled in POS-PHY mode, cell processing is performed.
0 = Packet processing will be performed
1 = Cell processing will be performed
Bits 5 to 0: Framing mode (FM[5:0]). The FM[5:0] bits select main framing operational modes. Default: DS3 C-bit.
See Table 10-32.
233
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PORT.CR3
Port Control Register 3
(0,2,4,6)44h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
RCLKS
0
12
RSOFOS
0
11
RPFPE
0
10
TCLKS
0
9
TSOFOS
0
8
TPFPE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
P8KRS1
0
6
P8KRS0
0
5
P8KREF
0
4
LOOPT
0
3
CLADC
0
2
RFTS
0
1
TFTS
0
0
TLTS
0
Bit 13: Receive Clock Output Select (RCLKS). This bit is used to select the function of the RPOHCLKn /
RGCLKn / RCLKOn pins. See Table 10-31.
0 = Selects the RGCLKn signal, RPOHCLKn signal, or the drive low pin function.
1 = Selects RCLKOn signal.
Bit 12: Receive Start Of Frame Output Select (RSOFOS). This bit is to select the function of the RSOFOn /
RDENn pins. See Table 10-30.
0 = Selects RDENn signal.
1 = Selects RSOFOn signal.
Bit 11: Receive PLCP/Fractional Port Enable (RPFPE). This bit is used to enable the receive PLCP/Fractional
port pins. See tables in Section 10.5.9.2.
0 = Disable receive PLCP/Fractional port pins
1 = Enable receive PLCP/Fractional port pins
Bit 10: Transmit Clock Output Select (TCLKS). This bit is used to select the function of the TPOHCLKn /
TGCLKn / TCLKOn pins. See Table 10-24.
0 = Selects TGCLKn or TPOHCLKn signal.
1 = Selects TCLKOn signal.
Bit 9: Transmit Start Of Frame Output Select (TSOFOS). This bit is used to select the function of the TSOFOn /
TDENn pins. See Table 10-23.
0 = Selects TDENn signal.
1 = Selects TSOFOn signal.
Bit 8: Transmit PLCP/Fractional Port Enable (TPFPE). This bit is used to enable the transmit PLCP/fractional
port pins. See tables in Section 10.5.9.1.
0 = Disable transmit PLCP/Fractional port pins
1 = Enable transmit PLCP/Fractional port pins
Bits 7 and 6: Port 8 kHz Reference Source Select [1:0] (P8KRS [1:0]). These bits select the source of the 8 kHz
reference from the port sources. The 8K reference for this port can be used as the global 8K reference source. See
Table 10-13.
Bit 5: Port 8 kHz Reference Source (P8KREF). This bit selects the source of the 8 kHz reference for PLCP trailer
operation and one second timer.
0 = 8 kHz reference from global source
1 = 8 kHz reference from this ports selected source
Bit 4: Loop Time Enable (LOOPT). When this bit is set, the port is in loop time mode. The transmit clock is set to
the receive clock from the RLCLKn pin or the recovered clock from the LIU or the CLAD clock and the TCLKIn pin
is not used. This function of this bit is conditional on other control bits. See Table 10-4 for more details.
0 = Normal transmit clock operation
1 = Transmit using the receive clock
234
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 3: CLAD Transmit Clock Source Control (CLADC). This bit is used to enable the CLAD clocks as the source
of the internal transmit clock. This function of this bit is conditional on other control bits. See Table 10-4 for more
details.
0 = Use CLAD clocks for the transmit clock as appropriate
1 = Do not use CLAD clocks for the transmit clock – (if no loopback is enabled, TCLKIn is the source)
Bit 2: Receive Framer IO Signal Timing Select (RFTS). This bit controls the timing reference for the signals on
the receive framer interface IO pins. The pins controlled are RSERn, RSOFOn / RDENn / RFOHENn and
RFOHENn. See Table 10-8 for more details.
0 = Use output clocks for timing reference
1 = Use input clocks for timing reference
Bit 1: Transmit Framer IO Signal Timing Select (TFTS). This bit controls the timing reference for the signals on
the transmit framer interface IO pins. The pins controlled are TOHMIn / TSOFIn, TFOHn / TSERn, TFOHENIn and
TSOFOn / TDENn / TFOHENOn. See Table 10-7 for more details.
0 = Use output clocks for timing reference
1 = Use input clocks for timing reference
Bit 0: Transmit Line IO Signal Timing Select (TLTS). This bit controls the timing reference for the signals on the
transmit line interface IO pins. The pins controlled are TPOSn / TDATn and TNEGn / TOHMOn. See Table 10-6 for
more details.
0 = Use output clocks for timing reference
1 = Use input clocks for timing reference
235
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PORT.CR4
Port Control Register 4
(0,2,4,6)46h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
SLB
0
10
LBM2
0
9
LBM1
0
8
LBM0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
GPIOB3
0
6
GPIOB2
0
5
GPIOB1
0
4
GPIOB0
0
3
GPIOA3
0
2
GPIOA2
0
1
GPIOA1
0
0
GPIOA0
0
Bit 11: System Bus Loopback (SLB). This bit enables the system bus loopback mode per port when the bit is set.
ATM cells and/or HDLC packets are looped back from the transmit system bus to the receive system bus through
the FIFOs. See Figure 10-10 for the block diagram highlighting loopback features.
Bits 10 to 8: Loopback Mode [2:0] (LBM[2:0]). These bits select the loopback modes for analog loopback (ALB),
line loopback (LLB), payload loopback (PLB) and diagnostic loopback (DLB). See Table 10-17 for the loopback
select codes. Default: No Loopback.
Bits 7 to 4: General-Purpose IO B Output Select[3:0] (GPIOB[3:0]) These bits determine which alarm status
signal to output on the GPIO2(port 1), GPIO4(port 2), GPIO6(port 3) or GPIO8(port 4) pins. The GPIO pin must be
enabled by setting the bits in the GL.GIOCR and either GL.CR1 or GL.CR2 registers to output the selected alarm
signal. See Table 10-15. See Table 10-16 for the alarm select codes.
Bits 3 to 0: General-Purpose IO A Output Select[3:0] (GPIOA[3:0]) These bits determine which alarm status
signal to output on the GPIO1(port 1), GPIO3(port 2), GPIO5(port 3) or GPIO7(port 4) pins. The GPIO pin must be
enabled for output by setting the bits in the GL.GIOCR register. See Table 10-15 for configuration settings. See
Table 10-16 for the alarm select codes.
236
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PORT.INV1
Port IO Invert Control Register 1
(0,2,4,6)4Ah
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TPDEI
0
14
TPDTI
0
13
—
0
12
TPOHSI
0
11
TPOHEI
0
10
TPOHI
0
9
TOHSI
0
8
TOHEI
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TOHI
0
6
TOHCKI
0
5
TSOFII
0
4
TNEGI
0
3
TPOSI
0
2
TLCKI
0
1
TCKOI
0
0
TCKII
0
Bit 15: TPDENOn Invert (TPDEI). This bit inverts the TPDENOn pin when set.
Bit 14: TPDATn Invert (TPDTI). This bit inverts the TPDATn pin when set.
Bit 12: TPOHSOFn / TSOFOn / TDENn/ TFOHENOn Invert (TPOHSI). This bit inverts the TPOHSOFn / TSOFOn
/ TDENn / TFOHENOn pin when set.
Bit 11: TPOHENn / TFOHENIn / TPDENIn Invert (TPOHEI). This bit inverts the TPOHENIn / TFOHENIn /
TPDENIn pin when set.
Bit 10: TPOHn / TFOHn / TSERn Invert (TPOHI). This bit inverts the TPOHn / TFOHn / TSERn pin when set.
Bit 9: TOHSOFn Invert (TOHSI). This bit inverts the TOHSOFn pin when set.
Bit 8: TOHENn Invert (TOHEI). This bit inverts the TOHENn pin when set.
Bit 7: TOHn Invert (TOHI). This bit inverts the TOHn pin when set.
Bit 6: TOHCLKn Invert (TOHCKI). This bit inverts the TOHCLKn pin when set.
Bit 5: TSOFIn / TOHMIn Invert (TSOFII). This bit inverts the TSOFIn / TOHMIn pin when set.
Bit 4: TNEGn / TOHMOn Invert (TNEGI). This bit inverts the TNEGn / TOHMOn pin when set.
Bit 3: TPOSn / TDATn Invert (TPOSI). This bit inverts the TPOSn / TDATn pin when set.
Bit 2: TLCLKn Invert (TLCKI). This bit inverts the TLCLKn pin when set.
Bit 1: TCLKOn / TGCLKn / TPOHCLKn Invert (TCKOI). This bit inverts the TCLKOn / TGCLKn / TPOHCLKn pin
when set.
Bit 0: TCLKIn Invert (TCKII). This bit inverts the TCLKIn pin when set.
237
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PORTINV2
Port IO Invert Control Register 2
(0,2,4,6)4Ch
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
RPDTI
0
13
RFOHEI
0
12
RPOHSI
0
11
—
0
10
RPOHI
0
9
ROHSI
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
ROHI
0
6
ROHCKI
0
5
—
0
4
RNEGI
0
3
RPOSI
0
2
RLCKI
0
1
RCKOI
0
0
—
0
Bit 14: RPDATn Invert (RPDTI). This bit inverts the RPDATn pin when set.
Bit 13: RFOHENIn / RPDENIn Invert (RFOHEI). This bit inverts the RFOHENIn / RPDENIn pin when set.
Bit 12: RPOHSOFn / RSOFOn / RDENn / RFOHENOn Invert (RPOHSI). This bit inverts the RPOHSOFn /
RSOFOn / RDENn / RFOHENOn pin when set.
Bit 10: RPOHn / RSERn Invert (RPOHI). This bit inverts the RPOHn / RSERn pin when set.
Bit 9: ROHSOFn Invert (ROHSI). This bit inverts the ROHSOFn pin when set.
Bit 7: ROHn Invert (ROHI). This bit inverts the ROHn pin when set.
Bit 6: ROHCLKn Invert (ROHCKI). This bit inverts the ROHCLKn pin when set.
Bit 4: RNEGn / RLCVn / ROHMIn Invert (RNEGI). This bit inverts the RNEGn / RLCVn / ROHMIn when set.
Bit 3: RPOSn / RDATn Invert (RPOSI). This bit inverts the RPOSn / RDATn pin when set.
Bit 2: RLCLKn Invert (RLCKI). This bit inverts the RLCLKn pin when set.
Bit 1: RCLKOn / RGCLKn / RPOHCLKn Invert (RCKOI). This bit inverts the RCLKOn / RGCLKn / RPOHCLKn
pin when set.
238
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PORT.ISR
Port Interrupt Status Register
(0,2,4,6)50h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
PSR
9
8
LCSR
Bit #
Name
7
TTSR
6
FSR
5
HSR
4
BSR
3
SFSR
2
CPSR
1
PPSR
0
FMSR
Bit 9: Port Status Register Interrupt Status (PSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register bits, that
are enabled for interrupt, in the PORT.SRL register are set. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set and
the corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] is set.
Bit 8: Line Code Status Register Interrupt Status (LCSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register
bits, that are enabled for interrupt, in the B3ZS/HDB3 Line Encoder/Decoder block are set. The interrupt pin will be
driven when this bit is set and the corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] is set.
Bit 7: Trail Trace Status Register Interrupt Status (TTSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register
bits, that are enabled for interrupt, in the trail trace block are set. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set
and the corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] is set.
Bit 6: FEAC Status Register Interrupt Status (FSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register bits,
that are enabled for interrupt, in the FEAC block are set. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set and the
corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] is set.
Bit 5: HDLC Status Register Interrupt Status (HSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register bits,
that are enabled for interrupt, in the HDLC block are set. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set and the
corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] is set.
Bit 4: BERT Status Register Interrupt Status (BSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register bits,
that are enabled for interrupt, in the BERT block are set. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set and the
corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] is set.
Bit 3: System FIFO Status Register Interrupt Status (SFSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status
register bits, that are enabled for interrupt, in either the transmit or receive FIFO block are set. The interrupt pin will
be driven when this bit is set and the corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] is set.
Bit 2: Cell/Packet Status Register Interrupt Status (CPSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register
bits, that are enabled for interrupt, in the active transmit or receive cell processor or packet processor block are set.
The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set and the corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] is set.
Bit 1: PLCP Status Register Interrupt Status (PPSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register bits,
that are enabled for interrupt, in the active PLCP block are set. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set
and the corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] is set.
Bit 0: Framer Status Register Interrupt Status (FMSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register bits,
that are enabled for interrupt, in the active DS3 or E3 framer block are set. The interrupt pin will be driven when this
bit is set and the corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] is set.
239
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PORT.SR
Port Status Register
(0,2,4,6)52h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
TDM
1
RLOL
0
PMS
Bit 2: Transmit Driver Monitor Status (TDM) This bits indicates the status of the transmit monitor circuit in the
transmit LIU.
0 = Transmit output not over loaded
1 = Transmit signal is overloaded
Bit 1: Receive Loss Of Lock Status (RLOL) This bits indicates the status of the receive LIU clock recovery PLL
circuit.
0 = Locked to the incoming signal
1 = Not locked to the incoming signal
Bit 0: Performance Monitoring Update Status (PMS) This bits indicates the status of all active performance
monitoring register and counter update signals in this port. It is an “AND” of all update status bits and is not set until
all performance registers are updated and the counters reset. In software update modes, the update request bit
PORT.CR1.PMU should be held high until this status bit goes high.
0 = The associated update request signal is low
1 = The requested performance register updates are all completed
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
—
PORT.SRL
Port Status Register Latched
(0,2,4,6)54h
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
RLCLKA
TCLKIA
—
—
—
TDML
RLOLL
PMSL
Bit 7: Receive Line Clock Activity Status Latched (RLCLKA) This bit will be set when the signal on the RLCLKn
pin or the recovered clock from the LIU for this port is active.
Bit 6: Transmit Input Clock Activity Status Latched (TCLKIA) This bit will be set when the signal on the TCLKIn
pin for this port is active.
Bit 2: Transmit Driver Monitor Status Latched (TDML) This bit will be set when the PORT.SR.TDM status bit
changes from low to high. This bit will also set the PORT.ISR.PSR status bit if the PORT.SRIE.TDMIE bit is
enabled. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set, the PORT.SRIE.TDMIE bit is set, and the
corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] bit is also set.
Bit 1: Receive Loss Of Lock Status Latched (RLOLL) This bit will be set when the PORT.SR.RLOL status bit
changes from low to high. This bit will also set the PORT.ISR.PSR status bit if the PORT.SRIE.RLOLIE bit is
enabled. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set, the PORT.SRIE.RLOLIE bit is set, and the
corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] bit is also set.
Bit 0: Performance Monitoring Update Status Latched (PMSL) This bit will be set when the PORT.SR.PMS
status bit changes from low to high. This bit will also set the PORT.ISR.PSR status bit if the PORT.SRIE.PMUIE bit
is enabled. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set, the PORT.SRIE.PMUIE bit is set, and the
PORT.SRIE.PMSIE bit are set.
240
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PORT.SRIE
Port Status Register Interrupt Enable
(0,2,4,6)56h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
TDMIE
0
1
RLOLIE
0
0
PMSIE
0
Bit 2: Transmit Driver Monitor Latched Status Interrupt Enable (TDMIE) The interrupt pin will be driven when
this bit is enabled and the PORT.SRL.TDML bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this
port is enabled.
Bit 1: Receive Loss Of Lock Latched Status Interrupt Enable (RLOLIE) The interrupt pin will be driven when
this bit is enabled and the PORT.SRL.RLOLL bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this
port is enabled.
Bit 0: Performance Monitoring Update Latched Status Interrupt Enable (PMSIE) The interrupt pin will be
driven when this bit is enabled and the PORT.SRL.PMSL bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PISRIE[4:1] that
corresponds to this port is enabled.
241
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.5 BERT
12.5.1 BERT Register Map
The BERT uses 12 registers. Note that the BERT registers are cleared when GL.CR1.RSTDP or
PORT.CR1.RSTDP or PORT.CR1.PD is set.
Table 12-24. BERT Register Map
ADDRESS
(0,2,4,6)60h
(0,2,4,6)62h
(0,2,4,6)64h
(0,2,4,6)66h
(0,2,4,6)68h
(0,2,4,6)6Ah
(0,2,4,6)6Ch
(0,2,4,6)6Eh
(0,2,4,6)70h
(0,2,4,6)72h
(0,2,4,6)74h
(0,2,4,6)76h
(0,2,4,6)78h
(0,2,4,6)7Ah
(0,2,4,6)7Ch
(0,2,4,6)7Eh
REGISTER
BERT.CR
BERT.PCR
BERT.SPR1
BERT.SPR2
BERT.TEICR
—
BERT.SR
BERT.SRL
BERT.SRIE
—
BERT.RBECR1
BERT.RBECR2
BERT.RBCR1
BERT.RBCR2
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
BERT Control Register
BERT Pattern Configuration Register
BERT Seed/Pattern Register 1
BERT Seed/Pattern Register 2
BERT Transmit Error Insertion Control Register
Unused
BERT Status Register
BERT Status Register Latched
BERT Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
BERT Receive Bit Error Count Register 1
BERT Receive Bit Error Count Register 2
BERT Receive Bit Count Register 1
BERT Receive Bit Count Register 2
Unused
Unused
12.5.2 BERT Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
BERT.CR
BERT Control Register
(0,2,4,6)60h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
PMUM
0
6
LPMU
0
5
RNPL
0
4
RPIC
0
3
MPR
0
2
APRD
0
1
TNPL
0
0
TPIC
0
Bit 7: Performance Monitoring Update Mode (PMUM) – When 0, a performance monitoring update is initiated by
the LPMU register bit. When 1, a performance monitoring update is initiated by the global or port PMU register bit.
Note: If the LPMU bit or the global or port PMU bit is one, changing the state of this bit may cause a performance
monitoring update to occur.
Bit 6: Local Performance Monitoring Update (LPMU) – This bit causes a performance monitoring update to be
initiated if local performance monitoring update is enabled (PMUM = 0). A 0 to 1 transition causes the performance
monitoring registers to be updated with the latest data, and the counters reset (0 or 1). For a second performance
monitoring update to be initiated, this bit must be set to 0, and back to 1. If LPMU goes low before the PMS bit
goes high; an update might not be performed. This bit has no affect when PMUM=1.
242
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 5: Receive New Pattern Load (RNPL) – A zero to one transition of this bit will cause the programmed test
pattern (QRSS, PTS, PLF[4:0}, PTF[4:0], and BSP[31:0]) to be loaded in to the receive pattern generator. This bit
must be changed to zero and back to one for another pattern to be loaded. Loading a new pattern will forces the
receive pattern generator out of the “Sync” state which causes a re-synchronization to be initiated.
Note: QRSS, PTS, PLF[4:0}, PTF[4:0], and BSP[31:0] must not change from the time this bit transitions from 0 to 1
until four receive clock cycles after this bit transitions from 0 to 1. Register bit PORT.CR1.BENA must be set and
the receive clock running in order for the pattern load to take affect.
Bit 4: Receive Pattern Inversion Control (RPIC) – When 0, the receive incoming data stream is not altered.
When 1, the receive incoming data stream is inverted.
Bit 3: Manual Pattern Re-synchronization (MPR) – A zero to one transition of this bit will cause the receive
pattern generator to re-synchronize to the incoming pattern. This bit must be changed to zero and back to one for
another re-synchronization to be initiated. Note: A manual re-synchronization forces the receive pattern generator
out of the “Sync” state.
Bit 2: Automatic Pattern Resynchronization Disable (APRD) – When 0, the receive pattern generator will
automatically re-synchronize to the incoming pattern if six or more times during the current 64-bit window the
incoming data stream bit and the receive pattern generator output bit did not match. When 1, the receive pattern
generator will not automatically re-synchronize to the incoming pattern.
Bit 1: Transmit New Pattern Load (TNPL) – A zero to one transition of this bit will cause the programmed test
pattern (QRSS, PTS, PLF[4:0}, PTF[4:0], and BSP[31:0]) to be loaded in to the transmit pattern generator. This bit
must be changed to zero and back to one for another pattern to be loaded.
Note: QRSS, PTS, PLF[4:0}, PTF[4:0], and BSP[31:0] must not change from the time this bit transitions from 0 to 1
until four transmit clock cycles after this bit transitions from 0 to 1. Register bit PORT.CR1.BENA must be set and
the transmit clock running in order for the pattern load to take affect.
Bit 0: Transmit Pattern Inversion Control (TPIC) – When 0, the transmit outgoing data stream is not altered.
When 1, the transmit outgoing data stream is inverted.
243
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
BERT.PCR
BERT Pattern Configuration Register
(0,2,4,6)62h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
PTF4
0
11
PTF3
0
10
PTF2
0
9
PTF1
0
8
PTF0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
QRSS
0
5
PTS
0
4
PLF4
0
3
PLF3
0
2
PLF2
0
1
PLF1
0
0
PLF0
0
Bits 12 to 8: Pattern Tap Feedback (PTF[4:0]) – These five bits control the PRBS “tap” feedback of the pattern
generator. The “tap” feedback will be from bit y of the pattern generator (y = PTF[4:0] +1). These bits are ignored
when programmed for a repetitive pattern. For a PRBS signal, the feedback is an XOR of bit n and bit y.
Bit 6: QRSS Enable (QRSS) – When 0, the pattern generator configuration is controlled by PTS, PLF[4:0], and
PTF[4:0], and BSP[31:0]. When 1, the pattern generator configuration is forced to a PRBS pattern with a
generating polynomial of x20 + x17 + 1. The output of the pattern generator will be forced to one if the next 14 output
bits are all zero.
Bit 5: Pattern Type Select (PTS) – When 0, the pattern is a PRBS pattern. When 1, the pattern is a repetitive
pattern.
Bits 4 to 0: Pattern Length Feedback (PLF[4:0]) – These five bits control the “length” feedback of the pattern
generator. The “length” feedback will be from bit n of the pattern generator (n = PLF[4:0] +1). For a PRBS signal,
the feedback is an XOR of bit n and bit y. For a repetitive pattern the feedback is bit n.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
BERT.SPR1
BERT Seed/Pattern Register 1
(0,2,4,6)64h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
BSP15
0
14
BSP14
0
13
BSP13
0
12
BSP12
0
11
BSP11
0
10
BSP10
0
9
BSP9
0
8
BSP8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
BSP7
0
6
BSP6
0
5
BSP5
0
4
BSP4
0
3
BSP3
0
2
BSP2
0
1
BSP1
0
0
BSP0
0
Bits 15 to 0: BERT Seed/Pattern (BSP[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 32 bits. Register description follows next register.
244
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
BERT.SPR2
BERT Seed/Pattern Register 2
(0,2,4,6)66h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
BSP31
0
14
BSP30
0
13
BSP29
0
12
BSP28
0
11
BSP27
0
10
BSP26
0
9
BSP25
0
8
BSP24
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
BSP23
0
6
BSP22
0
5
BSP21
0
4
BSP20
0
3
BSP19
0
2
BSP18
0
1
BSP17
0
0
BSP16
0
Bits 15 to 0: BERT Seed/Pattern (BSP[31:16]) - Upper 16 bits of 32 bits.
BERT Seed/Pattern (BSP[31:0]) – These 32 bits are the programmable seed for a transmit PRBS pattern, or the
programmable pattern for a transmit or receive repetitive pattern. BSP(31) will be the first bit output on the transmit
side for a 32-bit repetitive pattern or 32-bit length PRBS. BSP(31) will be the first bit input on the receive side for a
32-bit repetitive pattern.
245
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
BERT.TEICR
BERT Transmit Error Insertion Control Register
(0,2,4,6)68h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
TEIR2
0
4
TEIR1
0
3
TEIR0
0
2
BEI
0
1
TSEI
0
0
MEIMS
0
Bits 5 to 3: Transmit Error Insertion Rate (TEIR[2:0]) – These three bits indicate the rate at which errors are
inserted in the output data stream. One out of every 10n bits is inverted. TEIR[2:0] is the value n. A TEIR[2:0] value
of 0 disables error insertion at a specific rate. A TEIR[2:0] value of 1 result in every 10th bit being inverted. A
TEIR[2:0] value of 2 result in every 100th bit being inverted. Error insertion starts when this register is written to with
a TEIR[2:0] value that is non-zero. If this register is written to during the middle of an error insertion process, the
new error rate will be started after the next error is inserted.
TEIR[2:0]
Error Rate
000
Disabled
001
1*10-1
010
1*10-2
011
1*10-3
100
1*10-4
101
1*10-5
110
1*10-6
111
1*10-7
Bit 2: Bit Error Insertion Enable (BEI) – When 0, single bit error insertion is disabled. When 1, single bit error
insertion is enabled.
Bit 1: Transmit Single Error Insert (TSEI) – This bit causes a bit error to be inserted in the transmit data stream if
manual error insertion is disabled (MEIMS = 0) and single bit error insertion is enabled. A 0 to 1 transition causes a
single bit error to be inserted. For a second bit error to be inserted, this bit must be set to 0, and back to 1. Note: If
MEIMS is low, and this bit transitions more than once between error insertion opportunities, only one error will be
inserted.
Bit 0: Manual Error Insert Mode Select (MEIMS) – When 0, error insertion is initiated by the TSEI register bit.
When 1, error insertion is initiated by the transmit manual error insertion signal (TMEI). Note: If TMEI or TSEI is
one, changing the state of this bit may cause a bit error to be inserted.
246
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
—
BERT.SR
BERT Status Register
(0,2,4,6)6Ch
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
—
—
—
—
PMS
—
BEC
OOS
Bit 3: Performance Monitoring Update Status (PMS) – This bit indicates the status of the receive performance
monitoring register (counters) update. This bit will transition from low to high when the update is completed. PMS
will be forced low when the LPMU bit (PMUM = 0) or the global or port PMU bit (PMUM=1) goes low.
Bit 1: Bit Error Count (BEC) – When 0, the bit error count is zero. When 1, the bit error count is one or more. This
bit is cleared when the user updates the BERT counters via the PMU bit (BERT.CR).
Bit 0: Out Of Synchronization (OOS) – When 0, the receive pattern generator is synchronized to the incoming
pattern. When 1, the receive pattern generator is not synchronized to the incoming pattern.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
BERT.SRL
BERT Status Register Latched
(0,2,4,6)6Eh
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
PMSL
2
BEL
1
BECL
0
OOSL
Bit 3: Performance Monitoring Update Status Latched (PMSL) – This bit is set when the PMS bit transitions
from 0 to 1.
Bit 2: Bit Error Latched (BEL) – This bit is set when a bit error is detected.
Bit 1: Bit Error Count Latched (BECL) – This bit is set when the BEC bit transitions from 0 to 1.
Bit 0: Out Of Synchronization Latched (OOSL) – This bit is set when the OOS bit changes state.
247
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
BERT.SRIE
BERT Status Register Interrupt Enable
(0,2,4,6)70h
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
—
—
—
—
PMSIE
BEIE
BECIE
OOSIE
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 3: Performance Monitoring Update Status Interrupt Enable (PMSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
PMSL bit is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Bit Error Interrupt Enable (BEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the BEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Bit Error Count Interrupt Enable (BECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the BECL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Out Of Synchronization Interrupt Enable (OOSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the OOSL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
248
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
BERT.RBECR1
BERT Receive Bit Error Count Register 1
(0,2,4,6)74h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
BEC15
0
14
BEC14
0
13
BEC13
0
12
BEC12
0
11
BEC11
0
10
BEC10
0
9
BEC9
0
8
BEC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
BEC7
0
6
BEC6
0
5
BEC5
0
4
BEC4
0
3
BEC3
0
2
BEC2
0
1
BEC1
0
0
BEC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Bit Error Count (BEC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 24 bits. Register description follows next register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
BERT.RBECR2
BERT Receive Bit Error Count Register 2
(0,2,4,6)76h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
BEC23
0
6
BEC22
0
5
BEC21
0
4
BEC20
0
3
BEC19
0
2
BEC18
0
1
BEC17
0
0
BEC16
0
Bits 7 to 0: Bit Error Count (BEC[23:16]) - Upper 8-bits of Register.
Bit Error Count (BEC[23:0]) – These 24 bits indicate the number of bit errors detected in the incoming data
stream. This count stops incrementing when it reaches a count of FF FFFFh. This bit error counter will not
increment when an OOS condition exists. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
249
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
BERT.RBCR1
BERT Receive Bit Count Register 1
(0,2,4,6)78h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
BC15
0
14
BC14
0
13
BC13
0
12
BC12
0
11
BC11
0
10
BC10
0
9
BC9
0
8
BC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
BC7
0
6
BC6
0
5
BC5
0
4
BC4
0
3
BC3
0
2
BC2
0
1
BC1
0
0
BC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Bit Count (BC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 32 bits. Register description follows next register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
BERT.RBCR2
BERT Receive Bit Count Register 2
(0,2,4,6)7Ah
Bit #
Name
Default
15
BC31
0
14
BC30
0
13
BC29
0
12
BC28
0
11
BC27
0
10
BC26
0
9
BC25
0
8
BC24
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
BC23
0
6
BC22
0
5
BC21
0
4
BC20
0
3
BC19
0
2
BC18
0
1
BC17
0
0
BC16
0
Bits 15 to 0: Bit Count (BC[31:16]) - Upper 16 bits of 32 bits.
Bit Count (BC[31:0]) – These 32 bits indicate the number of bits in the incoming data stream. This count stops
incrementing when it reaches a count of FFFF FFFFh. This bit counter will not increment when an OOS condition
exists. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
250
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.6 B3ZS/HDB3 Line Encoder/Decoder
12.6.1 Transmit Side Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map
The transmit side uses one register.
Table 12-25. Transmit Side B3ZS/HDB3 Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map
ADDRESS
(0,2,4,6)8Ch
(0,2,4,6)8Eh
REGISTER
LINE.TCR
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Line Transmit Control Register
Unused
12.6.1.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
LINE.TCR
Line Transmit Control Register
(0,2,4,6)8Ch
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
TZSD
0
3
EXZI
0
2
BPVI
0
1
TSEI
0
0
MEIMS
0
Bit 4: Transmit Zero Suppression Encoding Disable (TZSD) – When 0, the B3ZS/HDB3 Encoder performs zero
suppression (B3ZS or HDB3) and AMI encoding. When 1, zero suppression (B3ZS or HDB3) encoding is disabled,
and only AMI encoding is performed.
Bit 3: Excessive Zero Insert Enable (EXZI) – When 0, excessive zero (EXZ) event insertion is disabled. When 1,
EXZ event insertion is enabled.
Bit 2: Bipolar Violation Insert Enable (BPVI) – When 0, bipolar violation (BPV) insertion is disabled. When 1,
BPV insertion is enabled.
Bit 1: Transmit Single Error Insert (TSEI) – This bit causes an error of the enabled type(s) to be inserted in the
transmit data stream if manual error insertion is disabled (MEIMS = 0). A 0 to 1 transition causes a single error to
be inserted. For a second error to be inserted, this bit must be set to 0, and back to 1. Note: If MEIMS is low, and
this bit transitions more than once between error insertion opportunities, only one error will be inserted.
Bit 0: Manual Error Insert Mode Select (MEIMS) – When 0, error insertion is initiated by the TSEI register bit.
When 1, error insertion is initiated by the transmit manual error insertion signal (TMEI). Note: If TMEI or TSEI is
one, changing the state of this bit may cause an error to be inserted.
251
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.6.2 Receive Side Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map
The receive side uses six registers.
Table 12-26. Receive Side B3ZS/HDB3 Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map
ADDRESS
(0,2,4,6)90h
(0,2,4,6)92h
(0,2,4,6)94h
(0,2,4,6)96h
(0,2,4,6)98h
(0,2,4,6)9Ah
(0,2,4,6)9Ch
(0,2,4,6)9Eh
REGISTER
LINE.RCR
—
LINE.RSR
LINE.RSRL
LINE.RSRIE
—
LINE.RBPVCR
LINE.REXZCR
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Line Receive Control Register
Unused
Line Receive Status Register
Line Receive Status Register Latched
Line Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
Line Receive Bipolar Violation Count Register
Line Receive Excessive Zero Count Register
12.6.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
LINE.RCR
Line Receive Control Register
(0.2.4.6)90h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
E3CVE
0
2
REZSF
0
1
RDZSF
0
0
RZSD
0
Bit 3: E3 Code Violation Enable (E3CVE) – When 0, the bipolar violation count will be a count of bipolar
violations. When 1, the bipolar violation count will be a count of E3 line coding violations. Note: E3 line coding
violations are defined as consecutive bipolar violations of the same polarity in ITU O.161. This bit is ignored in
B3ZS mode.
Bit 2: Receive BPV Error Detection Zero Suppression Code Format (REZSF) – When 0, BPV error detection
detects a B3ZS signature if a zero is followed by a bipolar violation (BPV), and an HDB3 signature if two zeros are
followed by a BPV. When 1, BPV error detection detects a B3ZS signature if a zero is followed by a BPV that has
the opposite polarity of the BPV in the previous B3ZS signature, and an HDB3 signature if two zeros are followed
by a BPV that has the opposite polarity of the BPV in the previous HDB3 signature. Note: Immediately after a reset,
this bit is ignored. The first B3ZS signature is defined as a zero followed by a BPV, and the first HDB3 signature is
defined as two zeros followed by a BPV. All subsequent B3ZS/HDB3 signatures will be determined by the setting of
this bit.
Note: The default setting (REZSF = 0) conforms to ITU O.162. The default setting may falsely decode actual BPVs
that are not codewords. It is recommended that REZSF be set to one for most applications. This setting is more
robust to accurately detect codewords.
Bit 1: Receive Zero Suppression Decoding Zero Suppression Code Format (RDZSF) – When 0, zero
suppression decoding detects a B3ZS signature if a zero is followed by a bipolar violation (BPV), and an HDB3
signature if two zeros are followed by a BPV. When 1, zero suppression decoding detects a B3ZS signature if a
zero is followed by a BPV that has the opposite polarity of the BPV in the previous B3ZS signature, and an HDB3
signature if two zeros are followed by a BPV that has the opposite polarity of the BPV in the previous HDB3
signature. Note: Immediately after a reset (DRST or RST low), this bit is ignored. The first B3ZS signature is defined
as a zero followed by a BPV, and the first HDB3 signature is defined as two zeros followed by a BPV. All
subsequent B3ZS/HDB3 signatures will be determined by the setting of this bit.
Bit 0: Receive Zero Suppression Decoding Disable (RZSD) – When 0, the B3ZS/HDB3 Decoder performs zero
suppression (B3ZS or HDB3) and AMI decoding. When 1, zero suppression (B3ZS or HDB3) decoding is disabled,
and only AMI decoding is performed.
252
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
LINE.RSR
Line Receive Status Register
(0.2.4.6)94h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
EXZC
2
—
1
BPVC
0
LOS
Bit 3: Excessive Zero Count (EXZC) – When 0, the excessive zero count is zero. When 1, the excessive zero
count is one or more.
Bit 1: Bipolar Violation Count (BPVC) – When 0, the bipolar violation count is zero. When 1, the bipolar violation
count is one or more.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal (LOS) – When 0, the receive line is not in a loss of signal (LOS) condition. When 1, the
receive line is in an LOS condition. See Section 10.14.5.
Note: When zero suppression (B3ZS or HDB3) decoding is disabled, the LOS condition is cleared, and cannot be
detected.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
LINE.RSRL
Line Receive Status Register Latched
(0.2.4.6)96h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
ZSCDL
4
EXZL
3
EXZCL
2
BPVL
1
BPVCL
0
LOSL
Bit 5: Zero Suppression Code Detect Latched (ZSCDL) – This bit is set when a B3ZS or HDB3 signature is
detected.
Bit 4: Excessive Zero Latched (EXZL) – This bit is set when an excessive zero event is detected on the incoming
bipolar data stream.
Bit 3: Excessive Zero Count Latched (EXZCL) – This bit is set when the LINE.RSR.EXZC bit transitions from
zero to one.
Bit 2: Bipolar Violation Latched (BPVL) – This bit is set when a bipolar violation (or E3 LCV if enabled) is
detected on the incoming bipolar data stream.
Bit 1: Bipolar Violation Count Latched (BPVCL) – This bit is set when the LINE.RSR.BPVC bit transitions from
zero to one.
Bit 0: Loss of Signal Change Latched (LOSL) – This bit is set when the LINE.RSR.LOS bit changes state.
253
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
LINE.RSRIE
Line Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
(0.2.4.6)98h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
ZSCDIE
0
4
EXZIE
0
3
EXZCIE
0
2
BPVIE
0
1
BPVCIE
0
0
LOSIE
0
Bit 5: Zero Suppression Code Detect Interrupt Enable (ZSCDIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
LINE.RSRL.ZSCDL bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Excessive Zero Interrupt Enable (EXZIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LINE.RSRL.EXZL bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Excessive Zero Count Interrupt Enable (EXZCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LINE.RSRL.EXZCL
bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Bipolar Violation Interrupt Enable (BPVIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LINE.RSRL.BPVL bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Bipolar Violation Count Interrupt Enable (BPVCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
LINE.RSRL.BPVCL bit and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set. is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Interrupt Enable (LOSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LINE.RSRL.LOSL bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
254
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
LINE.RBPVCR
Line Receive Bipolar Violation Count Register
(0.2.4.6)9Ch
Bit #
Name
Default
15
BPV15
0
14
BPV14
0
13
BPV13
0
12
BPV12
0
11
BPV11
0
10
BPV10
0
9
BPV9
0
8
BPV8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
BPV7
0
6
BPV6
0
5
BPV5
0
4
BPV4
0
3
BPV3
0
2
BPV2
0
1
BPV1
0
0
BPV0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Bipolar Violation Count (BPV[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the number of bipolar violations
detected on the incoming bipolar data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5)
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
LINE.REXZCR
Line Receive Excessive Zero Count Register
(0.2.4.6)9Eh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
EXZ15
0
14
EXZ14
0
13
EXZ13
0
12
EXZ12
0
11
EXZ11
0
10
EXZ10
0
9
EXZ9
0
8
EXZ8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
EXZ7
0
6
EXZ6
0
5
EXZ5
0
4
EXZ4
0
3
EXZ3
0
2
EXZ2
0
1
EXZ1
0
0
EXZ0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Excessive Zero Count (EXZ[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the number of excessive zero conditions
detected on the incoming bipolar data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5)
255
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.7 HDLC
12.7.1 HDLC Transmit Side Register Map
The transmit side uses five registers.
Table 12-27. Transmit Side HDLC Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
(0,2,4,6)A0h
(0,2,4,6)A2h
(0,2,4,6)A4h
(0,2,4,6)A6h
(0,2,4,6)A8h
(0,2,4,6)AAh
(0,2,4,6)ACh
(0,2,4,6)AEh
HDLC.TCR
HDLC.TFDR
HDLC.TSR
HDLC.TSRL
HDLC.TSRIE
—
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
HDLC Transmit Control Register
HDLC Transmit FIFO Data Register
HDLC Transmit Status Register
HDLC Transmit Status Register Latched
HDLC Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
Unused
Unused
12.7.1.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
HDLC.TCR
HDLC Transmit Control Register
(0,2,4,6)A0h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
TDAL4
0
11
TDAL3
1
10
TDAL2
0
9
TDAL1
0
8
TDAL0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
TPSD
0
5
TFEI
0
4
TIFV
0
3
TBRE
0
2
TDIE
0
1
TFPD
0
0
TFRST
0
Bits 12 to 8: Transmit HDLC Data Storage Available Level (TDAL[4:0]) – These five bits indicate the minimum
number of bytes ([TDAL*8]+1) that must be available for storage (do not contain data) in the Transmit FIFO for
HDLC data storage to be available. For example, a value of 21 (15h) results in HDLC data storage being available
(THDA = 1) when the Transmit FIFO has 169 (A9h) bytes or more available for storage, and HDLC data storage
not being available (THDA = 0) when the Transmit FIFO has 168 (A8h) bytes or less available for storage. Default
value (after reset) is 128 bytes minimum available.
Bit 6: Transmit Packet Start Disable (TPSD) – When 0, the Transmit Packet Processor will continue sending
packets after the current packet end. When 1, the Transmit Packet Processor will stop sending packets after the
current packet end.
Bit 5: Transmit FCS Error Insertion (TFEI) – When 0, the calculated FCS (inverted CRC-16) is appended to the
packet. When 1, the inverse of the calculated FCS (non-inverted CRC-16) is appended to the packet causing a
FCS error. This bit is ignored if transmit FCS processing is disabled (TFPD = 1).
Bit 4: Transmit Inter-frame Fill Value (TIFV) – When 0, inter-frame fill is done with the flag sequence (7Eh).
When 1, inter-frame fill is done with all ‘1’s.
Bit 3: Transmit Bit Reordering Enable (TBRE) – When 0, bit reordering is disabled (The first bit transmitted is the
LSB of the Transmit FIFO Data byte TFD[0]). When 1, bit reordering is enabled (The first bit transmitted is the MSB
of the Transmit FIFO Data byte TFD[7]).
Bit 2: Transmit Data Inversion Enable (TDIE) – When 0, the outgoing data is directly output from packet
processing. When 1, the outgoing data is inverted before being output from packet processing.
256
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 1: Transmit FCS Processing Disable (TFPD) – This bit controls whether or not a FCS is calculated and
appended to the end of each packet. When 0, the calculated FCS bytes are appended to the end of the packet.
When 1, the packet is transmitted without a FCS.
Bit 0: Transmit FIFO Reset (TFRST) – When 0, the Transmit FIFO will resume normal operations, however, data
is discarded until a start of packet is received after RAM power-up is completed. When 1, the Transmit FIFO is
emptied, any transfer in progress is halted, the FIFO RAM is powered down, and all incoming data is discarded (all
TFDR register writes are ignored).
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
HDLC.TFDR
HDLC Transmit FIFO Data Register
(0,2,4,6)A2h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TFD7
0
14
TFD6
0
13
TFD5
0
12
TFD4
0
11
TFD3
0
10
TFD2
0
9
TFD1
0
8
TFD0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
—
0
1
—
0
0
TDPE
0
Note: The FIFO data and status are loaded into the Transmit FIFO when the Transmit FIFO Data (TFD[7:0]) is written (upper byte write). When
read, the value of these bits is always zero.
Bits 15 to 8: Transmit FIFO Data (TFD[7:0]) – These eight bits are the packet data to be stored in the Transmit
FIFO. TFD[7] is the MSB, and TFD[0] is the LSB. If bit reordering is disabled, TFD[0] is the first bit transmitted, and
TFD[7] is the last bit transmitted. If bit reordering is enabled, TFD[7] is the first bit transmitted, and TFD[0] is the
last bit transmitted.
Bit 0: Transmit FIFO Data Packet End (TDPE) – When 0, the Transmit FIFO data is not a packet end. When 1,
the Transmit FIFO data is a packet end.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
HDLC.TSR
HDLC Transmit Status Register
(0,2,4,6)A4h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
TFFL5
12
TFFL4
11
TFFL3
10
TFFL2
9
TFFL1
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
TFF
1
TFE
8
TFFL0
0
THDA
Bits 13 to 8: Transmit FIFO Fill Level (TFFL[5:0]) – These six bits indicate the number of eight byte groups
available for storage (do not contain data) in the Transmit FIFO. E.g., a value of 21 (15h) indicates the FIFO has
168 (A8h) to 175 (AFh) bytes are available for storage.
Bit 2: Transmit FIFO Full (TFF) – When 0, the Transmit FIFO contains 255 or less bytes of data. When 1, the
Transmit FIFO is full.
Bit 1: Transmit FIFO Empty (TFE) – When 0, the Transmit FIFO contains at least one byte of data. When 1, the
Transmit FIFO is empty.
Bit 0: Transmit HDLC Data Storage Available (THDA) – When 0, the Transmit FIFO has less storage space
available in the Transmit FIFO than the Transmit HDLC data storage available level (TDAL[4:0]). When 1, the
Transmit FIFO has the same or more storage space available than the Transmit FIFO HDLC data storage available
level.
257
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
HDLC.TSRL
HDLC Transmit Status Register Latched
(0,2,4,6)A6h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
TFOL
4
TFUL
3
TPEL
2
—
1
TFEL
0
THDAL
Bit 5: Transmit FIFO Overflow Latched (TFOL) – This bit is set when a Transmit FIFO overflow condition occurs.
Bit 4: Transmit FIFO Underflow Latched (TFUL) – This bit is set when a Transmit FIFO underflow condition
occurs. An underflow condition results in a loss of data.
Bit 3: Transmit Packet End Latched (TPEL) – This bit is set when an end of packet is read from the Transmit
FIFO.
Bit 1: Transmit FIFO Empty Latched (TFEL) – This bit is set when the TFE bit transitions from 0 to 1.
Note: This bit is also set when HDLC.TCR.TFRST is deasserted.
Bit 0: Transmit HDLC Data Available Latched (THDAL) – This bit is set when the THDA bit transitions from 0 to
1. Note: This bit is also set when HDLC.TCR.TFRST is deasserted.
258
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
HDLC.TSRIE
HDLC Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable
(0,2,4,6)A8h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
TFOIE
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
4
TFUIE
0
3
TPEIE
0
2
—
0
1
TFEIE
0
0
THDAIE
0
Bit 5: Transmit FIFO Overflow Interrupt Enable (TFOIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFOL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Transmit FIFO Underflow Interrupt Enable (TFUIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFUL bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Transmit Packet End Interrupt Enable (TPEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TPEL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Transmit FIFO Full Interrupt Enable (TFFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFFL bit is set and the bit
in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Transmit FIFO Empty Interrupt Enable (TFEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFEL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Transmit HDLC Data Available Interrupt Enable (THDAIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the THDAL bit
is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
259
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.7.2 HDLC Receive Side Register Map
The receive side uses five registers.
Table 12-28. Receive Side HDLC Register Map
ADDRESS
(0,2,4,6)B0h
(0,2,4,6)B2h
(0,2,4,6)B4h
(0,2,4,6)B6h
(0,2,4,6)B8h
(0,2,4,6)BAh
(0,2,4,6)BCh
(0,2,4,6)BEh
REGISTER
HDLC.RCR
—
HDLC.RSR
HDLC.RSRL
HDLC.RSRIE
—
HDLC.RFDR
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
HDLC Receive Control Register
Unused
HDLC Receive Status Register
HDLC Receive Status Register Latched
HDLC Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
HDLC Receive FIFO Data Register
Unused
12.7.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
HDLC.RCR
HDLC Receive Control Register
(0,2,4,6)B0h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
RDAL4
0
11
RDAL3
1
10
RDAL2
0
9
RDAL1
0
8
RDAL0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
RBRE
0
2
RDIE
0
1
RFPD
0
0
RFRST
0
Bits 12 to 8: Receive HDLC Data Available Level (RDAL[4:0]) – These five bits indicate the minimum number of
eight byte groups that must be stored (contain data) in the Receive FIFO before HDLC data is considered to be
available (RHDA=1). For example, a value of 21 (15h) results in HDLC data being available when the Receive
FIFO contains 168 (A8h) bytes or more.
Bit 3: Receive Bit Reordering Enable (RBRE) – When 0, bit reordering is disabled (The first bit received is in the
LSB of the Receive FIFO Data byte RFD[0]). When 1, bit reordering is enabled (The first bit received is in the MSB
of the Receive FIFO Data byte RFD[7]).
Bit 2: Receive Data Inversion Enable (RDIE) – When 0, the incoming data is directly passed on for packet
processing. When 1, the incoming data is inverted before being passed on for packet processing.
Bit 1: Receive FCS Processing Disable (RFPD) – When 0, FCS processing is performed (the packets have a
FCS appended). When 1, FCS processing is disabled (the packets do not have a FCS appended).
Bit 0: Receive FIFO Reset (RFRST) – When 0, the Receive FIFO will resume normal operations, however, data is
discarded until a start of packet is received after RAM power-up is completed. When 1, the Receive FIFO is
emptied, any transfer in progress is halted, the FIFO RAM is powered down, the RHDA bit is forced low, and all
incoming data is discarded.
260
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
HDLC.RSR
HDLC Receive Status Register
(0,2,4,6)B4h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
RFF
1
RFE
0
RHDA
Bit 2: Receive FIFO Full (RFF) – When 0, the Receive FIFO contains 255 or less bytes of data. When 1, the
Receive FIFO is full.
Bit 1: Receive FIFO Empty (RFE) – When 0, the Receive FIFO contains at least one byte of data. When 1, the
Receive FIFO is empty.
Bit 0: Receive HDLC Data Available (RHDA) – When 0, the Receive FIFO contains less data than the Receive
HDLC data available level (RDAL[4:0]). When 1, the Receive FIFO contains the same or more data than the
Receive HDLC data available level.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
HDLC.RSRL
HDLC Receive Status Register Latched
(0,2,4,6)B6h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
RFOL
6
—
5
—
4
RPEL
3
RPSL
2
RFFL
1
—
0
RHDAL
Bit 7: Receive FIFO Overflow Latched (RFOL) – This bit is set when a Receive FIFO overflow condition occurs.
An overflow condition results in a loss of data.
Bit 4: Receive Packet End Latched (RPEL) – This bit is set when an end of packet is stored in the Receive FIFO.
Bit 3: Receive Packet Start Latched (RPSL) – This bit is set when a start of packet is stored in the Receive FIFO.
Bit 2: Receive FIFO Full Latched (RFFL) – This bit is set when the RFF bit transitions from 0 to 1.
Bit 0: Receive HDLC Data Available Latched (RHDAL) – This bit is set when the RHDA bit transitions from
0 to 1.
261
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
HDLC.RSRIE
HDLC Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
(0,2,4,6)B8h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RFOIE
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
RPEIE
0
3
RPSIE
0
2
RFFIE
0
1
—
0
0
RHDAIE
0
Bit 7: Receive FIFO Overflow Interrupt Enable (RFOIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RFOL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Receive Packet End Interrupt Enable (RPEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RPEL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Receive Packet Start Interrupt Enable (RPSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RPSL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Receive FIFO Full Interrupt Enable (RFFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RFFL bit is set and the bit
in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Receive HDLC Data Available Interrupt Enable (RHDAIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RHDAL bit
is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
262
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
HDLC.RFDR
HDLC Receive FIFO Data Register
(0,2,4,6)BCh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RFD7
X
14
RFD6
X
13
RFD5
X
12
RFD4
X
11
RFD3
X
10
RFD2
X
9
RFD1
X
8
RFD0
X
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
RPS2
X
2
RPS1
X
1
RPS0
X
0
RFDV
0
Note: The FIFO data and status are updated when the Receive FIFO Data (RFD[7:0]) is read (upper byte read).
When this register is read eight bits at a time, a read of the lower byte will reflect the status of the next read of the
upper byte, and reading the upper byte when RFDV=0 may result in a loss of data.
Bits 15 to 8: Receive FIFO Data (RFD[7:0]) – These eight bits are the packet data stored in the Receive FIFO.
RFD[7] is the MSB, and RFD[0] is the LSB. If bit reordering is disabled, RFD[0] is the first bit received, and RFD[7]
is the last bit received. If bit reordering is enabled, RFD[7] is the first bit received, and RFD[0] is the last bit
received.
Bits 3 to 1: Receive Packet Status (RPS[2:0]) – These three bits indicate the status of the received packet and
packet data.
000 = packet middle
001 = packet start.
010 = reserved
011 = reserved
100 = packet end: good packet
101 = packet end: FCS errored packet.
110 = packet end: invalid packet (a non-integer number of bytes).
111 = packet end: aborted packet.
Bit 0: Receive FIFO Data Valid (RFDV) – When 0, the Receive FIFO data (RFD[7:0]) is invalid (the Receive FIFO
is empty). When 1, the Receive FIFO data (RFD[7:0]) is valid.
263
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.8 FEAC Controller
12.8.1 FEAC Transmit Side Register Map
The transmit side uses five registers.
Table 12-29. FEAC Transmit Side Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
(0,2,4,6)C0h
(0,2,4,6)C2h
(0,2,4,6)C4h
(0,2,4,6)C6h
(0,2,4,6)C8h
(0,2,4,6)CAh
(0,2,4,6)CCh
(0,2,4,6)CEh
FEAC.TCR
FEAC.TFDR
FEAC.TSR
FEAC.TSRL
FEAC.TSRIE
—
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
FEAC Transmit Control Register
FEAC Transmit Data Register
FEAC Transmit Status Register
FEAC Transmit Status Register Latched
FEAC Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
Unused
Unused
12.8.1.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FEAC.TCR
FEAC Transmit Control Register
(0,2,4,6)C0h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
1
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
TFCL
0
1
TFS1
0
0
TFS0
0
Bit 2: Transmit FEAC Codeword Load (TFCL) – A 0 to 1 transition on this bit loads the transmit FEAC processor
mode select bits (TFS[1:0]), and transmit FEAC codes (TFCA[5:0] and TFCB[5:0]). Note: Whenever a FEAC
codeword is loaded, any current FEAC codeword transmission in progress will be immediately halted, and the new
FEAC codeword transmission will be started based on the new values for TFS[1:0], TFCA[5:0], and TFCB[5:0]..
Bits 1 to 0: Transmit FEAC Codeword Select (TFS[1:0]) – These two bits control the transmit FEAC processor
mode. The TFCL bit loads the mode set by this bit.
00 = Idle (all ones)
01 = single code (send code TFCA ten times and send all ones)
10 = dual code (send code TFCA ten times, send code TFCB ten times, and send all ones)
11 = continuous code (send code TFCA continuously)
264
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FEAC.TFDR
FEAC Transmit Data Register
(0,2,4,6)C2h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
TFCB5
0
12
TFCB4
0
11
TFCB3
0
10
TFCB2
0
9
TFCB1
0
8
TFCB0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
TFCA5
0
4
TFCA4
0
3
TFCA3
0
2
TFCA2
0
1
TFCA1
0
0
TFCA0
0
Bits 13 to 8: Transmit FEAC Code B (TFCB[5:0]) – These six bits are the transmit FEAC code B data to be
stored inserted into codeword B. TFCB[5] is the LSB (last bit transmitted) of the FEAC code (C[6]), and TFCB[0] is
the MSB (first bit transmitted) of the FEAC code (C[1]).
Bits 5 to 0: Transmit FEAC Code A (TFCA[5:0]) – These six bits are the transmit FEAC code A data to be stored
inserted into codeword A. TFCA[5] is the LSB (last bit transmitted) of the FEAC code (C[6]), and TFCA[0] is the
MSB (first bit transmitted) of the FEAC code (C[1]).
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FEAC.TSR
FEAC Transmit Status Register
(0,2,4,6)C4h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
—
0
TFI
Bit 0: Transmit FEAC Idle (TFI) – When 0, the Transmit FEAC processor is sending a FEAC codeword. When 1,
the Transmit FEAC processor is sending an Idle signal (all ones).
265
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FEAC.TSRL
FEAC Transmit Status Register Latched
(0,2,4,6)C6h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
—
0
TFIL
Bit 0: Transmit FEAC Idle Latched (TFIL) – This bit is set when the TFI bit transitions from 0 to 1. Note:
Immediately after a reset, this bit will be set to one.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FEAC.TSRIE
FEAC Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable
(0,2,4,6)C8h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
—
0
1
—
0
0
TFIIE
0
Bit 0: Transmit FEAC Idle Interrupt Enable (TFIIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFIL bit is set and the bit
in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
266
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.8.2 FEAC Receive Side Register Map
The receive side uses five registers.
Table 12-30. FEAC Receive Side Register Map
ADDRESS
(0,2,4,6)D0h
(0,2,4,6)D2h
(0,2,4,6)D4h
(0,2,4,6)D6h
(0,2,4,6)D8h
(0,2,4,6)DAh
(0,2,4,6)DCh
(0,2,4,6)DEh
REGISTER
FEAC.RCR
—
FEAC.RSR
FEAC.RSRL
FEAC.RSRIE
—
FEAC.RFDR
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
FEAC Receive Control Register
Unused
FEAC Receive Status Register
FEAC Receive Status Register Latched
FEAC Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
FEAC Receive FIFO Data Register
Unused
12.8.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FEAC.RCR
FEAC Receive Control Register
(0,2,4,6)D0h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
1
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
—
0
1
—
0
0
RFR
0
Bit 0: Receive FEAC Reset (RFR) –When 0, the Receive FEAC Processor and Receive FEAC FIFO will resume
normal operations. When 1, the Receive FEAC controller is reset. The FEAC FIFO is emptied, any transfer in
progress is halted, and all incoming data is discarded.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FEAC.RSR
FEAC Receive Status Register
(0,2,4,6)D4h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
RFFE
2
—
1
RFCD
0
RFI
Bit 3: Receive FEAC FIFO Empty (RFFE) – When 0, the Receive FIFO contains at least one code. When 1, the
Receive FIFO is empty.
Bit 1: Receive FEAC Codeword Detect (RFCD) – When 0, the Receive FEAC Processor is not currently receiving
a FEAC codeword. When 1, the Receive FEAC Processor is currently receiving a FEAC codeword.
Bit 0: Receive FEAC Idle (RFI) – When 0, the Receive FEAC processor is not receiving a FEAC Idle signal (all
ones). When 1, the Receive FEAC processor is receiving a FEAC Idle signal.
267
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FEAC.RSRL
FEAC Receive Status Register Latched
(0,2,4,6)D6h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
RFFOL
1
RFCDL
0
RFIL
Bit 2: Receive FEAC FIFO Overflow Latched (RFFOL) – This bit is set when a Receive FIFO overflow condition
occurs. An overflow condition results in a loss of data.
Bit 1: Receive FEAC Codeword Detect Latched (RFCDL) – This bit is set when the RFCD bit transitions from 0
to 1.
Bit 0: Receive FEAC Idle Latched (RFIL) – This bit is set when the RFI bit transitions from 0 to 1. Note:
Immediately after a reset, this bit will be set to one.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FEAC.RSRIE
FEAC Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
(0,2,4,6)D8h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
RFFOIE
0
1
RFCDIE
0
0
RFIIE
0
Bit 2: Receive FEAC FIFO Overflow Interrupt Enable (RFFOIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RFFOL bit
is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Receive FEAC Codeword Detect Interrupt Enable (RFCDIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RFCDL
bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Receive FEAC Idle Interrupt Enable (RFIIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RFIL bit is set and the bit
in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
268
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FEAC.RFDR
FEAC Receive FIFO Data Register
(0,2,4,6)DCh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RFFI
0
6
—
0
5
RFF5
0
4
RFF4
0
3
RFF3
0
2
RFF2
0
1
RFF1
0
0
RFF0
0
Bit 7: Receive FEAC FIFO Data Invalid (RFFI) – When 0, the Receive FIFO data (RFF[5:0]) is valid. When 1, the
Receive FIFO data is invalid (Receive FIFO is empty).
Bits 5 to 0: Receive FEAC FIFO Data (RFF[5:0]) – These six bits are the FEAC code data stored in the Receive
FIFO. RFF[5] is the LSB (last bit received) of the FEAC code (C[6]), and RFF[0] is the MSB (first bit received) of the
FEAC code (C[1]). The Receive FEAC FIFO data (RFF[5:0]) is updated when it is read (lower byte read).
269
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.9 Trail Trace
12.9.1 Trail Trace Transmit Side
The transmit side uses three registers.
Table 12-31. Transmit Side Trail Trace Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
(0,2,4,6)E8h
(0,2,4,6)EAh
(0,2,4,6)ECh
(0,2,4,6)EEh
TT.TCR
TT.TTIAR
TT.TIR
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Trail Trace Transmit Control Register
Trail Trace Transmit Identifier Address Register
Trail Trace Transmit Identifier Register
Unused
12.9.1.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
TT.TCR
Trail Trace Transmit Control Register
(0,2,4,6)E8h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
Reserved
0
3
TMAD
0
2
TIDLE
0
1
TDIE
0
0
TBRE
0
Bit 3: Transmit Multiframe Alignment Insertion Disable (TMAD) – When 0, multiframe alignment signal (MAS)
insertion is enabled, and the first bit transmitted of each trail trace byte is overwritten with an MAS bit. When 1,
MAS insertion is disabled, and the trail trace bytes from the Transmit Data Storage are output without being
modified.
Bit 2: Transmit Trail Trace Identifier Idle (TIDLE) – When 0, the programmed transmit trail trace identifier will be
transmitted. When 1, all zeros will be transmitted.
Bit 1: Transmit Data Inversion Enable (TDIE) – When 0, the outgoing data from trail trace processing is output
directly. When 1, the outgoing data from trail trace processing is inverted before being output.
Bit 0: Transmit Bit Reordering Enable (TBRE) – When 0, bit reordering is disabled (The first bit transmitted is the
MSB TT.TIR.TTD[7] of the byte). When 1, bit reordering is enabled (The first bit transmitted is the LSB
TT.TIR.TTD[0] of the byte).
270
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
TT.TTIAR
Trail Trace Transmit Identifier Address Register
(0,2,4,6)EAh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
3
TTIA3
0
2
TTIA2
0
1
TTIA1
0
0
TTIA0
0
Bits 3 to 0: Transmit Trail Trace Identifier Address (TTIA[3:0]) – These four bits indicate the transmit trail trace
identifier byte to be read/written by the next memory access. Address 0h indicates the first byte of the transmit trail
trace identifier. Note: The value of these bits increments with each transmit trail trace identifier memory access
(when these bits are Fh, a memory access will return them to 0h).
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
TT.TIR
Trail Trace Transmit Identifier Register
(0,2,4,6)ECh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TTD7
0
6
TTD6
0
5
TTD5
0
4
TTD4
0
3
TTD3
0
2
TTD2
0
1
TTD1
0
0
TTD0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit Trail Trace Identifier Data (TTD[7:0]) – These eight bits are the transmit trail trace identifier
data. The transmit trail trace identifier address will be incremented whenever these bits are read or written (when
address location Fh is read or written, the address will return to 0h).
271
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.9.2 Trail Trace Receive Side Register Map
The receive side uses seven registers.
Table 12-32. Trail Trace Receive Side Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
(0,2,4,6)F0h
(0,2,4,6)F2h
(0,2,4,6)F4h
(0,2,4,6)F6h
(0,2,4,6)F8h
(0,2,4,6)FAh
(0,2,4,6)FCh
(0,2,4,6)FEh
TT.RCR
TT.RTIAR
TT.RSR
TT.RSRL
TT.RSRIE
—
TT.RIR
TT.EIR
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Trail Trace Receive Control Register
Trail Trace Receive Identifier Address Register
Trail Trace Receive Status Register
Trail Trace Receive Status Register Latched
Trail Trace Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
Trail Trace Receive Identifier Register
Trail Trace Expected Identifier Register
12.9.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
TT.RCR
Trail Trace Receive Control Register
(0,2,4,6)F0h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
3
RMAD
0
2
RETCE
0
1
RDIE
0
0
RBRE
0
Bit 3: Receive Multiframe Alignment Disable (RMAD) – When 0, multiframe alignment is performed. When 1,
multiframe alignment is disabled and the trail trace bytes are stored starting with a random byte.
Bit 2: Receive Expected Trail Trace Comparison Enable (RETCE) – When 0, expected trail trace comparison is
disabled. When 1, expected trail trace comparison is performed. Note: When the RMAD bit is one, expected trail
trace comparison is disabled regardless of the setting of this bit.
Bit 1: Receive Data Inversion Enable (RDIE) – When 0, the incoming data is directly passed on for trail trace
processing. When 1, the incoming data is inverted before being passed on for trail trace processing.
Bit 0: Receive Bit Reordering Enable (RBRE) – When 0, bit reordering is disabled (The first bit received is the
MSB TT.RIR.RTD[7] of the byte). When 1, bit reordering is enabled (The first bit received is the LSB
TT.RIR.RTD[0] of the byte).
272
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
TT.RTIAR
Trail Trace Receive Identifier Address Register
(0,2,4,6)F2h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
Reserved
0
12
Reserved
0
11
ETIA3
0
10
ETIA2
0
9
ETIA1
0
8
ETIA0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
3
RTIA3
0
2
RTIA2
0
1
RTIA1
0
0
RTIA0
0
Bits 11 to 8: Expected Trail Trace Identifier Address (ETIA[3:0]) – These four bits indicate the expected trail
trace identifier byte to be read/written by the next memory access. Address 0h indicates the first byte of the
expected trail trace identifier. Note: The value of these bits increments with each expected trail trace identifier
memory access (when these bits are Fh, a memory access will return them to 0h).
Bits 3 to 0: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Address (RTIA[3:0]) – These four bits indicate the receive trail trace
identifier byte to be read by the next memory access. Address 0h indicates the first byte of the receive trail trace
identifier. Note: The value of these bits increments with each receive trail trace identifier memory access (when
these bits are Fh, a memory access will return them to 0h).
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
TT.RSR
Trail Trace Receive Status Register
(0,2,4,6)F4h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
RTIM
1
RTIU
0
RIDL
Bit 2: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Mismatch (RTIM)
0 = Received and expected trail trace identifiers match.
1 = Received and expected trail trace identifiers do not match; trail trace identifier
mismatch (TIM) declared.
Bit 1: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Unstable (RTIU)
0 = Received trail trace identifier is not unstable
1 = Received trail trace identifier is in an unstable condition (TIU); TIU is declared when eight
consecutive trail trace identifiers are received that do not match either the receive trail trace
identifier or the previously stored current trail trace identifier.
Bit 0: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Idle (RIDL)
0 = Received trail trace identifier is not in idle condition.
1 = Received trail trace identifier is in idle condition. Idle condition is declared upon the reception of
an all zeros trail trace identifier five consecutive times.
273
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
TT.RSRL
Trail Trace Receive Status Register Latched
(0,2,4,6)F6h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
RTICL
2
RTIML
1
RTIUL
0
RIDLL
Bit 3: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Change Latched (RTICL) – This bit is set when the receive trail trace
identifier is updated.
Bit 2: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Mismatch Latched (RTIML) – This bit is set when the TT.RSR.RTIM bit
transitions from 0 to 1.
Bit 1: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Unstable Latched (RTIUL) – This bit is set when the TT.RSR.RTIU bit
transitions from 0 to 1.
Bit 0: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Idle Latched (RIDLL) – This bit is set when the TT.RSR.RIDL bit transitions
from 0 to 1.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
TT.RSRIE
Trail Trace Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
(0,2,4,6)F8h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
RTICIE
0
2
RTIMIE
0
1
RTIUIE
0
0
RIDLIE
0
Bit 3: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Change Interrupt Enable (RTICIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
TT.RSRL.RTICL bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Mismatch Interrupt Enable (RTIMIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
TT.RSRL.RTIML bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Unstable Interrupt Enable (RTIUIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
TT.RSRL.RTIUL bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Idle Interrupt Enable (RIDLIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
TT.RSRL.RIDLL bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
274
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
TT.RIR
Trail Trace Receive Identifier Register
(0,2,4,6)FCh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RTD7
0
6
RTD6
0
5
RTD5
0
4
RTD4
0
3
RTD3
0
2
RTD2
0
1
RTD1
0
0
RTD0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Data (RTD[7:0]) – These eight bits are the receive trail trace identifier
data. The receive trail trace identifier address will be incremented whenever these bits are read (when byte Fh is
read, the address will return to 0h).
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
TT.EIR
Trail Trace Expected Identifier Register
(0,2,4,6)FEh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
ETD7
0
6
ETD6
0
5
ETD5
0
4
ETD4
0
3
ETD3
0
2
ETD2
0
1
ETD1
0
0
ETD0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Expected Trail Trace Identifier Data (ETD[7:0]) – These eight bits are the expected trail trace
identifier data. The expected trail trace identifier address will be incremented whenever these bits are read or
written (when byte Fh is read or written, the address will return to 0h).
275
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.10 DS3/E3 Framer
12.10.1 Transmit DS3
The transmit DS3 uses two registers.
Table 12-33. Transmit DS3 Framer Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
(1,3,5,7)18h
(1,3,5,7)1Ah
(1,3,5,7)1Ch
(1,3,5,7)1Eh
T3.TCR
T3.TEIR
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
T3 Transmit Control Register
T3 Transmit Error Insertion Register
Reserved
Reserved
12.10.1.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
T3.TCR
T3 Transmit Control Register
(1,3,5,7)18h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
PBGE
0
11
TIDLE
0
10
CBGD
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
TFEBE
0
4
AFEBED
0
3
TRDI
0
2
ARDID
0
1
TFGC
0
0
TAIS
0
Bit 12: P-bit Generation Enable (PBGE) – When 0, Transmit Frame Processor P-bit generation is disabled. If
transmit frame generation is also disabled, the P-bit overhead periods in the incoming DS3 signal will be passed
through to overhead insertion. When 1, Transmit Frame Processor P-bit generation is enabled. The P-bit overhead
periods in the incoming DS3 signal will be overwritten even if transmit frame generation is disabled
Bit 11: Transmit DS3 Idle Signal (TIDLE) –
0 = Transmit DS3 Idle signal is not inserted
1 = Transmit DS3 Idle signal is inserted into the DS3 frame.
Bit 10: C-bit Generation Disable (CBGD) (M23 mode only) – When 0, Transmit Frame Processor C-bit
generation is enabled. The C-bit overhead periods in the incoming M23 DS3 signal will be overwritten with zeros.
When 1, Transmit Frame Processor C-bit generation is disabled. The C-bit overhead periods in the incoming M23
DS3 signal will be treated as payload, and passed through to overhead insertion. This bit is ignored in C-bit DS3
mode. Note: If CBGD = 1, PORT.CR1.NAD must also be set to 1.
Bit 5: Transmit FEBE Error (TFEBE) – When automatic far-end block error generation is defeated (AFEBED = 1),
the inverse of this bit is inserted into the bits C41, C42, and C43. Note: a far-end block error value of zero (TFEBE=1)
indicates a far-end block error. This bit is ignored in M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 4: Automatic FEBE Defeat (AFEBED) – When 0, a far-end block error is automatically generated based upon
the receive parity errors. When 1, a far-end block error is inserted from the register bit TFEBE. This bit is ignored in
M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 3: Transmit RDI Alarm (TRDI) – When automatic RDI generation is defeated (ARDID = 1), the inverse of this
bit is inserted into the X-bits (X1 and X2). Note: an RDI value of zero (TRDI=1) indicates an alarm.
Bit 2: Automatic RDI Defeat (ARDID) – When 0, the RDI is automatically generated based received DS3 alarms.
When 1, the RDI is inserted from the register bit TRDI.
276
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 1: Transmit Frame Generation Control (TFGC) – When this bit is zero, the Transmit Frame Processor frame
generation is enabled. The DS3 overhead positions in the incoming DS3 payload will be overwritten with the
internally generated DS3 overhead. When this bit is one, the Transmit Frame Processor frame generation is
disabled. The DS3 overhead positions in the incoming DS3 payload will be passed through to error insertion. Note:
Frame generation will still overwrite the P-bits if PBGE = 1. Also, the DS3 overhead periods can still be overwritten
by overhead insertion.
Bit 0: Transmit Alarm Indication Signal (TAIS) –
0 = Transmit Alarm Indication Signal is not inserted
1 = Transmit Alarm Indication Signal is inserted into data stream payload
277
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
T3.TEIR
T3 Transmit Error Insertion Register
(1,3,5,7)1Ah
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
CCPEIE
0
10
CPEI
0
9
CFBEIE
0
8
FBEI
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
Reserved
0
6
CPEIE
0
5
PEI
0
4
FEIC1
0
3
FEIC0
0
2
FEI
0
1
TSEI
0
0
MEIMS
0
Bit 11: Continuous C-bit Parity Error Insertion Enable (CCPEIE) – When 0, single C-bit parity error insertion is
enabled. When 1, continuous C-bit parity error insertion is enabled, and C-bit parity errors will be transmitted
continuously if CPEI is high.
Bit 10: C-bit Parity Error Insertion Enable (CPEI) – When 0, C-bit parity error insertion is disabled. When 1, C-bit
parity error insertion is enabled.
Bit 9: Continuous Far-End Block Error Insertion Enable (CFBEIE) – When 0, single far-end block error
insertion is enabled. When 1, continuous far-end block error insertion is enabled, and far-end block errors will be
transmitted continuously if FBEI is high.
Bit 8: Far-End Block Error Insertion Enable (FBEI) – When 0, far-end block error insertion is disabled. When 1,
far-end block error insertion is enabled.
Bit 6: Continuous P-bit Parity Error Insertion Enable (CPEIE) – When 0, single P-bit parity error insertion is
enabled. When 1, continuous P-bit parity error insertion is enabled, and P-bit parity errors will be transmitted
continuously if PEI is high.
Bit 5: P-bit Parity Error Insertion Enable (PEI) – When 0, P-bit parity error insertion is disabled. When 1, P-bit
parity error insertion is enabled.
Bits 4 to 3: Framing Error Insertion Control (FEIC[1:0]) – These two bits control the framing error event to be
inserted.
00 = F-bit error.
01 = M-bit error.
10 = SEF error.
11 = OOMF error.
Bit 2: Framing Error Insertion Enable (FEI) – When 0, framing error insertion is disabled. When 1, framing error
insertion is enabled.
Bit 1: Transmit Single Error Insert (TSEI) – This bit causes an error of the enabled type(s) to be inserted in the
transmit data stream if manual error insertion is disabled (MEIMS = 0). A 0 to 1 transition causes a single error to
be inserted. For a second error to be inserted, this bit must be set to 0, and back to 1. Note: If MEIMS is low, and
this bit transitions more than once between error insertion opportunities, only one error will be inserted.
Bit 0: Manual Error Insert Mode Select (MEIMS) – When 0, error insertion is initiated by the TSEI register bit.
When 1, error insertion is initiated by the transmit manual error insertion signal (TMEI). Note: If TMEI or TSEI is
one, changing the state of this bit may cause an error to be inserted.
278
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.10.2 Receive DS3 Register Map
The receive DS3 uses 11 registers. Two registers are shared for C-Bit and M23 DS3 modes. The M23 DS3 mode
does not use the RFEBER or RCPECR count registers.
Table 12-34. Receive DS3 Framer Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
(1,3,5,7)20h
(1,3,5,7)22h
(1,3,5,7)24h
(1,3,5,7)26h
(1,3,5,7)28h
(1,3,5,7)2Ah
(1,3,5,7)2Ch
(1,3,5,7)2Eh
(1,3,5,7)30h
(1,3,5,7)32h
(1,3,5,7)34h
(1,3,5,7)36h
(1,3,5,7)38h
(1,3,5,7)3Ah
(1,3,5,7)3Ch
(1,3,5,7)3Eh
T3.RCR
—
T3.RSR1
T3.RSR2
T3.RSRL1
T3.RSRL2
T3.RSRIE1
T3.RSRIE2
—
—
T3.RFECR
T3.RPECR
T3.RFBECR
T3.RCPECR
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
T3 Receive Control Register
Reserved
T3 Receive Status Register 1
T3 Receive Status Register 2
T3 Receive Status Register Latched 1
T3 Receive Status Register Latched 2
T3 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 1
T3 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 2
Reserved
Reserved
T3 Receive Framing Error Count Register
T3 Receive P-Bit Parity Error Count Register
T3 Receive Far-End Block Error Count Register
T3 Receive C-Bit Parity Error Count Register
Unused
Unused
12.10.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
T3.RCR
T3 Receive Control Register
(1,3,5,7)20h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
COVHD
0
13
MAOD
0
12
MDAISI
0
11
AAISD
0
10
ECC
0
9
FECC1
0
8
FECC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RAILE
0
6
RAILD
0
5
RAIOD
0
4
RAIAD
0
3
ROMD
0
2
LIP1
0
1
LIP0
0
0
FRSYNC
0
Bit 14: C-bit Overhead Masking Disable (COVHD) – When 0, the C-bit positions will be marked as overhead
(RDENn=0). When 1, the C-bit positions will be marked as data (RDENn=1). This bit is ignored in C-bit DS3 mode
or when the ROMD bit is set to one.
Bit 13: Multiframe Alignment OOF Disable (MAOD) – When 0, an OOF condition is declared whenever an
OOMF or SEF condition is declared. When 1, an OOF condition is declared only when an SEF condition is
declared.
Bit 12: Manual Downstream AIS Insertion (MDAISI) – When 0, manual downstream AIS insertion is disabled.
When 1, manual downstream AIS insertion is enabled.
Bit 11: Automatic Downstream AIS Disable (AAISD) – When 0, the presence of a LOS, OOF, or AIS condition
will cause downstream AIS to be inserted. When 1, the presence of a LOS, OOF, or AIS condition will not cause
downstream AIS to be inserted.
Bit 10: Error Count Control (ECC) – When 0, framing errors, P-bit parity errors, C-bit parity errors, and far-end
block errors will not be counted if an OOF or AIS condition is present. P-bit parity errors, C-bit parity errors, and farend block errors will also not be counted during the DS3 frame in which an OOF condition is terminated, and the
next DS3 frame. When 1, framing errors, P-bit parity errors, C-bit parity errors, and far-end block errors will be
counted regardless of the presence of an OOF or AIS condition.
279
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bits 9 to 8: Framing Error Count Control (FECC[1:0]) – These two bits control the type of framing error events
that are counted.
00 = count OOF occurrences (counted regardless of the setting of the ECC bit).
01 = count M bit and F bit errors.
10 = count only F bit errors.
11 = count only M bit errors.
Bit 7: Receive Alarm Indication on LOF Enable (RAILE) – When 0, an LOF condition does not affect the receive
alarm indication signal (RAI). When 1, an LOF condition will cause the transmit DS3 X-bits to be set to zero if
transmit automatic RDI is enabled.
Bit 6: Receive Alarm Indication on LOS Disable (RAILD) – When 0, an LOS condition will cause the transmit
DS3 X-bits to be set to zero if transmit automatic RDI is enabled. When 1, an LOS condition does not affect the RAI
signal.
Bit 5: Receive Alarm Indication on SEF Disable (RAIOD) – When 0, an SEF condition will cause the transmit
DS3 X-bits to be set to zero if transmit automatic RDI is enabled. When 1, an SEF condition does not affect the RAI
signal.
Bit 4: Receive Alarm Indication on AIS Disable (RAIAD) – When 0, an AIS condition will cause the transmit DS3
X-bits to be set to zero if transmit automatic RDI is enabled. When 1, an AIS condition does not affect the RAI
signal.
Bit 3: Receive Overhead Masking Disable (ROMD) – When 0, the DS3 overhead positions in the outgoing DS3
payload will be marked as overhead by RDENn. When 1, the DS3 overhead positions in the outgoing DS3 payload
will be marked as payload data by RDENn. When this bit is set to one, the COVHD bit is ignored.
Bits 2 to 1: LOF Integration Period (LIP[1:0]) – These two bits determine the OOF integration period for
declaring LOF.
00 = OOF is integrated for 3 ms before declaring LOF
01 = OOF is integrated for 2 ms before declaring LOF
10 = OOF is integrated for 1 ms before declaring LOF.
11 = LOF is declared at the same time as OOF.
Bit 0: Force Framer Re-synchronization (FRSYNC) – A 0 to 1 transition forces an OOF, SEF, and OOMF
condition. The bit must be cleared and set to one again to force another re-synchronization
280
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
T3.RSR1
T3 Receive Status Register 1
(1,3,5,7)24h
Bit #
Name
15
Reserved
14
Reserved
13
—
12
Reserved
11
T3FM
10
AIC
9
IDLE
8
RUA1
Bit #
Name
7
OOMF
6
SEF
5
—
4
LOF
3
RDI
2
AIS
1
OOF
0
LOS
Bit 11: T3 Framing Format Mismatch (T3FM) – This bit indicates the DS3 framer is programmed for a framing
format (C-bit or M23) that is different than the format indicated by the incoming DS3 signal.
Bit 10: Application Identification Channel (AIC) – This bit indicates the current state of the Application
Identification Channel (AIC) from the C11 bit. AIC = 1 is C-bit mode, AIC = 0 is M23 mode.
Bit 9: DS3 Idle Signal (IDLE) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a DS3 idle signal (Idle) condition.
When 1, the receive frame processor is in an Idle condition.
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s (RUA1) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a receive unframed all
1’s (RUA1) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an RUA1 condition.
Bit 7: Out Of Multiframe (OOMF) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in an out of multiframe (OOMF)
condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an OOMF condition.
Bit 6: Severely Errored Frame (SEF) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a severely errored frame
(SEF) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an SEF condition.
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame (LOF) – When 0, the receive framer is not in a loss of frame (LOF) condition. When 1, the
receive frame processor is in an LOF condition.
Bit 3: Remote Defect Indication (RDI) – This bit indicates the current state of the remote defect indication (RDI)
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in an alarm indication signal
(AIS) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an AIS condition.
Bit 1: Out Of Frame (OOF) – When 0, the receive framer is not in an out of frame (OOF) condition. When 1, the
receive frame processor is in an OOF condition.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal (LOS) – When 0, the receive framer is not in a loss of signal (LOS) condition. When 1, the
receive framer is in an LOS condition.
281
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
T3.RSR2
T3 Receive Status Register 2
(1,3,5,7)26h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
CPEC
2
FBEC
1
PEC
0
FEC
Bit 3: C-bit Parity Error Count (CPEC) – When 0, the C-bit parity error count is zero. When 1, the C-bit parity
error count is one or more. This bit is set to zero in M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 2: Remote Error Indication Count (FBEC) – When 0, the remote error indication count is zero. When 1, the
remote error indication count is one or more. This bit is set to zero in M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 1: P-bit Parity Error Count (PEC) – When 0, the P-bit parity error count is zero. When 1, the P-bit parity error
count is one or more.
Bit 0: Framing Error Count (FEC) – When 0, the framing error count is zero. When 1, the framing error count is
one or more. The type of framing error event counted is determined by T3.RCR.FECC[1:0]
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
T3.RSRL1
T3 Receive Status Register Latched 1
(1,3,5,7)28h
Bit #
Name
15
Reserved
14
Reserved
13
Reserved
12
Reserved
11
T3FML
10
AICL
9
IDLEL
8
RUA1L
Bit #
Name
7
OOMFL
6
SEFL
5
COFAL
4
LOFL
3
RAIL
2
AISL
1
OOFL
0
LOSL
Bit 11: T3 Framing Format Mismatch Latched (T3FML) – This bit is set when the T3FM bit transitions from zero
to one.
Bit 10: Application Identification Channel Change Latched (AICL) – This bit is set when the AIC bit changes
state.
Bit 9: DS3 Idle Signal Change Latched (IDLEL) – This bit is set when the IDLE bit changes state.
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s Change Latched (RUA1L) – This bit is set when the RUA1 bit changes state.
Bit 7: Out Of Multiframe Change Latched (OOMFL) – This bit is set when the OOMF bit changes state.
Bit 6: Severely Errored Frame Change Latched (SEFL) – This bit is set when the SEF bit changes state.
Bit 5: Change Of Frame Alignment Latched (COFAL) – This bit is set when the data path frame counters are
updated with a new DS3 frame alignment that is different from the previous DS3 frame alignment.
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame Change Latched (LOFL) – This bit is set when the LOF bit changes state.
Bit 3: Remote Defect Indication Change Latched (RDIL) – This bit is set when the RDI bit changes state.
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal Change Latched (AISL) – This bit is set when the AIS bit changes state.
Bit 1: Out Of Frame Change Latched (OOFL) – This bit is set when the OOF bit changes state.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Change Latched (LOSL) – This bit is set when the LOS bit changes state.
282
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
T3.RSRL2
T3 Receive Status Register Latched 2
(1,3,5,7)2Ah
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
CPEL
10
FBEL
9
PEL
8
FEL
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
CPECL
2
FBECL
1
PECL
0
FECL
Bit 11: C-bit Parity Error Latched (CPEL) – This bit is set when a C-bit parity error is detected. This bit is set to
zero in M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 10: Remote Error Indication Latched (FBEL) – This bit is set when a far-end block error is detected. This bit
is set to zero in M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 9: P-bit Parity Error Latched (PEL) – This bit is set when a P-bit parity error is detected.
Bit 8: Framing Error Latched (FEL) – This bit is set when a framing error is detected. The type of framing error
event that causes this bit to be set is determined by T3.RCR.FECC[1:0]
Bit 3: C-bit Parity Error Count Latched (CPECL) – This bit is set when the CPEC bit transitions from zero to one.
This bit is set to zero in M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 2: Remote Error Indication Count Latched (FBECL) – This bit is set when the FBEC bit transitions from zero
to one. This bit is set to zero in M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 1: P-bit Parity Error Count Latched (PECL) – This bit is set when the PEC bit transitions from zero to one.
Bit 0: Framing Error Count Latched (FECL) – This bit is set when the FEC bit transitions from zero to one.
283
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
T3.RSRIE1
T3 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 1
(1,3,5,7)2Ch
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
Reserved
0
13
Reserved
0
12
Reserved
0
11
T3FMIE
0
10
AICIE
0
9
IDLEIE
0
8
RUA1IE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
OOMFIE
0
6
SEFIE
0
5
COFAIE
0
4
LOFIE
0
3
RAIIE
0
2
AISIE
0
1
OOFIE
0
0
LOSIE
0
Bit 11: T3 Framing Format Mismatch Interrupt Enable (T3FMIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the T3FML bit
is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 10: Application Identification Channel Interrupt Enable (AICIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the AICL bit
is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 9: DS3 Idle Signal Change Interrupt Enable (IDLEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the IDLEL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s Interrupt Enable (RUA1IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RUA1L bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 7: Out Of Multiframe Interrupt Enable (OOMFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the OOMFL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 6: Severely Errored Frame Interrupt Enable (SEFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the SEFL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 5: Change Of Frame Alignment Interrupt Enable (COFAIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the COFAL bit is
set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame Interrupt Enable (LOFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LOFL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Remote Defect Indication Interrupt Enable (RDIIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RDIL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
284
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal Interrupt Enable (AISIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the AISL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Out Of Frame Interrupt Enable (OOFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the OOFL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Interrupt Enable (LOSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LOSL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
285
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
T3.RSRIE2
T3 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 2
(1,3,5,7)2Eh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
CPEIE
0
10
FBEIE
0
9
PEIE
0
8
FEIE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
CPECIE
0
2
FBECIE
0
1
PECIE
0
0
FECIE
0
Bit 11: C-bit Parity Error Interrupt Enable (CPEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the CPEL bit is set and the bit
in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 10: Remote Error Interrupt Enable (FBEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FBEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 9: P-bit Parity Error Interrupt Enable (PEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the PEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 8: Framing Error Interrupt Enable (FEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: C-bit Parity Error Count Interrupt Enable (CPECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the CPECL bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Far-End Block Error Count Interrupt Enable (FBECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FBECL bit is
set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: P-bit Parity Error Count Interrupt Enable (PECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the PECL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Framing Error Count Interrupt Enable (FECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FECL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
286
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
FE15
0
T3.RFECR
T3 Receive Framing Error Count Register
(1,3,5,7)34h
14
FE14
0
13
FE13
0
12
FE12
0
11
FE11
0
10
FE10
0
9
FE9
0
8
FE8
0
Bit #
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
FE7
FE6
FE5
FE4
FE3
FE2
FE1
FE0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Framing Error Count (FE[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the number of framing error events on the
incoming DS3 data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5)
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
T3.RPECR
T3 Receive P-Bit Parity Error Count Register
(1,3,5,7)36h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
PE15
0
14
PE14
0
13
PE13
0
12
PE12
0
11
PE11
0
10
PE10
0
9
PE9
0
8
PE8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
PE7
0
6
PE6
0
5
PE5
0
4
PE4
0
3
PE3
0
2
PE2
0
1
PE1
0
0
PE0
0
Bits 15 to 0: P-bit Parity Error Count (PE[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the number of P-bit parity errors
detected on the incoming DS3 data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5)
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
T3.RFBECR
T3 Receive Far-End Block Error Count Register
(1,3,5,7)38h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
FBE15
0
14
FBE14
0
13
FBE13
0
12
FBE12
0
11
FBE11
0
10
FBE10
0
9
FBE9
0
8
FBE8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
FBE7
0
6
FBE6
0
5
FBE5
0
4
FBE4
0
3
FBE3
0
2
FBE2
0
1
FBE1
0
0
FBE0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Far-End Block Error Count (FBE[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the number of far-end block errors
detected on the incoming DS3 data stream. The associated counter will not increment in M23 DS3 mode. This
register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5)
287
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
T3.RCPECR
T3 Receive C-Bit Parity Error Count Register
(1,3,5,7)3Ah
Bit #
Name
Default
15
CPE15
0
14
CPE14
0
13
CPE13
0
12
CPE12
0
11
CPE11
0
10
CPE10
0
9
CPE9
0
8
CPE8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
CPE7
0
6
CPE6
0
5
CPE5
0
4
CPE4
0
3
CPE3
0
2
CPE2
0
1
CPE1
0
0
CPE0
0
Bits 15 to 0: C-bit Parity Error Count (CPE[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the number of C-bit parity errors
detected on the incoming DS3 data stream. The associated counter will not increment in M23 DS3 mode. This
register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
288
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.10.3 Transmit G.751 E3
The transmit G.751 E3 uses two registers.
12.10.3.1 Register Map
Table 12-35. Transmit G.751 E3 Framer Register Map
ADDRESS
(1,3,5,7)18h
(1,3,5,7)1Ah
(1,3,5,7)1Ch
(1,3,5,7)1Eh
REGISTER
E3G751.TCR
E3G751.TEIR
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
E3 G.751 Transmit Control Register
E3 G.751 Transmit Error Insertion Register
Reserved
Reserved
12.10.3.2 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G751.TCR
E3 G.751 Transmit Control Register
(1,3,5,7)18h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
Reserved
0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
TNBC1
0
8
TNBC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
3
TABC1
0
2
TABC0
0
1
TFGC
0
0
TAIS
0
Bits 9 to 8: Transmit N Bit Control (TNBC[1:0]) – These two bits control the source of the N bit.
00 = 1
01 = transmit data from HDLC controller.
10 = transmit data from FEAC controller.
11 = 0
Note: If TNBC[1:0] is 10 and TABC[1:0] is 01, both the N bit and A bit will carry the same transmit FEAC controller
(one bit per frame period), however, the N bit and A bit in the same frame may or may not be equal.
Bits 3 to 2: Transmit A Bit Control (TABC[1:0]) – These two bits control the source of the A bit.
00 = automatically generated based upon received E3 alarms.
01 = transmit from the FEAC controller.
10 = 0
11 = 1
Note: If TABC[1:0] is 01 and TNBC[1:0] is 10, both the A bit and N bit will carry the same transmit FEAC controller
(one bit per frame period), however, the A bit and N bit in the same frame may or may not be equal.
Bit 1: Transmit Frame Generation Control (TFGC) – When this bit is zero, the Transmit Frame Processor frame
generation is enabled. The E3 overhead positions in the incoming E3 payload will be overwritten with the internally
generated E3 overhead. When this bit is one, the Transmit Frame Processor frame generation is disabled. The E3
overhead positions in the incoming E3 payload will be passed through to error insertion. Note: The E3 overhead
periods can still be overwritten by overhead insertion.
Bit 0: Transmit Alarm Indication Signal (TAIS) – When 0, the normal signal is transmitted. When 1, the output
E3 data stream is forced to all ones (AIS).
289
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G751.TEIR
E3 G.751 Transmit Error Insertion Register
(1,3,5,7)1Ah
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
5
Reserved
0
4
FEIC1
0
3
FEIC0
0
2
FEI
0
1
TSEI
0
0
MEIMS
0
Bits 4 to 3: Framing Error Insert Control (FEIC[1:0]) – These two bits control the framing error event to be
inserted.
00 = single bit error in one frame.
01 = word error in one frame.
10 = single bit error in four consecutive frames.
11 = word error in four consecutive frames.
Bit 2: Framing Error Insertion Enable (FEI) – When 0, framing error insertion is disabled. When 1, framing error
insertion is enabled.
Bit 1: Transmit Single Error Insert (TSEI) – This bit causes an error of the enabled type(s) to be inserted in the
transmit data stream if manual error insertion is disabled (MEIMS = 0). A 0 to 1 transition causes a single error to
be inserted. For a second error to be inserted, this bit must be set to 0, and back to 1. Note: If MEIMS is low, and
this bit transitions more than once between error insertion opportunities, only one error will be inserted.
Bit 0: Manual Error Insert Mode Select (MEIMS) – When 0, error insertion is initiated by the TSEI register bit.
When 1, error insertion is initiated by the transmit manual error insertion signal (TMEI). Note: If TMEI or TSEI is
one, changing the state of this bit may cause an error to be inserted.
290
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.10.4 Receive G.751 E3 Register Map
The receive G.751 E3 uses eight registers.
Table 12-36. Receive G.751 E3 Framer Register Map
ADDRESS
(1,3,5,7)20h
(1,3,5,7)22h
(1,3,5,7)24h
(1,3,5,7)26h
(1,3,5,7)28h
(1,3,5,7)2Ah
(1,3,5,7)2Ch
(1,3,5,7)2Eh
(1,3,5,7)30h
(1,3,5,7)32h
(1,3,5,7)34h
(1,3,5,7)36h
(1,3,5,7)38h
(1,3,5,7)3Ah
(1,3,5,7)3Ch
(1,3,5,7)3Eh
REGISTER
E3G751.RCR
—
E3G751.RSR1
E3G751.RSR2
E3G751.RSRL1
E3G751.RSRL2
E3G751.RSRIE1
E3G751.RSRIE2
—
—
E3G751.RFECR
—
—
—
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
E3 G.751 Receive Control Register
Reserved
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register 1
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register 2
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Latched 1
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Latched 2
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 1
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 2
Reserved
Reserved
E3 G.751 Receive Framing Error Count Register
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
Unused
12.10.4.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G751.RCR
E3 G.751 Receive Control Register
(1,3,5,7)20h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
Reserved
0
13
DLS
0
12
MDAISI
0
11
AAISD
0
10
ECC
0
9
FECC1
0
8
FECC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RAILE
0
6
RAILD
0
5
RAIOD
0
4
RAIAD
0
3
ROMD
0
2
LIP1
0
1
LIP0
0
0
FRSYNC
0
Bit 13: Receive FEAC Data Link Source (DLS) – When 0, the receive FEAC controller will be sourced from the N
bit. When 1, the receive FEAC controller will be sourced from the A bit.
Bit 12: Manual Downstream AIS Insertion (MDAISI) – When 0, manual downstream AIS insertion is disabled.
When 1, manual downstream AIS insertion is enabled.
Bit 11: Automatic Downstream AIS Disable (AAISD) – When 0, the presence of an LOS, OOF, or AIS condition
will cause downstream AIS to be inserted. When 1, the presence of an LOS, OOF, or AIS condition will not cause
downstream AIS to be inserted.
Bit 10: Error Count Control (ECC) – When 0, framing errors will not be counted if an OOF or AIS condition is
present. When 1, framing errors will be counted regardless of the presence of an OOF or AIS condition.
Bits 9 to 8: Framing Error Count Control (FECC[1:0]) – These two bits control the type of framing error events
that are counted.
00 = count OOF occurrences (counted regardless of the setting of the ECC bit).
01 = count each bit error in the FAS (up to 10 per frame).
10 = count frame alignment signal (FAS) errors (up to one per frame).
11 = reserved
291
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 7: Receive Alarm Indication on LOF Enable (RAILE) – When 0, an LOF condition does not affect the receive
alarm indication signal (RAI). When 1, an LOF condition will cause the transmit E3 A bit to be set to one if transmit
automatic RAI is enabled.
Bit 6: Receive Alarm Indication on LOS Disable (RAILD) – When 0, an LOS condition will cause the transmit E3
A bit to be set to one if transmit automatic RAI is enabled. When 1, an LOS condition does not affect the RAI
signal.
Bit 5: Receive Alarm Indication on OOF Disable (RAIOD) – When 0, an OOF condition will cause the transmit
E3 A bit to be set to one if transmit automatic RAI is enabled. When 1, an OOF condition does not affect the RAI
signal.
Bit 4: Receive Alarm Indication on AIS Disable (RAIAD) – When 0, an AIS condition will cause the transmit E3
A bit to be set to one if transmit automatic RAI is enabled. When 1, an AIS condition does not affect the RAI signal.
Bit 3: Receive Overhead Masking Disable (ROMD) – When 0, the E3 overhead positions in the outgoing E3
payload will be marked as overhead by RDENn. When 1, the E3 overhead positions in the outgoing E3 payload will
be marked as data by RDENn.
Bits 2 to 1: LOF Integration Period (LIP[1:0]) – These two bits determine the OOF integration period for
declaring LOF.
00 = OOF is integrated for 3 ms before declaring LOF
01 = OOF is integrated for 2 ms before declaring LOF.
10 = OOF is integrated for 1 ms before declaring LOF
11 = LOF is declared at the same time as OOF
Bit 0: Force Framer Re-synchronization (FRSYNC) – A 0 to 1 transition forces an OOF condition at the FAS
check. This bit must be cleared and set to one again to force another re-synchronization
292
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G751.RSR1
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register 1
(1,3,5,7)24h
Bit #
Name
15
Reserved
14
Reserved
13
—
12
Reserved
11
Reserved
10
Reserved
9
Reserved
8
RUA1
Bit #
Name
7
RAB
6
RNB
5
—
4
LOF
3
RDI
2
AIS
1
OOF
0
LOS
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s (RUA1) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a receive unframed all
1’s (RUA1) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an RUA1 condition.
Bit 7: Receive A Bit (RAB) – This bit is the integrated A bit extracted from the E3 frame.
Bit 6: Receive N Bit (RNB) – This bit is the integrated N bit extracted from the E3 frame.
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame (LOF) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a loss of frame (LOF) condition.
When 1, the receive frame processor is in an LOF condition.
Bit 3: Remote Alarm Indication (RDI) – This bit indicates the current state of the remote alarm indication (RDI).
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in an alarm indication signal
(AIS) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an AIS condition.
Bit 1: Out Of Frame (OOF) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in an out of frame (OOF) condition.
When 1, the receive frame processor is in an OOF condition.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal (LOS) – When 0, the receive loss of signal (LOS) input (RLOS) is low. When 1, RLOS is
high.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G751.RSR2
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register 2
(1,3,5,7)26h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
Reserved
2
Reserved
1
Reserved
0
FEC
Bit 0: Framing Error Count (FEC) – When 0, the framing error count is zero. When 1, the framing error count is
one or more.
293
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G751.RSRL1
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Latched 1
(1,3,5,7)28h
Bit #
Name
15
Reserved
14
Reserved
13
Reserved
12
Reserved
11
Reserved
10
Reserved
9
Reserved
8
RUA1L
Bit #
Name
7
ACL
6
NCL
5
COFAL
4
LOFL
3
RDIL
2
AISL
1
OOFL
0
LOSL
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s Change Latched (RUA1L) – This bit is set when the RUA1 bit changes state.
Bit 7: A Bit Change Latched (ACL) – This bit is set when the RAB bit changes state.
Bit 6: N Bit Change Latched (NCL) – This bit is set when the RNB bit changes state.
Bit 5: Change Of Frame Alignment Latched (COFAL) – This bit is set when the data path frame counters are
updated with a new frame alignment that is different from the previous frame alignment.
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame Change Latched (LOFL) – This bit is set when the LOF bit changes state.
Bit 3: Remote Alarm Indication Change Latched (RDIL) – This bit is set when the RDI bit changes state.
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal Change Latched (AISL) – This bit is set when the AIS bit changes state.
Bit 1: Out Of Frame Change Latched (OOFL) – This bit is set when the OOF bit changes state.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Change Latched (LOSL) – This bit is set when the LOS bit changes state.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G751.RSRL2
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Latched 2
(1,3,5,7)2Ah
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
Reserved
10
Reserved
9
Reserved
8
FEL
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
Reserved
2
Reserved
1
Reserved
0
FECL
Bit 8: Framing Error Latched (FEL) – This bit is set when a framing error is detected.
Bit 0: Framing Error Count Latched (FECL) – This bit is set when the FEC bit transitions from zero to one.
294
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G751.RSRIE1
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 1
(1,3,5,7)2Ch
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
Reserved
0
13
Reserved
0
12
Reserved
0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
Reserved
0
8
RUA1IE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
ACIE
0
6
NCIE
0
5
COFAIE
0
4
LOFIE
0
3
RDIIE
0
2
AISIE
0
1
OOFIE
0
0
LOSIE
0
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s Interrupt Enable (RUA1IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RUA1L bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 7: A Bit Change Interrupt Enable (ACIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the ACL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 6: N Bit Change Interrupt Enable (NCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the NCL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 5: Change Of Frame Alignment Interrupt Enable (COFAIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the COFAL bit
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port are set. set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame Interrupt Enable (LOFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LOFL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Remote Alarm Indication Interrupt Enable (RDIIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RDIL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal Interrupt Enable (AISIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the AISL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Out Of Frame Interrupt Enable (OOFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the OOFL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Interrupt Enable (LOSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LOSL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
295
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G751.RSRIE2
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 2
(1,3,5,7)2Eh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
Reserved
0
8
FEIE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
Reserved
0
2
Reserved
0
1
Reserved
0
0
FECIE
0
Bit 8: Framing Error Interrupt Enable (FEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Framing Error Count Interrupt Enable (FECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FECL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G751.RFECR
E3 G.751 Receive Framing Error Count Register
(1,3,5,7)34h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
FE15
0
14
FE14
0
13
FE13
0
12
FE12
0
11
FE11
0
10
FE10
0
9
FE9
0
8
FE8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
FE7
0
6
FE6
0
5
FE5
0
4
FE4
0
3
FE3
0
2
FE2
0
1
FE1
0
0
FE0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Framing Error Count (FE[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the number of framing error events on the
incoming E3 data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
296
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.10.5 Transmit G.832 E3 Register Map
The transmit G.832 E3 uses four registers.
Table 12-37. Transmit G.832 E3 Framer Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
(1,3,5,7)18h
(1,3,5,7)1Ah
(1,3,5,7)1Ch
(1,3,5,7)1Eh
E3G832.TCR
E3G832.TEIR
E3G832.TMABR
E3G832.TNGBR
E3 G.832 Transmit Control Register
E3 G.832 Transmit Error Insertion Register
E3 G.832 Transmit MA Byte Register
E3 G.832 Transmit NR and GC Byte Register
12.10.5.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.TCR
E3 G.832 Transmit Control Register
(1,3,5,7)18h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
Reserved
0
11
Reserved
0
10
TGCC
0
9
TNRC1
0
8
TNRC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
TFEBE
0
4
AFEBED
0
3
TRDI
0
2
ARDID
0
1
TFGC
0
0
TAIS
0
Bit 10: Transmit GC Byte Control (TGCC) – When 0, the GC byte is inserted from the transmit HDLC controller.
When 1, the GC byte is inserted from the GC byte register.
Note: If bit TGCC is 0 and TNRC[1:0] is 01, both the GC byte and NR byte will carry the same transmit HDLC
controller (eight bits per frame period), however, the GC byte and NR byte in the same frame may or may not be
equal.
Bits 9 to 8: Transmit NR Byte Control (TNRC[1:0]) – These two bits control the source of the NR byte. Note: If
TNRC[1:0] is 01 and TGCC is 0, both the NR byte and GC byte will carry the same transmit HDLC controller (eight
bits per frame period), however, the NR byte and GC byte in the same frame may or may not be equal.
00 = all ones.
01 = transmit from the HDLC controller.
10 = transmit from the FEAC controller.
11 = NR byte register.
Bit 5: Transmit REI Error (TFEBE) – When automatic REI generation is defeated (AFEBED = 1), this bit is
inserted into the second bit of the MA byte.
Bit 4: Automatic REI Defeat (AFEBED) – When 0, the REI is automatically generated based upon the transmit
remote error indication (TREI) signal. When 1, the REI is inserted from the register bit TFEBE.
Bit 3: Transmit RDI Alarm (TRDI) – When automatic RDI generation is defeated (ARDID = 1), this bit is inserted
into the first bit of the MA byte.
Bit 2: Automatic RDI Defeat (ARDID) – When 0, the RDI is automatically generated based upon the received E3
alarms. When 1, the RDI is inserted from the register bit TRDI.
Bit 1: Transmit Frame Generation Control (TFGC) – When this bit is zero, the Transmit Frame Processor frame
generation is enabled. The E3 overhead positions in the incoming E3 payload will be overwritten with the internally
generated E3 overhead. When this bit is one, the Transmit Frame Processor frame generation is disabled. The E3
overhead positions in the incoming E3 payload will be passed through to error insertion. Note: The E3 overhead
periods can still be overwritten by overhead insertion.
Bit 0: Transmit Alarm Indication Signal (TAIS) – When 0, the normal signal is transmitted. When 1, the E3
output data stream is forced to all ones (AIS).
297
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.TEIR
E3 G.832 Transmit Error Insertion Register
(1,3,5,7)1Ah
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
CFBEIE
0
8
FBEI
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
PBEE
0
6
CPEIE
0
5
PEI
0
4
FEIC1
0
3
FEIC0
0
2
FEI
0
1
TSEI
0
0
MEIMS
0
Bit 9: Continuous Remote Error Indication Error Insertion Enable (CFBEIE) – When 0, single remote error
indication (REI) error insertion is enabled. When 1, continuous REI error insertion is enabled, and REI errors will be
transmitted continuously if FEBI is high.
Bit 8: Remote Error Indication Error Insertion Enable (FBEI) – When 0, REI error insertion is disabled. When 1,
REI error insertion is enabled.
Bit 7: Parity Block Error Enable (PBEE) – When 0, a parity error is generated by inverting a single bit in the EM
byte. When 1, a parity error is generated by inverting all eight bits in the EM byte.
Bit 6: Continuous Parity Error Insertion Enable (CPEIE) – When 0, single parity (BIP-8) error insertion is
enabled. When 1, continuous parity error insertion is enabled, and parity errors will be transmitted continuously if
PEI is high.
Bit 5: Parity Error Insertion Enable (PEI) – When 0, parity error insertion is disabled. When 1, parity error
insertion is enabled.
Bits 4 to 3: Framing Error Control (FEIC[1:0]) – These two bits control the framing error event to be inserted.
00 = single bit error in one frame.
01 = word error in one frame.
10 = single bit error in four consecutive frames.
11 = word error in four consecutive frames.
Bit 2: Framing Error Insertion Enable (FEI) – When 0, framing error insertion is disabled. When 1, framing error
insertion is enabled.
Bit 1: Transmit Single Error Insert (TSEI) – This bit causes an error of the enabled type(s) to be inserted in the
transmit data stream if manual error insertion is disabled (MEIMS = 0). A 0 to 1 transition causes a single error to
be inserted. For a second error to be inserted, this bit must be set to 0, and back to 1. Note: If MEIMS is low, and
this bit transitions more than once between error insertion opportunities, only one error will be inserted.
Bit 0: Manual Error Insert Mode Select (MEIMS) – When 0, error insertion is initiated by the TSEI register bit.
When 1, error insertion is initiated by the transmit manual error insertion signal (TMEI). Note: If TMEI or TSEI is
one, changing the state of this bit may cause an error to be inserted.
298
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.TMABR
E3 G.832 Transmit MA Byte Register
(1,3,5,7)1Ch
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TPT2
0
6
TPT1
0
5
TPT0
0
4
TTIGD
0
3
TTI3
0
2
TTI2
0
1
TTI1
0
0
TTI0
0
Bits 7 to 5: Transmit Payload Type (TPT[2:0]) – These bits determines the value transmitted in the payload type
(third, fourth, and fifth bits in the MA byte).
Bit 4: Transmit Timing Source Indicator Bit Generation Disable (TTIGD) – When 0, the last three bits of the MA
byte (MA[6:8]) are generated from the four timing source indicator bits TTI[3:0]. When 1, TTI[3] is ignored and
TTI[2:0] are directly inserted into the last three bits of the MA byte.
Bits 3 to 0: Transmit Timing Source Indication (TTI[3:0]) – These four bits make up the timing source indicator
bits.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.TNGBR
E3 G.832 Transmit NR and GC Byte Register
(1,3,5,7)1Eh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TGC7
0
14
TGC6
0
13
TGC5
0
12
TGC4
0
11
TGC3
0
10
TGC2
0
9
TGC1
0
8
TGC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TNR7
0
6
TNR6
0
5
TNR5
0
4
TNR4
0
3
TNR3
0
2
TNR2
0
1
TNR1
0
0
TNR0
0
Bits 15 to 8: Transmit GC Byte (TGC[7:0]) – These eight bits are the GC byte to be inserted into the E3 frame.
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit NR Byte (TNR[7:0]) – These eight bits are the NR byte to be inserted into the E3 frame.
299
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.10.6 Receive G.832 E3 Register Map
The receive G.832 E3 uses 13 registers.
Table 12-38. Receive G.832 E3 Framer Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
(1,3,5,7)20h
(1,3,5,7)22h
(1,3,5,7)24h
(1,3,5,7)26h
(1,3,5,7)28h
(1,3,5,7)2Ah
(1,3,5,7)2Ch
(1,3,5,7)2Eh
(1,3,5,7)30h
(1,3,5,7)32h
(1,3,5,7)34h
(1,3,5,7)36h
(1,3,5,7)38h
(1,3,5,7)3Ah
(1,3,5,7)3Ch
(1,3,5,7)3Eh
E3G832.RCR
E3G832.RMACR
E3G832.RSR1
E3G832.RSR2
E3G832.RSRL1
E3G751.RSRL2
E3G832.RSRIE1
E3G832.RSRIE2
E3G832.RMABR
E3G832.RNGBR
E3G832.RFECR
E3G832.RPECR
E3G832.RFBER
—
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
E3 G.832 Receive Control Register
E3 G.832 Receive MA Byte Control Register
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register 1
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register 2
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Latched 1
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Latched 2
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 1
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 2
E3 G.832 Receive MA Byte Register
E3 G.832 Receive NR and GC Byte Register
E3 G.832 Receive Framing Error Count Register
E3 G.832 Receive Parity Error Count Register
E3 G.832 Receive Remote Error Indication Count Register
Reserved
Unused
Unused
12.10.6.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.RCR
E3 G.832 Receive Control Register
(1,3,5,7)20h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
PEC
0
13
DLS
0
12
MDAISI
0
11
AAISD
0
10
ECC
0
9
FECC1
0
8
FECC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RDILE
0
6
RDILD
0
5
RDIOD
0
4
RDIAD
0
3
ROMD
0
2
LIP1
0
1
LIP0
0
0
FRSYNC
0
Bit 14: Parity Error Count (PEC) – When 0, BIP-8 block errors (EM byte) are detected (no more than one per
frame). When 1, BIP-8-bit errors are detected (up to 8 per frame).
Bit 13: Receive HDLC Data Link Source (DLS) – When 0, the receive HDLC data link will be sourced from the
GC byte. When 1, the receive HDLC data link will be sourced from the NR byte.
Bit 12: Manual Downstream AIS Insertion (MDAISI) – When 0, manual downstream AIS insertion is disabled.
When 1, manual downstream AIS insertion is enabled.
Bit 11: Automatic Downstream AIS Disable (AAISD) – When 0, the presence of an LOS, OOF, or AIS condition
will cause downstream AIS to be inserted. When 1, the presence of an LOS, OOF, or AIS condition will not cause
downstream AIS to be inserted.
Bit 10: Error Count Control (ECC) – When 0, framing errors, parity errors, and REI errors will not be counted if an
OOF or AIS condition is present. Parity errors and REI errors will also not be counted during the E3 frame in which
an OOF or AIS condition is terminated, and the next E3 frame. When 1, framing errors, parity errors, and REI
errors will be counted regardless of the presence of an OOF or AIS condition.
300
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bits 9 to 8: Framing Error Count Control (FECC[1:0]) – These two bits control the type of framing error events
that are counted.
00 = count OOF occurrences (counted regardless of the setting of the ECC bit)..
01 = count each bit error in FA1 and FA2 (up to 16 per frame).
10 = count frame alignment word (FA1 and FA2) errors (up to one per frame).
11 = count FA1 byte errors and FA2 byte errors (up to 2 per frame).
Bit 7: Receive Defect Indication on LOF Enable (RDILE) – When 0, an LOF condition does not affect the receive
defect indication signal (RDI). When 1, an LOF condition will cause the transmit E3 RDI bit to be set to one if
transmit automatic RDI is enabled.
Bit 6: Receive Defect Indication on LOS Disable (RDILD) – When 0, an LOS condition will cause the transmit E3
RDI bit to be set to one if transmit automatic RDI is enabled. When 1, an LOS condition does not affect the RDI
signal.
Bit 5: Receive Defect Indication on OOF Disable (RDIOD) – When 0, an OOF condition will cause the transmit
E3 RDI bit to be set to one if transmit automatic RDI is enabled. When 1, an OOF condition does not affect the RDI
signal.
Bit 4: Receive Defect Indication on AIS Disable (RDIAD) – When 0, an AIS condition will cause the transmit E3
RDI bit to be set to one if transmit automatic RDI is enabled. When 1, an AIS condition does not affect the RDI
signal.
Bit 3: Receive Overhead Masking Disable (ROMD) – When 0, the E3 overhead positions in the outgoing E3
payload will be marked as overhead by RDENn. When 1, the E3 overhead positions in the outgoing E3 payload will
be marked as data by RDENn.
Bits 2 to 1: LOF Integration Period (LIP[1:0]) – These two bits determine the OOF integration period for
declaring LOF.
00 = OOF is integrated for 3 ms before declaring LOF.
01 = OOF is integrated for 2 ms before declaring LOF.
10 = OOF is integrated for 1 ms before declaring LOF.
11 = LOF is declared at the same time as OOF.
Bit 0: Force Framer Re-synchronization (FRSYNC) – A 0 to 1 transition forces. an OOF condition at the next
framing word check. This bit must be cleared and set to one again to force another re-synchronization.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.RMACR
E3 G.832 Receive MA Byte Control Register
(1,3,5,7)22h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
EPT2
0
2
EPT1
0
1
EPT0
0
0
TIED
0
Bits 3 to 1: Expected Payload Type (EPT[2:0]) – These three bits contain the expected value of the payload
type.
Bit 0: Timing Source Indicator Bit Extraction Disable (TIED) – When 0, the four timing source indications bits
are extracted from the last three bits of the MA byte (MA[6:8]), and stored in a register. When 1, timing source
indicator bit extraction is disabled, and the last three bits of the MA byte are integrated and stored in a register.
301
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.RSR1
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register 1
(1,3,5,7)24h
Bit #
Name
15
Reserved
14
—
13
—
12
RPTU
11
RPTM
10
Reserved
9
Reserved
8
RUA1
Bit #
Name
7
Reserved
6
Reserved
5
—
4
LOF
3
RAI
2
AIS
1
OOF
0
LOS
Bit 12: Receive Payload Type Unstable (RPTU) – When 0, the receive payload type is stable. When 1, the
receive payload type is unstable.
Bit 11: Receive Payload Type Mismatch (RPTM) – When 0, the receive payload type and expected payload type
match. When 1, the receive payload type and expected payload type do not match.
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s (RUA1) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a receive unframed all
1’s (RUA1) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an RUA1 condition.
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame (LOF) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a loss of frame (LOF) condition.
When 1, the receive frame processor is in an LOF condition.
Bit 3: Remote Defect Indication (RDI) – This bit indicates the current state of the remote defect indication (RDI).
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in an alarm indication signal
(AIS) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an AIS condition.
Bit 1: Out Of Frame (OOF) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in an out of frame (OOF) condition.
When 1, the receive frame processor is in an OOF condition.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal (LOS) – When 0, the receive loss of signal (LOS) input (RLOS) is low. When 1, RLOS is
high.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.RSR2
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register 2
(1,3,5,7)26h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
Reserved
2
FBEC
1
PEC
0
FEC
Bit 2: Remote Error Indication Count (FBEC) – When 0, the remote error indication count is zero. When 1, the
remote error indication count is one or more.
Bit 1: Parity Error Count (PEC) – When 0, the parity error count is zero. When 1, the parity error count is one or
more.
Bit 0: Framing Error Count (FEC) – When 0, the framing error count is zero. When 1, the framing error count is
one or more.
302
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.RSRL1
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Latched 1
(1,3,5,7)28h
Bit #
Name
15
Reserved
14
—
13
TIL
12
RPTUL
11
RPTML
10
RPTL
9
Reserved
8
RUA1L
Bit #
Name
7
GCL
6
NRL
5
COFAL
4
LOFL
3
RDIL
2
AISL
1
OOFL
0
LOSL
Bit 13: Timing Source Indication Change Latched (TIL) – This bit is set when the TI[3:0] bits change state.
Bit 12: Receive Payload Type Unstable Latched (RPTUL) – This bit is set when the RPTU bit transitions from
zero to one.
Bit 11: Receive Payload Type Mismatch Latched (RPTML) – This bit is set when the RPTM bit transitions from
zero to one.
Bit 10: Receive Payload Type Change Latched (RPTL) – This bit is set when the RPT[2:0] bits change state.
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s Change Latched (RUA1L) – This bit is set when the RUA1 bit changes state.
Bit 7: GC Byte Change Latched (GCL) – This bit is set when the RGC byte changes state.
Bit 6: NR Byte Change Latched (NRL) – This bit is set when the RNR byte changes state.
Bit 5: Change Of Frame Alignment Latched (COFAL) – This bit is set when the data path frame counters are
updated with a new frame alignment that is different from the previous frame alignment.
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame Change Latched (LOFL) – This bit is set when the LOF bit changes state.
Bit 3: Remote Defect Indication Change Latched (RDIL) – This bit is set when the RDI bit changes state.
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal Change Latched (AISL) – This bit is set when the AIS bit changes state.
Bit 1: Out Of Frame Change Latched (OOFL) – This bit is set when the OOF bit changes state.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Change Latched (LOSL) – This bit is set when the LOS bit changes state.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.RSRL2
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Latched #2
(1,3,5,7)2Ah
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
Reserved
10
FBEL
9
PEL
8
FEL
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
Reserved
2
FBECL
1
PECL
0
FECL
Bit 10: Remote Error Indication Latched (FBEL) – This bit is set when a remote error indication is detected.
Bit 9: Parity Error Latched (PEL) – This bit is set when a BIP-8 parity error is detected.
Bit 8: Framing Error Latched (FEL) – This bit is set when a framing error is detected.
Bit 2: Remote Error Indication Count Latched (FBECL) – This bit is set when the FBEC bit transitions from zero
to one.
Bit 1: Parity Error Count Latched (PECL) – This bit is set when the PEC bit transitions from zero to one.
Bit 0: Framing Error Count Latched (FECL) – This bit is set when the FEC bit transitions from zero to one.
303
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.RSRIE1
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 1
(1,3,5,7)2Ch
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
—
0
13
TIIE
0
12
RPTUIE
0
11
RPTMIE
0
10
RPTIE
0
9
Reserved
0
8
RUA1IE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
GCIE
0
6
NRIE
0
5
COFAIE
0
4
LOFIE
0
3
RAIIE
0
2
AISIE
0
1
OOFIE
0
0
LOSIE
0
Bit 13: Timing Indication Interrupt Enable (TIIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TIL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 12: Receive Payload Type Unstable Interrupt Enable (RPTUIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RPTUL
bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 11: Receive Payload Type Mismatch Interrupt Enable (RPTMIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RPTML
bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 10: Receive Payload Type Interrupt Enable (RPTIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RPTL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s Interrupt Enable (RUA1IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RUA1L bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 7: GC Byte Interrupt Enable (GCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the GCL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 6: NR Byte Interrupt Enable (NRIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the NRL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 5: Change Of Frame Alignment Interrupt Enable (COFAIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the COFAL bit is
set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame Interrupt Enable (LOFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LOFL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
304
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 3: Remote Defect Indication Interrupt Enable (RDIIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RDIL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal Interrupt Enable (AISIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the AISL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Out Of Frame Interrupt Enable (OOFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the OOFL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Interrupt Enable (LOSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LOSL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
305
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.RSRIE2
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 2
(1,3,5,7)2Eh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
Reserved
0
10
FBEIE
0
9
PEIE
0
8
FEIE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
Reserved
0
2
FBECIE
0
1
PECIE
0
0
FECIE
0
Bit 10: Remote Error Indication Interrupt Enable (FBEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FBEL bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 9: Parity Error Interrupt Enable (PEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the PEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 8: Framing Error Interrupt Enable (FEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Remote Error Indication Count Interrupt Enable (FBECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FBECL bit
is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Parity Error Count Interrupt Enable (PECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the PECL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Framing Error Count Interrupt Enable (FECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FECL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
306
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.RMABR
E3 G.832 Receive MA Byte Register
(1,3,5,7)30h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
RPT2
0
5
RPT1
0
4
RPT0
0
3
TI3
0
2
TI2
0
1
TI1
0
0
TI0
0
Bits 6 to 4: Receive Payload Type (RPT[2:0]) – These three bits are the integrated version of the payload type
(MA[3:5]) from the MA byte.
Bits 3 to 0: Receive Timing Source Indication (TI[3:0]) – When timing source indicator extraction is enabled,
these four bits are the integrated version of the four timing source indicator bits extracted from the last three bits of
the MA byte (MA[6:8]). When timing source indicator bit extraction is disabled, TI[3] is zero, and TI[2:0] contain the
integrated version of the last three bits of the MA byte.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.RNGBR
E3 G.832 Receive NR and GC Byte Register
(1,3,5,7)32h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RGC7
0
14
RGC6
0
13
RGC5
0
12
RGC4
0
11
RGC3
0
10
RGC2
0
9
RGC1
0
8
RGC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RNR7
0
6
RNR6
0
5
RNR5
0
4
RNR4
0
3
RNR3
0
2
RNR2
0
1
RNR1
0
0
RNR0
0
Bits 15 to 8: Receive GC Byte (RGC[7:0]) – These eight bits are the integrated version of the GC byte as
extracted from the E3 frame.
Bits 7 to 0: Receive NR Byte (RNR[7:0]) – These eight bits are the integrated version of the NR byte as extracted
from the E3 frame.
307
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.RFECR
E3 G.832 Receive Framing Error Count Register
(1,3,5,7)34h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
FE15
0
14
FE14
0
13
FE13
0
12
FE12
0
11
FE11
0
10
FE10
0
9
FE9
0
8
FE8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
FE7
0
6
FE6
0
5
FE5
0
4
FE4
0
3
FE3
0
2
FE2
0
1
FE1
0
0
FE0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Framing Error Count (FE[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the number of framing error events on the
incoming E3 data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.RPECR
E3 G.832 Receive Parity Error Count Register
(1,3,5,7)36h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
PE15
0
14
PE14
0
13
PE13
0
12
PE12
0
11
PE11
0
10
PE10
0
9
PE9
0
8
PE8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
PE7
0
6
PE6
0
5
PE5
0
4
PE4
0
3
PE3
0
2
PE2
0
1
PE1
0
0
PE0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Parity Error Count (PE[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the number of parity (BIP-8) errors detected
on the incoming E3 data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
E3G832.RFBER
E3 G.832 Receive Remote Error Indication Count Register
(1,3,5,7)38h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
FBE15
0
14
FBE14
0
13
FBE13
0
12
FBE12
0
11
FBE11
0
10
FBE10
0
9
FBE9
0
8
FBE8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
FBE7
0
6
FBE6
0
5
FBE5
0
4
FBE4
0
3
FBE3
0
2
FBE2
0
1
FBE1
0
0
FBE0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Remote Error Indication Count (FBE[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the number of remote error
indications detected on the incoming E3 data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section
10.4.5).
308
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.10.7 Transmit Clear Channel
The transmit clear-channel mode uses one register.
12.10.7.1 Register Map
Table 12-39. Transmit Clear-Channel Register Map
ADDRESS
(1,3,5,7)18h
(1,3,5,7)1Ah
(1,3,5,7)1Ch
(1,3,5,7)1Eh
REGISTER
CC.TCR
—
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Clear-Channel Transmit Control Register
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
12.10.7.2 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
CC.TCR
Clear-Channel Transmit Control Register
(1,3,5,7)18h
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
Reserved
0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
Bit #
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
—
—
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
TAIS
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 0: Transmit Alarm Indication Signal (TAIS) – When 0, the normal signal is transmitted. When 1, the output
clear-channel data stream is forced to all ones (AIS). Note: This bit is logically ORed with the TAIS input signal.
309
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.10.8 Receive Clear Channel
The receive clear-channel mode uses four registers.
12.10.8.1 Register Map
Table 12-40. Receive Clear-Channel Register Map
ADDRESS
(1,3,5,7)20h
(1,3,5,7)22h
(1,3,5,7)24h
(1,3,5,7)26h
(1,3,5,7)28h
(1,3,5,7)2Ah
(1,3,5,7)2Ch
(1,3,5,7)2Eh
(1,3,5,7)30h
(1,3,5,7)32h
(1,3,5,7)34h
(1,3,5,7)36h
(1,3,5,7)38h
(1,3,5,7)3Ah
(1,3,5,7)3Ch
(1,3,5,7)3Eh
REGISTER
CC.RCR
—
CC.RSR1
—
CC.RSRL1
—
CC.RSRIE1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Clear-Channel Receive Control Register
Reserved
Clear-Channel Receive Status Register 1
Reserved
Clear-Channel Receive Status Register Latched 1
Reserved
Clear-Channel Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 1
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
Unused
12.10.8.2 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CC.RCR
Clear-Channel Receive Control Register
(1,3,5,7)20h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
Reserved
0
13
Reserved
0
12
MDAISI
0
11
AAISD
0
10
Reserved
0
9
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
5
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
3
Reserved
0
2
Reserved
0
1
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
Bit 12: Manual Downstream AIS Insertion (MDAISI) – When 0, manual downstream AIS insertion is disabled.
When 1, manual downstream AIS insertion is enabled.
Bit 11: Automatic Downstream AIS Disable (AAISD) – When 0, the presence of a LOS condition will cause
downstream AIS to be inserted. When 1, the presence of a LOS condition will not cause downstream AIS to be
inserted.
310
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CC.RSR1
Clear-Channel Receive Status Register 1
(1,3,5,7)24h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
Reserved
0
13
—
0
12
Reserved
0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
Reserved
0
8
RUA1
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
5
—
0
4
Reserved
0
3
Reserved
0
2
Reserved
0
1
Reserved
0
0
LOS
0
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s (RUA1) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a receive unframed all
1’s (RUA1) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an RUA1 condition.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal (LOS) – When 0, the receive loss of signal (LOS) input (RLOS) is low. When 1, RLOS is
high.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CC.RSRL1
Clear-Channel Receive Status Register Latched 1
(1,3,5,7)28h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
Reserved
0
13
Reserved
0
12
Reserved
0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
Reserved
0
8
RUA1L
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
5
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
3
Reserved
0
2
Reserved
0
1
Reserved
0
0
LOSL
0
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s Latched (RUA1L) – This bit is set when the RUA1 bit changes state.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Change Latched (LOSL) – This bit is set when the LOS bit changes state.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CC.RSRIE1
Clear-Channel Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 1
(1,3,5,7)2Ch
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
Reserved
0
13
Reserved
0
12
Reserved
0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
Reserved
0
8
RUA1IE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
5
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
3
Reserved
0
2
Reserved
0
1
Reserved
0
0
LOSIE
0
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s Interrupt Enable (RUA1IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RUA1L bit is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Interrupt Enable (LOSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LOSL bit is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
311
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.11 Fractional DS3/E3
12.11.1 Fractional Transmit Side Register Map
The transmit side uses three registers.
Table 12-41. Fractional Transmit Side Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
(1,3,5,7)40h
(1,3,5,7)42h
(1,3,5,7)44h
(1,3,5,7)46h
FRAC.TCR
FRAC.TDGSR
FRAC.TSASR
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Fractional Transmit Control Register
Fractional Transmit Data Group Size Register
Fractional Transmit Section A Size Register
Unused
12.11.1.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FRAC.TCR
Fractional Transmit Control Register
(1,3,5,7)40h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
TFOSC1
0
1
TFOSC0
0
0
TSASS
0
Bits 2 to 1: Transmit Fractional Overhead Source Control (TFOSC[1:0]) – These two bits control the source of
the transmit fractional overhead.
00 = all zeros.
01 = all ones.
10 = 1010 pattern.
11 = external (TFOH).
Bit 0: Transmit Section A Source Select (TSASS)
0 = Section A contains fractional overhead
1 = Section A contains payload data
312
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FRAC.TDGSR
Fractional Transmit Data Group Size Register
(1,3,5,7)42h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
TDGS12
0
11
TDGS11
0
10
TDGS10
0
9
TDGS9
0
8
TDGS8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TDGS7
0
6
TDGS6
0
5
TDGS5
0
4
TDGS4
0
3
TDGS3
0
2
TDGS2
0
1
TDGS1
0
0
TDGS0
0
Bits 12 to 0: Transmit Data Group Size (TDGS[12:0]) – These 13 bits indicate the number of bits contained
within each transmit data group. A values of 0000h and 0001h both result in a transmit data group size of one bit.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FRAC.TSASR
Fractional Transmit Section A Size Register
(1,3,5,7)44h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
TSAS12
0
11
TSAS11
0
10
TSAS10
0
9
TSAS9
0
8
TSAS8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TSAS7
0
6
TSAS6
0
5
TSAS5
0
4
TSAS4
0
3
TSAS3
0
2
TSAS2
0
1
TSAS1
0
0
TSAS0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Transmit Section A Size (TSAS[12:0]) – These 13 bits indicate the number of bits contained within
Section A of each transmit data group. If TSAS[12:0] is equal to or greater than the data group size
(TDGSR.TDGS[12:0]), only “Section A” data will be transmitted.
313
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.11.2 Fractional Receive Side Register Map
The receive side uses three registers.
Table 12-42. Receive Side Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
(1,3,5,7)48h
(1,3,5,7)4Ah
(1,3,5,7)4Ch
(1,3,5,7)4Eh
FRAC.RCR
FRAC.RDGSR
FRAC.RSASR
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Fractional Receive Control Register
Fractional Receive Data Group Size Register
Fractional Receive Section A Size Register
Unused
12.11.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FRAC.RCR
Fractional Receive Control Register
(1,3,5,7)48h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
—
0
1
—
0
0
RSASS
0
Bit 0: Receive Section A Source Select (RSASS) – When 0, Section A of each receive data group will contain
fractional overhead. When 1, Section A of each receive data group will contain payload data.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FRAC.RDGSR
Fractional Receive Data Group Size Register
(1,3,5,7)4Ah
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
RDGS12
0
11
RDGS11
0
10
RDGS10
0
9
RDGS9
0
8
RDGS8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RDGS7
0
6
RDGS6
0
5
RDGS5
0
4
RDGS4
0
3
RDGS3
0
2
RDGS2
0
1
RDGS1
0
0
RDGS0
0
Bits 12 to 0: Receive Data Group Size (RDGS[12:0]) – These 13 bits indicate the number of bits contained within
each receive data group. A values of 0000h and 0001h both result in a receive data group size of one bit.
314
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FRAC.RSASR
Fractional Receive Section A Size Register
(1,3,5,7)4Ch
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
RSAS12
0
11
RSAS11
0
10
RSAS10
0
9
RSAS9
0
8
RSAS8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RSAS7
0
6
RSAS6
0
5
RSAS5
0
4
RSAS4
0
3
RSAS3
0
2
RSAS2
0
1
RSAS1
0
0
RSAS0
0
Bits 12 to 0: Receive Section A Size (RSAS[12:0]) – These 13 bits indicate the number of bits contained within
Section A of each receive data group. If RSAS[12:0] is equal to or greater than the data group size
(FRAC.RDGSR.RDGS[12:0]), all data will be marked as “Section A” data.
315
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.12 DS3/E3 PLCP
12.12.1 Transmit Side PLCP
The transmit side uses seven registers.
12.12.1.1 Register Map
Table 12-43. Transmit Side PLCP Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
(1,3,5,7)50h
(1,3,5,7)52h
(1,3,5,7)54h
(1,3,5,7)56h
(1,3,5,7)58h
(1,3,5,7)5Ah
(1,3,5,7)5Ch
(1,3,5,7)5Eh
PLCP.TCR
PLCP.TEIR
PLCP.TFGBR
PLCP.TM12BR
PLCP.TZ12BR
PLCP.TZ34BR
PLCP.TZ56BR
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
PLCP Transmit Control Register
PLCP Transmit Error Insertion Register
PLCP Transmit F1 and G1 Byte Register
PLCP Transmit M1 and M2 Byte Register
PLCP Transmit Z1 and Z2 Byte Register
PLCP Transmit Z3 and Z4 Byte Register
PLCP Transmit Z5 and Z6 Byte Register
Unused
12.12.1.2 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.TCR
PLCP Transmit Control Register
(1,3,5,7)50h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
TMC1
0
3
TMC0
0
2
TF1C1
0
1
TF1C0
0
0
AREID
0
Bits 4 to 3: Transmit M2 and M1 Byte Control (TMC[1:0]) – These two bits control the source of the transmit M2
and M1 bytes.
00 = concatenated M1 and M2 (128 kHz) from transmit HDLC controller.
01 = M2 (64kHz) from transmit HDLC controller; M1 from M1 byte register (PLCP.TM12BR).
10 = M2 from M2 byte register; M1 (64 kHz) from transmit HDLC controller.
11 = M2 from M2 byte register; M1 from M1 byte register
Bits 2 to 1: Transmit F1 Byte Control (TF1C[1:0]) – These two bits control the source of the transmit F1 byte.
00 = transmit Trail Trace controller.
01 = transmit HDLC controller.
10 = F1 byte register (PLCP.TFGBR).
11 = reserved
Note: If TMC[1:0] is 00 and TF1C[1:0] is 01, the F1 byte will be invalid. If TMC[1:0] is 01 and TF1C[1:0] is 01, both
M2 and F1 will carry the transmit HDLC data link. If TMC[1:0] is 10 and TF1C[1:0] is 01, both M1 and F1 will carry
the transmit HDLC data link. When F1 and M# both carry the transmit HDLC data link, the F1 byte and M# byte in
the same frame may or may not be equal.
Bit 0: Automatic REI Defeat (AREID) – When 0, the REI is automatically generated based upon the parity (BIP-8)
errors detected in the receive PLCP Frame Processor. When 1, the REI is inserted from the G1 register bits
TREI[3:0].
316
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.TEIR
PLCP Transmit Error Insertion Register
(1,3,5,7)52h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
REIME
0
12
CREIIE
0
11
REIEI
0
10
PBEE
0
9
CPEIE
0
8
PEI
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
FEE
0
4
FEIC1
0
3
FEIC0
0
2
FEI
0
1
TSEI
0
0
MEIMS
0
Bit 13: Remote Error Indication Maximum Error (REIME) – When 0, an REI error is generated by inserting a
value of 1h (single error) into the REI bits (G1[1:4]). When 1, an REI error is generated by inserting a value of 8h
(eight errors) into the REI bits.
Bit 12: Continuous Remote Error Indication Error Insertion Enable (CREIIE) – When 0, single remote error
indication (REI) error insertion is enabled. When 1, continuous REI error insertion is enabled, and REI errors will be
continuously transmitted if REIEI is high.
Bit 11: Remote Error Indication Error Insertion Enable (REIEI) – When 0, REI error insertion is disabled. When
1, REI error insertion is enabled.
Bit 10: Parity Block Error Enable (PBEE) – When 0, a parity error is generated by inverting a single bit in the B1
byte. When 1, a parity error is generated by inverting all eight bits in the B1 byte.
Bit 9: Continuous Parity Error Insertion Enable (CPEIE) – When 0, single parity (BIP-8) error insertion is
enabled. When 1, continuous parity error insertion is enabled, and parity errors will be transmitted continuously if
PEI is high.
Bit 8: Parity Error Insertion Enable (PEI) – When 0, parity (BIP-8) error insertion is disabled. When 1, parity (BIP8) error insertion is enabled.
Bit 5: Framing Byte Error Enable (FEE) – When 0, a framing bit error is generated by inverting a single bit in the
indicated byte. When 1, a framing byte error is generated by inverting all eight bits of the indicated byte.
Bits 4 to 3: Framing Error Control (FEIC[1:0]) – These two bits control the type of framing error event to be
inserted.
00 = single A1 or A2 error (1 per sub-frame maximum).
01 = single POI (P#) error (1 per 2 sub-frames maximum).
10 = both an A1 and an A2 error in the same sub-frame.
11 = two POI (P#) errors in consecutive sub-frames.
Bit 2: Framing Error Insertion Enable (FEI) – When 0, framing error insertion is disabled. When 1, framing error
insertion is enabled.
Bit 1: Transmit Single Error Insert (TSEI) – This bit causes an error of the enabled type(s) to be inserted in the
transmit data stream if manual error insertion is disabled (MEIMS = 0). A 0 to 1 transition causes a single error to
be inserted. For a second error to be inserted, this bit must be set to 0, and back to 1. Note: If MEIMS is low, and
this bit transitions more than once between error insertion opportunities, only one error will be inserted.
Bit 0: Manual Error Insert Mode Select (MEIMS) – When 0, error insertion is initiated by the TSEI register bit.
When 1, error insertion is initiated by the transmit manual error insertion signal (TMEI). Note: If TMEI or TSEI is
one, changing the state of this bit may cause an error to be inserted.
317
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.TFGBR
PLCP Transmit F1 and G1 Byte Register
(1,3,5,7)54h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TF17
0
14
TF16
0
13
TF15
0
12
TF14
0
11
TF13
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TREI3
0
6
TREI2
0
5
TREI1
0
4
TREI0
0
3
TRAI
0
10
TF12
0
2
TLSS2
0
9
TF11
0
8
TF10
0
1
TLSS1
0
0
TLSS0
0
Bits 15 to 8: Transmit F1 Byte (TF1[7:0]) – These eight bits are the F1 byte to be inserted into the transmit PLCP
frame.
Bits 7 to 4: Transmit REI Setting (TREI[3:0]) – When automatic REI generation is defeated (PLCP.TCR.AREID =
0), these bits are inserted into the REI bits (G1[1:4]).
Bit 3: Transmit RAI Setting (TRAI) –This bit is inserted into the RAI bits (G1[5]).
Bits 2 to 0: Transmit Link Status Signal (TLSS[2:0]) – These three bits are the transmit link status signal
(G1[6:8]) to be inserted into the transmit PLCP frame.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.TM12BR
PLCP Transmit M1 and M2 Byte Register
(1,3,5,7)56h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TM27
0
14
TM26
0
13
TM25
0
12
TM24
0
11
TM23
0
10
TM22
0
9
TM21
0
8
TM20
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TM17
0
6
TM16
0
5
TM15
0
4
TM14
0
3
TM13
0
2
TM12
0
1
TM11
0
0
TM10
0
Bits 15 to 8: Transmit M2 Byte (TM2[7:0]) – These eight bits are the M2 byte to be inserted into the transmit
PLCP frame.
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit M1 Byte (TM1[7:0]) – These eight bits are the M1 byte to be inserted into the transmit PLCP
frame.
318
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.TZ12BR
PLCP Transmit Z1 and Z2 Byte Register
(1,3,5,7)58h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TZ27
0
14
TZ26
0
13
TZ25
0
12
TZ24
0
11
TZ23
0
10
TZ22
0
9
TZ21
0
8
TZ20
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TZ17
0
6
TZ16
0
5
TZ15
0
4
TZ14
0
3
TZ13
0
2
TZ12
0
1
TZ11
0
0
TZ10
0
Bits 15 to 8: Transmit Z2 Byte (TZ2[7:0]) – These eight bits are the Z2 byte to be inserted into the transmit PLCP
frame.
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit Z1 Byte (TZ1[7:0]) – These eight bits are the Z1 byte to be inserted into the transmit PLCP
frame.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.TZ34BR
PLCP Transmit Z3 and Z4 Byte Register
(1,3,5,7)5Ah
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TZ47
0
14
TZ46
0
13
TZ45
0
12
TZ44
0
11
TZ43
0
10
TZ42
0
9
TZ41
0
8
TZ40
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TZ37
0
6
TZ36
0
5
TZ35
0
4
TZ34
0
3
TZ33
0
2
TZ32
0
1
TZ31
0
0
TZ30
0
Bits 15 to 8: Transmit Z4 Byte (TZ4[7:0]) – These eight bits are the Z4 byte to be inserted into the transmit PLCP
frame (This bits are unused in E3 mode).
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit Z3 Byte (TZ3[7:0]) – These eight bits are the Z3 byte to be inserted into the transmit PLCP
frame.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.TZ56BR
PLCP Transmit Z5 and Z6 Byte Register
(1,3,5,7)5Ch
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TZ67
0
14
TZ66
0
13
TZ65
0
12
TZ64
0
11
TZ63
0
10
TZ62
0
9
TZ61
0
8
TZ60
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TZ57
0
6
TZ56
0
5
TZ55
0
4
TZ54
0
3
TZ53
0
2
TZ52
0
1
TZ51
0
0
TZ50
0
Bits 15 to 8: Transmit Z6 Byte (TZ6[7:0]) – These eight bits are the Z6 byte to be inserted into the transmit PLCP
frame (This bits are unused in E3 mode).
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit Z5 Byte (TZ5[7:0]) – These eight bits are the Z5 byte to be inserted into the transmit PLCP
frame (This bits are unused in E3 mode).
319
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.12.2 Receive Side PLCP Register Map
The receive side uses 13 registers.
Table 12-44. Receive Side PLCP Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
(1,3,5,7)60h
(1,3,5,7)62h
(1,3,5,7)64h
(1,3,5,7)66h
(1,3,5,7)68h
(1,3,5,7)6Ah
(1,3,5,7)6Ch
(1,3,5,7)6Eh
(1,3,5,7)70h
(1,3,5,7)72h
(1,3,5,7)74h
(1,3,5,7)76h
(1,3,5,7)78h
(1,3,5,7)7Ah
(1,3,5,7)7Ch
(1,3,5,7)7Eh
PLCP.RCR
—
PLCP.RSR1
PLCP.RSR2
PLCP.RSRL1
PLCP.RSRL2
PLCP.RSRIE1
PLCP.RSRIE2
PLCP.RFECR
PLCP.RPECR
PLCP.RREICR
PLCP.RFGBR
PLCP.RM12BR
PLCP.RZ12BR
PLCP.RZ34BR
PLCP.RZ56BR
PLCP Receive Control Register
Unused
PLCP Receive Status Register 1
PLCP Receive Status Register 2
PLCP Receive Status Register Latched 1
PLCP Receive Status Register Latched 2
PLCP Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 1
PLCP Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 2
PLCP Receive Framing Error Count Register
PLCP Receive P-Bit Parity Error Count Register
PLCP Receive Remote Error Indication Count Register
PLCP Receive F1 and G1 Byte Register
PLCP Receive M1 and M2 Byte Register
PLCP Receive Z1 and Z2 Byte Register
PLCP Receive Z3 and Z4 Byte Register
PLCP Receive Z5 and Z6 Byte Register
12.12.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RCR
PLCP Receive Control Register
(1,3,5,7)60h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
RHSC1
0
8
RHSC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
RLIE
0
5
—
0
4
PECC
0
3
FEPD
0
2
FECC
0
1
ECC
0
0
FRSYNC
0
Bits 9 to 8: Receive HDLC Source Control (RHSC[1:0]) – These two bits control the source of the receive HDLC
controller.
00 = F1 byte.
01 = M1 byte.
10 = M2 byte.
11 = M2 and M1 byte.
Bit 6: Receive LOF Integration Enable (RLIE) – When 0, the receive Loss Of Frame (LOF) integration counter is
disabled. When 1, the receive LOF integration counter is enabled.
Bit 4: Parity Error Count Control (PECC) – When 0, BIP-8 (B1 byte) bit errors are detected (up to 8 per frame).
When 1, BIP-8 block errors are detected (no more than one per frame). Note: The transmit REI bits are affected by
the setting of this bit as the REI bits reflect the number of BIP-8 errors detected/counted.
Bit 3: Framing Error POI Disable (FEPD) – When 0, Path Overhead Indicator (POI) byte (P#) and framing
alignment byte (A1 & A2) errors are detected. When 1, only A1 & A2 errors are detected. Note: This bit is ignored
when OOF events are counted (FECC=1)
Bit 2: Framing Error Count Control (FECC) – This bit controls the type of framing error events that are counted.
When 0, A1 byte errors, A2 byte errors, and P# byte errors (up to 3 per sub-frame) are counted. When 1, OOF
events are counted.
320
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 1: Error Count Control (ECC) – When 0, framing errors, BIP-8 parity errors, and REI errors will not be counted
during an OOF condition (BIP-8 parity error counting will resume in the second full frame after an OOF condition is
cleared). When 1, framing errors, BIP-8 parity errors, and REI errors will be counted during an OOF condition.
Bit 0: Force Framer Re-synchronization (FRSYNC) – A 0 to 1 transition forces the framer into the “Search state.
Once the framer acquires lock, the data path frame counters will be updated regardless of whether an OOF
condition exists or not. The bit must be cleared and set to one again to force another re-synchronization
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RSR1
PLCP Receive Status Register 1
(1,3,5,7)64h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
LOF
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
REIC
4
PEC
3
FEC
2
RAI
1
—
0
OOF
Bit 8: Loss Of Frame (LOF) – When 0, the receive line interface is not in a loss of frame (LOF) condition. When 1,
the receive line interface is in an LOF condition.
Bit 5: Remote Error Indication Count (REIC) – When 0, the remote error indication count is zero. When 1, the
remote error indication count is one or more.
Bit 4: Parity Error Count (PEC) – When 0, the parity error count is zero. When 1, the parity error count is one or
more.
Bit 3: Framing Error Count (FEC) – When 0, the framing error count is zero. When 1, the framing error count is
one or more.
Bit 2: Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) – This bit indicates the current state of the remote alarm indication (RAI),
which is the fifth bit of the G1 byte (G1[5]).
Bit 0: Out Of Frame (OOF) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in an out of frame (OOF) condition.
When 1, the receive frame processor is in an OOF condition.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RSR2
PLCP Receive Status Register 2
(1,3,5,7)66h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
—
0
LSSU
Bit 0: Receive Link Status Signal Unstable (LSSU) – When 0, the receive link states signal is stable. When 1,
the receive link states signal is unstable.
321
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RSRL1
PLCP Receive Status Register Latched 1
(1,3,5,7)68h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
REIL
12
PEL
11
FEL
10
—
9
—
8
LOFL
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
REICL
4
PECL
3
FECL
2
RAIL
1
COFAL
0
OOFL
Bit 13: Remote Error Indication Latched (REIL) – This bit is set when a far-end block error is detected.
Bit 12: Parity Error Latched (PEL) – This bit is set when a BIP-8 parity error is detected.
Bit 11: Framing Error Latched (FEL) – This bit is set when a framing error is detected.
Bit 8: Loss Of Frame Change Latched (LOFL) – This bit is set when the LOF bit changes state.
Bit 5: Remote Error Indication Count Latched (REICL) – This bit is set when the REIC bit transitions from zero
to one.
Bit 4: Parity Error Count Latched (PECL) – This bit is set when the PEC bit transitions from zero to one.
Bit 3: Framing Error Count Latched (FECL) – This bit is set when the FEC bit transitions from zero to one.
Bit 2: Remote Defect Indication Change Latched (RAIL) – This bit is set when the RAI bit changes state.
Bit 1: Change Of Frame Alignment Latched (COFAL) – This bit is set when the data path frame counters are
updated with a new frame alignment that is different from the previous frame alignment.
Bit 0: Out Of Frame Change Latched (OOFL) – This bit is set when the OOF bit changes state.
322
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RSRL2
PLCP Receive Status Register Latched 2
(1,3,5,7)6Ah
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
RZ6L
Bit #
Name
7
RZ3L
6
RZ2L
5
RZ1L
4
RM2L
3
RM1L
2
RF1L
9
RZ5L
8
RZ4L
1
LSSL
0
LSSUL
Bit 10: Receive Z6 Byte Change Latched (RZ6L) – This bit is set when the RZ6[7:0] bits change state (This bit is
zero in E3 mode).
Bit 9: Receive Z5 Byte Change Latched (RZ5L) – This bit is set when the RZ5[7:0] bits change state (This bit is
zero in E3 mode).
Bit 8: Receive Z4 Byte Change Latched (RZ4L) – This bit is set when the RZ4[7:0] bits change state (This bit is
zero in E3 mode).
Bit 7: Receive Z3 Byte Change Latched (RZ3L) – This bit is set when the RZ3[7:0] bits change state.
Bit 6: Receive Z2 Byte Change Latched (RZ2L) – This bit is set when the RZ2[7:0] bits change state.
Bit 5: Receive Z1 Byte Change Latched (RZ1L) – This bit is set when the RZ1[7:0] bits change state.
Bit 4: Receive M2 Byte Change Latched (RM2L) – This bit is set when the RM2[7:0] bits change state.
Bit 3: Receive M1 Byte Change Latched (RM1L) – This bit is set when the RM1[7:0] bits change state.
Bit 2: Receive F1 Byte Change Latched (RF1L) – This bit is set when the RF1[7:0] bits change state.
Bit 1: Receive Link Status Signal Change Latched (LSSL) – This bit is set when the LSS[2:0] bits change state.
Bit 0: Receive Link Status Signal Unstable Change Latched (LSSUL) – This bit is set when the LSSU bit
changes state.
323
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RSRIE1
PLCP Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 1
(1,3,5,7)6Ch
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
REIIE
0
12
PEIE
0
11
FEIE
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
LOFIE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
REICIE
0
4
PECIE
0
3
FECIE
0
2
RAIIE
0
1
COFAIE
0
0
OOFIE
0
Bit 13: Remote Error Indication Interrupt Enable (REIIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the REIL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 12: Parity Error Interrupt Enable (PEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the PEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 11: Framing Error Interrupt Enable (FEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 8: Loss Of Frame Interrupt Enable (LOFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LOFL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 5: Remote Error Indication Count Interrupt Enable (REICIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the REICL bit
is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Parity Error Count Interrupt Enable (PECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the PECL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Framing Error Count Interrupt Enable (FECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FECL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Remote Defect Indication Interrupt Enable (RAIIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RAIL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Change Of Frame Alignment Interrupt Enable (COFAIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the COFAL bit is
set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
324
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 0: Out Of Frame Interrupt Enable (OOFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the OOFL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
325
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RSRIE2
PLCP Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable 2
(1,3,5,7)6Eh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
RZ6IE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RZ3IE
0
6
RZ2IE
0
5
RZ1IE
0
4
RM2IE
0
3
RM1IE
0
2
RF1IE
0
9
RZ5IE
0
1
LSSIE
0
8
RZ4IE
0
0
LSSUIE
0
Bit 10: Receive Z6 Byte Interrupt Enable (RZ6IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RZ6L bit is set and the bit
in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set. (This bit is unused in E3 mode).
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 9: Receive Z5 Byte Interrupt Enable (RZ5IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RZ5L bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set. (This bit is unused in E3 mode).
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 8: Receive Z4 Byte Interrupt Enable (RZ4IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RZ4L bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set. (This bit is unused in E3 mode).
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 7: Receive Z3 Byte Interrupt Enable (RZ3IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RZ3L bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 6: Receive Z2 Byte Interrupt Enable (RZ2IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RZ2L bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 5: Receive Z1 Byte Interrupt Enable (RZ1IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RZ1L bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Receive M2 Byte Interrupt Enable (RM2IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RM2L bit is set and the bit
in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Receive M1 Byte Interrupt Enable (RM1IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RM1L bit is set and the bit
in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Receive F1 Byte Interrupt Enable (RF1IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RF1L bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
326
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 1: Receive Link Status Signal Interrupt Enable (LSSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LSSL bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Receive Link Status Signal Unstable Interrupt Enable (LSSUIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
LSSUL bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
327
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RFECR
PLCP Receive Framing Error Count Register
(1,3,5,7)70h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
FE15
0
14
FE14
0
13
FE13
0
12
FE12
0
11
FE11
0
10
FE10
0
9
FE9
0
8
FE8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
FE7
0
6
FE6
0
5
FE5
0
4
FE4
0
3
FE3
0
2
FE2
0
1
FE1
0
0
FE0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Framing Error Count (FE[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the number of framing error events on the
incoming PLCP data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RPECR
PLCP Receive P-Bit Parity Error Count Register
(1,3,5,7)72h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
PE15
0
14
PE14
0
13
PE13
0
12
PE12
0
11
PE11
0
10
PE10
0
9
PE9
0
8
PE8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
PE7
0
6
PE6
0
5
PE5
0
4
PE4
0
3
PE3
0
2
PE2
0
1
PE1
0
0
PE0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Parity Error Count (PE[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the number of parity (BIP-8) errors detected
on the incoming PLCP data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RREICR
PLCP Receive Remote Error Indication Count Register
(1,3,5,7)74h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
REI15
0
14
REI14
0
13
REI13
0
12
REI12
0
11
REI11
0
10
REI10
0
9
REI9
0
8
REI8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
REI7
0
6
REI6
0
5
REI5
0
4
REI4
0
3
REI3
0
2
REI2
0
1
REI1
0
0
REI0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Remote Error Indication Count (REI[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the number of remote error
indication errors detected on the incoming PLCP data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see
Section 10.4.5).
328
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RFGBR
PLCP Receive F1 and G1 Byte Register
(1,3,5,7)76h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RF17
0
14
RF16
0
13
RF15
0
12
RF14
0
11
RF13
0
10
RF12
0
9
RF11
0
8
RF10
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
LSS2
0
1
LSS1
0
0
LSS0
0
Bits 15 to 8: Receive F1 Byte (RF1[7:0]) – These eight bits are the integrated version of the F1 byte as extracted
from the receive PLCP frame.
Bits 2 to 0: Receive Link Status Signal (LSS[2:0]) – These three bits are the integrated version of the receive
link status signal (G1[6:8]) as extracted from the receive PLCP frame.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RM12BR
PLCP Receive M1 and M2 Byte Register
(1,3,5,7)78h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RM27
0
14
RM26
0
13
RM25
0
12
RM24
0
11
RM23
0
10
RM22
0
9
RM21
0
8
RM20
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RM17
0
6
RM16
0
5
RM15
0
4
RM14
0
3
RM13
0
2
RM12
0
1
RM11
0
0
RM10
0
Bits 15 to 8: Receive M2 Byte (RM2[7:0]) – These eight bits are the integrated version of the M2 byte as
extracted from the receive PLCP frame.
Bits 7 to 0: Receive M1 Byte (RM1[7:0]) – These eight bits are the integrated version of the M1 byte as extracted
from the receive PLCP frame.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RZ12BR
PLCP Receive Z1 and Z2 Byte Register
(1,3,5,7)7Ah
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RZ27
0
14
RZ26
0
13
RZ25
0
12
RZ24
0
11
RZ23
0
10
RZ22
0
9
RZ21
0
8
RZ20
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RZ17
0
6
RZ16
0
5
RZ15
0
4
RZ14
0
3
RZ13
0
2
RZ12
0
1
RZ11
0
0
RZ10
0
Bits 15 to 8: Receive Z2 Byte (RZ2[7:0]) – These eight bits are the integrated version of the Z2 byte as extracted
from the receive PLCP frame.
Bits 7 to 0: Receive Z1 Byte (RZ1[7:0]) – These eight bits are the integrated version of the Z1 byte as extracted
from the receive PLCP frame.
329
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RZ34BR
PLCP Receive Z3 and Z4 Byte Register
(1,3,5,7)7Ch
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RZ47
0
14
RZ46
0
13
RZ45
0
12
RZ44
0
11
RZ43
0
10
RZ42
0
9
RZ41
0
8
RZ40
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RZ37
0
6
RZ36
0
5
RZ35
0
4
RZ34
0
3
RZ33
0
2
RZ32
0
1
RZ31
0
0
RZ30
0
Bits 15 to 8: Receive Z4 Byte (RZ4[7:0]) – These eight bits are the integrated version of the Z4 byte as extracted
from the receive PLCP frame (This bits are zero in E3 mode).
Bits 7 to 0: Receive Z3 Byte (RZ3[7:0]) – These eight bits are the integrated version of the Z3 byte as extracted
from the receive PLCP frame.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PLCP.RZ56BR
PLCP Receive Z5 and Z6 Byte Register
(1,3,5,7)7Eh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RZ67
0
14
RZ66
0
13
RZ65
0
12
RZ64
0
11
RZ63
0
10
RZ62
0
9
RZ61
0
8
RZ60
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RZ57
0
6
RZ56
0
5
RZ55
0
4
RZ54
0
3
RZ53
0
2
RZ52
0
1
RZ51
0
0
RZ50
0
Bits 15 to 8: Receive Z6 Byte (RZ6[7:0]) – These eight bits are the integrated version of the Z6 byte as extracted
from the receive PLCP frame (This bits are zero in E3 mode).
Bits 7 to 0: Receive Z5 Byte (RZ5[7:0]) – These eight bits are the integrated version of the Z5 byte as extracted
from the receive PLCP frame (This bits are zero in E3 mode).
330
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.13 FIFO Registers
12.13.1 Transmit FIFO Register Map
The transmit FIFO block has five registers.
Table 12-45. Transmit FIFO Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
(1,3,5,7)80h
(1,3,5,7)82h
(1,3,5,7)84h
(1,3,5,7)86h
(1,3,5,7)88h
(1,3,5,7)8Ah
(1,3,5,7)8Ch
(1,3,5,7)8Eh
FF.TCR
FF.TLCR
FF.TPAC
—
FF.TSRL
FF.TSRIE
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
FIFO Transmit Control Register
FIFO Transmit Level Control Register
FIFO Transmit Port Address Control Register
Unused
FIFO Transmit Status Register Latched Register
FIFO Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable Register
Unused
Unused
12.13.1.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FF.TCR
FIFO Transmit Control Register
(1,3,5,7)80h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
—
0
1
—
0
0
TFRST
1
Bit 0: Transmit FIFO Reset (TFRST) – When 0, the Transmit FIFO will resume normal operations, however, data
is discarded until a start of packet/cell is received after RAM power-up is completed. When 1, the Transmit FIFO is
emptied, any transfer in progress is halted, the FIFO RAM is powered down, the associated TDXA is forced low,
and all incoming data is discarded. If the port was selected when the reset was initiated, the port will be deselected,
and must be reselected (TEN deasserted with address on TADR or TSX asserted with address on TDATA) before
any transfer will occur.
331
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FF.TLCR
FIFO Transmit Level Control Register
(1,3,5,7)82h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
TFAE5
0
12
TFAE4
1
11
TFAE3
0
10
TFAE2
0
9
TFAE1
0
8
TFAE0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
TFAF5
0
4
TFAF4
1
3
TFAF3
0
2
TFAF2
0
1
TFAF1
0
0
TFAF0
0
Bits 13 to 8: Transmit FIFO Almost Empty Level (TFAE[5:0]) – In POS-PHY packet processing mode, these six
bits indicate the maximum number of four byte groups that can be stored in the Transmit FIFO for it to be
considered "almost empty". E.g., a value of 30 (1Eh) results in the FIFO being "almost empty" when it contains 120
(78h) bytes or less. In cell processing mode, these bits are ignored.
Bits 5 to 0: Transmit FIFO Almost Full Level (TFAF[5:0]) – In POS-PHY packet processing mode, these six bits
indicate the maximum number of four byte groups that can be available in the Transmit FIFO for it to be considered
"almost full". E.g., a value of 30 (1Eh) results in the FIFO being "almost full" when it has 120 (78h) bytes or less
available. In cell processing mode, TFAF[5:2] are ignored, and TFAF[1:0] indicate the maximum number of cells
that can be available in the Transmit FIFO for it to be considered "almost full".
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FF.TPAC
FIFO Transmit Port Address Control Register
(1,3,5,7)84h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
TPA4
0
3
TPA3
0
2
TPA2
0
1
TPA1
0
0
TPA0
0
Bits 4 to 0: Transmit FIFO System Port Address (TPA[4:0]) – These five bits set the Transmit FIFO system
interface port address used to poll the Transmit FIFO for fill status, and select it for data transfer. In Level 2 mode,
if bits TPA[4:0] are set to a value of 1Fh, the port is disabled.
332
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FF.TSRL
FIFO Transmit Status Register Latched Register
(1,3,5,7)88h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
TFATL
3
TFSTL
2
TFITL
1
TFUL
0
TFOL
Bit 4: Transmit FIFO Aborted Transfer Latched (TFATL) – This bit is set when a transfer is aborted. An aborted
transfer does not occur in UTOPIA mode. In POS-PHY mode, an aborted transfer occurs when a packet error (a
transfer with TERR and TEOP asserted) occurs. An aborted transfer is stored in the transmit FIFO with an abort
indication.
Bit 3: Transmit FIFO Short Transfer Latched (TFSTL) – This bit is set when a "short transfer" is received. In
UTOPIA mode, a "short transfer" occurs when a start of cell (a transfer with TSOC asserted) occurs before the
previous cell transfer has been completed. In POS-PHY mode, a "short transfer" occurs when a start of packet (a
transfer with TSOP asserted) occurs after a previous start of packet, but before an end of packet (a transfer with
TEOP asserted). In UTOPIA mode, the short transfer data is discarded. In POS-PHY mode, a short transfer is
stored in the transmit FIFO with an abort indication.
Bit 2: Transmit FIFO Invalid Transfer Latched (TFITL) – This bit is set when an "invalid transfer" is initiated. In
UTOPIA mode, an "invalid transfer" occurs when additional cell data is transferred after the last transfer of a cell
and before a transfer with TSOC asserted. In POS-PHY mode, an "invalid transfer" occurs when packet data is
transferred after an end of packet, but before a start of packet (this includes another end of packet transfer). The
invalid transfer data is discarded.
Bit 1: Transmit FIFO Underflow Latched (TFUL) – This bit is set when a Transmit FIFO underflow condition
occurs. An underflow condition results in a loss of data.
Bit 0: Transmit FIFO Overflow Latched (TFOL) – This bit is set when a Transmit FIFO overflow condition occurs.
An overflow condition results in a loss of data.
333
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FF.TSRIE
FIFO Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable Register
(1,3,5,7)8Ah
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
TFATIE
0
3
TFSTIE
0
2
TFITIE
0
1
TFUIE
0
0
TFOIE
0
Bit 4: Transmit FIFO Aborted Transfer Interrupt Enable (TFATIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFATL bit
in the FF.TSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Transmit FIFO Short Transfer Interrupt Enable (TFSTIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFSTL bit in
the FF.TSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Transmit FIFO Invalid Transfer Interrupt Enable (TFITIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFITL bit in
the FF.TSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Transmit FIFO Underflow Interrupt Enable (TFUIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFUL bit in the
FF.TSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Transmit FIFO Overflow Interrupt Enable (TFOIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFOL bit in the
FF.TSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
334
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.13.2 Receive FIFO Register Map
The receive FIFO block has five registers.
Table 12-46. Receive FIFO Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
(1,3,5,7)90h
(1,3,5,7)92h
(1,3,5,7)94h
(1,3,5,7)96h
(1,3,5,7)98h
(1,3,5,7)9Ah
(1,3,5,7)9Ch
(1,3,5,7)9Eh
FF.RCR
FF.RLCR
FF.RFPAC
—
FF.RSRL
FF.RSRIE
-—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
FIFO Receive Control Register
FIFO Receive Level Control Register
FIFO Receive Port Address Control Register
Unused
FIFO Receive Status Register Latched
FIFO Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
Unused
12.13.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FF.RCR
FIFO Receive Control Register
(1,3,5,7)90h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
—
0
1
—
0
0
RFRST
1
Bit 0: Receive FIFO Reset (RFRST) – When 0, the Receive FIFO will resume normal operations, however, data is
discarded until a start of packet/cell is received after RAM power-up is completed. When 1, the Receive FIFO is
emptied, any transfer in progress is halted, the FIFO RAM is powered down, the associated RDXA signal is forced
low, and all incoming data is discarded. If the port was selected when the reset was initiated, the port will be
deselected, and must be reselected (REN) deasserted with address on RADR or RSX asserted with address on
RDATA) before any transfer will occur.
335
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FF.RLCR
FIFO Receive Level Control Register
(1,3,5,7)92h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
RFAE5
0
12
RFAE4
1
11
RFAE3
0
10
RFAE2
0
9
RFAE1
0
8
RFAE0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
RFAF5
0
4
RFAF4
1
3
RFAF3
0
2
RFAF2
0
1
RFAF1
0
0
RFAF0
0
Bits 13 to 8: Receive FIFO Almost Empty Level (RFAE[5:0]) – In POS-PHY packet processing mode, these six
bits indicate the maximum number of four byte groups that can be stored in the Receive FIFO for it to be
considered "almost empty". E.g., a value of 30 (1Eh) results in the FIFO being "almost empty" when it contains 120
(78h) bytes or less. In cell processing mode, RFAE[5:2] are ignored, and RFAE[1:0] indicate the maximum number
of cells that can be stored in the Receive FIFO for it to be considered "almost empty".
Bits 5 to 0: Receive FIFO Almost Full Level (RFAF[5:0]) – In POS-PHY packet processing mode, these six bits
indicate the maximum number of four byte groups that can be available in the Receive FIFO for it to be considered
"almost full". E.g., a value of 30 (1Eh) results in the FIFO being "almost full" when it has 120 (78h) bytes or less
available. In cell processing mode, these bits are ignored.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FF.RFPAC
FIFO Receive Port Address Control Register
(1,3,5,7)94h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
RPA4
0
3
RPA3
0
2
RPA2
0
1
RPA1
0
0
RPA0
0
Bits 4 to 0: Receive FIFO System Port Address (RPA[4:0]) – These five bits set the Receive FIFO system
interface port address used to poll the Receive FIFO for fill status, and select it for data transfer. Each port in the
device must have a different port address. In Level 2 mode, if bits RPA[4:0] are set to a value of 1Fh, the port is
disabled.
336
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FF.RSRL
FIFO Receive Status Register Latched
(1,3,5,7)98h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
—
0
RFOL
Bit 0: Receive FIFO Overflow Latched (RFOL) – This bit is cleared when a logic one is written to this bit, and set
when a Receive FIFO overflow condition occurs. An overflow condition results in a loss of data.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
FF.RSRIE
FIFO Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
(1,3,5,7)9Ah
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
—
0
1
—
0
0
RFOIE
0
Bit 0: Receive FIFO Overflow Interrupt Enable (RFOIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RFOL bit in the
FF.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
337
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.14 Cell/Packet Processor
12.14.1 Transmit Cell Processor Register Map
The transmit cell processor block has 11 registers. Note: These registers are shared with the transmit packet
processors.
Table 12-47. Transmit Cell Processor Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
(1,3,5,7)A0h
(1,3,5,7)A2h
(1,3,5,7)A4h
(1,3,5,7)A6h
(1,3,5,7)A8h
(1,3,5,7)AAh
(1,3,5,7)ACh
(1,3,5,7)AEh
(1,3,5,7)B0h
(1,3,5,7)B2h
(1,3,5,7)B4h
(1,3,5,7)B6h
(1,3,5,7)B8h
(1,3,5,7)BAh
(1,3,5,7)BCh
(1,3,5,7)BEh
CP.TCR
—
CP.TECC
CP.THMRC
CP.THPC1
CP.THPC2
CP.TFPPC
CP.TSR
CP.TSRL
CP.TSRIE
CP.TCCR1
CP.TCCR2
—
—
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Cell Processor Transmit Control Register
Reserved
Cell Processor Transmit Errored Cell Control Register
Cell Processor Transmit HEC Error Mask Control Register
Cell Processor Transmit Header Pattern Control Register 1
Cell Processor Transmit Header Pattern Control Register 2
Cell Processor Transmit Fill Cell Payload Pattern Control Register
Cell Processor Transmit Status Register
Cell Processor Transmit Status Register Latched
Cell Processor Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable
Cell Processor Transmit Cell Count Register 1
Cell Processor Transmit Cell Count Register 2
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
Unused
12.14.1.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.TCR
Cell Processor Transmit Control Register
(1,3,5,7)A0h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
TDSE
0
10
TDHE
0
9
THPE
0
8
TCPAD
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
TFCH
0
4
TFCP
0
3
THSE
0
2
TSD
0
1
TBRE
0
0
TCPD
0
Bit 11: Transmit DSS Scrambling Enable (TDSE) – When 0, self-synchronous scrambling is enabled. When 1,
DSS scrambling is enabled DSS mode is only applicable for un-framed or clear channel framing and bit
synchronous modes. This bit is ignored if scrambling is disabled. Note: In byte synchronous and cell pass-through
modes, self-synchronous scrambling is enabled regardless of the setting of this bit.
Bit 10: Transmit DQDB HEC Processing Enable (TDHE) – When 0, the HEC is calculated over all four-header
bytes. When 1, only the last three header bytes are used for HEC calculation.
Bit 9: Transmit HEC Pass-through Enable (THPE) – When 0, the calculated HEC byte will overwrite the HEC
byte in the cell. When 1, the HEC byte in the cell is passed through. Note: The calculated HEC is always inserted
into cells that are received without a HEC byte.
Bit 8: Transmit HEC Coset Polynomial Addition Disable (TCPAD) – When 0, the HEC coset polynomial
addition is performed prior to inserting the HEC byte. When 1, HEC coset polynomial addition is disabled
338
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 5: Transmit Fill Cell Header Type (TFCH) – When 0, an idle cell header (00 00 00 01h) will be used in fill
cells. When 1, a programmable header will be used in fill cells. The setting of this bit does not affect the contents of
the cell payload bytes.
Bit 4: Transmit Fill Cell Payload Type (TFCP) – When 0, an idle cell payload byte (6Ah) will be used in each
payload byte fill cells. When 1, a programmable cell payload byte will be used in each payload byte fill cells. The
setting of this bit does not affect the contents of the cell header bytes.
Bit 3: Transmit Cell Header Scrambling Enable (THSE) – When 0, only the cell payload will be scrambled. When
1, the entire data stream (cell header and payload) is scrambled. This bit is ignored if scrambling is disabled, or
DSS scrambling is enabled. When cell pass-through mode is enabled, the entire data stream will be scrambled if
scrambling is enabled.
Bit 2: Transmit Scrambling Disable (TSD) – When 0, scrambling is performed. When 1, scrambling is disabled.
Bit 1: Transmit Bit Reordering Enable (TBRE) – When 0, bit reordering is disabled (The first bit transmitted is
from the MSB of the transmit FIFO byte TFD[7]). When 1, bit reordering is enabled (The first bit transmitted is from
the LSB of the transmit FIFO byte TFD[0]).
Bit 0: Transmit Pass-Through Enable (TPTE) – When 0, pass-through mode is disabled and cell processing is
enabled. When 1, all cell processing functions except scrambling and bit reordering are disabled and the cell
processor is in pass-through mode.
339
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.TECC
Cell Processor Transmit Errored Cell Control Register
(1,3,5,7)A4h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
MEIMS
0
14
TCER6
0
13
TCER5
0
12
TCER4
0
11
TCER3
0
10
TCER2
0
9
TCER1
0
8
TCER0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TCEN7
0
6
TCEN6
0
5
TCEN5
0
4
TCEN4
0
3
TCEN3
0
2
TCEN2
0
1
TCEN1
0
0
TCEN0
0
Bit 15: Manual Error Insert Mode Select (MEIMS) – When 0, the transmit manual error insertion signal (TMEI)
will not cause errors to be inserted. When 1, TMEI will causes an error to be inserted when it transitions from a 0 to
a 1. Note: Enabling TMEI does not disable error insertion using TCER[6:0] and TCEN[7:0].
Manual error insertion is available at the global level, but not on a per-port basis for the cell processor.
(PORT.CR1.MEIM must be set for global error insertion to insert a packet error.)
Bits 14 to 8: Transmit Errored Cell Insertion Rate (TCER[6:0]) – These seven bits indicate the rate at which
errored cells are to be output. One out of every x * 10y cells is to be an errored cell. TCER[3:0] is the value x, and
TCER[6:4] is the value y, which has a maximum value of 6. If TCER[3:0] has a value of 0h errored cell insertion is
disabled. If TCER[6:4] has a value of 6xh or 7xh the errored cell rate will be x * 106. A TCER[6:0] value of 01h
results in every cell being errored. A TCER[6:0] value of 0Fh results in every 15th cell being errored. A TCER[6:0]
value of 11h results in every 10th cell being errored. Errored cell insertion starts when the TECC register is written
with a TCER[3:0] value that is non-zero. If the TECC register is written to during the middle of an errored cell
insertion process, the current process is halted, and a new process will be started using the new values of
TCER[6:0] and TCEN[7:0}. Errored cell insertion ends when TCEN[7:0] errored cells have been transmitted.
TCER[3:0] - X
TCER[6:4] - Y
TCER[6:0]
ERROR RATE (x * 10y )
0h
XXh
X0h
DISABLED
1h
0Xh
01h
1 out of 1 cells
Fh
0Xh
0Fh
1 out of 15 cells
1h
1Xh
11h
1 out of 10 cells
1h
6Xh
61h
1 out of 106 cells
1h
7Xh
71h
1 out of 106 cells
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit Errored Cell Insertion Number (TCEN[7:0]) – These eight bits indicate the total number of
errored cells to be transmitted. A value of FFh results in continuous errored cell insertion at the specified rate.
340
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.THMRC
Cell Processor Transmit HEC Error Mask Control Register
(1,3,5,7)A6h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
THEM7
0
6
THEM6
0
5
THEM5
0
4
THEM4
0
3
THEM3
0
2
THEM2
0
1
THEM1
0
0
THEM0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit HEC Error Mask (THEM[7:0]) –These bits control the error insertion into the HEC byte.
Setting these bits will corrupt the associated HEC bit during cell error insertion. Based on the value set in this
register, the far end will detect three types of errors: an error in the HEC, a single bit error in the header, or multiple
bit errors in the header. Default (THEM[7:0] = 00h) is no error inserted. If a single bit error is selected, the table
below also shows which bit of the 32-bit HEC header will be corrupted. Table 12-48 indicates the type of error
inserted by a specific mask value. Note: If a single bit error is inserted in the HEC, and the far-end has single bit
error correction enabled, this will cause the indicated header bit to be corrupted.
Table 12-48. HEC Error Mask
VALUE
01h-02h
03h
04h
05h-06h
07h
08h
09h-0Ah
0Bh
0Ch-0Dh
0Eh
0Fh
10h
11h-14h
15h
16h
17h-1Dh
1Eh
1Fh
20h
21h-29h
2Ah
2Bh
2Ch
2Dh-30h
31h
ERROR
TYPE
HEC
Multi
HEC
Multi
Single
HEC
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
HEC
Multi
Single
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
HEC
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
BIT
VALUE
–
–
–
32
–
–
09
–
31
–
–
–
24
08
–
30
–
–
–
23
–
07
–
01
32h-37h
38h
39h-3Fh
40h
41h-42h
43h
44h-50h
51h
52h-53h
54h
55h-56h
57h
58h
59h-5Ah
5Bh
5Ch-66h
67h
68h-6Ah
6Bh
6Ch-6Fh
70h
71h-7Fh
80h
81h-85h
86h
ERROR
TYPE
Multi
Single
Multi
HEC
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
HEC
Multi
Single
341
BIT
VALUE
–
29
–
–
–
11
–
13
–
22
–
20
06
–
18
–
04
–
16
–
28
–
–
–
10
87h-88h
89h
90h-9Ah
9Bh
9Ch-A1h
A2h
A3h-A7h
A8h
A9h-AAh
ABh
ACh-ADh
AEh
AFh
B0h
B1h-B5h
B6h
B7h-C6h
C7h
C8h-CDh
CEh
CFh-D5h
D6h
D7h-DFh
E0h
E1h-FFh
ERROR
TYPE
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
Single
Multi
BIT
–
25
–
02
–
12
–
21
–
14
–
19
–
05
–
17
–
26
–
03
–
15
–
27
–
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.THPC1
Cell Processor Transmit Header Pattern Control Register 1
(1,3,5,7)A8h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
THP15
0
14
THP14
0
13
THP13
0
12
THP12
0
11
THP11
0
10
THP10
0
9
THP9
0
8
THP8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
THP7
0
6
THP6
0
5
THP5
0
4
THP4
0
3
THP3
0
2
THP2
0
1
THP1
0
0
THP0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Transmit Programmable Header Pattern (THP[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 32 bits. Register
description follows next register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.THPC2
Cell Processor Transmit Header Pattern Control Register 2
(1,3,5,7)AAh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
THP31
0
14
THP30
0
13
THP29
0
12
THP28
0
11
THP27
0
10
THP26
0
9
THP25
0
8
THP24
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
THP23
0
6
THP22
0
5
THP21
0
4
THP20
0
3
THP19
0
2
THP18
0
1
THP17
0
0
THP16
0
Bits 15 to 0: Transmit Programmable Header Pattern (THP[31:16]) Upper 16 bits of 32 bits.
Transmit Programmable Header Pattern (THP[31:0]) – These 32 bits indicate the header bit pattern to be used
in the header of fill cells when the CP.TCR register bit TFCH is set.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.TFPPC
Cell Processor Transmit Fill Cell Payload Pattern Control Register
(1,3,5,7)ACh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TFPP7
0
6
TFPP6
0
5
TFPP5
0
4
TFPP4
0
3
TFPP3
0
2
TFPP2
0
1
TFPP1
0
0
TFPP0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit Fill Cell Payload Pattern (TFPP[7:0]) – These eight bits indicate the value to be placed in
the payload bytes of the fill cells when the CP.TCR register bit TFCP is set..
342
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.TSR
Cell Processor Transmit Status Register
(1,3,5,7)AEh
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
—
0
TECF
Bit 0: Transmit Errored Cell Insertion Finished (TECF) – This bit is set when the number of errored cells
indicated by the TCEN[7:0] bits in the TECC register have been transmitted. This bit is cleared when errored cell
insertion is disabled, or a new errored cell insertion process is initiated.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.TSRL
Cell Processor Transmit Status Register Latched
(1,3,5,7)B0h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
—
0
TECFL
Bit 0: Transmit Errored Cell Insertion Finished Latched (TECFL) – This bit is set when the TECF bit in the
CP.TSR register transitions from zero to one.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.TSRIE
Cell Processor Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable
(1,3,5,7)B2h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
—
0
1
—
0
0
TECFIE
0
Bit 0: Transmit Errored Cell Insertion Finished Interrupt Enable (TECFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
TECFL bit in the CP.TSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
343
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.TCCR1
Cell Processor Transmit Cell Count Register 1
(1,3,5,7)B4h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TCC15
0
14
TCC14
0
13
TCC13
0
12
TCC12
0
11
TCC11
0
10
TCC10
0
9
TCC9
0
8
TCC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TCC7
0
6
TCC6
0
5
TCC5
0
4
TCC4
0
3
TCC3
0
2
TCC2
0
1
TCC1
0
0
TCC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Transmit Cell Count (TCC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 24 bits. Register description follows next
register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.TCCR2
Cell Processor Transmit Cell Count Register 2
(1,3,5,7)B6h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TCC23
0
6
TCC22
0
5
TCC21
0
4
TCC20
0
3
TCC19
0
2
TCC18
0
1
TCC17
0
0
TCC16
0
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit Cell Count (TCC[23:16]) - Upper 8 bits of Register.
Transmit Cell Count (TCC[23:0]) – These 24 bits indicate the number of cells extracted from the Transmit FIFO
and output in the outgoing data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
344
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.14.2 Receive Cell Processor
The receive cell processor block has 18 registers.
12.14.2.1 Receive Cell Processor Register Map
Table 12-49. Receive Cell Processor Register Map
ADDRESS
(1,3,5,7)C0h
(1,3,5,7)C2h
(1,3,5,7)C4h
(1,3,5,7)C6h
(1,3,5,7)C8h
(1,3,5,7)CAh
(1,3,5,7)CCh
(1,3,5,7)CEh
(1,3,5,7)D0h
(1,3,5,7)D2h
(1,3,5,7)D4h
(1,3,5,7)D6h
(1,3,5,7)D8h
(1,3,5,7)DAh
(1,3,5,7)DCh
(1,3,5,7)DEh
(1,3,5,7)E0h
(1,3,5,7)E2h
(1,3,5,7)E4h
(1,3,5,7)E6h
(1,3,5,7)E8h
(1,3,5,7)EAh
(1,3,5,7)ECh
(1,3,5,7)EEh
(1,3,5,7)F0h
(1,3,5,7)F2h
(1,3,5,7)F4h
(1,3,5,7)F6h
(1,3,5,7)F8h
(1,3,5,7)FAh
(1,3,5,7)FCh
(1,3,5,7)FEh
REGISTER
CP.RCR1
—
CP.RHPC1
CP.RHPC2
CP.RHPMC1
CP.RHPMC2
CP.RLTC
CP.RSR
CP.RSRL
CP.RSRIE
CP.RCCR1
CP.RCCR2
CP.RECCR1
CP.RECCR2
CP.RHPCR1
CP.RHPCR2
CP.RCCCR1
CP.RCCCR2
CP.RFCCR1
CP.RFCCR2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Cell Processor Receive Control Register 1
Reserved
Cell Processor Receive Header Pattern Control Register 1
Cell Processor Receive Header Pattern Control Register 2
Cell Processor Receive Header Pattern Mask Control Register 1
Cell Processor Receive Header Pattern Mask Control Register 2
Cell Processor Receive LCD Threshold Control Register
Cell Processor Receive Status Register
Cell Processor Receive Status Register Latched
Cell Processor Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
Cell Processor Receive Cell Count Register 1
Cell Processor Receive Cell Count Register 2
Cell Processor Receive Errored Header Count Register 1
Cell Processor Receive Errored Header Count Register 2
Cell Processor Receive Header Pattern Cell Count Register 1
Cell Processor Receive Header Pattern Cell Count Register 2
Cell Processor Receive Corrected Cell Count Register 1
Cell Processor Receive Corrected Cell Count Register 2
Cell Processor Receive Filtered Idle/Unassigned/Invalid Cell Count Register 1
Cell Processor Receive Filtered Idle/Unassigned/Invalid Cell Count Register 2
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
345
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.14.2.2 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RCR1
Cell Processor Receive Control Register 1
(1,3,5,7)C0h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RDDE
0
14
RDHE
0
13
RECED
0
12
RHPM1
0
11
RHPM0
0
10
RICFD
0
9
RUCFE
0
8
RICFE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RROC1
0
6
RROC0
0
5
RCPAD
0
4
RHECD
0
3
RHDE
0
2
RDD
0
1
RBRE
0
0
RPTE
0
Bit 15: Receive DSS Descrambling Enable (RDDE) – When 0, self-synchronous descrambling is enabled. When
1, DSS descrambling is enabled. DSS mode is only applicable for un-framed or clear channel framing and bit
synchronous modes. This bit is ignored if descrambling is disabled. Note: In byte synchronous and cell passthrough modes, self-synchronous descrambling is enabled regardless of the setting of this bit.
Bit 14: Receive DQDB HEC Processing Enable (RDHE) – When 0, the HEC is calculated over all four-header
bytes. When 1, only the last three header bytes are used for HEC calculation.
Bit 13: Receive Errored Cell Extraction Disable (RECED) – When 0, errored cells are extracted. When 1,
errored cells are passed on.
Bits 12 to 11: Receive Header Pattern Comparison Mode (RHPM[1:0]) – These two bits control the operation of
the header pattern comparison function.
00 = Count match: Cells that match the header pattern are counted.
01 = Count no match - Cells that do not match the header pattern are counted.
10 = Discard match - Cells that match the header pattern are counted and discarded.
11 = Discard no match - Cells that do not match the header pattern are counted and discarded.
Bit 10: Receive Idle Cell Filtering Disable (RICFD) – When 0, idle cells are discarded. When 1, idle cells are
passed on.
Bit 9: Receive Unassigned Cell Filtering Enable (RUCFE) – When 0, unassigned cells are passed on. When 1,
unassigned cells are counted and discarded.
Bit 8: Receive Invalid Cell Filtering Enable (RICFE) – When 0, invalid cells are passed on. When 1, invalid cells
are discarded.
Bits 7 to 6: Receive Error Monitoring Required OK Cells (RROC[1:0]) – These two bits indicate the number of
good cells required to transition from the "Detection" state to the "Correction" state, which enables single bit
correction of the header (see Figure 10-28).
00 = 1 good cell is required.
01 = 2 good cells are required.
10 = 4 good cells are required.
11 = 8 good cells are required.
Bit 5: Receive HEC Coset Polynomial Addition Disable (RCPAD) – When 0, the HEC coset polynomial addition
is performed prior to checking the HEC byte. When 1, HEC coset polynomial addition is disabled
Bit 4: Receive Header Error Correction Disable (RHECD) – When 0, single bit header error correction is
enabled. When 1, header error correction is disabled and all errors are treated as an un-correctable error.
Bit 3: Receive Cell Header Descrambling Enable (RHDE) – When 0, only the cell payload will be descrambled.
When 1, the entire data stream (cell header and payload) is descrambled. This bit is ignored if descrambling is
disabled or DSS descrambling is enabled. When cell pass-through mode is enabled, the entire data stream will be
descrambled if descrambling is enabled.
Bit 2: Receive Descrambling Disable (RDD) – When 0, descrambling is performed. When 1, descrambling is
disabled.
346
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 1: Receive Bit Reordering Enable (RBRE) – When 0, bit reordering is disabled (The first bit received is stored
in the MSB of the receive FIFO byte). When 1, bit reordering is enabled (The first bit received is stored in the LSB
of the receive FIFO byte).
Bit 0: Receive Pass-Through Enable (RPTE) – When 0, pass-through mode is disabled and cell processing is
enabled. When 1, the cell processor is in pass-through mode, and all cell processing functions except
descrambling and bit reordering are disabled.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RHPC1
Cell Processor Receive Header Pattern Control Register 1
(1,3,5,7)C4h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RHP15
0
14
RHP14
0
13
RHP13
0
12
RHP12
0
11
RHP11
0
10
RHP10
0
9
RHP9
0
8
RHP8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RHP7
0
6
RHP6
0
5
RHP5
0
4
RHP4
0
3
RHP3
0
2
RHP2
0
1
RHP1
0
0
RHP0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Header Pattern (RHP[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 32 bits. Register description follows next
register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RHPC2
Cell Processor Receive Header Pattern Control Register 2
(1,3,5,7)C6h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RHP31
0
14
RHP30
0
13
RHP29
0
12
RHP28
0
11
RHP27
0
10
RHP26
0
9
RHP25
0
8
RHP24
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RHP23
0
6
RHP22
0
5
RHP21
0
4
RHP20
0
3
RHP19
0
2
RHP18
0
1
RHP17
0
0
RHP16
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Header Pattern (RHP[31:16]) - Upper 16 bits of 32 bits.
Receive Header Pattern (RHP[31:0]) – These 32 bits indicate the receive header bit pattern to be detected by the
header pattern comparison function.
347
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RHPMC1
Cell Processor Receive Header Pattern Mask Control Register 1
(1,3,5,7)C8h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RHPD15
0
14
RHPD14
0
13
RHPD13
0
12
RHPD12
0
11
RHPD11
0
10
RHPD10
0
9
RHPD9
0
8
RHPD8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RHPD7
0
6
RHPD6
0
5
RHPD5
0
4
RHPD4
0
3
RHPD3
0
2
RHPD2
0
1
RHPD1
0
0
RHPD0
0
Bit 15 to 0: Receive Header Pattern Comparison Disable (RHPD[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 32 bits. Register
description follows next register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RHPMC2
Cell Processor Receive Header Pattern Mask Control Register 2
(1,3,5,7)CAh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RHPD31
0
14
RHPD30
0
13
RHPD29
0
12
RHPD28
0
11
RHPD27
0
10
RHPD26
0
9
RHPD25
0
8
RHPD24
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RHPD23
0
6
RHPD22
0
5
RHPD21
0
4
RHPD20
0
3
RHPD19
0
2
RHPD18
0
1
RHPD17
0
0
RHPD16
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Header Pattern Comparison Disable (RHPD[31:16]) - Upper 16 bits of 32 bits.
Receive Header Pattern Comparison Disable (RHPD[31:0]) – These 32 bits indicate whether or not the
associated header bit is checked by the header pattern comparison function. If RHPD[x] is high, the header bit x is
ignored during the header pattern comparison (don't care). If RHPD[x] is low, the associated bit in the header must
match RHP[x] in the receive header pattern control register RHPC.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RLTC
Cell Processor Receive LCD Threshold Control Register
(1,3,5,7)CCh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RLT15
0
14
RLT14
0
13
RLT13
0
12
RLT12
0
11
RLT11
0
10
RLT10
0
9
RLT9
0
8
RLT8
1
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RLT7
0
6
RLT6
1
5
RLT5
1
4
RLT4
0
3
RLT3
1
2
RLT2
0
1
RLT1
0
0
RLT0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive LCD Threshold (RLT[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the number of consecutive cell periods
the cell delineation state machine must be in an Out of Cell Delineation (OCD) condition before it declares or
terminate a Loss of Cell Delineation (LCD) condition. A value of 0000h causes LCD to be declared at the same
time as OCD. The register has a default value after reset of 360 (decimal).
348
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RSR
Cell Processor Receive Status Register
(1,3,5,7)CEh
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
OOS
10
—
9
OCD
8
LCD
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
RECC
1
RHPC
0
RCHC
Bit 11: Out Of Sync (OOS) – This read-only bit indicates that a DSS Out Of Sync (OOS) state exists. DSS OOS
occurs when the DSS Scrambler Synchronization state machine is in the "Load" or "Verify" state, and DSS
scrambling has been enabled.
Bit 9: Out Of Cell Delineation (OCD) – This read-only bit indicates that an Out of Cell Delineation condition (OCD)
exists. When DSS scrambling is disabled, OCD occurs when the HEC Error Monitoring state machine is in the
"OCD" state. When DSS scrambling is enable, OCD occurs when the DSS OCD Detection state machine is in the
"OCD" state.
Bit 8: Loss Of Cell Delineation (LCD) – This read-only bit indicate that a Loss of Cell Delineation state exists.
LCD occurs when OCD persists for the period programmed in the LCD threshold control register RLTC.
Bit 2: Receive Errored Header Cell Count (RECC) – This read-only bit indicates that the receive errored header
cell count is non-zero.
Bit 1: Receive Header Pattern Cell Count (RHPC) – This read-only bit indicates that the receive header pattern
comparison cell count is non-zero.
Bit 0: Receive Corrected Cell Count (RCHC) – This read-only bit indicates that the receive corrected header cell
count is non-zero.
349
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RSRL
Cell Processor Receive Status Register Latched
(1,3,5,7)D0h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
OOSL
10
COCDL
9
OCDCL
8
LCDCL
Bit #
Name
7
RECL
6
RCHL
5
RIDL
4
RUDL
3
RIVDL
2
RECCL
1
RHPCL
0
RCHCL
Bit 11: Out Of Sync Change Latched (OOSL) – This bit is set when the OOS bit in the CP.RSR register changes
state.
Bit 10: Change Of Cell Delineation Latched (COCDL) – This bit is set when the data path cell counters are
updated with a new cell delineation that is different from the previous cell delineation.
Bit 9: Out Of Cell Delineation Change Latched (OCDCL) – This bit is set when the OCD bit in the CP.RSR
register changes state. Note: Immediately after a reset, this bit will be set to one.
Bit 8: Loss Of Cell Delineation Change Latched (LCDCL) – This bit is set when the LCD bit in the CP.RSR
register changes state
Bit 7: Receive Errored Header Cell Latched (RECL) – This bit is set when a cell with an errored header is
discarded.
Bit 6: Receive Corrected Header Cell Latched (RCHL) – This bit is set when a cell with a single header error is
corrected.
Bit 5: Receive Idle Cell Detection Latched (RIDL) – This bit is set when an idle cell is discarded.
Bit 4: Receive Unassigned Cell Detection Latched (RUDL) – This bit is set when an unassigned cell is
discarded.
Bit 3: Receive Invalid Cell Detection Latched (RIVDL) – This bit is set when an invalid cell is discarded.
Bit 2: Receive Errored Header Cell Count Latched (RECCL) – This bit is set when the RECC bit in the CP.RSR
register transitions from zero to one.
Bit 1: Receive Header Pattern Cell Count Latched (RHPCL) – This bit is set when the RHPC bit in the CP.RSR
register transitions from zero to one.
Bit 0: Receive Corrected Header Cell Count Latched (RCHCL) – This bit is set when the RCHC bit in the
CP.RSR register transitions from zero to one.
350
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address/Type:
CP.RSRIE
Cell Processor Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
(1,3,5,7)D2h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
OOSIE
0
10
COCDIE
0
9
OCDCIE
0
8
LCDCIE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RECIE
0
6
RCHIE
0
5
RIDIE
0
4
RUDIE
0
3
RIVDIE
0
2
RECCIE
0
1
RHPCIE
0
0
RCHCIE
0
Bit 11: Out Of Sync Change Interrupt Enable (OOSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the OOSL bit in the
CP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 10: Change Of Cell Delineation Interrupt Enable (COCDIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the COCDL bit
in the CP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 9: Out Of Cell Delineation Change Interrupt Enable (OCDCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the OCDCL
bit in the CP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 8: Loss Of Cell Delineation Change Interrupt Enable (LCDCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LCDCL
bit in the CP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 7: Receive Errored Header Cell Interrupt Enable (RECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RECL bit in
the CP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 6: Receive Corrected Header Cell Interrupt Enable (RCHIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RCHL bit in
the CP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 5: Receive Idle Cell Detection Interrupt Enable (RIDIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RIDL bit in the
CP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Receive Unassigned Cell Detection Interrupt Enable (RUDIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RUDL
bit in the CP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Receive Invalid Cell Detection Interrupt Enable (RIVDIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RIVDL bit in
the CP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Receive Errored Header Cell Count Interrupt Enable (RECCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
RECCL bit in the CP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
351
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Bit 1: Receive Header Pattern Cell Count Interrupt Enable (RHPCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
RHFCL bit in the CP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Receive Corrected Header Cell Count Interrupt Enable (RCHCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
RCHCL bit in the CP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RCCR1
Cell Processor Receive Cell Count Register 1
(1,3,5,7)D4h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RCC15
0
14
RCC14
0
13
RCC13
0
12
RCC12
0
11
RCC11
0
10
RCC10
0
9
RCC9
0
8
RCC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RCC7
0
6
RCC6
0
5
RCC5
0
4
RCC4
0
3
RCC3
0
2
RCC2
0
1
RCC1
0
0
RCC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Cell Count (RCC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 24 bits. Register description follows next register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RCCR2
Cell Processor Receive Cell Count Register 2
(1,3,5,7)D6h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RCC23
0
6
RCC22
0
5
RCC21
0
4
RCC20
0
3
RCC19
0
2
RCC18
0
1
RCC17
0
8
—
0
0
RCC16
0
Bits 7 to 0: Receive Cell Count (RCC[23:16]) - Upper 8 bits of Register.
Receive Cell Count (RCC[23:0]) – These 24 bits indicate the number of cells stored in the receive FIFO. Note:
Cells discarded due to system loopback or an overflow condition will be included in this count. This register is
updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
352
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RECCR1
Cell Processor Receive Errored Header Count Register 1
(1,3,5,7)D8h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RECC15
0
14
RECC14
0
13
RECC13
0
12
RECC12
0
11
RECC11
0
10
RECC10
0
9
RECC9
0
8
RECC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RECC7
0
6
RECC6
0
5
RECC5
0
4
RECC4
0
3
RECC3
0
2
RECC2
0
1
RECC1
0
0
RECC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Errored Header Count (RECC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 24 bits. Register description
follows next register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RECCR2
Cell Processor Receive Errored Header Count Register 2
(1,3,5,7)DAh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RECC23
0
6
RECC22
0
5
RECC21
0
4
RECC20
0
3
RECC19
0
2
RECC18
0
1
RECC17
0
8
—
0
0
RECC16
0
Bits 7 to 0: Receive Errored Header Count (RECC[23:16])
Receive Errored Header Count (RECC[23:0]) – These 24 bits indicate the number of cells received with
uncorrected header errors and discarded. If errored cell extraction is disabled, this count will be zero. Cells
included in this count will not be included in any other count. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see
Section 10.4.5).
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RHPCR1
Cell Processor Receive Header Pattern Cell Count Register 1
(1,3,5,7)DCh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RHPC15
0
14
RHPC14
0
13
RHPC13
0
12
RHPC12
0
11
RHPC11
0
10
RHPC10
0
9
RHPC9
0
8
RHPC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RHPC7
0
6
RHPC6
0
5
RHPC5
0
4
RHPC4
0
3
RHPC3
0
2
RHPC2
0
1
RHPC1
0
0
RHPC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Header Pattern Comparison Cell Count (RHPC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 24 bits. Register
description follows next register.
353
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RHPCR2
Cell Processor Receive Header Pattern Cell Count Register #2
(1,3,5,7)DEh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RHPC23
0
6
RHPC22
0
5
RHPC21
0
4
RHPC20
0
3
RHPC19
0
2
RHPC18
0
1
RHPC17
0
0
RHPC16
0
Bits 7 to 0: Receive Header Pattern Comparison Cell Count (RHPC[23:16]) - Upper 8 bits of Register.
Receive Header Pattern Comparison Cell Count (RHPC[23:0]) – These 24 bits indicate the number of cells
identified during the header pattern comparison processes. In the header pattern comparison count and discard
match modes, this will be a count of cells with a matching header. In the header pattern comparison count and
discard no match modes, this will be a count of cells without a matching header. In the header pattern comparison
count (match and no match) modes, this count will also be included in the receive cell count registers. In the
header pattern comparison discard (match or no match) modes, this count will not be included in any other count.
This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RCCCR1
Cell Processor Receive Corrected Cell Count Register 1
(1,3,5,7)E0h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RCHC15
0
14
RCHC14
0
13
RCHC13
0
12
RCHC12
0
11
RCHC11
0
10
RCHC10
0
9
RCHC9
0
8
RCHC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RCHC7
0
6
RCHC6
0
5
RCHC5
0
4
RCHC4
0
3
RCHC3
0
2
RCHC2
0
1
RCHC1
0
0
RCHC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Corrected Header Count (RCHC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 24 bits. Register description
follows next register.
354
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RCCCR2
Cell Processor Receive Corrected Cell Count Register 2
(1,3,5,7)E2h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RCHC23
0
6
RCHC22
0
5
RCHC21
0
4
RCHC20
0
3
RCHC19
0
2
RCHC18
0
1
RCHC17
0
8
—
0
0
RCHC16
0
Bits 7 to 0: Receive Corrected Header Count (RCHC[23:16]) - Upper 8 bits of Register.
Receive Corrected Header Count (RCHC[23:0]) – These 24 bits indicate the number of cells that have had
header errors corrected. If header error correction is disabled, this count will be zero. This count will be included in
the receive cell count registers (CP.RCCR), receive filtered idle/unassigned/invalid cell count registers
(CP.RFCCR), or receive header pattern cell count registers (CP.RHPCR). This register is updated via the PMU
signal (see Section 10.4.5).
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RFCCR1
Cell Processor Receive Filtered Idle/Unassigned/Invalid Cell Count Register 1
(1,3,5,7)E4h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RFCC15
0
14
RFCC14
0
13
RFCC13
0
12
RFCC12
0
11
RFCC11
0
10
RFCC10
0
9
RFCC9
0
8
RFCC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RFCC7
0
6
RFCC6
0
5
RFCC5
0
4
RFCC4
0
3
RFCC3
0
2
RFCC2
0
1
RFCC1
0
0
RFCC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Filtered Cell Count (RFCC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 24 bits. Register description follows
next register.
355
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
CP.RFCCR2
Cell Processor Receive Filtered Idle/Unassigned/Invalid Cell Count Register #2
(1,3,5,7)E6h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RFCC23
0
6
RFCC22
0
5
RFCC21
0
4
RFCC20
0
3
RFCC19
0
2
RFCC18
0
1
RFCC17
0
0
RFCC16
0
Bits 7 to 0: Receive Filtered Cell Count (RFCC[23:16]) - Upper 8 bits of Register.
Receive Filtered Cell Count (RFCC[23:0]) – These 24 bits indicate the number of cells that were discarded during
the cell filtering processes (idle, unassigned, and/or invalid). If all cell filtering is disabled, this count will be zero.
Cells included in this count will not be included in any other count. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see
Section 10.4.5).
356
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.14.3 Transmit Packet Processor Register Map
The transmit packet processor block uses 10 registers. Note: These registers are shared with the transmit cell
processor registers.
Table 12-50. Transmit Packet Processor Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
(1,3,5,7)A0h
(1,3,5,7)A2h
(1,3,5,7)A4h
(1,3,5,7)A6h
(1,3,5,7)A8h
(1,3,5,7)AAh
(1,3,5,7)ACh
(1,3,5,7)AEh
(1,3,5,7)B0h
(1,3,5,7)B2h
(1,3,5,7)B4h
(1,3,5,7)B6h
(1,3,5,7)B8h
(1,3,5,7)BAh
(1,3,5,7)BCh
(1,3,5,7)BEh
PP.TCR
PP.TIFGC
PP.TEPC
—
—
—
—
PP.TSR
PP.TSRL
PP.TSRIE
PP.TPCR1
PP.TPCR2
PP.TBCR1
PP.TBCR2
—
—
Packet Processor Transmit Control Register
Packet Processor Transmit Inter-Frame Gapping Control Register
Packet Processor Transmit Errored Packet Control Register
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Packet Processor Transmit Status Register
Packet Processor Transmit Status Register Latched
Packet Processor Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable
Packet Processor Transmit Packet Count Register 1
Packet Processor Transmit Packet Count Register 2
Packet Processor Transmit Byte Count Register 1
Packet Processor Transmit Byte Count Register 2
Unused
Unused
12.14.3.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.TCR
Packet Processor Transmit Control Register
(1,3,5,7)A0h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
TFAD
0
4
TF16
0
3
TIFV
0
2
TSD
0
1
TBRE
0
0
TPTE
0
Bit 5: Transmit FCS Append Disable (TFAD) – This bit controls whether or not a FCS is appended to the end of
each packet. When 0, the calculated FCS bytes are appended to the end of the packet. When 1, the packet is
transmitted without a FCS.
Bit 4: Transmit FCS-16 Enable (TF16) – When 0, the FCS processing uses a 32-bit FCS. When 1, the FCS
processing uses a 16-bit FCS
Bit 3: Transmit Bit Synchronous Inter-frame Fill Value (TIFV) – When 0, inter-frame fill is done with the flag
sequence (7Eh). When 1, inter-frame fill is done with all '1's. This bit is ignored in octet aligned mode.
Bit 2: Transmit Scrambling Disable (TSD) – When 0, scrambling is performed. When 1, scrambling is disabled.
Bit 1: Transmit Bit Reordering Enable (TBRE) – When 0, bit reordering is disabled (The first bit transmitted is
from the MSB of the transmit FIFO byte). When 1, bit reordering is enabled (The first bit transmitted is from the LSB
of the transmit FIFO byte).
Bit 0: Transmit Pass-Through Enable (TPTE) – When 0, pass-through mode is disabled and packet processing
is enabled. When 1, the packet processor is in pass-through mode and all packet-processing functions except
scrambling and bit reordering are disabled.
357
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.TIFGC
Packet Processor Transmit Inter-Frame Gapping Control Register
(1,3,5,7)A2h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TIFG7
0
6
TIFG6
0
5
TIFG5
0
4
TIFG4
0
3
TIFG3
0
2
TIFG2
0
1
TIFG1
0
0
TIFG0
1
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit Inter-Frame Gapping (TIFG[7:0]) – These eight bits indicate the number of additional flags
and bytes of inter-frame fill to be inserted between packets. The number of flags and bytes of inter-frame fill
between packets will be at least the value of TIFG[7:0] plus 1. Note: If inter-frame fill is set to all 1’s, a TFIG value
of 2 or 3 will result in a flag, at least two bytes of 1’s, and a flag between packets.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.TEPC
Packet Processor Transmit Errored Packet Control Register
(1,3,5,7)A4h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
MEIMS
0
14
TPER6
0
13
TPER5
0
12
TPER4
0
11
TPER3
0
10
TPER2
0
9
TPER1
0
8
TPER0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TPEN7
0
6
TPEN6
0
5
TPEN5
0
4
TPEN4
0
3
TPEN3
0
2
TPEN2
0
1
TPEN1
0
0
TPEN0
0
Bit 15: Manual Error Insert Mode Select (MEIMS) – When 0, the transmit manual error insertion signal (TMEI)
will not cause errors to be inserted. When 1, TMEI will causes an error to be inserted when it transitions from a 0 to
a 1. Note: Enabling TMEI does not disable error insertion using TPER[6:0] and TPEN[7:0].
Manual Error Insertion is available at the global level but not on a per-port basis for the packet processor.
(PORT.CR1.MEIM must be set for global error insertion to insert a packet error.)
Bits 14 to 8: Transmit Errored Packet Insertion Rate (TPER[6:0]) – These seven bits indicate the rate at which
errored packets are to be output. One out of every x * 10y packets is to be an errored packet. TPER[3:0] is the
value x, and TPER[6:4] is the value y, which has a maximum value of 6. If TPER[3:0] has a value of 0h errored
packet insertion is disabled. If TPER[6:4] has a value of 6xh or 7xh the errored packet rate will be x * 106. A
TPER[6:0] value of 01h results in every packet being errored. A TPER[6:0] value of 0Fh results in every 15th packet
being errored. A TPER[6:0] value of 11h result in every 10th packet being errored. Errored packet insertion starts
when the PP.TEPC register is written with a TPER[3:0] value that is non-zero. If the PP.TEPC register is written to
during the middle of an errored packet insertion process, the current process is halted, and a new process will be
started using the new values of TPER[6:0] and TPEN[7:0}. Errored packet insertion ends when TPEN[7:0] errored
packets have been transmitted.
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit Errored Packet Insertion Number (TPEN[7:0]) – These eight bits indicate the total number
of errored packets to be transmitted. A value of FFh results in continuous errored packet insertion at the specified
rate.
358
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.TSR
Packet Processor Transmit Status Register
(1,3,5,7)AEh
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
—
0
TEPF
Bit 0: Transmit Errored Packet Insertion Finished (TEPF) – This bit is set when the number of errored packets
indicated by the TPEN[7:0] bits in the PP.TEPC register have been transmitted. This bit is cleared when errored
packet insertion is disabled, or a new errored packet insertion process is initiated.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.TSRL
Packet Processor Transmit Status Register Latched
(1,3,5,7)B0h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
—
0
TEPFL
Bit 0: Transmit Errored Packet Insertion Finished Latched (TEPFL) – This bit is set when the TEPF bit in the
PP.TSR register transitions from zero to one.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.TSRIE
Packet Processor Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable
(1,3,5,7)B2h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
—
0
6
—
0
5
—
0
4
—
0
3
—
0
2
—
0
1
—
0
0
TEPFIE
0
Bit 0: Transmit Errored Packet Insertion Finished Interrupt Enable (TEPFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if
the TEPFL bit in the PP.TSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
359
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.TPCR1
Packet Processor Transmit Packet Count Register 1
(1,3,5,7)B4h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TPC15
0
14
TPC14
0
13
TPC13
0
12
TPC12
0
11
TPC11
0
10
TPC10
0
9
TPC9
0
8
TPC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TPC7
0
6
TPC6
0
5
TPC5
0
4
TPC4
0
3
TPC3
0
2
TPC2
0
1
TPC1
0
0
TPC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Transmit Packet Count (TPC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 24 bits. Register description follows next
register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.TPCR2
Packet Processor Transmit Packet Count Register 2
(1,3,5,7)B6h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TPC23
0
6
TPC22
0
5
TPC21
0
4
TPC20
0
3
TPC19
0
2
TPC18
0
1
TPC17
0
0
TPC16
0
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit Packet Count (TPC[23:16]) - Upper 8 bits of Register.
Transmit Packet Count (TPC[23:0]) – These 24 bits indicate the number of packets extracted from the Transmit
FIFO and output in the outgoing data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
360
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.TBCR1
Packet Processor Transmit Byte Count Register 1
(1,3,5,7)B8h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TBC15
0
14
TBC14
0
13
TBC13
0
12
TBC12
0
11
TBC11
0
10
TBC10
0
9
TBC9
0
8
TBC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TBC7
0
6
TBC6
0
5
TBC5
0
4
TBC4
0
3
TBC3
0
2
TBC2
0
1
TBC1
0
0
TBC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Transmit Byte Count (TBC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 32 bits. Register description follows next
register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.TBCR2
Packet Processor Transmit Byte Count Register 2
(1,3,5,7)BAh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TBC31
0
14
TBC30
0
13
TBC29
0
12
TBC28
0
11
TBC27
0
10
TBC26
0
9
TBC25
0
8
TBC24
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TBC23
0
6
TBC22
0
5
TBC21
0
4
TBC20
0
3
TBC19
0
2
TBC18
0
1
TBC17
0
0
TBC16
0
Bits 15 to 0: Transmit Byte Count (TBC[31:16]) - Upper 16 bits of 32 bits.
Transmit Byte Count (TBC[31:0]) – These 32 bits indicate the number of packet bytes inserted in the outgoing
data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
361
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.14.4 Receive Packet Processor Register Map
The receive packet processor block has 17 registers.
Table 12-51. Receive Packet Processor Register Map
ADDRESS
REGISTER
(1,3,5,7)C0h
(1,3,5,7)C2h
(1,3,5,7)C4h
(1,3,5,7)C6h
(1,3,5,7)C8h
(1,3,5,7)CAh
(1,3,5,7)CCh
(1,3,5,7)CEh
(1,3,5,7)D0h
(1,3,5,7)D2h
(1,3,5,7)D4h
(1,3,5,7)D6h
(1,3,5,7)D8h
(1,3,5,7)DAh
(1,3,5,7)DCh
(1,3,5,7)DEh
(1,3,5,7)E0h
(1,3,5,7)E2h
(1,3,5,7)E4h
(1,3,5,7)E6h
(1,3,5,7)E8h
(1,3,5,7)EAh
(1,3,5,7)ECh
(1,3,5,7)EEh
(1,3,5,7)F0h
(1,3,5,7)F2h
(1,3,5,7)F4h
(1,3,5,7)F6h
(1,3,5,7)F8h
(1,3,5,7)FAh
(1,3,5,7)FCh
(1,3,5,7)FEh
PP.RCR
PP.RMPSC
—
—
—
—
—
PP.RSR
PP.RSRL
PP.RSRIE
PP.RPCR1
PP.RPCR2
PP.RFPCR1
PP.RFPCR2
PP.RAPCR1
PP.RAPCR2
PP.RSPCR1
PP.RSPCR2
—
—
PP.RBCR1
PP.RBCR2
PP.REBCR1
PP.REBCR2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Packet Processor Receive Control Register
Packet Processor Receive Maximum Packet Size Control Register
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Packet Processor Receive Status Register
Packet Processor Receive Status Register Latched
Packet Processor Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
Packet Processor Receive Packet Count Register 1
Packet Processor Receive Packet Count Register 2
Packet Processor Receive FCS Errored Packet Count Register 1
Packet Processor Receive FCS Errored Packet Count Register 2
Packet Processor Receive Aborted Packet Count Register 1
Packet Processor Receive Aborted Packet Count Register 2
Packet Processor Receive Size Violation Packet Count Register 1
Packet Processor Receive Size Violation Packet Count Register 2
Reserved
Reserved
Packet Processor Receive Byte Count Register 1
Packet Processor Receive Byte Count Register 2
Packet Processor Receive Errored Byte Count Register 1
Packet Processor Receive Errored Byte Count Register 2
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
362
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
12.14.4.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RCR
Packet Processor Receive Control Register
(1,3,5,7)C0h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RMNS7
0
14
RMNS6
0
13
RMNS5
0
12
RMNS4
0
11
RMNS3
0
10
RMNS2
0
9
RMNS1
0
8
RMNS0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
5
RFPD
0
4
RF16
0
3
RFED
0
2
RDD
0
1
RBRE
0
0
RPTE
0
Bits 15 to 8: Receive Minimum Packet Size (RMNS[7:0]) – These eight bits indicate the minimum allowable
packet size in bytes. The size includes the FCS bytes, but excludes bit/byte stuffing. Note: In FCS-32 mode,
packets with six bytes are the minimum packet size allowed, in FCS-16 mode, packets with four bytes are the
minimum packet size allowed, and when FCS processing is disabled, packets with two bytes are the minimum
packet size allowed. Packets less than the minimum size will be aborted.
Bit 5: Receive FCS Processing Disable (RFPD) – When 0, FCS processing is performed (the packets have an
FCS appended). When 1, FCS processing is disabled (the packets do not have an FCS appended).
Bit 4: Receive FCS-16 Enable (RF16) – When 0, the error checking circuit uses a 32-bit FCS. When 1, the error
checking circuit uses a 16-bit FCS. This bit is ignored when FCS processing is disabled.
Bit 3: Receive FCS Extraction Disable (RFED) – When 0, the FCS bytes are discarded. When 1, the FCS bytes
are passed on. This bit is ignored when FCS processing is disabled.
Bit 2: Receive Descrambling Disable (RDD) – When 0, descrambling is performed. When 1, descrambling is
disabled.
Bit 1: Receive Bit Reordering Enable (RBRE) – When 0, bit reordering is disabled (The first bit received is stored
in the MSB of the receive FIFO byte). When 1, bit reordering is enabled (The first bit received is stored in the LSB
of the receive FIFO byte).
Bit 0: Receive Pass-Through Enable (RPTE) – When 0, pass-through mode is disabled and packet processing is
enabled. When 1, pass-through mode is enabled, and all packet-processing functions except descrambling and bit
reordering are disabled.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RMPSC
Packet Processor Receive Maximum Packet Size Control Register
(1,3,5,7)C2h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RMX15
0
14
RMX14
0
13
RMX13
0
12
RMX12
0
11
RMX11
0
10
RMX10
1
9
RMX9
1
8
RMX8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RMX7
0
6
RMX6
0
5
RMX5
0
4
RMX4
0
3
RMX3
0
2
RMX2
0
1
RMX1
0
0
RMX0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Maximum Packet Size (RMX[15:0]) – These 16 bits indicate the maximum allowable
packet size in bytes. The size includes the FCS bytes, but excludes bit/byte stuffing. Note: If the maximum packet
length is less than the minimum packet length, all packets will be aborted. When packet processing is disabled,
these 16 bits indicate the "packet" size the incoming data is to be broken into.
363
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RSR
Packet Processor Receive Status Register
(1,3,5,7)CEh
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
Reserved
10
Reserved
9
Reserved
8
Reserved
Bit #
Name
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
REPC
1
RAPC
0
RSPC
Bit 2: Receive FCS Errored Packet Count (REPC) – This read-only bit indicates that the receive FCS errored
packet count is non-zero.
Bit 1: Receive Aborted Packet Count (RAPC) – This read-only bit indicates that the receive aborted packet count
is non-zero.
Bit 0: Receive Size Violation Packet Count (RSPC) – This read-only bit indicates that the receive size violation
packet count is non-zero.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RSRL
Packet Processor Receive Status Register Latched
(1,3,5,7)D0h
Bit #
Name
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
Reserved
10
Reserved
9
Reserved
8
Reserved
Bit #
Name
7
REPL
6
RAPL
5
RIPDL
4
RSPDL
3
RLPDL
2
REPCL
1
RAPCL
0
RSPCL
Bit 7: Receive FCS Errored Packet Latched (REPL) – This bit is set when a packet with an errored FCS is
detected.
Bit 6: Receive Aborted Packet Latched (RAPL) – This bit is set when a packet with an abort indication is
detected.
Bit 5: Receive Invalid Packet Detected Latched (RIPDL) – This bit is set when a packet with a non-integer
number of bytes is detected.
Bit 4: Receive Small Packet Detected Latched (RSPDL) – This bit is set when a packet smaller than the
minimum packet size is detected.
Bit 3: Receive Large Packet Detected Latched (RLPDL) – This bit is set when a packet larger than the maximum
packet size is detected.
Bit 2: Receive FCS Errored Packet Count Latched (REPCL) – This bit is set when the REPC bit in the RPPSR
register transitions from zero to one.
Bit 1: Receive Aborted Packet Count Latched (RAPCL) – This bit is set when the RAPC bit in the RPPSR
register transitions from zero to one.
Bit 0: Receive Size Violation Packet Count Latched (RSPCL) – This bit is set when the RSPC bit in the RPPSR
register transitions from zero to one.
364
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RSRIE
Packet Processor Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
(1,3,5,7)D2h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
REPIE
0
6
RAPIE
0
5
RIPDIE
0
4
RSPDIE
0
3
RLPDIE
0
2
REPCIE
0
1
RAPCIE
0
0
RSPCIE
0
Bit 7: Receive FCS Errored Packet Interrupt Enable (REPIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the REPL bit in the
PP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 6: Receive Aborted Packet Interrupt Enable (RAPIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RAPL bit in the
PP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 5: Receive Invalid Packet Detected Interrupt Enable (RIPDIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RIPDL bit
in the PP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Receive Small Packet Detected Interrupt Enable (RSPDIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RSPDL bit
in the PP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Receive Large Packet Detected Interrupt Enable (RLPDIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RLPDL bit
in the PP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Receive FCS Errored Packet Count Interrupt Enable (REPCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
REPCL bit in the PP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
Must be set low when the packets do not have a FCS appended.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Receive Aborted Packet Count Interrupt Enable (RAPCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RAPCL bit
in the PP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Receive Size Violation Packet Count Interrupt Enable (RSPCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
RSPCL bit in the PP.RSRL register is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
365
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RPCR1
Packet Processor Receive Packet Count Register 1
(1,3,5,7)D4h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RPC15
0
14
RPC14
0
13
RPC13
0
12
RPC12
0
11
RPC11
0
10
RPC10
0
9
RPC9
0
8
RPC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RPC7
0
6
RPC6
0
5
RPC5
0
4
RPC4
0
3
RPC3
0
2
RPC2
0
1
RPC1
0
0
RPC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Packet Count (RPC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 24 bits. Register description follows next
register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RPCR2
Packet Processor Receive Packet Count Register 2
(1,3,5,7)D6h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RPC23
0
6
RPC22
0
5
RPC21
0
4
RPC20
0
3
RPC19
0
2
RPC18
0
1
RPC17
0
0
RPC16
0
Bits 7 to 0: Receive Packet Count (RPC[23:16]) - Upper 8 bits of Register.
Receive Packet Count (RPC[23:0]) – These 24 bits indicate the number of packets stored in the receive FIFO
without an abort indication. Note: Packets discarded due to system loopback or an overflow condition will be
included in this count. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
366
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RFPCR1
Packet Processor Receive FCS Errored Packet Count Register 1
(1,3,5,7)D8h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RFPC15
0
14
RFPC14
0
13
RFPC13
0
12
RFPC12
0
11
RFPC11
0
10
RFPC10
0
9
RFPC9
0
8
RFPC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RFPC7
0
6
RFPC6
0
5
RFPC5
0
4
RFPC4
0
3
RFPC3
0
2
RFPC2
0
1
RFPC1
0
0
RFPC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive FCS Errored Packet Count (RFPC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 24 bits. Register description
follows next register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RFPCR2
Packet Processor Receive FCS Errored Packet Count Register 2
(1,3,5,7)DAh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RFPC23
0
6
RFPC22
0
5
RFPC21
0
4
RFPC20
0
3
RFPC19
0
2
RFPC18
0
1
RFPC17
0
0
RFPC16
0
Bits 7 to 0: Receive FCS Errored Packet Count (RFPC[7:0])
Receive FCS Errored Packet Count (RFPC[23:0]) – These 24 bits indicate the number of packets received with a
FCS error. The byte count for these packets is included in the receive aborted byte count register PP.REBCR.
This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
367
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RAPCR1
Packet Processor Receive Aborted Packet Count Register 1
(1,3,5,7)DCh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RAPC15
0
14
RAPC14
0
13
RAPC13
0
12
RAPC12
0
11
RAPC11
0
10
RAPC10
0
9
RAPC9
0
8
RAPC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RAPC7
0
6
RAPC6
0
5
RAPC5
0
4
RAPC4
0
3
RAPC3
0
2
RAPC2
0
1
RAPC1
0
0
RAPC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Aborted Packet Count (RAPC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 24 bits. Register description
follows next register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RAPCR2
Packet Processor Receive Aborted Packet Count Register 2
(1,3,5,7)DEh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RAPC23
0
6
RAPC22
0
5
RAPC21
0
4
RAPC20
0
3
RAPC19
0
2
RAPC18
0
1
RAPC17
0
0
RAPC16
0
Bits 7 to 0: Receive Aborted Packet Count (RAPC[23:16]) - Upper 8 bits of Register.
Receive Aborted Packet Count (RAPC[23:0]) – These 24 bits indicate the number of packets received with a
packet abort indication. The byte count for these packets is included in the receive aborted byte count register
PP.REBCR.
This register is updated via the PMU signal (see Section 10.4.5).
368
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RSPCR1
Packet Processor Receive Size Violation Packet Count Register 1
(1,3,5,7)E0h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RSPC15
0
14
RSPC14
0
13
RSPC13
0
12
RSPC12
0
11
RSPC11
0
10
RSPC10
0
9
RSPC9
0
8
RSPC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RSPC7
0
6
RSPC6
0
5
RSPC5
0
4
RSPC4
0
3
RSPC3
0
2
RSPC2
0
1
RSPC1
0
0
RSPC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Size Violation Packet Count (RSPC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 24 bits. Register description
follows next register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RSPCR2
Packet Processor Receive Size Violation Packet Count Register 2
(1,3,5,7)E2h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
—
0
14
—
0
13
—
0
12
—
0
11
—
0
10
—
0
9
—
0
8
—
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RSPC23
0
6
RSPC22
0
5
RSPC21
0
4
RSPC20
0
3
RSPC19
0
2
RSPC18
0
1
RSPC17
0
0
RSPC16
0
Bits 7 to 0: Receive Size Violation Packet Count (RSPC[23:16]) - Upper 8 bits of Register.
Receive Size Violation Packet Count (RSPC[23:0]) – These 24 bits indicate the number of packets received with
a packet size violation (below minimum, above maximum, or non-integer number of bytes). The byte count for
these packets is included in the receive aborted byte count register PP.REBCR.
369
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RBCR1
Packet Processor Receive Byte Count Register 1
(1,3,5,7)E8h
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RBC15
0
14
RBC14
0
13
RBC13
0
12
RBC12
0
11
RBC11
0
10
RBC10
0
9
RBC9
0
8
RBC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RBC7
0
6
RBC6
0
5
RBC5
0
4
RBC4
0
3
RBC3
0
2
RBC2
0
1
RBC1
0
0
RBC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Byte Count (RBC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 32 bits. Register description follows next
register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.RBCR2
Packet Processor Receive Byte Count Register 2
(1,3,5,7)EAh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RBC31
0
14
RBC30
0
13
RBC29
0
12
RBC28
0
11
RBC27
0
10
RBC26
0
9
RBC25
0
8
RBC24
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RBC23
0
6
RBC22
0
5
RBC21
0
4
RBC20
0
3
RBC19
0
2
RBC18
0
1
RBC17
0
0
RBC16
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Byte Count (RBC[31:16]) - Upper 16 bits of 32 bits.
Receive Byte Count (RBC[31:0]) – These 32 bits indicate the number of bytes contained in packets stored in the
receive FIFO without an error indication. Note: Bytes discarded due to FCS extraction, system loopback, FIFO
reset, or an overflow condition may be included in this count. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see
Section 10.4.5).
370
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.REBCR1
Packet Processor Receive Errored Byte Count Register 1
(1,3,5,7)ECh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
REBC15
0
14
REBC14
0
13
REBC13
0
12
REBC12
0
11
REBC11
0
10
REBC10
0
9
REBC9
0
8
REBC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
REBC7
0
6
REBC6
0
5
REBC5
0
4
REBC4
0
3
REBC3
0
2
REBC2
0
1
REBC1
0
0
REBC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Errored Byte Count (REBC[15:0]) – Lower 16 bits of 32 bits. Register description follows
next register.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
PP.REBCR2
Packet Processor Receive Errored Byte Count Register 2
(1,3,5,7)EEh
Bit #
Name
Default
15
REBC31
0
14
REBC30
0
13
REBC29
0
12
REBC28
0
11
REBC27
0
10
REBC26
0
9
REBC25
0
8
REBC24
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
REBC23
0
6
REBC22
0
5
REBC21
0
4
REBC20
0
3
REBC19
0
2
REBC18
0
1
REBC17
0
0
REBC16
0
Bits 15 to 0: Receive Errored Byte Count (REBC[31:16]) - Upper 16 bits of 32 bits.
Receive Errored Byte Count (REBC[31:0]) – These 32 bits indicate the number of bytes contained in packets
stored in the receive FIFO with an error indication. Note: Bytes discarded due to FCS extraction, system loopback,
FIFO reset, or an overflow condition may be included in this count. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see
Section 10.4.5).
371
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
13 JTAG INFORMATION
13.1 JTAG Description
This device supports the standard instruction codes SAMPLE/PRELOAD, BYPASS, and EXTEST. Optional public
instructions included are HIGHZ, CLAMP, and IDCODE. The device contains the following items, which meet the
requirements set by the IEEE 1149.1 Standard Test Access Port (TAP) and Boundary Scan Architecture:
Test Access Port (TAP)
TAP Controller
Instruction Register
Bypass Register
Boundary Scan Register
Device Identification Register
The Test Access Port has the necessary interface pins, namely JTCLK, JTDI, JTDO, and JTMS, and the optional
JTRST input. Details on these pins can be found in Section 8. See IEEE 1149.1-1990, IEEE 1149.1a-1993, and
IEEE 1149.1b-1994 for details about the Boundary Scan Architecture and the Test Access Port.
Figure 13-1. JTAG Block Diagram
Boundary Scan
Register
Identification
Register
Mux
Bypass
Register
Instruction
Register
Select
Test Access Port
Controller
10K
10K
JTDI
JTMS
Tri-State
10K
JTCLK
JTRST*
372
JTDO
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
13.2 JTAG TAP Controller State Machine Description
This section covers the details on the operation of the Test Access Port (TAP) Controller State Machine. See
Figure 13-2 for details on each of the states described below. The TAP controller is a finite state machine that
responds to the logic level at JTMS on the rising edge of JTCLK.
Figure 13-2. JTAG TAP Controller State Machine
Test-Logic-Reset
1
0
0
Run-Test/Idle
1
Select
DR-Scan
1
0
1
0
1
Capture-DR
Capture-IR
0
0
Shift-DR
Shift-IR
0
1
1
1
Exit1-IR
0
0
Pause-DR
Pause-IR
0
1
0
1
0
Exit2-DR
Exit2-IR
1
1
Update-DR
1
0
1
Exit1- DR
0
1
Select
IR-Scan
0
Update-IR
1
0
Test-Logic-Reset. When JTRST is changed from low to high, the TAP controller starts in the Test-Logic-Reset
state, and the Instruction Register is loaded with the IDCODE instruction. All system logic and I/O pads on the
device operate normally. This state can also be reached from any other state by holding JTMS high and clocking
JTCLK five times.
Run-Test-Idle. Run-Test-Idle is used between scan operations or during specific tests. The Instruction Register
and Test Register remain idle.
Select-DR-Scan. All test registers retain their previous state. With JTMS low, a rising edge of JTCLK moves the
controller into the Capture-DR state and initiates a scan sequence. JTMS high moves the controller to the SelectIR-Scan state.
Capture-DR. Data may be parallel loaded into the Test Data register selected by the current instruction. If the
instruction does not call for a parallel load or the selected register does not allow parallel loads, the Test Register
remains at its current value. On the rising edge of JTCLK, the controller goes to the Shift-DR state if JTMS is low or
to the Exit1-DR state if JTMS is high.
373
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Shift-DR. The Test Data Register selected by the current instruction is connected between JTDI and JTDO and
shifts data one stage toward its serial output on each rising edge of JTCLK. If a Test Register selected by the
current instruction is not placed in the serial path, it maintains its previous state.
Exit1-DR. While in this state, a rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high puts the controller in the Update-DR state
that terminates the scanning process. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Pause-DR
state.
Pause-DR. Shifting of the Test registers is halted while in this state. All Test registers selected by the current
instruction retain their previous state. The controller remains in this state while JTMS is low. A rising edge on
JTCLK with JTMS high puts the controller in the Exit2-DR state.
Exit2-DR. While in this state, a rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high puts the controller in the Update-DR state
and terminate the scanning process. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Shift-DR
state.
Update-DR. A falling edge on JTCLK while in the Update-DR state latches the data from the shift register path of
the Test registers into the data output latches. This prevents changes at the parallel output due to changes in the
shift register. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low, puts the controller in the Run-Test-Idle state. With JTMS
high, the controller enters the Select-DR-Scan state.
Select-IR-Scan. All Test registers retain their previous state. The Instruction register remains unchanged during
this state. With JTMS low, a rising edge on JTCLK moves the controller into the Capture-IR state and initiates a
scan sequence for the Instruction register. JTMS high during a rising edge on JTCLK puts the controller back into
the Test-Logic-Reset state.
Capture-IR. The Capture-IR state is used to load the shift register in the Instruction register with a fixed value of
001. This value is loaded on the rising edge of JTCLK. If JTMS is high on the rising edge of JTCLK, the controller
enters the Exit1-IR state. If JTMS is low on the rising edge of JTCLK, the controller enters the Shift-IR state.
Shift-IR. In this state, the shift register in the Instruction register is connected between JTDI and JTDO and shifts
data one stage for every rising edge of JTCLK toward the serial output. The parallel registers, as well as all Test
registers, remain at their previous states. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high moves the controller to the Exit1IR state. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low keeps the controller in the Shift-IR state while moving data one
stage through the Instruction shift register.
Exit1-IR. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Pause-IR state. If JTMS is high on the
rising edge of JTCLK, the controller enters the Update-IR state and terminate the scanning process.
Pause-IR. Shifting of the Instruction register is halted temporarily. With JTMS high, a rising edge on JTCLK puts
the controller in the Exit2-IR state. The controller remains in the Pause-IR state if JTMS is low during a rising edge
on JTCLK.
Exit2-IR. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high put the controller in the Update-IR state. The controller loops
back to the Shift-IR state if JTMS is low during a rising edge of JTCLK in this state.
Update-IR. The instruction shifted into the Instruction shift register is latched into the parallel output on the falling
edge of JTCLK as the controller enters this state. Once latched, this instruction becomes the current instruction. A
rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low, puts the controller in the Run-Test-Idle state. With JTMS high, the controller
enters the Select-DR-Scan state.
374
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
13.3 JTAG Instruction Register and Instructions
The instruction register contains a shift register as well as a latched parallel output and is 3 bits in length. When the
TAP controller enters the Shift-IR state, the instruction shift register is connected between JTDI and JTDO. While in
the Shift-IR state, a rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low shifts data one stage toward the serial output at JTDO. A
rising edge on JTCLK in the Exit1-IR state or the Exit2-IR state with JTMS high moves the controller to the UpdateIR state. The falling edge of that same JTCLK latches the data in the instruction shift register to the instruction
parallel output. Instructions supported by the device and their respective operational binary codes are shown in
Table 13-1.
Table 13-1. JTAG Instruction Codes
INSTRUCTIONS
SELECTED REGISTER
INSTRUCTION CODES
EXTEST
IDCODE
SAMPLE/PRELOAD
CLAMP
HIGHZ
——
——
BYPASS
Boundary Scan
Device Identification
Boundary Scan
Bypass
Bypass
Bypass
Bypass
Bypass
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
SAMPLE/PRELOAD. This is a mandatory instruction for the IEEE 1149.1 specification. This instruction supports
two functions. The digital I/Os of the device can be sampled at the boundary scan register without interfering with
the normal operation of the device and the boundary scan register can be pre-loaded for the EXTEST instruction.
The positive edge of JTCLK in the Capture-DR state samples all digital input pins into the boundary scan register.
The boundary scan register is connected between JTDI and JTDO. The data on JTDI pin is clocked into the
boundary scan register and the data captured in the Capture-DR state is shifted out the TDO pin in the Shift-DR
state.
EXTEST. This is a mandatory instruction for the IEEE 1149.1 specification. This instruction allows testing of all
interconnections to the device. When the EXTEST instruction is latched in the instruction register, the following
actions occur. Once enabled by the Update-IR state, the parallel outputs of all digital output pins are driven
according to the values in the boundary scan registers on the positive edge of JTCLK. The boundary scan register
is connected between JTDI and JTDO. The positive edge of JTCLK in the Capture-DR state samples all digital
input pins into the boundary scan register. The negative edge of JTCLK in the Update-DR state causes all of the
digital output pins to be driven according to the values in the boundary scan registers that have been shifted in
during the Shift-DR state. The outputs are returned to their normal mode or HIZ mode at the positive edge of
JTCLK during the Update-IR state when an instruction other than EXTEST or CLAMP is activated.
BYPASS. This is a mandatory instruction for the IEEE 1149.1 specification. When the BYPASS instruction is
latched into the parallel instruction register, JTDI connects to JTDO through the 1-bit bypass test register. This
allows data to pass from JTDI to JTDO not affecting the device’s normal operation. This mode can be used to
bypass one or more chips in a system with multiple chips that have their JTAG scan chain connected in series. The
chips not in bypass can then be tested with the normal JTAG modes.
IDCODE. This is a mandatory instruction for the IEEE 1149.1 specification. When the IDCODE instruction is
latched into the parallel instruction register, the identification test register is selected. The device identification code
is loaded into the identification register on the rising edge of JTCLK following entry into the Capture-DR state. ShiftDR can be used to shift the identification code out serially through JTDO. During Test-Logic-Reset, the
identification code is forced into the instruction register’s parallel output.
HIGHZ. All digital outputs are placed into a high-impedance state. The bypass register is connected between JTDI
and JTDO. The outputs are put into the HIZ mode when the HIZ instruction is loaded in the Update-IR state and on
the positive edge of JTCLK. The outputs are returned to their normal mode or driven from the boundary scan
register at the positive edge of JTCLK during the Update-IR state when an instruction other than HIZ is activated.
CLAMP. All digital output pins output data from the boundary scan parallel output while connecting the bypass
register between JTDI and JTDO. The outputs do not change during the CLAMP instruction. If the previous
instruction was not EXTEST, the outputs will be driven according to the values in the boundary scan register at the
375
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
positive edge of JTCLK in the Update-IR state. The typical use of this instruction is in a system that has the JTAG
scan chain of multiple chips connected in series, and all of the chips have their outputs initialized using the
EXTEST mode. Then some of the chips are left initialized using the CLAMP mode and others have their IO
controlled using the EXTEST mode. This reduces the size of the scan chain during the partial testing of the system.
13.4 JTAG ID Codes
Table 13-2. JTAG ID Codes
DS3181
REVISION
ID[31:28]
Consult factory
DEVICE CODE
ID[27:12]
0000000001001000
MANUFACTURER’S CODE
ID[11:1]
00010100001
REQUIRED
ID[0]
1
DS3182
Consult factory
0000000001001001
00010100001
1
DS3183
Consult factory
0000000001001010
00010100001
1
DS3184
Consult factory
0000000001001011
00010100001
1
DEVICE
13.5 JTAG Functional Timing
This functional timing for the JTAG circuits shows:
•
The JTAG controller starting from reset state.
•
Shifting out the first 4 LSB bits of the IDCODE.
•
Shifting in the BYPASS instruction (111) while shifting out the mandatory X01 pattern.
•
Shifting the TDI pin to the TDO pin through the bypass shift register.
•
An asynchronous reset occurs while shifting.
Figure 13-3. JTAG Functional Timing
(INST)
(STATE)
IDCODE
Run Test
Idle
Reset
Select DR
Scan
Capture
DR
Exit1
DR
Shift
DR
IDCODE
BYPASS
Update
DR
Select DR
Scan
Select IR
Scan
Capture
IR
Shift IR
Exit1
IR
Update
IR
Select DR
Scan
Capture
DR
Shift
DR
Test
Logic Idle
JTCLK
JTRST
JTMS
X
X
JTDI
X
X
JTDO
Output
Pin
X
Output pin level change if in "EXTEST" instruction mode
13.6 IO Pins
All input, output, and in/out pins are in/out pins in JTAG mode.
376
X
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
14 PIN ASSIGNMENT
Table 14-1 details the breakdown of the assigned pins for each device.
Table 14-1. Pin Assignment Breakdown
DS3184
DS3183
DS3182
DS3181
I/O Signals
275
245
215
185
Digital VDD
40
40
40
40
Analog VDD
13
13
13
13
VSS
68
68
68
68
Total
396 assigned
pins
366 assigned
pins
336 assigned
pins
306 assigned
pins
Figure 14-1. DS3184 Pin Assignments—400-Lead TE-PBGA
Note: Green indicates VSS, Red indicates VDD, and Yellow indicates system interface pins.
A
1
2
VSS
3
4
RPOS1 VDD_RX3
5
6
RXN3
TXN3
7
8
9
10
B
MODE
RNEG1
TCLKI1
C
GPIO[5]
GPIO[6]
A[10]
TPOS1
D
VDD_RX1
A[5]
A[9]
TNEG1
RXP3
TXP3
TSOFI1
TOHSOF
TPDENI1 VDD_JA3
1
TOHCLK1 RPDAT1 TPDAT3
ROHCLK
1
RPDENI1 TCLKO1
TOH1
RCLKO1 ROH1
E
A[1]
A[4]
A[8]
JTRST*
TOHEN1
F
RXN1
RXP1
JTCLK
JTMS
GPIO[1]
G
VDD_JA1
A[3]
A[7]
H
A[0]
A[2]
A[6]
JTDO
GPIO[2]
UNUSED UNUSED
1
3
J
TXN1
TXP1
JTDI
VDD_TX1
K
CLKA
RDY*
RD*
WR*
L
CLKB
CLKC
CS*
M
TXN2
TXP2
TEST*
N
VDD_TX2
ALE
D[6]
11
TSER1 VDD_TX3 RSOFO1
RSER1
ROH3
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
TSOFO3
TSER3
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
INT*
WIDTH
UNUSED UNUSED
2
4
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
VSS
VDD
VDD
D[11]
VDD_JA2
D[12]
GPIO[4]
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
D[13]
GPIO[3]
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
T
VDD_RX2
D[3]
D[8]
D[14]
Y
VSS
D[5]
ROHSOF
2
20
VSS
D[15]
VDD_CLA
D
D[7]
VDD
19
TEN*
VSS
HIZ*
W
18
TADR[0]
VSS
D[2]
D[4]
17
TPRTY
VDD
RXP2
GPIO[8]
16
TADR[1]
VDD
D[0]
D[1]
15
RNEG3
VDD
RXN2
GPIO[7]
14
RPOS3
RST*
TMOD[0] TMOD[1] TDATA[9]
VDD
TDATA[21 TDATA[19 TDATA[20 TDATA[25
TPOS3 TADR[4]
]
]
]
]
TDATA[8]
ROHSOF
TDATA[22 TDATA[26 TDATA[27
TOH3
TSOFI3 TPDENI3
3
TADR[3]
]
]
]
TDXA[4] TDXA[2]
TOHSOF ROHCLK
TDATA[23 RDATA[2 RDATA[2
TOHCLK3
3
3
TOHEN3 TADR[2]
]
7]
0]
TDXA[3] RDXA[4]
RDATA[3 RDATA[2
TDATA[24
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
VDD
1]
6]
RDXA[3] RDXA[2]
]
RDATA[3 RDATA[2
RDATA[1 RDATA[1
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
VDD
0]
5]
REN*
9]
7]
RDATA[2 RDATA[2 RDATA[2 RDATA[1 RDATA[1
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
VDD
9]
4]
2]
8]
6]
RDATA[2 RDATA[2 RDATA[2
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
8]
3]
1]
RERR
TSCLK
TLCLK3
P
V
13
TSOFO1 TLCLK1
R
U
12
TPDENO
1
RPDAT3 RCLKO3 RLCLK3 TCLKO3 TCLKI3
TPDENO
RLCLK1 TPDAT1
3
RSER3 RSOFO3 RPDENI3 TNEG3
VDD
ROHSOF
1
VSS
VDD
VDD
TOHSOF ROHCLK
TOHCLK4
4
4
TOHEN4
ROHSOF
TOH4
TSOFI4 TPDENI4
4
TOHEN2 TSER2 VDD_TX4 RSOFO2 RSER2
ROH4
ROHCLK
D[9]
TNEG2
2
RPDENI2 TCLKO2
TOH2
RCLKO2 ROH2
TOHSOF
D[10]
TPOS2 TPDENI2 VDD_JA4
2
TOHCLK2 RPDAT2 TPDAT4 TLCLK4 TSOFO4 TSER4
TPOS4
TPDENO
RNEG2 TCLKI2
RXP4
TXP4
TSOFI2 RLCLK2 TPDAT2
4
RSER4 RSOFO4 RPDENI4 TNEG4
TPDENO
RPOS2 VDD_RX4 RXN4
TXN4
TSOFO2 TLCLK2
2
RPDAT4 RCLKO4 RLCLK4 TCLKO4 TCLKI4
377
TSPA
TDXA[1]
RVAL
RDXA[1]
RPRTY
REOP
RSOX RMOD[0] RMOD[1] RDATA[0]
RDATA[1 RDATA[1
5]
1]
RDATA[2] RDATA[1] RSCLK
RDATA[1 RDATA[1
VDD
4]
0]
RDATA[5] RDATA[4] RDATA[3]
RDATA[1
VDD
3]
RDATA[9] RDATA[8] RDATA[7] RDATA[6]
RDATA[1 TDATA[16
VDD
2]
]
RADR[2] RADR[1] RADR[0]
TDATA[30 TDATA[17 TDATA[18
]
]
]
TDATA[1] RADR[4] RADR[3]
TDATA[31 TDATA[29 TDATA[28
]
]
]
TDATA[6] TDATA[3] TDATA[0]
TDATA[15 TDATA[12
TEOP
]
]
TDATA[5] TDATA[4] TDATA[2]
TDATA[14 TDATA[11 TDATA[10
RPOS4
TSOX
]
]
]
TDATA[7]
TDATA[13
RNEG4
TSX
TERR
]
VDD
VSS
VSS
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 14-2. DS3183 Pin Assignments—400-Lead TE-PBGA
Note: Green indicates VSS, Red indicates VDD, Yellow indicates system interface pins, and blank cells indicate no connect balls.
1
A
VSS
B
MODE
2
3
4
VDD
RPOS1 VDD_RX3
ROHSOF
1
RNEG1 TCLKI1
5
6
RXN3
TXN3
RXP3
TXP3
15
16
17
18
19
20
TSOFO1 TLCLK1
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
RNEG3
TADR[1]
TPRTY
TADR[0]
TEN*
VSS
RPOS3
TPDENO
1
RPDAT3 RCLKO3 RLCLK3 TCLKO3 TCLKI3
TPDENO
RLCLK1 TPDAT1
3
RSER3 RSOFO3 RPDENI3 TNEG3
C
GPIO[5]
GPIO[6]
A[10]
TPOS1
D
VDD_RX1
A[5]
A[9]
TNEG1
TSOFI1
TOHSOF
TPDENI1 VDD_JA3
1
TOHCLK1 RPDAT1 TPDAT3
ROHCLK
1
RPDENI1 TCLKO1
TOH1
RCLKO1 ROH1
E
A[1]
A[4]
A[8]
JTRST*
TOHEN1
F
RXN1
RXP1
JTCLK
JTMS
GPIO[1]
VDD
VDD
G
VDD_JA1
A[3]
A[7]
JTDO
GPIO[2]
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
H
A[0]
A[2]
A[6]
J
TXN1
TXP1
JTDI
VDD_TX1
K
CLKA
RDY*
RD*
WR*
D[15]
VDD_CLA
D
INT*
WIDTH
TSER1 VDD_TX3 RSOFO1
RSER1
ROH3
VDD
VSS
VSS
VDD
VSS
VSS
RST*
TMOD[0] TMOD[1] TDATA[9]
VDD
TDATA[21 TDATA[19 TDATA[20 TDATA[25
]
]
TDATA[8]
TLCLK3 TSOFO3 TSER3
TPOS3 TADR[4]
]
]
ROHSOF
TDATA[22 TDATA[26 TDATA[27
]
TOH3
TSOFI3 TPDENI3
3
TADR[3]
]
]
TDXA[4] TDXA[2]
TOHSOF ROHCLK
TDATA[23 RDATA[2 RDATA[2
0]
TDXA[3] RDXA[4]
TOHCLK3
3
3
TOHEN3 TADR[2]
]
7]
RDATA[3 RDATA[2
TDATA[24
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
VDD
1]
6]
RDXA[3] RDXA[2]
]
RDATA[3 RDATA[2
RDATA[1 RDATA[1
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
VDD
0]
5]
REN*
9]
7]
RDATA[2 RDATA[2 RDATA[2 RDATA[1 RDATA[1
2]
8]
6]
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
VDD
9]
4]
RDATA[2 RDATA[2 RDATA[2
1]
RERR
TSCLK
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
8]
3]
L
CLKB
CLKC
CS*
M
TXN2
TXP2
TEST*
N
VDD_TX2
ALE
D[6]
D[11]
VDD_JA2
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
P
D[0]
D[2]
D[7]
D[12]
GPIO[4]
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
R
RXN2
RXP2
HIZ*
D[13]
GPIO[3]
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
T
VDD_RX2
D[3]
D[8]
D[14]
U
D[1]
D[4]
D[9]
TNEG2
V
GPIO[7]
GPIO[8]
D[10]
TPOS2
TOHEN2 TSER2
RSOFO2 RSER2
ROHCLK
2
RPDENI2 TCLKO2
TOH2
RCLKO2
TOHSOF
TPDENI2
2
TOHCLK2 RPDAT2
W
VDD
TCLKI2
TSOFI2
Y
VSS
D[5]
RNEG2
ROHSOF
2
RPOS2
ROH2
RLCLK2
TPDAT2
TPDENO
TSOFO2 TLCLK2
2
TSPA
TDXA[1]
RVAL
RDXA[1]
RPRTY
REOP
RSOX RMOD[0] RMOD[1] RDATA[0]
RDATA[1 RDATA[1
5]
1]
RDATA[2] RDATA[1] RSCLK
RDATA[1 RDATA[1
VDD
4]
0]
RDATA[5] RDATA[4] RDATA[3]
RDATA[1
VDD
3]
RDATA[9] RDATA[8] RDATA[7] RDATA[6]
RDATA[1 TDATA[16
VDD
2]
]
RADR[2] RADR[1] RADR[0]
TDATA[30 TDATA[17 TDATA[18
]
]
]
TDATA[1] RADR[4] RADR[3]
TDATA[31 TDATA[29 TDATA[28
]
]
]
TDATA[6] TDATA[3] TDATA[0]
TDATA[15 TDATA[12
TEOP
]
]
TDATA[5] TDATA[4] TDATA[2]
TDATA[14 TDATA[11 TDATA[10
]
]
TDATA[7]
TSOX
]
TDATA[13
]
TSX
TERR
VDD
VSS
VSS
Figure 14-3. DS3182 Pin Assignments—400-Lead TE-PBGA
Note: Green indicates VSS, Red indicates VDD, Yellow indicates system interface pins, and blank cells indicate no connect balls.
1
2
3
A
VSS
RPOS1
B
MODE
VDD
ROHSOF
1
4
5
6
RNEG1
C
GPIO[5]
GPIO[6]
A[10]
TPOS1
D
VDD_RX1
A[5]
A[9]
TNEG1
TPDENI1
ROHCLK
1
RPDENI1 TCLKO1
E
A[1]
A[4]
A[8]
JTRST*
TOHEN1
TSER1
TCLKI1
7
8
TSOFO1
TLCLK1
9
TPDENO
1
10
11
12
13
14
TSOFI1 RLCLK1 TPDAT1
TOHSOF
1
TOHCLK1 RPDAT1
TOH1
RCLKO1
RSOFO1
RSER1
ROH1
F
RXN1
RXP1
JTCLK
JTMS
GPIO[1]
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
G
VDD_JA1
A[3]
A[7]
JTDO
GPIO[2]
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
H
A[0]
A[2]
A[6]
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
15
J
TXN1
TXP1
JTDI
VDD_TX1
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
RDY*
RD*
WR*
D[15]
VDD_CLA
D
VSS
CLKA
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
INT*
WIDTH
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
L
CLKB
CLKC
CS*
TXN2
TXP2
TEST*
N
VDD_TX2
ALE
D[6]
D[11]
VDD_JA2
P
D[0]
D[2]
D[7]
D[12]
GPIO[4]
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
R
RXN2
RXP2
HIZ*
D[13]
GPIO[3]
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
T
VDD_RX2
D[3]
D[8]
D[14]
U
D[1]
D[4]
D[9]
TNEG2
V
GPIO[7]
GPIO[8]
D[10]
TPOS2
TOHEN2 TSER2
RSOFO2 RSER2
ROHCLK
2
RPDENI2 TCLKO2
TOH2
RCLKO2
TOHSOF
TPDENI2
2
TOHCLK2 RPDAT2
W
VDD
RNEG2
TCLKI2
TSOFI2
RLCLK2
Y
VSS
D[5]
ROHSOF
2
TSOFO2
TLCLK2
RPOS2
ROH2
TPDAT2
TPDENO
2
378
17
18
19
20
TPRTY
TADR[0]
TEN*
VSS
TMOD[0]
TDATA[19
]
TDATA[26
]
RDATA[2
7]
RDATA[2
6]
RDATA[2
5]
RDATA[2
4]
RDATA[2
3]
TMOD[1]
TDATA[20
]
TDATA[27
]
RDATA[2
0]
TDXA[1]
RVAL
RST*
TDATA[21
TADR[4]
]
TDATA[22
TADR[3]
]
TDATA[23
TADR[2]
]
RDATA[3
VDD
1]
RDATA[3
VDD
0]
RDATA[2
VDD
9]
RDATA[2
VSS
8]
K
M
16
TADR[1]
TSPA
REOP
RDATA[1
5]
RDATA[1
VDD
4]
RDATA[1
VDD
3]
RDATA[1
VDD
2]
TDATA[30 TDATA[17
]
]
TDATA[31 TDATA[29
]
]
TDATA[15
TEOP
]
VSS
TDATA[9]
VDD
TDATA[25
]
TDATA[8]
TDXA[4]
TDXA[2]
TDXA[3]
RDXA[4]
TDATA[24
RDXA[3] RDXA[2]
]
RDATA[1 RDATA[1
REN*
9]
7]
RDATA[2 RDATA[1 RDATA[1
2]
8]
6]
RDATA[2
1]
RERR
TSCLK
RDXA[1]
RPRTY
RSOX RMOD[0] RMOD[1] RDATA[0]
RDATA[1
1]
RDATA[2] RDATA[1] RSCLK
RDATA[1
0]
RDATA[5] RDATA[4] RDATA[3]
TSOX
RDATA[9]
TDATA[16
]
TDATA[18
]
TDATA[28
]
TDATA[12
]
TDATA[14
]
TSX
TERR
RDATA[8] RDATA[7] RDATA[6]
RADR[1]
RADR[0]
TDATA[1] RADR[4]
RADR[2]
RADR[3]
TDATA[6] TDATA[3] TDATA[0]
TDATA[5] TDATA[4] TDATA[2]
TDATA[11 TDATA[10
]
]
TDATA[7]
TDATA[13
]
VDD
VSS
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 14-4. DS3181 Pin Assignments—400-Lead TE-PBGA
Note: Green indicates VSS, Red indicates VDD, Yellow indicates system interface pins, and blank cells indicate no connect balls.
A
1
2
3
VSS
RPOS1
4
5
6
7
8
TSOFO1
TLCLK1
9
TPDENO
1
B
MODE
VDD
ROHSOF
1
RNEG1
TCLKI1
C
GPIO[5]
GPIO[6]
A[10]
TPOS1
D
VDD_RX1
A[5]
A[9]
TNEG1
TSOFI1 RLCLK1 TPDAT1
TOHSOF
TPDENI1
1
TOHCLK1 RPDAT1
ROHCLK
1
RPDENI1 TCLKO1
TOH1
RCLKO1
10
11
12
13
14
15
ROH1
A[1]
A[4]
A[8]
JTRST*
TOHEN1
TSER1
RSOFO1
RSER1
RXN1
RXP1
JTCLK
JTMS
GPIO[1]
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
G
VDD_JA1
A[3]
A[7]
JTDO
GPIO[2]
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
A[0]
A[2]
A[6]
TXN1
TXP1
JTDI
VDD_TX1
K
CLKA
RDY*
RD*
WR*
D[15]
VDD_CLA
D
L
CLKB
CLKC
CS*
INT*
WIDTH
M
TXN2
TXP2
TEST*
ALE
D[6]
D[11]
N
P
D[0]
D[2]
R
T
D[7]
D[12]
GPIO[4]
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
HIZ*
D[13]
GPIO[3]
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
D[14]
D[3]
D[8]
U
D[1]
D[4]
D[9]
V
GPIO[7]
GPIO[8]
D[10]
W
VDD
D[5]
Y
VSS
18
19
20
TADR[0]
TEN*
VSS
TMOD[0]
TDATA[19
]
TDATA[26
]
RDATA[2
7]
RDATA[2
6]
RDATA[2
5]
RDATA[2
4]
RDATA[2
3]
TMOD[1]
TDATA[20
]
TDATA[27
]
RDATA[2
0]
TDXA[1]
RVAL
RST*
TDATA[21
]
TDATA[22
TADR[3]
]
TDATA[23
TADR[2]
]
RDATA[3
VDD
1]
RDATA[3
VDD
0]
RDATA[2
VDD
9]
RDATA[2
VSS
8]
F
J
17
TPRTY
TADR[4]
E
H
16
TADR[1]
379
TSPA
REOP
RDATA[1
5]
RDATA[1
VDD
4]
RDATA[1
VDD
3]
RDATA[1
VDD
2]
TDATA[30 TDATA[17
]
]
TDATA[31 TDATA[29
]
]
TDATA[15
TEOP
]
VSS
TDATA[9]
VDD
TDATA[25
]
TDATA[8]
TDXA[4]
TDXA[2]
TDXA[3] RDXA[4]
TDATA[24
RDXA[2]
]
RDATA[1 RDATA[1
REN*
9]
7]
RDATA[2 RDATA[1 RDATA[1
2]
8]
6]
RDATA[2
1]
RERR
TSCLK
RDXA[3]
RDXA[1]
RPRTY
RSOX RMOD[0] RMOD[1] RDATA[0]
RDATA[1
1]
RDATA[2] RDATA[1] RSCLK
RDATA[1
0]
RDATA[5] RDATA[4] RDATA[3]
TSOX
RDATA[9]
TDATA[16
]
TDATA[18
]
TDATA[28
]
TDATA[12
]
TDATA[14
]
TSX
TERR
RDATA[8] RDATA[7] RDATA[6]
RADR[2]
RADR[1]
RADR[0]
TDATA[1] RADR[4]
RADR[3]
TDATA[6] TDATA[3] TDATA[0]
TDATA[5] TDATA[4] TDATA[2]
TDATA[11 TDATA[10
]
]
TDATA[7]
TDATA[13
]
VDD
VSS
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
15 PACKAGE INFORMATION
(The package drawing(s) in this data sheet may not reflect the most current specifications. The package number provided for
each package is a link to the latest package outline information.)
15.1 400-Lead TE-PBGA (27mm x 27mm, 1.27mm Pitch) (56-G6003-003)
380
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
16 PACKAGE THERMAL INFORMATION
The 36 thermal VSS balls in the center 6X6 matrix must be thermally and electrically connected to the
internal GND plane of the PC board to achieve these thermal characteristics.
PARAMETER
VALUE
Target Ambient Temperature Range
-40°C to +85°C
Die Junction Temperature Range
-40 to +125°C
Theta-JA, Still Air
12.6 °C/W (Note 1)
Note 1:
Theta-JA is based on the package mounted on a 4-layer JEDEC board
and measured in a JEDEC test chamber.
381
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
17 DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Voltage Range on Any Input, Bidirectional, or Open-Drain
Output Lead with Respect to VSS…………………………………………………………………………..-0.3V to +5.5V
Supply Voltage (VDD) with Respect to VSS..………………………………………………………………....-0.3V to +3.63V
Ambient Operating Temperature Range……………………………………………………………………..-40°C to +85°C
Junction Operating Temperature Range……………………………………………………………………-40°C to +125°C
Storage Temperature Range………………………………………………………………………………...-55°C to +125°C
Soldering Temperature Range…..……………………………………………..See IPC/JEDEC J-STD-020 Specification
These are stress ratings only and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated in the operation
sections of this specification is not implied. Exposure to absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods of time can affect device
reliability. Ambient Operating Temperature Range is assuming the device is mounted on a JEDEC standard test board in a convection cooled
JEDEC test enclosure.
Note: The typical values listed below are not production tested.
Table 17-1. Recommended DC Operating Conditions
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, Tj = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
Logic 1
VIH
2.0
5.5
V
Logic 0
VIL
-0.3
+0.8
V
Supply ±5%
VDD
3.135
3.300
3.465
V
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
760
850
610
448
280
130
96
64
32
Table 17-2. DC Electrical Characteristics
(Tj = -40°C to +85°C)
PARAMETER
Supply Current (VDD = 3.465V)
(Notes 1, 2)
SYMBOL
IDD
CONDITIONS
DS3184
DS3183
DS3182
DS3181
DS3184
DS3183
DS3182
DS3181
88
mA
Power-Down Current (All DISABLE Bits
Set) (Note 2)
IDDD
Lead Capacitance
CIO
Input Leakage
IIL
-10
+10
µA
Input Leakage (Input Pins with Internal
Pullup Resistors)
IILP
-350
+10
µA
Output Leakage (when High Impedance)
ILO
-10
+10
µA
Output Voltage (IOH = -4.0mA)
VOH
4mA outputs
Output Voltage (IOL = +4.0mA)
VOL
4mA outputs
Output Voltage (IOH = -6.0mA)
VOH
6mA outputs
Output Voltage (IOL = +6.0mA)
VOL
6mA outputs
7
382
pF
2.4
V
0.4
2.4
Note 1: Mode: STS-1 data rate, transmitting all ones on the LIU, all clocks = 52MHz, digital outputs without load.
Note 2: All outputs loaded with rated capacitance; all inputs between VDD and VSS; inputs with pullups connected to VDD.
mA
V
V
0.4
V
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 17-3. Output Pin Drive
PIN NAME
TYPE
DRIVE STRENGTH
(mA)
TLCLKn
TPOSn /TDATn
TNEGn/TOHMOn
TXPn
TXNn
TOHCLKn
TOHSOFn
ROHn
ROHCLKn
ROHSOFn
TPOHCLKn/
TCLKOn/TGCLKn
TPOHSOFn/TSOFOn/
TDENn/TFOHENOn
TPDATn
TPDENOn
RPOHn/RSERn
RPOHCLKn/
RCLKOn/RGCLKn
RPOHSOFn/RSOFOn/
RDENn/RFOHENOn
TDXA[1]/TPXA
TDXA[4:2]
TSPA
RDATA[31:0]
RPRTY
RDXA[1]/RPXA/RSX
RDXA[4:2]
RSOX
REOP
RVAL
RMOD[1:0]
RERR
D[15:0]
RDY
INT
GPIO[7:0]
JTDO
CLKB
CLKC
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
6
6
6
N/A (analog)
N/A (analog)
4
4
4
4
4
O
6
O
6
O
O
O
6
6
6
O
6
O
6
Oz
O
Oz
Oz
O
Oz
O
Oz
Oz
Oz
Oz
Oz
IO
Oz
Oz
IO
Oz
IO
IO
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
4
6
6
4
4
6
6
383
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
18 AC TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
There are several common AC characteristic definitions. These generic definitions are shown below in Figure 18-1,
Figure 18-2, Figure 18-3, and Figure 18-4. Definitions that are specific to a given interface are shown in that
interface’s subsection.
Figure 18-1. Clock Period and Duty Cycle Definitions
t1
Clock
t2
t2
Figure 18-2. Rise Time, Fall Time, and Jitter Definitions
t1
t4/2
Clock
t3
t3
Figure 18-3. Hold, Setup, and Delay Definitions (Rising Clock Edge)
Clock
t5
t6
Din
t7
Dout
384
t4
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 18-4. Hold, Setup, and Delay Definitions (Falling Clock Edge)
Clock
t5
t6
Din
t7
Dout
Figure 18-5. To/From High-Z Delay Definitions (Rising Clock Edge)
Clock
t8
t9
Dout
Figure 18-6. To/From High-Z Delay Definitions (Falling Clock Edge)
Clock
t8
t9
Dout
385
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
18.1 Fractional Port Characteristics
All AC timing characteristics are specified with a 25 pF capacitive load on all output pins, VIH = 2.4V and VIL = 0.8V.
The voltage threshold for all timing measurements is VDD/2. The generic timing definitions shown in Figure 18-1,
Figure 18-2, Figure 18-3, and Figure 18-6 apply to this interface.
Table 18-1. Fractional Port Timing
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, Tj = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
CLK Period
CONDITIONS
MIN
t1
(Note 1)
19.23
t2/t1
(Note 2)
40
CLK Rise or Fall times (20% to 80%)
t3
(Note 2)
DIN to CLK Setup Time
t5
CLK to DIN Hold Time
t6
CLK to DOUT Delay
t7
CLK Clock Duty Cycle (t2/t1)
TYP
MAX
UNITS
ns
50
60
%
4
ns
(Note 3)
3
ns
(Note 4)
7
ns
(Note 3)
1
ns
(Note 4)
1
ns
(Note 5)
2
11
ns
(Note 6)
2
9
ns
Note 1: Any mode, 52MHz TCLKIn, RLCLKn input clocks.
Note 2: Any mode, TCLKIn, RLCLKn input clocks.
Note 3: TCLKIn, RLCLKn clock inputs to TOHMIn/TSOFIn, TFOHn/TSERn, TFOHENIn, RFOHENIn inputs.
Note 4: TCLKOn, RCLKOn clock outputs to TOHMIn/TSOFIn, TFOHn/TSERn, TFOHENOn, RFOHENOn inputs.
Note 5: TCLKIn, RLCLKn clock input to TSOFOn/TDENn, RSERn, RSOFOn/RDENn, TPDENOn, TPDATn, and RPDATn outputs.
Note 6: TCLKOn, RCLKOn clock output to TSOFOn/TDENn, RSERn, RSOFOn/RDENn, TPDENOn, TPDATn and RPDATn outputs.
18.2 Line Interface AC Characteristics
All AC timing characteristics are specified with a 25 pF capacitive load on all output pins, VIH = 2.4V and VIL = 0.8V.
The voltage threshold for all timing measurements is VDD/2. The generic timing definitions shown in Figure 18-1,
Figure 18-2, Figure 18-3, and Figure 18-6 apply to this interface.
Table 18-2. Line Interface Timing
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, Tj = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
CLK Period
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
t1
(Note 1)
19.23
t2/t1
(Note 2)
40
CLK Rise or Fall times (20% to 80 %)
t3
(Note 2)
DIN to CLK Setup Time
t5
(Note 3)
4
ns
CLK to DIN Hold Time
t6
(Note 3)
0
ns
CLK to DOUT Delay
t7
(Note 4)
2
10
ns
(Note 5)
2
8
ns
CLK Clock Duty Cycle (t2/t1)
Note 1: Any mode, 52MHz TCLKIn, RLCLKn input clocks.
Note 2: Any mode, TCLKIn, RLCLKn input clocks.
Note 3: RLCLKn clock inputs to RPOSn/RDATn, RNEGn/RLCVn/ROHMIn inputs.
Note 4: TCLKIn, RLCLKn clock input to TPOSn/TDATn, TNEGn/TOHMOn outputs.
Note 5: TLCLKn, TCLKOn, RCLKOn clock output to TPOSn/TDATn, TNEGn/TOHMOn outputs.
386
ns
50
60
%
4
ns
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
18.3 Miscellaneous Pin AC Characteristics
All AC timing characteristics are specified with a 25 pF capacitive load on all output pins, VIH = 2.4V and VIL = 0.8V.
The voltage threshold for all timing measurements is VDD/2. The generic timing definitions shown in
Figure 18-1 and Figure 18-2 apply to this interface.
Table 18-3. Miscellaneous Pin Timing
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, Tj = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
Asynchronous Input High, Low Time
t1, t2
(Note 1)
Asynchronous Input Rise, Fall Time
t3
(Note 1)
MIN
TYP
MAX
500
UNITS
ns
10
ns
Note 1: TMEI (GPIO), PMU (GPIO), 8KREFI(GPIO) and RST inputs.
18.4 Overhead Port AC Characteristics
All AC timing characteristics are specified with a 25 pF capacitive load on all output pins, VIH = 2.4V and VIL = 0.8.
The voltage threshold for all timing measurements is VDD/2. The generic timing definitions shown in Figure 18-1,
Figure 18-2, Figure 18-3, and Figure 18-6 apply to this interface.
Table 18-4. Overhead Port Timing
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, Tj = -40°C to +125°C.)
PARAMETER
CLK Period
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
t1
(Note 1)
500
ns
t1, t2
(Note 1)
200
ns
DIN to CLK Setup Time
t5
(Note 2)
20
ns
CLK to DIN Hold Time
t6
(Note 2)
20
ns
CLK to DOUT Delay
t7
(Note 3)
-20
CLK Clock High and Low Time
20
ns
Note 1: TOHCLKn, TPOHCLKn, ROHCLKn, RPOHCLKn output clocks.
Note 2: TOHCLKn, TPOHCLKn clock falling edge outputs to TOHn, TOHENn, TPOHn, TPOHENn inputs.
Note 3: TOHCLKn, TPOHCLKn, ROHCLKn, RPOHCLKn clock falling edge outputs to TOHSOFn, TPOHSOFn, ROHn, ROHSOF, RPOHn,
RPOHSOFn outputs.
387
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
18.5 System Interface AC Characteristics
The AC characteristics of the system interface depend upon the mode of the interface. While UTOPIA vs. POSPHY mode does not have an effect on the AC characteristics, L2 vs. L3 does. Therefore, there are two tables: one
for L2 (Table 18-5) and one for L3 (Table 18-6). The generic timing definitions shown in Figure 18-1, Figure 18-2,
Figure 18-3, and Figure 18-6 apply to this interface.
Table 18-5. System Interface L2 Timing
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, Tj = -40°C to +125°C.)
SIGNAL NAME(S)
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
RSCLK and TSCLK
f1
RSCLK and TSCLK
t2/t1
RSCLK and TSCLK
t3
Rise/fall times (Notes 1, 2)
RADR and REN
t5
Hold time from RSCLK (Note 1)
RADR and REN
t6
MIN
Clock frequency (1/t1) (Note 1)
0
Clock duty cycle (Note 1)
40
TYP
50
MAX
UNITS
52
MHz
60
%
2
ns
0
ns
Setup time to RSCLK (Note 1)
3.5
ns
t7
Delay from RSCLK (Notes 1, 3)
2
12
ns
t8
From high-Z delay from RSCLK
(Notes 1, 3)
2
12
ns
t9
To high-Z delay from RSCLK
(Notes 1, 3)
2
15
ns
t5
Hold time from TSCLK (Note 1)
0
ns
t6
Setup time to TSCLK (Note 1)
3.5
ns
t7
Delay from TSCLK (Notes 1, 3)
2
12
ns
TPXA and TSPA
t8
From high-Z delay from TSCLK
(Notes 1, 3)
2
12
ns
TPXA and TSPA
t9
To high-Z delay from TSCLK
(Notes 1, 3)
2
15
ns
RDATA, RPRTY, RPXA,
RSOX, REOP, RVAL,
RMOD, and RERR
RDATA, RPRTY, RPXA,
RSOX, REOP, RVAL,
RMOD, and RERR
RDATA, RPRTY, RPXA,
RSOX, REOP, RVAL,
RMOD, and RERR
TDATA, TPRTY, TADR,
TEN, TSOX, TEOP,
TMOD, and TERR
TDATA, TPRTY, TADR,
TEN, TSOX, TEOP,
TMOD, and TERR
TPXA and TSPA
Note 1:
Note 2:
Note 3:
The input/output timing reference level for all signals is VDD/2.
Rise and fall times are measured at output side with the output unloaded. Rise time is measured from 20% to 80% VOH. Fall time
is measured from 80% to 20% VOH.
These times are met with a 30pF, 300Ω load on the associated output pin.
388
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 18-6. System Interface L3 Timing
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, Tj = -40°C to +125°C.)
SIGNAL NAME(S)
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
RSCLK and TSCLK
f1
RSCLK and TSCLK
t2/t1
RSCLK and TSCLK
t3
Rise/fall times (Notes 1, 2)
RADR and REN
t5
Hold time from RSCLK (Note 1)
RADR and REN
t6
RDATA, RPRTY, RPXA,
RSOX, REOP, RVAL, RMOD,
and RERR
TDATA, TPRTY, TADR, TEN,
TSOX, TEOP, TMOD, and
TERR
TDATA, TPRTY, TADR, TEN,
TSOX, TEOP, TMOD, and
TERR
TPXA and TSPA
Note 1:
Note 2:
Note 3:
MIN
Clock frequency (1/t1) (Note 1)
0
Clock duty cycle (Note 1)
40
TYP
50
MAX
UNITS
66
MHz
60
%
2
ns
0
ns
Setup time to RSCLK (Note 1)
3.5
ns
t7
Delay from RSCLK (Notes 1, 3)
2
t5
Hold time from TSCLK (Note 1)
0
ns
t6
Setup time to TSCLK (Note 1)
3.5
ns
t7
Delay from TSCLK (Notes 1, 3)
2
9.5
9.5
ns
ns
The input/output timing reference level for all signals is VDD/2.
Rise and fall times are measured at output side with the output unloaded. Rise time is measured from 20% to 80% VOH. Fall time
is measured from 80% to 20% VOH.
These times are met with a 30pF, 300Ω load on the associated output pin.
389
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
18.6 Micro Interface AC Characteristics
The AC characteristics for the external bus interface. This table references Figure 18-7and Figure 18-8.
Table 18-7. Micro Interface Timing
(VDD = 3.3 ±5%, Tj = -40°C to +125°C.)
SIGNAL NAME(S)
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
A[N:0]
t1a
Setup time to RD, WR, DS active (Note 1)
10
ns
ALE
t1b
Setup time to RD, WR, DS active (Notes 1, 2)
10
ns
A[N:0]
t2
Setup time to ALE inactive (Notes 1, 2)
2
ns
A[N:0]
t3
Hold time from ALE inactive (Notes 1, 2)
2
ns
ALE
t4
Pulse width (Notes 1, 2)
5
ns
A[N:0], ALE
t5
Hold time from RD, WR, DS inactive (Note 1)
0
ns
CS, R/W
t6
Setup time to RD, WR active (Note 1)
0
ns
D[15:0]
t8
Output delay time from RD, DS active (Note 1)
RD, WR, DS
t9a
Pulse width if not using RDY handshake
(Notes 1, 4)
35
ns
RD, WR, DS
t9b
Delay from RDY (Note 1)
15
ns
D[15:0]
t10
Output deassert delay time from RD, DS
inactive (Notes 1, 3)
2
CS, R/W
t12
Hold time from RD, WR, DS inactive (Note 1)
0
ns
D[15:0]
t13
Input setup time to WR, DS inactive (Note 1)
10
ns
D[15:0]
t14
Input hold time from WR, DS inactive (Note 1)
5
ns
RDY
t15
Delay time from RD, WR, DS active (Note 1)
5
ns
RDY
t16
Delay time from RD, WR, DS inactive (Note 1)
0
ns
RDY
t17
Enable delay time from CS active (Note 1)
12
ns
RDY
t18
Disable delay time from CS inactive (Note 1)
10
ns
RDY
t19
Ending high pulse width (Note 1)
1
ns
R/W
t20
Setup time to DS active (Note 1)
2
ns
R/W
t21
Hold time to DS inactive (Note 1)
2
ns
30
10
ns
ns
Note 1:
The input/output timing reference level for all signals is VDD/2. Transition time (80/20%) on RD, WR and CS inputs is 5ns max.
Note 2:
Multiplexed mode timing only.
Note 3:
D[15:0] output valid until not driven.
Note 4:
Timing required if not using RDY handshake.
390
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 18-7. Micro Interface Nonmultiplexed Read/Write Cycle
t1a
t5
A[10:0]
t6
t12
CS*
t8
t10
D[15:0]
t13
t14
D[15:0]
R/W*
RD*
WR*
DS*
t20
t21
t9a
t17
t18
t9b
RDY*
t16
t15
391
t19
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 18-8. Micro Interface Multiplexed Read Cycle
t1a
A[10:0]
t2
ALE
t3
t5
t4
t1b
t12
t6
CS*
t8
t10
D[15:0]
t13
t14
D[15:0]
R/W*
RD*
WR*
DS*
t20
t21
t9a
t17
t18
t9b
RDY*
t16
t15
392
t19
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
18.7 CLAD Jitter Characteristics
PARAMETER
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
Intrinsic Jitter (UIP-P)
0.025
UIP-P
Intrinsic Jitter (UIRMS)
0.0045
UIRMS
Peak Jitter Transfer
1.75
dB
18.8 LIU Interface AC Characteristics
18.8.1 Waveform Templates
Table 18-8. DS3 Waveform Template
TIME (IN UNIT INTERVALS)
NORMALIZED AMPLITUDE EQUATION
UPPER CURVE
-0.85 ≤ T ≤ -0.68
-0.68 ≤ T ≤ +0.36
0.36 ≤ T ≤ 1.4
-0.85 ≤ T ≤ -0.36
-0.36 ≤ T ≤ +0.36
0.36 ≤ T ≤ 1.4
0.03
0.5 {1 + sin[(π / 2)(1 + T / 0.34)]} + 0.03
0.08 + 0.407e-1.84(T - 0.36)
LOWER CURVE
-0.03
0.5 {1 + sin[(π / 2)(1 + T / 0.18)]} - 0.03
-0.03
Governing Specifications: ANSI T1.102 and Bellcore GR-499.
Table 18-9. DS3 Waveform Test Parameters and Limits
PARAMETER
Rate
Line Code
Transmission Medium
Test Measurement Point
Test Termination
Pulse Amplitude
Pulse Shape
Unframed All-Ones Power Level at
22.368MHz
Unframed All-Ones Power Level at
44.736MHz
Pulse Imbalance of Isolated Pulses
SPECIFICATION
44.736Mbps (±20ppm)
B3ZS
Coaxial cable (AT&T 734A or equivalent)
At the end of 0 to 450ft of coaxial cable
75Ω (±1%) resistive
Between 0.36V and 0.85V
An isolated pulse (preceded by two zeros and
followed by one or more zeros) falls within the
curves listed in Figure 18-9.
Between -1.8dBm and +5.7dBm
At least 20dB less than the power measured at
22.368MHz
Ratio of positive and negative pulses must be
between 0.90 and 1.10.
393
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 18-10. STS-1 Waveform Template
TIME (IN UNIT INTERVALS)
-0.85 ≤ T ≤ -0.68
-0.68 ≤ T ≤ +0.26
0.26 ≤ T ≤ 1.4
-0.85 ≤ T ≤ -0.36
-0.36 ≤ T ≤ +0.36
0.36 ≤ T ≤ 1.4
NORMALIZED AMPLITUDE EQUATIONS
UPPER CURVE
0.03
0.5 {1 + sin[(π / 2)(1 + T / 0.34)]} + 0.03
0.1 + 0.61e-2.4(T - 0.26)
LOWER CURVE
-0.03
0.5 {1 + sin[(π / 2)(1 + T / 0.18)]} - 0.03
-0.03
Governing Specifications: Bellcore GR-253 and Bellcore GR-499 and ANSI T1.102.
Table 18-11. STS-1 Waveform Test Parameters and Limits
PARAMETER
Rate
Line Code
Transmission Medium
Test Measurement Point
Test Termination
Pulse Amplitude
Pulse Shape
Unframed All-Ones Power Level
at 25.92MHz
Unframed All-Ones Power Level
at 51.84MHz
SPECIFICATION
51.840Mbps (±20ppm)
B3ZS
Coaxial cable (AT&T 734A or equivalent)
At the end of 0 to 450ft of coaxial cable
75Ω (±1%) resistive
0.800V nominal (not covered in specs)
An isolated pulse (preceded by two zeros and
followed by one or more zeros) falls within the
curved listed in Table 18-10.
Between -1.8dBm and +5.7dBm
At least 20dB less than the power measured at
25.92MHz.
394
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 18-9. E3 Waveform Template
1.2
1.1
17
1.0
0.9
8.65
0.8
0.7
G.703
E3
TEMPLATE
OUTPUT LEVEL (V)
0.6
0.5
12.1
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
24.5
0
29.1
-0.1
-0.2
TIME (ns)
Table 18-12. E3 Waveform Test Parameters and Limits
PARAMETER
Rate
Line Code
Transmission Medium
Test Measurement Point
Test Termination
Pulse Amplitude
Pulse Shape
Ratio of the Amplitudes of Positive and
Negative Pulses at the Center of the
Pulse Interval
Ratio of the Widths of Positive and
Negative Pulses at the Nominal Half
Amplitude
SPECIFICATION
34.368Mbps (±20ppm)
HDB3
Coaxial cable (AT&T 734A or equivalent)
At the transmitter
75Ω (±1%) resistive
1.0V (nominal)
An isolated pulse (preceded by two zeros and
followed by one or more zeros) falls within the
template shown in Figure 18-9.
0.95 to 1.05
0.95 to 1.05
395
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 18-10. STS-1 Pulse Mask Template
396
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Figure 18-11. DS3 Pulse Mask Template
18.8.2 LIU Input/Output Characteristics
Table 18-13. Receiver Input Characteristics—DS3 and STS-1 Modes
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
Receive Sensitivity (Length of Cable)
Signal-to-Noise Ratio, Interfering Signal Test (Notes 1, 2)
Input Pulse Amplitude, RMON = 0 (Notes 2, 3)
Input Pulse Amplitude, RMON = 1 (Notes 2, 3)
Analog LOS Declare, RMON = 0 (Note 4)
Analog LOS Clear, RMON = 0 (Note 4)
Analog LOS Declare, RMON = 1 (Note 4)
Analog LOS Clear, RMON = 1 (Note 4)
Intrinsic Jitter Generation (Note 2)
397
MIN
TYP
900
1200
10
-16
-24
-17
MAX
ft
1000
200
-28
-38
-29
0.03
UNITS
mVpk
mVpk
dB
dB
dB
dB
UIP-P
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
Table 18-14. Receiver Input Characteristics—E3 Mode
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
Receive Sensitivity (Length of Cable)
Signal-to-Noise Ratio, Interfering Signal Test (Notes 1, 2)
Input Pulse Amplitude, RMON = 0 (Notes 2, 3)
Input Pulse Amplitude, RMON = 1 (Notes 2, 3)
Analog LOS Declare, RMON = 0 (Note 4)
Analog LOS Clear, RMON = 0 (Note 4)
Analog LOS Declare, RMON = 1 (Note 4)
Analog LOS Clear, RMON = 1 (Note 4)
Intrinsic Jitter Generation (Note 2)
15
MIN
TYP
900
1200
12
-16
-24
-17
MAX
UNITS
ft
1300
260
-28
-38
-29
0.03
mVpk
mVpk
dB
dB
dB
dB
UIP-P
23
Note 1:
An interfering signal (2 – 1 PRBS for DS3/STS-1, 2 – 1 PRBS for E3, B3ZS/HDB3 encoded, compliant waveshape, nominal bit
rate) is added to the wanted signal. The combined signal is passed through 0 to 900ft of coaxial cable and presented to the LIU.
-9
This spec indicates the lowest signal-to-noise ratio that results in a bit error ratio <10 .
Note 2:
Not tested during production test.
Note 3:
Measured on the line side (i.e., the BNC connector side) of the 1:2 receive transformer (Figure 1-1). During measurement, incoming
15
23
data traffic is unframed 2 – 1 PRBS for DS3/STS-1 and unframed 2 – 1 PRBS for E3.
Note 4:
With respect to nominal 800mVpk signal for DS3/STS-1 and nominal 1000mVpk signal for E3.
Table 18-15. Transmitter Output Characteristics—DS3 and STS-1 Modes
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
DS3 Output Pulse Amplitude, TLBO = 0 (Note 5)
DS3 Output Pulse Amplitude, TLBO = 1 (Note 5)
CC52 Output Pulse Amplitude, TLBO = 0 (Note 5)
CC52 Output Pulse Amplitude, TLBO = 1 (Note 5)
Ratio of Positive and Negative Pulse-Peak Amplitudes
DS3 Unframed All-Ones Power Level at 22.368MHz,
3kHz Bandwidth
DS3 Unframed All-Ones Power Level at 44.736MHz vs.
Power Level at 22.368MHz, 3kHz Bandwidth
Intrinsic Jitter Generation (Note 5)
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
700
520
700
520
0.9
800
700
800
700
900
800
1100
850
1.1
mVpk
mVpk
mVpk
mVpk
+5.7
dBm
-20
dB
0.02
0.05
UIP-P
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
900
1000
1100
mVpk
-1.8
Table 18-16. Transmitter Output Characteristics—E3 Mode
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
Output Pulse Amplitude (Note 5)
Pulse Width
14.55
Ratio of Positive and Negative Pulse Amplitudes
(at Centers of Pulses)
Ratio of Positive and Negative Pulse Widths
(at Nominal Half Amplitude)
Intrinsic Jitter Generation (Note 6)
ns
0.95
1.05
0.95
1.05
0.02
0.05
UIP-P
Note 5:
Measured on the line side (i.e., the BNC connector side) of the 2:1 transmit transformer (Figure 1-1).
Note 6:
Measured with jitter-free clock applied to TCLK and a bandpass jitter filter with 10Hz and 800kHz cutoff frequencies. Not tested
during production test.
398
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
18.9 JTAG Interface AC Characteristics
All AC timing characteristics are specified with a 50pF capacitive load on JTDO pin and 25pF capacitive load on all
other digital output pins, VIH = 2.4V and VIL = 0.8. The voltage threshold for all timing measurements is VDD/2. The
generic timing definitions shown Figure 18-1, Figure 18-2, Figure 18-3, Figure 18-5, and Figure 18-6 apply to this
interface.
Table 18-17. JTAG Interface Timing
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, Tj = -40°C to +125°C.)
SIGNAL NAME(S)
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
10
MHz
JTCLK
f1
Clock frequency (1/t1)
0
JTCLK
t2
Clock high or low period
20
JTCLK
t3
Rise/fall times
JTMS and JTDI
t5
Hold time from JTCLK rising edge
10
ns
JTMS and JTDI
t6
Setup time to JTCLK rising edge
10
ns
JTDO
t7
Delay from JTCLK falling edge
0
30
ns
JTDO
t8
Delay out of high-Z from JTCLK falling
edge
0
30
ns
JTDO
t9
Delay to high-Z from JTCLK falling edge
0
30
ns
Any Digital Output
t7
Delay from JTCLK falling edge (Note 1)
0
30
ns
Any Digital Output
t7
Delay from JTCLK rising edge (Note 2)
0
30
ns
Any Digital Output
t8
Delay out of high-Z from JTCLK falling
edge (Note 1)
0
30
ns
Any Digital Output
t9
Delay into high-Z from JTCLK falling
edge (Note 1)
0
30
ns
Any Digital Output
t8
Delay out of high-Z from JTCLK rising
edge (Notes 2, 3)
0
30
ns
Any Digital Output
t9
Delay into high-Z from JTCLK rising
edge (Notes 2, 3)
0
30
ns
ns
5
Note 1:
Change during Update-DR state.
Note 2:
Change during Update-IR state to or from EXTEST mode.
Note 3:
Change during Update-IR state to or from HIZ mode.
399
ns
DS3181/DS3182/DS3183/DS3184
19 REVISION HISTORY
REVISION
DESCRIPTION
061604
New product release (DS3184).
121704
New product release (DS3181).
010705
New product release (DS3182).
New product release for DS3183 on 01/21/05.
Corrected register bit map (GL.RIORR).
Clarified CP.TCR.TDSE and RCR.RDDE to state that DSS mode is only applicable for unframed
modes and bit synchronous modes.
Added clarification to Receive LIU stating that the master reference clock will use TCLKIn if no
clock exists on CLKA, B, or C.
Removed Note 3 from the DC Electrical Characteristics table since A2 fixes the problem with
TEN and REN.
030205
Changed Input leakage for inputs with internal pullups from -300µA to -350µA.
For DS3 and STS-1 and E3 Tables:
Changed "Analog LOS Declare, RMON = 0" from -24dB max to -24dB typ, and added
-28dB max.
Changed "Analog LOS Clear, RMON = 0" from -17dB min to -17dB typ, and added -16dB min.
Added TLCLK to reference clock sources for TPOS/TNEG in the Line Interface AC
Characteristics table.
Updated register bit map for PORT.INV.
Corrected wording of use of unused bits located in the Overall Register Map section.
Added IDD measurements for DS3181/DS3182/DS3183.
102406
Added lead-free package note to Ordering Information table (page 1).
Updated Package Information (Section 15).
Note: To obtain a revision history for the preliminary releases of this document, contact the factory at [email protected]
400
Maxim/Dallas Semiconductor cannot assume responsibility for use of any circuitry other than circuitry entirely embodied in a Maxim/Dallas Semiconductor product.
No circuit patent licenses are implied. Maxim/Dallas Semiconductor reserves the right to change the circuitry and specifications without notice at any time.
Maxim Integrated Products, 120 San Gabriel Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94086 408-737-7600
© 2006 Maxim Integrated Products
The Maxim logo is a registered trademark of Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. The Dallas logo is a registered trademark of Dallas SemiconductorCorporation.